Laboratory Equipment, Instruments and Supplies

Laboratory Equipment, Instruments and Supplies
WO RLD
P RECISIO N
INSTRUMENT S
Instrumenting scientific ideas
Laboratory Equipment, Instruments and Supplies
2016 International Catalog
www.wpiinc.com
WORLD PR ECISION INSTR UMENTS, INC.
Sarasota International Trade Center
175 Sarasota Center Blvd.
Sarasota, FL 34240
P (941) 371-1003 · F (941) 377-5428
www.wpiinc.com
Dear Valued Customer,
First and foremost, thank you for your continued patronage. Our core values are
driven by a desire to empower you to actualize your scientific ideas with costeffective, quality instruments. We always strive to provide you more for less.
This year, we have once again renewed our commitment to quality and value,
which is reflected in our new look. We have implemented measures (like our
ISO‑9001:2008 certification) throughout our home office and production facility
to improve our efficiency and ensure quality for the benefit of our customers. We
strive to operate with the highest standards of integrity and efficiency.
Since our earliest days, WPI has designed laboratory equipment for researchers.
Our founder Harry Fein began developing electrophysiology equipment for Yale
University researchers in the seventies. Nearly 50 years ago (1967) WPI was born
out of Harry’s passion for the advancement of science. Since then, we have worked
hand-in-hand with researchers to create the equipment needed to facilitate
modern science and advance biomedical research. We continue to offer the
instruments that empower your scientific ideas.
Now, we are a multi-national company with offices in four countries and
distributors all over the world. Originally, we specialized in electrophysiology, and
now we are in several areas of study, the core being in tissue and cell biology,
animal physiology and electrophysiology. Additionally, we offer a full range of
quality surgical instruments, general laboratory equipment and supplies, such as
microscopes and pipettes.
We look forward to serving you for many years to come. If you have questions or
need assistance ordering, our customer service team is ready to help.
Best regards,
Cliff Bredenberg
WPI President and CEO
Muscle Physiology
2
Cell Tester ● Vertical Tissue Bath ● Muscle Tester ● Isolated Heart Systems
Surgical Instruments
16
Scissors ● Tweezers ● Ear Punches ● Vessel Clips ● Mouse Surgery Kit ● Electrosurgical Unit ● Cautery Instruments
Animal Surgery & Support
32
Anesthesia ● Analgesia ● Monitoring ● Blood Pressure Measurement ● Stereotaxic Systems
Biosensing
51
NO, CO, H2O2, O2 and H2S Detection ● Ion Selective Electrodes ● pH Meters
Amplifiers, Electrometers
68
Intracellular ● Extracellular ● Transducer ● Metal Microelectrodes ● Voltage/Current Clamps
Epithelial Physiology
80
Epithelial Voltohmmeter ● TEER Measurement ● Ussing System ● Perfusion System
Stimulators
88
Digital Stimulators ● Multi-Channel ● Linear Stimulus Isolator ● High Current Isolator
Laboratory Supplies
94
Adhesives ● Cables & Connectors ● Metal Wire ● Luers & Fittings ● Laboratory Bases, Rods and Clamps
Glass, Holders, Electrodes
104
Capillary Glass ● Electrode Holders ● Metal Microelectrodes ● MicroFil Non-metallic Syringe Needles
Microforges, Pullers
117
Pullers ● Bevelers ● Microforges
Micromanipulators, Stands
124
Manual & Motorized Micropositioners ● Magnetic Stands ● Tilting Base
Microscopes, Cameras
140
Surgical, Stereo, Inverted Microscopes ● Cameras ● Illuminators ● Heater Controller ● Culture Dishes
Pumps, Microinjection
156
Peristaltic, Syringe and Pneumatic Pumps ● Microprocessor Controlled Injector ● Microfluidics
Spectroscopy
184
Spectrometers ● Sample Cells ● Light Sources ● Fiber Optic Cables ● Fiber Optic Dipping Probe
Index
202
Index • Ordering Information • Terms and Conditions
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
For additional
information, including
application notes, go to
wpiinc.com/MORE4MP
Cell Tester System
The SI-CTS200 system is a revolutionary
new research tool for studying single living
cells. This system, which is the result of
blending the latest technologies in electronics,
mechanics and optics, permits researchers
to investigate living systems at a new level
using an innovative experimental paradigm.
The Cell Tester provides researchers with
the comprehensive ability to investigate and
characterize the physiological, biomechanical
and biophysical properties of single isolated
living cells, and to extend these findings to
both the sub-cellular and multi-cellular levels.
The SI-CTS200 systems can be used on single
living cells, small multi-cellular preparations
or skinned muscle fibers and strips without
modification. It is designed to sit on the stage
of any standard, research-level, inverted
2
microscope while maintaining the optical
path of the microscope for simultaneous
fluorescence or confocal imaging.
The Cell Tester is an integrated system of
components needed to maintain and handle
single living cells, stimulate and perform
pertubations of the cells, and detect, amplify,
and record signals, like contractile force, from
the cells.
● Optical transducer for measuring force
with nN sensitivity and integrated vacuum
attachment system for cell attachment.
Lifetime warranty on optical heads.
● Equipped with a nanomotor for stretching
and relaxing cell with nm resolution.
● A rotating cuvette system for easy alignment
of cells increases productivity. Interchangeable
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
bath inserts provide a range of options for the
handling of live cells.
● Signal conditioning amplifier system includes
a force transducer amplifier with multiple
gains, a position controller for moving the
nanomotor used to stretch and relax cells
and to open and close the microtweezers, a
2-channel temperature controller, and an antioscillation unit for eliminating the resonance
frequency of the transducer and its mounting
support.
● Lab-Trax-8/16 data acquisition system
with MDAC software records force signals,
motor positions and other data through four
analog inputs. It is designed for controlling the
stimulator and the position of the linear motor
through two analog outputs and other devices
through two digital outputs.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
New Stretch Dependent
Signaling Pathway Discovered
in Cardiac Ventricular Myocytes
termed “X-ROS”
The manipulators tilt up and fold back to facilitate system setup. There are two programmable memory
positions (home and target) for easy exchange of the 35mm dishes, providing access to the bath so you
can add the live cells. The combination of these features enables high experimental throughput.
The SI-CTS200 system utilizes a unique rotating bath
to dramatically improve experimental throughput. It
is designed to orient cells in the XY plane so that no
physical manipulation of the position of the cell itself
is required prior to capture by the grabbing devices
attached to the force sensor and linear actuator.
This bath has two interchangeable inserts.
The first holds any 35mm glass bottom dish
(WPI #FD35-100). The second is a native
cuvette insert containing the live cells.
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System with CTS200 Electronics
A confocal microscope in linescan mode is used to
record calcium spikes. The healthy cell in the top
image shows a marked increase in number and
intensity of calcium sparks over the duration of the
stretch. The diseased muscle in the bottom image
shows fewer sparks when at rest and a profound increase in sparks of short duration during the stretch.
Introduction
●● Control of cardiac Ca2+ release is critical for the
regulation of contraction and maintenance of
electrical activity.
●● A new signaling pathway was discovered:
X-ROS signaling.
●● It regulates normal Ca2+ release in healthy heart
cells and may drive pathologic Ca2+ release in
diseased cells.
Results
●● Stretch triggers the generation of ROS by NOX2
●● Stretch-dependent process activates NOX2
production of ROS which reversibly oxidizes
nearby RyR2 ryanodine receptors.
●● X-ROS oxidation tunes the sensitivity of the
RyR2s, increasing the Ca2+ spark rate and
enhancement of Ca2+ signaling.
●● During a sustained stretch of a cardiomyocyte
in a Cell Tester, a rapid elevation of ROS
production subsides over the duration of
stretch.
●● During a repetitive cyclical stretch, a new level
of steady-state ROS production is maintained.
Conclusion
The level of steady state ROS generation in the
cell may be graded by diastolic length or pre-load.
REFERENCE: X-ROS signaling: rapid mechano-chemo
transduction in heart. Prosser BL, Ward CW, Lederer
WJ. Science. 2011 Sep 9;333(6048):1440-5. PMID:
Sarc. Len: 1.95µm
SI-BAM21-LCB
Optical
Transducer
Amplifier
SI-CTS200
SI-CISB
Position
Control
Module
SI-AOSUB
Anti
Oscillation
Unit
SI-TCM2B
Temperature
Control
Module
Expansion
Slots
Power
Switch
Sarc. Len: 2.38µm
Complete Cell Tester System
System Includes: Rotating Cuvette System; Micromanipulator System; Signal Conditioning
Amplifier with four modules: Optical Transducer Amplifier; Temperature Controller; AntiOscillation Unit; Position Controller; data acquisition system with MDAC Software for recording,
controlling stimulation and nanomotor position; Force Transducer of choice; Nanomotor; Glass
Fiber Cell Mounts (1 set); MyoTak Bio-adhesive kit (5-week supply)
SI-CTS200B
SI-CTS200A
Cell Tester, Non-Rotating, No Micromanipulators
Cell Tester, Manual Platform, No Micromanipulators
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
A single skeletal muscle cell is held with microtweezers. The top image shows the unstretched
cell, and the bottom shows the stretched cell.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
3
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
STRETCH DEPENDENT XROS SIGNALING: RAPID
MECHANO-TRANSDUCTION IN HEART, Benjamin L.
Prosser1, Christopher W. Ward2, Brian Hagen1, Ramzi
J. Khairallah1, W. Jonathan Lederer1. University of
Maryland, Baltimore, MD, USA.
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Muscle Research System
The SI-MKB is the next
research platform in the
progression of studying living
systems from the cellular
level to whole organisms.
It is the standard muscle
research system, which
can be configured to study
skinned and intact muscle
fibers, muscle strips and
small whole muscles. The
modular design of the
SI-MKB Muscle Research
Platform allows it to be
configured for turnkey
solutions for specific
applications. The system
is built on a solid platform
making precise mechanical
and optical measurements
easy. Like the Cell Tester
and the Horizontal Tissue
Bath systems, the SIMKB uses SI-KG optical
force transducers and is
constructed with corrosionfree materials (stainless steel,
anodized aluminum and
plastic).
SI-MKB
components, like a linear motor or a
l Sarcomere length/spacing by laser
diffraction at the same time muscle force is
measured
stimulator, for measuring:
l Responses to electrical stimulation,
including tetany
l Intracellular calcium concentration/
distribution in intact muscle fibers as
muscle force is measured
l Mechanical properties of contracting and
relaxing muscle strips
re
RE
Laser
EXPOSU
Supplied with a Labtrax 8/16 data
acquisition system and MDAC software for:
contraction and relaxation times and
l Recording signals from the force transducer
and the motor position monitor, through
four analog inputs
velocities
l Slack, quick stretch-release, constant
velocity and eccentric contraction tests
l Vibrational studies that simulate unloaded
skinned and intact muscle fibers
Optical Cuvette
AVOID
l Twitch amplitude and kinetics, like
l Quick temperature-change effects on
Cross Hair Mark
III
Laser diode
5mW Class
MaxOut:
load
Camera
aperatu
from this
beam
n emitted
e to the nm
Laser radiatio
direct exposur
th: 630–680
Avoid
waveleng A Laser Product
l ATPase activity in skinned muscle fibers as
muscle force is measured
l Isotonic force and the effects of constant
muscle shortening
SI-SARCAM Front
Can be equipped with components, like a
laser diode or a photometer, for measuring:
Can be configured with specific
l Controlling the stimulator, or an external
stimulus isolator, through an analog output
l Controlling the position of the linear motor
through a second analog output
l Controlling other devices through two digita
Laser X-Y
Adustment Knob
Laser Height
Adustment Knob
The Sarcomere Spacing Assembly has the
optical cuvette, laser diode array and camera in
one unit. It also includes the electronic control
module. See page 10.
SOME SYSTEMS AVAILABLE FOR INTACT MUSCLE FIBERS INCLUDE:
SI-MKBM
System with a 5cm heated cuvette and a linear motor
SI-MKB
System with a 5cm heated cuvette and a digital micrometer
Systems include: Base plate; force transducer and stand, digital micrometer or linear motor (optional), micrometer or motor stand,
cuvette and table, oxygenation system, evacuation system, signal conditioning system with transducer amplifier and temperature
control module, anti-oscillation module and linear motor amplifier (if applicable), Lab-Trax 8/16 data acquisition system with MDAC
software for recording force and position signals and for controlling stimulation and the movement of the linear motor.
4
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Research system for higher throughput of complex
pharmacological/physiological assays
the electronics, reduces the bench space
requirement up to 4-fold when compared with
standard 4-channel organ baths.
Versatile System
The SI-HTB combines advanced physiological
techniques with the throughput needed
in pharmacological assays in one flexible
platform. Upgrades to four or more channels
are easy and economical.
The motor option (SI-MOT) turns your system
into a tissue work-out station with isotonic,
auxotonic and eccentric force measurement
capabilities. Nearly all established myomechnical tests from stretch-release to workloops and muscle fatigue are now possible
in a single organ bath system. Some of these
procedures require a length change solution
(software/hardware) like WPI’s MDAC package.
Future is Now
The new SI-H Horizontal Tissue/Organ Bath
system (SI-HTB) combines the ease of use and
productivity of a traditional vertical organ bath
with the more advantageous features of single
tissue physiology platforms.
Multiple Bath Options
l Two channel system for increased
productivity, easily expanded to add
channels
The bath design allows multiple shape options
for thick, long, flat and thin tissue. When
pharmaceuticals are available in precious,
small amounts, you will appreciate this
standard feature. A wide range of transducers
and tissue mounting supports complement
this freedom of tissue shape, volume and size.
l Fully independent heating and fluid control
for each channel
l Low profile/small footprint
l Variable volume, chemically inert teflon
bath with shape configurations from
variable to fixed 500µL–10mL
Low Profile
The low profile and small footprint of the
bath system, combined with the modular,
space-saving, chassis-mounted design of
l Modular, space-saving, blade-style
electronics (Control up to 4 channels with
the electronics in one chassis)
l Large variety of force transducers covering
mN–N forces, all with lifetime warranty
l Can be combined with automated fluid
control systems
l Add a linear motor and controller (SI-MOT)
to perform mechanical, electrophysiological
and optical techniques, inculding isometric
(standard), isotonic, eccentric and auxotonic
l Add an electrometer like the WPI Duo773
or Electro705
l Add the multi-purpose Biofluorimeter (SIBF-100) for tissue fluorescence (calcium,
NOx, ROS). See page 6.
The SI-HTB system breaks through the (large)
volume limitations of the traditional organ
bath, allowing volumes as low as 500µL in an
inert, teflon-based bath.
The solid horizontal tissue bath design is ideal
for combination with electrophysiology on the
same platform. Intracellular measurements
can share the stable solid base of the bath
system.
WPI’s new fiber-optic based, multi-channel
Biofluorimeter allows for tissue fluorescence
measurements (calcium, NO, ROS) on the SIHTB platform.
Now, you can design a system to meet your
needs and budget. And, it is fully upgradeable
in the future.
Options
WPI’s 16-bit, high speed, Labview-based
Muscle Data Acquisition system SI-LABTRAXMDAC is perfect for this platform.
SI-HTB2
Horizontal Tissue Bath, 2-Channel System
SI-HTB4
Horizontal Tissue Bath, 4-Channel System
2-Channel SI-HTB platform for isometric force (1)
SI-KGX Force Trandsucers (2)
SI-BAM21LCB Optical Force Transducer Amplifiers (2)SI-TCM2B 2-Channel Temperature Controller (1)
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System Chassis (1)
2-Channel SI-HTB platform for isometric force (2)
SI-KGX Force Trandsucers (4)
SI-BAM21LCB Optical Force Transducer Amplifiers (4)SI-TCM2B 2-Channel Temperature Controller (2)
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System Chassis (1)
SI-HTB2M Horizontal Tissue Bath, 2-Channel Motorized System
2-Channel SI-HTB platform for isometric force (1)
SI-KGX Force Trandsucers (2)
SI-BAM21LCB Optical Force Transducer Amplifiers (2)SI-TCM2B 2-Channel Temperature Controller (1)
SI-MOT Linear motor with controllers (SI-MOTDB) (2) SI-AOSUB Anti-oscillation Unit (2)
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System Chassis (1)
MDAC Data Acquistion software (1)
SI-HTB4M Horizontal Tissue Bath, 4-Channel Motorized System
2-Channel SI-HTB platform for isometric force (2)
SI-KGX Force Trandsucers (4)
SI-BAM21LCB Optical Force Transducer Amplifiers (4)SI-TCM2B 2-Channel Temperature Controller (2)
SI-MOT Linear motor with controllers (SI-MOTDB) (4) SI-AOSUB Anti-oscillation Unit (4)
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System Chassis (2)
MDAC Data Acquistion software (1)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
5
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Horizontal Tissue Bath
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Pe
Rati rfect for:
Calc ometric
i
ATP um &
ase
Biofluorometer
Now even more reliable,
simplified and affordable
The new SI-BF-100 is an LED-based
fluorometer for life science applications. It is
ideally suited for ratiometric calcium detection
(FURA-2) and ATPase detection (via NADH
fluorescence). With up to seven LED modules
(wavelengths), the SI-BF-100 covers many
fluorometric applications in neuroscience and
cell biology.
Recent advancements in optics and LED
technology simplify ratiometric calcium
imaging, making this equipment more
affordable. A breakthrough in WPI patented
technology allows the SI-BF-100 to use
wavelengths below 380nm and produce
more light in those spectra. This technology
significantly cuts the cost of photometric
calcium imaging without sacrificing resolution
or quality.
●● LED light sources require less power, give
off less heat and are more compact and
affordable
●● Sampling rates up to 1kHz (1,000 ratios/
second maximum). At lower speeds, signal
averaging is used for noise reduction.
●● Two auto ranging photomultiplier inputs
allow you to monitor multiple wavelengths
from a single emission output that can be
comprised of any wavelength of light for
which an LED module is available
●● Using a separate reference channel,
ultra-stable, continuous ratio calculations
automatically compensate for LED intensity
drift. This ensures less noise and produces
more accurate measurements.
How it Works
Up till now, calcium imaging systems have
been required to compensate for errors and
noise introduced by the complexity of their
design. The systems require mechanical filters
and use expensive xenon or mercury light
sources. The beauty of the SI-BF-100 is its
simplicity. The elegance of its design reduces
the noise introduced into the system and the
errors inherent in traditional designs.
The LED light source in the WPI design makes
this ratiometric fluorometer more compact,
energy efficient and affordable. As added
benefits, the low-power light source produces
much less heat, and it warms up in less than
one minute!
Monochromatic LED light sources using WPI
patented technology eliminate the need for
complex and expensive white light sources
This incredible design is not limited to calcium
and filter wheels.
imaging. By simply replacing the
Because the LED
emission filters in front of
modules can
Unique fiber optic coupling probe
the photomultipliers
allows for highly efficient transfer of
be pulsed,
with the desired
light and ease of placement. Custom
sampling
wavelength filters,
probes fit your existing systems.
frequencies
your SI-BF-100
up to 1,000
becomes a general
cycles per second are
purpose fluorometer for any application
possible.
you can imagine. Changing a filter involves
removing the two screws that hold the
The LED light source emits specific excitation
filter carriage on the face of the SI-BF-100,
frequencies which travel through the probe.
swapping the filter and reinstalling the integral
The excitation light can be comprised of any
SMA/filter carriage.
wavelength of light for which an LED module is
available. The probe returns a single emission
SI-BF-100
Biofluorometer
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS
M3301R
Manual Manipulator, right-handed
M3301L
Manual Manipulator, left-handed
M10
Magnetic Base
●● Application-specific probes are available for
existing tissue baths and cuvette systems.
●● Ratio noise is <0.05 peak to peak, drift is
less than 0.1 unit/hour
SI-BF-100 SPECIFICATIONS
CALL FOR APPLICATION
●● The warm up time of less than one minute
is a dramatic improvement over the
common 20–60 minutes required by xenon
or mercury light sources
●● Replace the emission filter easily or change
the LED modules to transform the SIBF-100 into a general purpose fluorometer
for many other applications
6
output to one or two photomultiplier inputs
on the front of the SI-BF-100, which are
independently filtered for specific wavelengths.
This design allows you to monitor multiple
wavelengths from a single emission output.
FIBER OPTIC LIGHT INPUT/OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . SMA terminated
BANDWIDTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 ratios/second
RATIO NOISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.1 peak to peak
ANALOG OUTPUT RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0–10V (continuous, equivalent to a ratio 0–10)
ANALOG OUTPUT IMPEDANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Ω
POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VDC, 0.5A, (universal power supply, 110/240VAC)
WARM UP TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 minute
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5"H x 17"W x 13"D (88 x 431 x 330 mm)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
●● Monitor electrical activity over large areas
of intact brain without the limitations of
microelectrode arrays
and an appropriate fiber-optic probe, a
researcher can perform many different types
of analysis on intact tissue in vivo. Some
potential applications include simultaneous
measurement of membrane potential and
calcium concentrations. With the use of
genetically-encoded fluorescence probes,
●● Simultaneously monitor electrical activity
and calcium concentration
●● Genetically-encoded fluorescent
probes make it possible to monitor
neurotransmitter behavior over entire
regions of intact tissue
●● Integration with miniature fiber optic
arrays or micro-scale endoscopes allow for
measurements on animals while conscious
and mobile
The new SI-BF-100 is an LED-based
fluorometer for life science applications. With
up to seven LED modules (wavelengths),
the SI-BF-100 covers many fluorometric
applications in both Neuroscience and Cell
Biology. This technology significantly cuts
the cost of fluorescent imaging without
sacrificing resolution or quality.
Using the SI-BF-100 Biofluorometer
equipped with high intensity LED modules
the applications are limited only by the
imagination of the researcher.
The use of a probe allows for the
measurement of entire areas of the intact
brain without the limitations presented by
the placement of arrays of microelectrodes.
By removing these limitations, the researcher
is able to collect data over larger groups of
neurons without placing a single electrode.
Miniature fiber-optic arrays and microscale
endoscopes have already been developed for
use in Neuroscience. Coupling this technology
with the SI-BF-100 allows the research to be
conducted on conscious and mobile animals.
By not requiring the animal to be attached to a
traditional light source, more accurate results
can be obtained.
WPI's SI-BF-100 Biofluorometer probes include
both the excitation and emission light fibers. See
page 199.
The SI-BF-100 eliminates the need for
expensive and complicated arrays of
microelectrodes to conduct studies in vivo.
Larger areas can now be completely analyzed
at a fraction of the cost with a significant
reduction in experimental complexity.
Microscopic Imaging Applications Using Voltage Sensitive Dyes
●● Monitor membrane potential over small networks in cell culture
The SI-BF-100 uses LED technology, eliminating the need for expensive
secondary external light sources and project-specific filter cubes.
●● Monitor surface membrane potential in a single cell
With the potential for seven different LED modules inside every
●● Simultaneously monitor electrical activity and calcium concentration
●● Integration of fluorescence microscopy onto existing patch-clamp
setups
Biofluorometer, more fluorophores can be analyzed simultaneously,
without the need for expensive filter wheels and external timing devices.
●● Genetically-encoded fluorescence probes make it possible to monitor
neurotransmitter behavior between cells in cell culture samples
●● With the addition of a CCD, traditional spatial imaging can be
conducted
Epifluoresence
Port
The new SI-BF-100 Biofluorometer is an LED-based fluorometer for life
science applications. With up to seven LED wavelength modules (three
when using the high power Biofluorometer), the SI-BF-100 covers many
fluorometric applications in both Neuroscience and Cell Biology. This
technology significantly cuts the cost of fluorescence imaging without
sacrificing resolution or quality.
Using the SI-BF-100 Biofluorometer equipped with high intensity
LED modules and coupling to an inverted microscope, a researcher
can perform many different types of analysis on both single cells and
small cell cultures. Some potential applications include simultaneous
measurement of membrane potential and calcium concentration. With
the use of genetically-encoded fluorescence probes, the applications are
limited only by the imagination of the researcher.
Emission Fiber
Excitation Fiber
The Biofluorometer can connect to the epifluoresence port of a microscope,
and its high intensity LED light source is used for the illumination.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
7
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
In-Vivo Applications of SI-BF-100 Using Voltage Sensitive Dyes
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Choose the amplifier modules you need to measure nearly anything!
l Ergonomic design
l 8-Channel
l Small footprint
l Backplane design includes provision for configurable
communication between modules
S
ignal conditioning in the last decade
has increasingly moved in the direction
of the computer, because the software
preserves the raw data and is highly reliable.
Operations such as integration, differentiation,
filtration and even waveform generation are
now efficiently handled in software. On the
other hand, however, the transduction of
physical signals such as bio-potentials, force,
temperature, pressure or ionic concentrations
must be measured with an electronic amplifier.
SIH/WPI’s physiology amplifier system focuses
on this idea and provides a flexible electronic
platform intended to process the transduction
of physical signals, displacement transducer
outputs and the outputs from electrochemical
free radical sensors. This platform simply
focuses on the reliable transduction of the
electronic signal and provides a convenient
passage for the translation of real world signals
to a computer for analysis.
The system consists of an 8-channel frame
that includes an ultra quiet, shielded power
supply. All of the module outputs are routed to
rear panel connectors. If you prefer, outputs
may be routed internally to the inputs of other
modules. The system has a small footprint and
may be stacked to provide as many channels
as you need.
The SI-BMFA Power Frame is the foundation of
the SI modular physiology suite. It incorporates
a robust power supply that can accommodate
up to eight physiology modules, which can
be mixed or matched in any combination.
Modules are quick and easy to install, thanks
to an innovative and mechanically solid card
rail system.
When the system is ordered with SI-MKB
(Muscle Tester) system, the Signal Conditioning
Amplifier System (chassis) is configured with an
SI-BAM21-LCB. Optional modules include an
SI-TCM2B Temperature Control Module, an SI-
SI-BMFA
8
Modules currently available include:
l SI-BAM21-LCB Optical Transducer
Amplifier
l SI-PF100 Programmable Filter Module
l SI-SARCAM Sarcomere Spacing Module
l SI-MOTDB Linear Motor Control Module
l SI-TCM2B Temperature Control Module
l SI-COLUB Constant Load Module
Power Frame Enclosure
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
MOTDB Linear Motor Controller, an SI-PF100
Programmable Filter Mondule, the SI-SARCAM
Sarcomere Spacing Module and the SICOLUB Constant Load Unit. The Temperature
Control Module, Linear Motor Controller and
Sarcomere Spacing Module require two slots
each on the chassis backplane.
The system is flexible and configurable. A
variety of modules are available for the Signal
Conditioning Amplifier System, and you can
mix and match the modules to suit your
requirements.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
●● Digital interface for optional Anti-Oscillation module for use in
isotonic studies
The SI-BAM21-LCB KG Optical
Also available in a single standalone enclosure, either version provides
an incredibly quiet, linear and stable transducer signal to your data
recording system.
Force Transducer Amplifier is
used in conjunction with the SI-H
muscle physiology systems. The
SI-BAM21-LCB powers the force
transducer and converts the output
How the SI-BAM21-LCB Amplifier Works
of the transducer to an amplified
In a typical setup, a muscle is held by a force transducer. The force
analog voltage that is proportional
to the force applied to the force
transducer. The output signal can
be multiplied by a factor of 1, 2, 5 or
10 to provide better resolution for a
minimal change in applied force.
NOTE: An optional factory setting
increases the multiplier by a factor
of 10, allowing the signal to be
multiplied by 10, 20, 50 and 100.
The SI-BAM21-LCB amplifier works
transducer is connected to the SI-BAM21-LCB. As the muscle contracts
or releases, the transducer converts the force into an electrical current
signal which is proportional to the force applied to the transducer. The
SI-BAM21-LCB converts the current signal into a voltage signal that can
be displayed on the screen of the recording device.
Before initiating an experiment, the SI-BAM21-LCB must first be
zeroed. This sets the baseline for measurements to follow.
The output signal is buffered and multiplied by 1, 2, 5 or 10, depending
on the Gain switch setting on the front panel of the amplifier module.
The X10 setting is useful when output signals are extremely small.
Finally, the force proportional signal is sent through the output amplifier
circuit.
to:
The analog output has a range of –10V to +10V that drives the
LABTRAX-MDAC data acquisition system, multimeter or oscilloscope.
●● Generate an analog output
(-10VDC to +10VDC) that is
proportional to the force applied
to the tissue sample.
NOTE: When the Signal Conditioning Amplifier System is configured at
the factory for an SI-HTB or SI-MKB Muscle Tester system, the signal
is routed internally from the SI-BAM21-LCB module to the SI-AOSUB
module.
with KG optical force transducers
●● Supply a DC voltage that powers
the KG force transducer to which
it is connected.
Features
●● Rapid Auto Zeroing function with
fine offset adjustment
●● Offset indicator LED’s
●● Multiple gain ranges with
adjustable fine tuning for precise
calibration
SI-BAM21-LCB Optical Transducer Amplifier
SI-BAM21-LC
Standalone Optical Force Transducer Amplifier
SI-BAM21-LCB SPECIFICATIONS
Input Configuration
The stand alone SI-BAM21-LC Force Transducer Amplifier has all the
capabilities of the Signal Conditioning Amplifier module (SI-BAM21-LCB).
2851
SI-KG2
SI-KG2B
SI-KG4
SI-KGxx
Current to voltage converter
ACCESSORIES
BNC Cable
0-2N Force Transducer
0-0.2N Force Transducer
0-50mN Force Transducer
contact us for specialty tranducers with different ranges
See Optical Force Transducers on page 13.
Gain1×, 2×, 5×, 10× Optional factory setting: 10×, 20×, 50×, 100×
Input Offset Adjustment
± 2.0 VDC
Output Impedance
470 Ω
Power
12 VDC provided by chassis
Output Range
± 10 VDC
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
9
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Optical Transducer Amp
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Sarcomere Spacing Module
The SI-SARCAM Sarcomere Spacing Module
was designed for the SI-MKB and SI-HTB
systems. It consists of a linear diode array
detector coupled with a calibrated controller
(shown below). Together with the laser
diode system, it facilitates the calibrated
measurement of sarcomere length in striated
muscle samples. The SI-SARCAM can be
combined with mechanical intact muscle
parameter measurements with the SI-MKB
and SI-HTB systems. It can be combined with
calcium measurements and myomechanics
in intact and skinned muscle fibers when you
are using the SI-MKB system. The SI-SARCAM
module requires two of the eight module
positions in the chassis.
How It Works
A red laser diode (λ=650nm) is used. A onedimensional (linear) CCD camera with a time
resolution of 1ms scans the light intensity of
the diffraction pattern beginning 6.8mm from
the center beam.The camera scans only half
the diffraction pattern, assuming that the
pattern is symmetrical with respect to the
center beam. When the scan arrives at the
part of the CCD chip which is hit by the first
order diffraction of the pattern, the output
voltage increases to a peak level, and the
first order of diffraction is captured. Then,
the intensity signal decreases again. The
sarcomere length is calculated from the first
order diffraction distance. See the full article at
www.wpiinc.
com/sarcam.
A cross hair
mark used
for aligning
the laser is
etched on the
front of the
camera, which
is mounted
just behind the
optical cuvette.
SI-SARCAM
Sarcomere Length Control Module
be recorded. This unit is available in a standalone model and as a module for the Signal
Conditioning Amplifier System backplane.
●● Controls two cuvettes simultaneously
Temperature Control
●● Uses PID control to maintain a constant
temperature with ±0.1ºC tolerance
The SI-H Temperature Control Unit is
designed for use with the SI-H line of muscle
physiology research platforms. It maintains
the temperature of an SI-H cuvette up to
45ºC. It is accurate to 0.1ºC. The circuit is
appropriate to RTD (resistive temperature
device) applications. It linearly converts a temperature reading to a voltage that is displayed
as a temperature on the SI-TCM2 and can
●● Has both high and low alarm warnings
which can be user defined
SI-SARCAM SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT CONFIGURATION
Current to voltage converter
LASER
Red laser diode
LASER WAVELENGTH
650 nm
CAMERA
Linear CCD Camera
POWER REQUIREMENTS
12V DC provided by the chassis
MAXIMUM POWER CONSUMPTION 1.3A AT 115V 50/60HZ, 1.8A AT 230V 50/60HZ
●● Easy to control with simple interface
●● Also available as a stand-alone device —
­ call
for details and price.
SI-TCM2B
2-Channel Temperature Control Module
SI-TCM2
2-Channel Temperature Control Standalone
SI-TCM2 SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT CONFIGURATION
Current to voltage converter
POWER REQUIREMENTS
12V DC at 2.5A 50/60Hz wall adaptor, 2.5mm ID/5.5mm OD with positive center DC barrel (included–WPI #801513)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE Room temperature
DISPLAY PRECISION0.1ºC
CONTROLLER RESOLUTION0.1ºC
CUVETTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR1000Ω RTD (1000Ω at 0ºC)
See the Sarcomere Spacing Assembly on page 4.
10
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Constant Load
The SI-COLUB Constant Load
Module lets you maintain a
constant force, muscle length
or sarcomere length rather
than keep the total length of the
preparation constant during an
isometric contraction. This is
accomplished using a feedback
loop.
The SI-COLUB monitors a
designated parameter to
determine how much force
is necessary. It also monitors
a feedback signal. The motor
position command signal driving
the motor is constantly adjusted
to drive the feedback signal to the
commanded setpoint.
●● Offers three modes including
Constant Load, Eternal Loop
and Bypass
●● Can be configured using MDAC
software and Lab-Trax 8/16
data acquisition system
Constant Load Mode
External Loop Mode
Measured Force
Capture
(from SI-AOSUB
or SI-BAM21-LCB)
External Trigger
(Like SI-SARCAM Camera)
When you use a motor, an
SI-PF100 Programmable Filter
is necessary to minimize the
natural vibration. It is designed
so you can eliminate the
resonance frequency without
affecting the signal of interest.
It is a low pass filter set to pass
signals of interest below the
specified frequency. It can be
calibrated from 5 to 1,000 Hz.
You may select either a Bessel
or a Butterworth filter. Then,
you must carefully select the
cutoff frequency based on the
typical resonance frequency of
your force transducer and your
own experimental setup.
When the Signal Conditioning
Amplifier System electronics
are configured at the
factory with an SI-PF100
Programmable Filter, the
signal is routed internally from
the amplifier (SI-BAM21-LCB
module) to the SI-PF100. If
you prefer, the signal may
be routed from the amplifier
through the ports on the front
panel of the Programmable
Filter using a standard BNC
cable.
lBessel and Butterworth
filters
lProgrammable cutoff
frequency
lSignal may be routed
through the backplane or
through the front panel
BNCs
Force Step
×k
Bypass Mode
SI-COLUB
SI-COLUB
SI-PF100 Programmable Filter Module
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
The SI-COLUB Constant Load
Module for performing constant
load experiments, has augmented
flexibility. In its primary mode
(Constant Load) the unit takes an
external trigger command from
the force transducer to perform
a constant load cycle. In addition,
the module allows for a different
external trigger or you can
completely bypass the module
without having to switch cabling.
Command
Linear Motor
Bypass
Feedback
SI-PF100
Constant Load Module
SI-COLUB SPECIFICATIONS
Programmable Filter Module
SI-PF100 SPECIFICATIONS
COMMAND REQUEST ­±10V
POWER
12 VDC provided by chassis
FEEDBACK ­±10V
INPUT ± 10 VDC
MOTOR OUTPUT ­±10V
CUTOFF FREQUENCY RANGE
5–1000Hz
POWER REQUIREMENTS
FILTER TYPES
Bessel, Butterworth
12V DC provided by the chassis
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
11
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Linear Motor Control
The SI-H Linear Motor Controller is designed for use with the SI-H line of
muscle physiology research platforms. For systems that require a linear
motor, this unit provides the precision control of the motor. A linear
motor is required for measuring mechanical muscle properties such
as slack-test, isotonic release, constant velocity release, stretch release,
vibration studies, after-loaded contractions and eccentric contractions
(intact muscle). The position of the linear motor is determined by a
combination of the data from the controller indicating the current
position and the DC value applied to the front panel at the Position In
port. The applied Position In signal can be provided by a data acquisition
system (Lab-Trax 8/16). The data acquisition analog output signal is set
to define the waveform and timing pattern of force to be applied to the
sample.
The Linear Motor Controller has been designed with an automatic
shutoff feature. That means that the voltage driving the motor
automatically shuts off if the motor draws too much current. After less
than a second, the motor cycles back on again. If the setup still draws
too much current, it repeats the power down cycle. This could happen
if too much force is being applied to the sample. The system continues
to cycle the motor off and on until the force on the motor is reduced.
If this happens, the motor hums as if it is trying to work, but the motor
produces no force output. If an auto-shutdown occurs, adjust the
experiment and force tension on the motor.
The motor is setup and calibrated to the Linear Motor Controller that
is shipped with it. The motor and controller have a maximum range of
motion of ±3.5mm from the center of travel.
The Position In BNC interface provides for an external position command
input. The input range is ±10VDC. The signal presented at the input will
affect the length of motor travel. The motor/controller combination are
calibrated for travel of 1.0mm/2.0VDC. For example, +7VDC translates to
+3.5mm of travel from the center, and –7VDC equals –3.5mm of travel
from the center. This input could come from the Lab-Trax-8/16 Data
Acquisition system or an SI-COLUB Constant Load Module.
NOTE: Use of a linear motor with a muscle testing platform creates
vibration which excites the sensor’s resonant frequency and requires an
Programmable Filter module (SI-PF100) for best results.
●● Powers the motor and provides an output indicating the actual motor
position
●● Connects to Analog to Digital Converter output of the computer
or data acquisition system (like Lab-Trax-8/16) to allow the
programming to control the waveform and timing of the motor
control
●● Input range of ±10VDC
●● Over current protection that automatically shuts down when the
supply voltage dips below the reference value
●● Linear motor position is determined by a DC value applied from the
Position In port
SI-MOT-MT
Linear Motor for SI-HTBM system
SI-MOT-MKB Linear Motor for SI-MKB
SI-MOTDB
Linear Motor Controller
SI-MOTDB SPECIFICATIONS
POWER REQUIREMENTS
The SI-MOT motor can be used with any SI-HTB Horizontal Tissue Bath or
SI-MKB Muscle Research System.
12
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
12V DC provided by the chassis
INPUT±10V DC
TRAVEL
1 mm/2 VDC current
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
7 mm ( ±3.5 mm from center of travel)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
KG Optical Force Transducers
TRANSDUCER SPECIFICATIONS
Unloaded transducer without tissue mounting support
●● Nearly insensitive to
changes in temperature
and ambient light
●● Extremely high level of
linearity
●● Virtually indestructible
with normal use
Force
Range
SI-KG2
SI-KG2B
SI-KG4
SI-KGxx
Range
Noise
Compliance Resonance
(nm/mN)
Frequency
0-2 N
0-200 g 250 µN
150
1.3 kHz
0-0.2 N
0-20 g
80 µN
590 Hz
0-50 mN
0-5 g
15 µN
0.5
1.2 kHz
contact us for specialty transducers with different ranges.
●● Lifetime warranty
●● Simple calibration
●● KG transducers are required for use with SI-BAM21-type
amplifiers
Tissue Mounting Hooks
Tweezer
Basket
Pointed Hook Blunt Hook Spring Clip
Screw Clip
Tendon Hook
Mounting hooks can be used in a variety of combinations,
depending on the type of tissue to be examined.
Mounting hooks are sold in kits. Currently, there are 11 kit
configurations, each available in four different sizes. The
mounting hook size that is required depends on the force
transducer used.
*The 97909 tissue mount adapter tube (OD:0.096˝, ID:0.035˝) allows you to use
SI-KG4 size mounting hooks with SI-KG2 size force transducers.
SI-TM1
SI-TM5
SI-TM9
SI-TM2
SI-TM6
SI-TM10
SI-TM3
SI-TM4
SI-TM8
SI-TM7
SI-TM11
SI-TM12
Force Transducer mount pictured on the left;
Motor/micrometer mount pictured on the right.
1. papillary muscle
2. general purpose
Vascular hooks are available for mounting blood
3. small skeletal muscle
vessels (rings). They are normally used with a pair
4. trabeculae
of blunt hooks (SI-TM8).
5. papillary muscle
For larger muscles, screw clamps (SI-TM11) and spring clips (SI-TM9, SI6. muscle
rings
TM10)
are available.
7. small skeletal
The micrometer and motor receive a large (SI-KG4 size) tissue mount. If a
8. muscle
smaller
tissuerings
mount is used, the 97909 adapter is required. This adapter is
9. strong
skeletal
muscle
included
with
every SI-MKB
or SI-HTB system.
10.
strong
skeletal
muscle
Ordering
11.
very strong skeletal
When ordering tissue mounts, specify the tissue mount configuration and
forcemuscle
transducer to be used.
12. SI-OPT system
Force Transducer
Mount
Micrometer/Motor
Mount
Force Transducers
SI-TM1 — Papillary Muscle
Basket
Pointed Hook
Available for all force transducers
SI-TM2 — General Purpose
Pointed Hook
Pointed Hook
Available for all force transducers
Tweezer
Tendon Hook
Available for all force transducers
Available for all force transducers
SI-TM3 — Small Skeletal Muscle
SI-TM4 — Trabeculae
Basket
Basket
SI-TM5 — Papillary Muscle
Basket
Tweezer
Available for all force transducers
Blunt Hook
Blunt Hook
Available for all force transducers
SI-TM6 — Muscle Rings
SI-TM7 — General Purpose
Tweezer
Tweezer
Available for all force transducers
Blunt Hook/Vascular Hook
Blunt Hook/Vascular Hook
Available for all force transducers
SI-TM9 — Strong Skeletal Muscle
Tweezer
Spring Clip
SI-KG2, SI-KG2A, SI-KG2B Only
SI-TM10 — Strong Skeletal Muscle
Pointed Hook
Spring Clip
SI-KG2, SI-KG2A, SI-KG2B Only
SI-TM11 — Very Strong Skeletal Muscle
Pointed Hook
Screw Clamp
SI-KG2, SI-KG2A, SI-KG2B Only
SI-TM8 — Muscle Rings
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
13
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
●● Different models to
accommodate a wide
range of forces and
sensitivities
BioTester
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Biaxial Test System For Biomaterials
The BioTester offers you a complete system for examining any planar biological or replacement
tissue–skin, ligaments, blood vessels, heart valves, sclera, membranes and scaffolds!
Powerful image tracking and analysis software delivers synchronized data, image and video
management.
l Quick and easy sample mounting
l
High Resolution (integrated) CCD camera provides synchronized video tracking for live
images (up to 15 frames/sec) and real-time analysis
l Image tracking and analysis software offers real-time data graphing and
imaging to confirm the quality of the data collected
l Precision measurement of small samples (3mm-15mm square)
l Uniaxial or biaxial tension tests of planar tissues
l Multi-modal cyclic, simple and relaxation testing
Export data to spreadsheets or other scientific modeling software
Synchronized data, image and video management
The unique tungsten BioRakes easily pierce the toughest and most delicate
soft tissue samples and provide distributed attachment sites across the
geometry of the sample for uniform attachment and deformation across the
edge of the sample. The sharp rakes will not damage fragile samples.
The software features live data graphing and imaging and offers a virtually
limitless number of test stages and duration combinations. Previously used
tests and templates can be easily edited.
CS-BIOTESTER
Biaxial Biomaterial Tester
For information on these tissue testers, see www.wpiinc.com/stretch
Uniaxial Tissue Tester
l Quality testing
l Cost-effective
l Multiple attachment options
l Available imaging and temperature
controlled fluid bath
The CS-USTRETCH makes it possible to carry out
dependable, mechanical testing of soft materials
for a reasonable price.
50mm/s and applied forces can be monitored at
100Hz. Load control is also possible, and simple
or complex protocols can be specified. A variety
of load cells are available, with force resolutions
as low as 1mN and capacities as high as 100N.
Includes imaging software similar to the
BioTester.
Applications
Typical applications include hydrogels, skin,
muscle, blood vessels, heart valves, ligaments,
sclera and scaffolds.
Specifications
Test specimen as small as 3x3mm and as large
as 20x100mm. Elongation rates can be as high as
CS-USTRETCH
Mount a specimen quickly and precisely using the
patented BioRake attachment system.
Uniaxial Biomaterial Tester
Check the WPI website for complete details and specifications.
14
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
MicroSquisher
Micro-Scale Compression System
Example Application
The
MicroSquisher is
designed to perform compression testing
on specimens between 50 µm and 2
mm with force resolutions as small as
50 nN. Forces are determined from the
deflection of a flexible cantilever beam to
which one compression plate is attached.
Displacement control is achieved by
manipulating the base of that beam using
a motorized piezo stage.
The specimen can be tested in ambient
air or in a temperature-controlled fluid
bath. An integrated camera system allows
synchronized imaging at up to 5Hz.
The MicroSquisher image analysis module
quantifies the aggregate profile, allowing cellcell and cell-medium interface tensions to be
calculated.
glass plate
Micro-Scale Material
Characterization
cell aggregate
(250µm diameter)
glass plate
The MicroSquisher can be used to
determine the compressive stress-strain
properties of a variety of materials
(hydrogel microspheres, small tissue
samples, scaffolds and cell aggregates)
with peak forces ranging from 1μN to
1mN.
The device can perform displacementcontrolled compression and stress
relaxation testing.
CS-MICROSQUISHER
Micro-Scale Compression System
MechanoCulture
l Uniaxial, equibiaxial, or nonequibiaxial strains
Mechanotransduction cell culture system
l 0 - 15% strain
l User downloaded test protocol
l Monolayer cells on substrate or 3D
constructs
l Autoclavable
l Affordable and expandable system
l VHS videocassette-sized units fit
easily in standard incubator
Other Systems Available
The MechanoCulture FX can uniaxially stretch
24 wells while capturing images on an inverted
microscope. The sterile single-use silicone plates
have a thin transparent bottom that has similar
optical properties to a glass coverslip.
MechanoCulture allows researchers to culture
cells on a deformable substrate or as part of
a 3D matrix to understand how mechanical
environment affects cell differentiation, mitosis
and signalling.
button is used to initiate, pause and stop the test.
An LED display indicates the state of the unit,
including the number of cycles remaining in the
original protocol. The base unit can be stopped
and disconnected from its power source without
losing track of its position in the protocol.
Easy to use software
The MechanoCulture software is used to specify
test parameters. The test sequence can then
be downloaded to the instrument. A run/pause
CS-MECHANO-SYS
CS-MECHANO-FX
CS-MECHANO-T6
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
The MechanoCulture T6 can uniaxially stretch up
to 6 clamp-mounted specimens from 5-80mm in
length. For stimulation in tendon, ligament, and
bone tissue engineering work, it can deliver up to
250N of thrust. For cardiovascular research, the
system can stimulate at up to 5Hz.
Strainable Substrate for Culturing Cells
24 Well Mechanical Stimulation for Culturing Cells
6 Channel Mechanical Stimulation for Tissues
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
15
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
The interface tensions that exist play an
important role in the organization of cells within
aggregates. These properties can be determined
by analyzing the force-time curve and test images
from a parallel plate compression test.
Surgical Instruments
Made in Switzerland
When we listen to our customers, we build a bridge of understanding
and rapport. In that understanding, we discover the true needs of the
customer. We have had numerous requests from you for affordable
and good quality instruments and we are listening. World Precision
Instruments is proud to introduce our own line of Swiss-made
forceps and scissors. We worked diligently with our manufacturer
to make sure our products meet your expectations. With over 45
years experience, World Precision Instruments provides innovative
instruments to the biomedical research community. We look forward
to continuing to expand our product line to better serve your evolving
needs.
WPI Swiss Tweezers
stainless steel, 11.5cm
504502 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
acid-resistant, antimagnetic, 11.5cm
504503. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
Tips: 0.18 × 0.2 mm
WPI Swiss Tweezers
stainless steel, 11.5cm
504504 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
acid-resistant, antimagnetic, 11.5cm
504505 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
Tips: 0.18 × 0.2 mm
WPI Swiss Tweezers
stainless steel,11cm, 0.1 x 0.06mm tips
504506 . . . . . . . . . . . .
acid-resistant, antimagnetic,11cm
504507. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips: 0.01 × 0.07 mm
1:1
WPI Swiss Tweezers
stainless steel, 11cm, 45° tips
504512 . . . . . . . . . . . .
m
7m
acid-resistant, antimagnetic, 11cm, 45° tips
504513 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips: 0.06 × 0.07 mm
1:1
WPI Swiss Tweezers
stainless steel, 11cm
504510 . . . . . . . . . . . .
acid-resistant, antimagnetic, 11cm
504511 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips: 0.06 × 0.07 mm
1:1
WPI Swiss Tweezers
stainless steel,10.5cm, extra fine 90° tips
504508. . . . . . . . . . . . .
7mm
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
The instruments shown in this section are a sampling of the most
popular tools from WPI. For a complete look at the hundreds of
other items available, call today for the complete catalog.
acid-resistant, antimagnetic,10.5cm, extra fine 90° tips
504509. . . . . . . . . . . . .
16
Tips: 0.06 × 0.02 mm
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
1:1
Forceps by Dumont
For material information and instrument
purchase guidance visit www.wpiinc.com
Dumont #3
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.20 x 0..12 mm tips
1:1
503235 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Finest tips
available
Stainless steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.025 x 0.005 mm
1:1
501985 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Dumostar, non-magnetic, non-corrosive
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.1 x 0.06 mm Tips
500233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Tip Profile:
Dumont #5
Material: Dumoxel, non-magnetic stainless steel
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Tips:
0.1 x 0.06 mm tips
14098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tip Profile:
ST
MO AR!
UL
P
O
P
1:1
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.10 x 0.06 mm
500342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
Tip Profile:
Dumont #5
Material: Stainless steel, Biology
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Tips:
0.05 x 0.01 mm tips
500341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Tip Profile:
Dumont #5
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel, Medical Biology
11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.05 x 0.01 mm
14095. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
Tip Profile:
Dumont #5B
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel, Biology, bent at 45°
11 cm (44.3 in.)
0.05 x 0.01 mm
Tip Profile:
500234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Dumont #7
Material:
Length:
Tips:
Stainless steel
12 cm (4.75 in.)
0.17 x 0.1 mm
14097. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tip Profile:
1:1
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
17
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Dumont #5
Material: Dumostar, non-magnetic, non-corrosive stainless steel
Length:
11 cm long (4.75 in.)
Tips:
0.025 x 0.015 mm
Tip Profile:
500085 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forceps
Iris Forceps, serrated
Stainless steel
10 cm (4 in.) long, straight 0.8 mm tips
Tip Profile:
StandardGerman
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
15914 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
15914-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iris Forceps, serrated
Stainless steel
10 cm (4 in.) long, curved 0.8 mm tips
Tip Profile:
StandardGerman
15915 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15915-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adson Forceps, serrated
Stainless steel
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
1:1
1:1
Tip Profile:
Standard 14226 . . . . . . . . . . .
German 14226-G . . . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
1:1
Hartman Mosquito Hemostatic Forceps
Stainless steel
Tip Profile:
Standard
German
15920
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, straight . . . . . . . . . 15920-G. . . . . . . . . . . . .
15921
12.5 cm (5 in.) long, curved . . . . . . . . . . 15921-G. . . . . . . . . . . . .
501705
9 cm (3.5 in.) long, straight . . . . . . . . . . 501705-G. . . . . . . . . . . .
501291
9 cm (3.5 in.) long, curved . . . . . . . . . . . 501291-G. . . . . . . . . . . .
Kelly Hemostatic Forceps
Stainless steel
Standard
German
501241 Straight, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . . . . . 501241-G . . . . . . . . . . .
501288 Curved, 14 cm (5.5 in.) long . . . . . . . . 501288-G . . . . . . . . . . .
501714 Straight, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . . . . . . 501714-G . . . . . . . . . . .
501715 Curved, 15.5 cm (6 in.) long . . . . . . . . . 501715-G . . . . . . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
1:1
Tip Profile:
Hundreds of additional
surgical instruments
and related items
are available. See the
complete catalog.
18
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Titanium Forceps
● 100% non-corrosive (great for seawater procedures)
● Forcep tips coated with tungsten carbide for increased gripping power
● 100% non-magnetic (MRI compatible)
● Anodized, non-glare blue finish
● 40% lighter than stainless steel (reduces hand fatigue)
Straight Forceps
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips:
1 x 2, 0.12 mm teeth, 5 mm tying platform
Titanium
555047FT . . . . . . . . . . . . SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Straight Forceps
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips: 3 mm, 6 mm tying platform
Titanium
555007FT . . . . . . . . . . . Calibri Tying Forceps
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips: 3 mm, 4 mm tying platform
Titanium
555008FT . . . . . . . . . . . . Kelman-McPherson Forceps
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Tips:
45°angle, 7.5 mm smooth jaw
Titanium
555190FT . . . . . . . . . . . . Kelman-McPherson Forceps
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips:
45°angle, 7.5 mm smooth jaw
Titanium
555191FT . . . . . . . . . . . . McPherson Forceps
Length: 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Tips:
45°angle, 6 mm tying platform
Titanium
555009FT . . . . . . . . . . . . McPherson Forceps
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Tips:
angled, 4.5 mm tying platforms
Titanium
555005FT . . . . . . . . . . . . Forceps
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Tips:
12 mm, straight, 4.5 mm tying platforms
Titanium
555001FT . . . . . . . . . . . . Forceps
Tip Profile:
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Tips:
straight, 0.12 mm teeth (1x2), 5 mm tying platform
Titanium
555041FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
19
Spring Scissors
These squeeze-handle micro scissors can be used ambidextrously.
Vannas Scissors, Super Fine, stainless steel
Length: 8 cm
Blades: straight 3 mm
Tips: 0.015 x 0.015 mm
Tip Profile:
501778 . . . . . . . . SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Finest Tips in the World!
Length: 8 cm
Blades: curved 3 mm
Tips: 0.015 x 0.015 mm
501839 . . . . . . . . 1:1
Vannas Scissors, stainless steel
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Blades: straight 7mm Tips:
0.025 x 0.015 mm
Length: 8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
Blades: curved 7mm Tips:
0.025 x 0.015 mm
500086 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
501232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
Tip Profile:
Tip
Profile:
8 cm (3 in.)
straight 5 mm
0.1 mm tips
StandardGerman
14003 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
14003-G . . . . . . . . . . . Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
Tip Profile:
8 cm (3 in.)
curved, 5 mm
0.1 mm tips
StandardGerman
14122. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14122-G . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Vannas Scissors
Length:
Blades:
Tips:
Tip Profile:
8 cm (3 in.)
45° angled to side, 5 mm
0.1 mm tips
1:1
StandardGerman
500260 . . . . . . . . . . 500260-G . . . . . . . . . . McPherson-Vannas Scissors
Length:
8 cm (3 in.)
Blades:
straight 5 mm
Tips:0.1mm
StandardGerman
14124 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14124-G . . . . . . . . Length:
8 cm (3 in.)
Blades:
curved 5 mm
Tips:0.1mm
501234 . . . . . . . . . . 501234-G . . . . . . . Tip Profile:
1:1
Spring Scissors
Length: 12 cm (4.75 in.)
Blades: straight 12 mm extra fine and long
Standard
14125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . German
14125-G . . . . . . . . . . . Length: 12 cm (4.75 in.)
Blades: curved 12 mm extra fine and long
14126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tip Profile:
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
1:1
Iris Scissors
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
9 cm (3.5 in.)
sharp, 11 mm straight
555560S . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Vannas Scissors
Length:
Tips:
555584S . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Titanium
9.5 cm (3.7 in.)
angled sharp, 10.5 mm
Vannas Capsulotomy Scissors
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
9.5 cm (3.7 in.)
curved, sharp, 12.5 mm
555583S . . . . . . . . . . 555583S
10.5 cm (4.1 in.)
curved, sharp, 12.5 mm
555582S . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Castroviejo Straight Scissors
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
10.5 cm (4.1 in.)
11 mm
1:1
555530S . . . . . . . . . . Castroviejo Curved Scissors
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
10.5 cm (4.1 in.)
small
555524S . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Mcpherson-Westcott Stitch Scissors
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
10.5 mm
555540S . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Mcpherson-Westcott Conjunctiva Scissors
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
10.5 cm (4.1 in.)
curved, blunt
555500S . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Iris Scissors
Length:
Tips:
Titanium
10.5 cm (4.1 in.)
sharp, 11 mm curved
1:1
555562S . . . . . . . . . . . World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
21
Mini-Dissecting Scissors, stainless steel
503666
8.5 cm (3.3 in.) curved, sharp tips . . . . . 503667
8.5 cm (3.3 in.) straight, sharp tips . . . . 503668
8.5 cm (3.3 in.) curved, blunt tips . . . . . 503669
8.5 cm (3.3 in.) straight, blunt tips . . . . Tip Profile:
2.2 cm
1:1
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Dissecting Scissors
Standard
14393
14394
15922
15923
German
14393-G . . . . . . . . . . 14394-G . . . . . . . . . . 15922-G . . . . . . . . . . 15923-G . . . . . . . . . . 10 cm (4 in.) straight . . . . . . . . . 10 cm (4 in.) curved . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 cm (5 in.) straight . . . . . . . 12.5 cm (5 in.) curved . . . . . . . . Tip Profile:
Iris Scissors, stainless steel
Tip Profile:
Length:
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Blades:
straight, Tungsten Carbide
Standard
German
500216 . . . . . . . . . . Length:
Blades:
2.3 cm
1:1
500216-G . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
curved, Tungsten Carbide
500217 . . . . . . . . . . Tip Profile:
500217-G . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iris Scissors, stainless steel
Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Standard
Blades: straight
German
501758 . . . . . . . . . . Length: 11 cm (4.3 in.)
Tip Profile:
501758-G. . . . . . . . .
2.2 cm
Blades: curved
501759 . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
501759-G. . . . . . . . .
Mini-Iris Scissors
503670
503671
Tip Profile:
8 cm (3.1 in.) straight, sharp tips . . . . . . . 8 cm (3.1 in.) curved, sharp tips . . . . . . . . Iris Scissors, SuperCut, stainless steel
one edge micro serrated, one edge honed to the sharpness of a knife edge
10 cm (4 in.)
Standard
German
Straight
14218 . . . . . . . . 14218-G . . . . . . . Curved
14219 . . . . . . . . 14219-G . . . . . . . 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Straight
503259 . . . . . . .
Curved
503260 . . . . . . . 1:1
2.3 cm
Shown: 10 cm, straight
Tip Profile:
504519 WPI Swiss Scissor, Stainless Steel, 9cm, Blade Extra Fine . . . . . . . . .
504520 WPI Swiss Scissor, Stainless Steel, 9cm, Blade Fine Sharp . . . . . . . . .
1:1
504521 Wpi Swiss Scissor, Stainless Steel, 9cm, Heavy Duty, Rounded . . . . .
504522 WPI Swiss Scissor, Stainless Steel, 9cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
504519
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
4 cm
14192
1:1
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Curved
Sharp/Sharp 501755
Sharp/Blunt 501756
Blunt/Blunt 501757
501755-G
501756-G
501757-G
14 cm (5.5 in.) Curved
Sharp/Sharp 501220
Sharp/Blunt 501221
Blunt/Blunt 501222
501220-G
501221-G
501222-G
14 cm (5.5 in.) Straight
Sharp/Blunt 14192 Sharp/Sharp 501218
Blunt/Blunt 501219
14192-G
501218-G
501219-G
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Operating Scissors, stainless steel
Standard
German
11.5 cm (4.5 in.) Straight Sharp/Blunt 501753 501753-G
Sharp/Sharp 501754
501754-G
Blunt/Blunt
501743
501743-G
Tip Profiles:
Sharp/Blunt
Sharp/Sharp
Blunt/Blunt
Surgical Scissors, stainless steel
One tip sharp, one tip blunt
16 cm (6.3 in.)
Straight
Curved
StandardGerman
501223
501223-G
501226
501226-G
1:1
501223
Needle Holders
Needle Holder
12.5 cm (5 in.) long
straight serrated jaws
extra delicate
Standard 14109 . . . . . . . .
German 14109-G . . . . . .
Tip Profile:
1:1
1:1
Mayo-Hegar Needle Holder, Stainless
Steel
15 cm long (6 in.)
V503382 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
23
Crile-Wood Needle Holder, Stainless Steel,
13 cm (5.1 in.) long, left-handed
503740 . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 cm (5.75 in.) long
15 cm (5.9 in.) long, left-handed
503741 . . . . . . . . . . serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
Standard German 500224 . . . . . . . .
500224-G . . . . . .
1:1
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Tip Profile:
Bruce Clarke Needle Holder, Stainless Steel
12.5 cm (5 in.) long
Serrated jaws with grooves
503219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
Micro Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder, Stainless Steel
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
Serrated jaws combined with Suture Scissors
Jaw length 10 mm
Tip width 2 mm
501989 . . . . . . . . . . . 1:1
Tip
Profile:
1:1
500227
Olsen-Hegar Needle holder with Suture Scissors,
Stainless Steel, serrated Tungsten Carbide jaws
14 cm (5.5 in.) long
Standard
500227 . . . . . . . . . . .
German 500227-G . . . . . . . . .
12 cm (4.75 in.) long
Standard
501312 . . . . . . . . . . .
16.5 cm (6.5 in.) long
Standard
501725 . . . . . . . . . . .
German
501725-G . . . . . . . . .
Tip
Profile:
500227-G
24
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
1:1
Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder, Stainless Steel
14cm (5.5 in.) long
Serrated jaws combined with Suture Scissors
Tip Profile:
500023 . . . . . . . . . . . 500023-G . . . . . . . . . NOT
ACTUAL
SIZE
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
NOT
ACTUAL
SIZE
Mayo-Hegar Needle Holder, Stainless Steel
15 cm long (6 in.)
V503382 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Needle Holder, Titanium
Serrated jaws
13 cm (5.1 in.) long
503390 . . . . . . . . .
NOT
ACTUAL
SIZE
NOT
ACTUAL
SIZE
Needle Holder, Titanium
Serrated jaws
16 cm (6.3 in.) long
503391 . . . . . . . . .
Barraquer Needle Holder, Titanium
1:1
11.5 cm long (4.5 in.)
Delicate, 9mm gently curved jaws, sharp tips
555402NT
555403NT
without lock
with lock (pictured)
Troutman Needle Holder, Curved, Titanium
11.5 cm long (4.5 in.)
10mm gently curved jaws, blunt tips
555406NT
555407NT
1:1
without lock (pictured)
with lock
Curved Needle Holder, Titanium
1:1
11 cm long (4.3 in.)
Curved, 6mm delicate jaws
555408NT
without lock
Needle Holder, Titanum
14 cm long (5.5 in.)
Curved, Smooth Jaws
501923 1:1
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
25
Ear Punches and Ear Tags
Ear Punch
5 cm (2 in.) long, 2 mm diameter
500075 . . . . . . . . . . SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
1:1
Ear Punch
10 cm (4 in.) long
2 mm diameter
1 mm diameter
Physiology Kit I
500077 . . . . . . . . .
500076 . . . . . . . . .
Mouse Kit
SuperCut Tenotomy Scissors curved (#14396)
Rongeur 3mm jaw (#14091)
Utility Scissors (#501322)
Operating Scissors straight Sharp/Blunt (#14192)
Dumont Tweezer #5 (#14098)
Flat Jaw Tweezers (#501303)
Probe 1.0 mm diameter, blunt (#501313)
Dumont #5 (#14098)
Vannas Scissors (#14003)
Iris Forceps, curved, serrated (#15915)
Dissecting Scissors, straight 10cm (#14393)
Wire Retractor (#14130)
Needle Holder (#14109)
Blunt Probe, 1.0 mm diameter (#501313)
KIT-PHYSIO-I
MOUSEKIT
Physiology Kit I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physiology Kit II
Rat Kit
Vannas Scissors (#14003)
SuperCut Iris Scissors straight (#14218)
Rongeur 1.3mm jaw (#14292)
Utility Scissors (#501322)
Probe 1.0 mm diameter, blunt (#501313)
Operating Scissors straight Sharp/Blunt (#14192)
Dumont Tweezer #5 (#14098))
Stevenson Retractor (#14131)
Iris Forceps curved (#15915)
Adson Forceps 1x2 teeth (#500092)
Olsen-Hegar Needle holder (#500227)
PHYSIO-II
Mouse Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dumont #5 (#14098)
Vannas Scissors (#14124)
Iris Forceps, serrated (#15915)
SuperCut Iris Scissors, straight 10cm (#14218)
Alm Retractor (#14240)
Needle Holder (#14110)
Blunt Probe, 1.0 mm diameter (#501313)
RATKIT
Rat Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physiology Kit II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student
Dissecting Kit
Includes:
Dissecting Scissors, 4.5”
Dissecting Scissors, 4”
Dressing Forceps, 5.5”
Micro Dressing Forceps, 4”
#4 Knife Handle
Straight Teasing Needle
Angled Teasing Needle
#22 Surgical Blade
Canvas Roll-up
26
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
501336
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
501838
Canvas Roll-up only . . . . . . . .
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Clips and Clamps
Reflex Clip Applier
11 cm (4.3 in.) long
for 9 mm clips only
500345 . . . . . . . . . . Reflex Clip Applier
11 cm (4.3 in.) long
for 7 mm clips only
500343 . . . . . . . . . . Reflex Clip 9 mm
for use with #500345
100/box, Stainless Steel, non-sterile
500346 . . . . . . . . . . Micro Bulldog Clamps
Retractors
Curved serrated jaws
Standard 14119 . . . . . . . . . .
32mm long, 12mm jaw
14119-G
German 14119
Agricola Retractor
Length: 4 cm (1.6 in.)
Blades: 3 x 3 sharp prongs
Small, self-retaining retractor perfect
for small animal surgery and dissection.
Maximum spread, 2.5 cm.
14119-G . . . . . . . .
38mm long, 9mm jaw
501846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1:1
Scalpels, Knives, Blades and Handles
Scalpel Handle #3
13 cm (5 in.) long, stainless steel
Standard 500236 . . . . . . . . .
German 500236-G . . . . . . .
For Blades #10 ~ #15
stainless steel scalpel blades are made by Feather®, using a precise
Sterile stainless steel bladesAll
beveling technique to create the edge’s micron sharpness. They are the
finest blades available.
500239
500240
Scalpel Blades #10, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) Scalpel Blades #11, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box) Animal Lancets
504539
504540
504550
504551
504552
504553
504554
504555
504556
Disposable Scalpels
Animal Lancet, 3mm, Mice,1-2 drops, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 4mm, Mice under 2 mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 5mm, Mice 2-6 mo,200/box
Animal Lancet, 5.5mm, Mice over 6 mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 5mm, Rats under 3 mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 6mm, Rats under 3mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 7mm, Rats 3-4mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 3mm, Primates, 200/box
Tatoo Identification Lancet, 3mm, 200/box
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
500348
500349
500350
500351
500352
500353
500354
500355
500356
Disposable Scalpel, No. 10, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 11, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 12, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 15, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 20, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 21, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 22, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 23, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 24, sterile (10/box)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
27
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Reflex Clip 7 mm
for use with #500343
100/box, Stainless Steel, non-sterile
500344 . . . . . . . . . . SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Rodent
Guillotine
DCAP
DCAP-M
DCAP-L
Guillotine for Rodents and other small animals (opening 1.5 x 1.5 in.)
Guillotine for large rodents and other medium animals
(opening 2.5 x 2.5 in.)
Guillotine for larger animals (opening 4” x 4”)
● Large, stable base
● Hardened blades for
long service
● Ambidextrous
configuration
The small animal guillotine has been completely
redesigned for ease of use and extra added
safety features. The blades are drawn together by
magnetic force to ensure a clean and precise cut
through very strong bones and skin.
There is a large base for stability, long handle for
extra leverage, spring action so the blades can
not fall down unexpectedly, hardened stainless
blades for endurance, simplified construction
for easy maintenance. The fluoropolymer coated surface on the base
makes cleaning easy.
The guillotine is considered one of the most humane methods to sacrifice a subject.
OmniDrill35
This line-powered micro drill will make easy work of grinding, finishing,
cutting, and drilling bone, teeth, and other material. The high-torque
35,000 rpm (maximum) motor is quiet and has minimal vibration which
reduces wear on the motor and provides greater comfort for the user.
It also features a forward and reverse switch, “E Type” handpiece, and
handpiece holder. The handpiece has a removable nose cone that can be
cleaned and sterilized. It accepts 3/32” and 2.33 mm bur shanks. Unlike
battery-powered drills, this unit will maintain consistent power for the
duration of use. The wide range of speeds allows the user to control the
amount of heat generation.
The following accessories are included with the Micro Drill System:
Qty Description
4
Abrading Tip, Rubber
1
Abrading Tip, Stone
1
Accessory Stand
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1, .031” Diameter
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #2, .039” Diameter
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #3, .047” Diameter
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #4, .055” Diameter
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #5, .063” Diameter
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #6, .071” Diameter
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #7, .083” Diameter
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/4, .019” Diameter
1
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/2, .027” Diameter
4
Cutoff Disk
1
Mandrel, Screw
1
Mandrel, Threaded
1Footswitch
Size
Ball Diameter (mm)
1/4
0.5
1/2
0.7
1
0.8
2
1.0
3
1.2
4
1.4
5
1.6
6
1.8
7
2.1
OMNIDRILL35 SPECIFICATIONS
28
INPUT
110V, 50/60 Hz
OUTPUT
0-32 Vdc
FUSE
1 amp
OPERATING SPEED RANGE
0-35,000RPM
DIMENSIONS
178 x 114 x 89mm (7 x 4.5 x 3.5in.)
WEIGHT
1.7kg (3.75lbs)
8
2.3
503598
OmniDrill35 Micro Drill System, 110 V
503599
OmniDrill35 Micro Drill System, 220 V
REPLACEMENT ACCESSORIES
501850
Abrading Tip, Rubber, pk of 20
501851
Abrading Tip, Stone, pk of 5
501852
Accessory Stand
501853
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1, .031” Diameter, pk of 5
501854
Ball Mill, Carbide, #2, .039” Diameter, pk of 5
501855
Ball Mill, Carbide, #3, .047” Diameter, pk of 5
501856
Ball Mill, Carbide, #4, .055” Diameter, pk of 5
501857
Ball Mill, Carbide, #5, .063” Diameter, pk of 5
501858
Ball Mill, Carbide, #6, .071” Diameter, pk of 5
501842
Ball Mill, Carbide, #7, .083” Diameter, pk of 5
501860
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/4, .019” Diameter, pk of 5
501861
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/2, .027” Diameter, pk of 5
501862
Cutoff Disk, pk of 20
501863
Mandrel, Screw, pk of 5
501864
Mandrel, Threaded, pk of 5
504459
Footswitch
502237
Stereotaxic Holder for OmniDrill35 Microdrill
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
BioClave Mini
Research Autoclave
●● Fully automatic–just press START
●● Rapid, complete sterilization
●● Extremely compact
●● Benchtop model
The BioClave Mini comes pre-programmed for basic
sterilization. Choose either the 120ºC or 134ºC
temperature mode, and the cycle time is fixed. This is
the perfect autoclave for small spaces.
The stainless steel sterilization chamber
accommodates a variety of liquids, media,
BIOCLAVE MINI SPECIFICATIONS
CHAMBER VOLUME. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAX. PRESSURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAMBER DIMENSIONS. . . . . . . . . .
TRAY DIMENSIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . .
WEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ELECTRICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8L
29 PSI/2 Bar
6.7 x 12.5"/17 x 31cm
4.75 x 9.75"/12 x 24.8cm
20 x 13.5 x 12.9"/51 x 24 x 33cm
74 Lb. (33kg)
115 or 230V, 50–60Hz, 950W
instruments, glassware and plasticware. A mechanical and electrical
safety interlock prevents the door from being opened until the pressure
is released (0 PSI).
Simply press the Start button, and the entire sequence runs–fill, sterilize,
exhaust and dry.
504187
504188
Aluminum Sterilizing Trays
These sterilization containers are made of hard anodized aluminum
and can withstand autoclaving and ethylene oxide sterilizing. The nonperforated base has two locking clasps that secure the lid in place. The
perforated lid with disposable filter allows steam and gas to move freely
in and out of the container during sterilization. A silicone mat may be
purchased separately and cut to fit the base of the tray.
501913
501914
501915
500255
Small Aluminum Tray, 300 x 140 x 40 mm
Large Aluminum Tray, 300 x 140 x 70 mm
Single-use Filters, 100 per package
Silicone Mat, 38 x 25.5 cm
Dry Sterilizer
Sterilize your
microdissecting and
tissue culture in­stru­
ments, thoroughly and
conveniently, in sec­onds.
No chem­ic­ als. No flames.
No risk of burns. No
disinfectant fluids. Glass
beads heated to 260°C
kills all viruses, aer­o­bic
and anaer­o­bic bac­te­
ria, yeasts and spores.
(1.5 mm lead-free glass
beads in­cluded.)
GERMINATOR SPECIFICATIONS
O.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1 x 13.3 x 12.9 cm (6 /4 x 5 /4 x 5 /16 in.)
I.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 x 10.2 cm (2 x 4 in.)
WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 kg (5 lb.)
3
14404
500121
14405
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
BioClave Mini (115 V)
BioClave Mini (230 V)
1
1
Dry Sterilizer (110 V)
Dry Sterilizer (220 V)
Extra Glass Beads, 300 g (11 oz)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
29
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
●● Built in water tank does not
require connection to an external
water supply
SweepZone®
Quantrex®
SweepZone operates
with a special cleaning
wave of ±2KHz
energy that literally
sweeps back and
forth throughout the
ultrasonic tank. Pulse
Width Modulation
(PWM) enables the
device to sense
cleaning loads,
solution levels and
voltage fluctuations.
Provides super-strength
cleaning every time. Versatile enough for
a variety of cleaning
applications. When
used with L&R’s specialty
formulated solutions, the
self-contained, compact
unit offers efficient troublefree cleaning. Each
Quantrex machine comes
standard with increased
power—strength you can
see as soon as you turn the
unit on.
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
Ultrasonic Cleaning System
Ultrasonic Cleaning Systems
It automatically adjusts
to different conditions
in order to create
more uniform cleaning
power by eliminating hot spots and weak areas in the tank. This results
in unsurpassed cleaning performance with every application.
60 Minute Timer.
Constructed with vinyl-clad steel and stainless steel.
Fourteen quality inspection steps for strength and durability.
User-friendly digital touch pad controls make it easy and convenient
to set any of the five preset timer settings from a range of six to sixty
minutes. Durable stainless steel housing and tank are corrosion
resistant and long lasting. Includes timer, drain and stainless steel cover
Dimensions: 32.2 x 1.75 x 22.2 cm (12.68 x 6.88 x 8.75 in.)
Shipping Weight: 5.4 kg (12 lb)
Tank Capacity: 4.0 L (1.06 gal. )
Tank Internal Dimensions: 29.8 x 15.2 x 10.2 cm (11.75 x 6 x 4 in.)
Stainless steel drain with multi-positional outlet for easy removal of
solution.
504217
504216
SweepZone Ultrasonic Cleaning System
Dimensions: 26.0 x 16.5 x 21.0 cm (10.25 x 6.5 x 8.25 in.)
Shipping Weight: 4.5 kg (10 lb)
Tank Capacity: 3.2 L (0.85 gal.)
Internal Dimensions: 23.8 x 13.7 x 10.2 cm (9.38 x 5.38 x 4.0 in.)
Includes Timer, Drain and Cover. Heater Optional.
Quantrex Ultrasonic Cleaning System
Ultrasonic Cleaner
Half liter stainless steel tank. Du­ra­ble and
compact, robust all-metal con­struc­tion allows
for continuous duty. Includes lid.
504766
504767
504768
UBATH SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT POWER
22W
PEAK OUTPUT
70W, 55 kHz
TANK CAPACITY
0.53L (18 oz.)
TANK I.D.
12.1 x 8.6 x 6.6 cm
(4 /4 x 3 /8 x 2 /8 in.)
3
3
5
TANK O.D.
13.7 x 10.5 x 12.1 cm
(5 /8 x 4 /8 x 4 /4 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1.8 kg (4 lb.)
30
3
1
3
503737
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
14342
UBATH-Y Ultrasonic Cleaner (110 V)
UBATH-Z Ultrasonic Cleaner (220 V, Euro plug)
UBATH-B Ultrasonic Cleaner (220 V, UK plug)
Specify line voltage
13740
Ultrasonic Detergent (4 lb)
14342
Ultrasonic Detergent (1 gal)
503737 Mesh Draining Basket
503738 Bur Sterilizing Tray
503739 Positioning Cover
504766 Sterilization mesh casette 40x40x20mm
504767 Sterilization mesh casette.80x80x34mm
504768 Sterilization mesh casette.105x70x25mm
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
For surgery at the micro level, such as Xenopus Capping
The PI-MC2010 is a micro-cauterizing unit that embraces
thermodynamic technology to perform micro-surgical tasks with
efficiency and cleanliness. Cells just beyond the cutting line are left
healthy and functional.
How It Works
Features
PI-MC2010
l 13 & 18 micron diameter cautery
tips with 1 & 1.5mm loop
l 15 Power settings
l Light weight pencil handle
l Foot switch activated
Micro-Cautery Instrument
Comes with foot switch, pencil, tip, holder, power cord, operation manual,
and choice of one box of tips.
MICRO-CAUTERY ELECTRODE TIPS
504045
18 micron wire tip cautery electrode, red-black cover,10mm loop, 5/pkg
504046
18 micron wire tip cautery electrode, red cover,1mm loop, 5/pkg
504047
18 micron wire tip cautery electrode, red cover,1.5mm loop, 5/pkg
504048
13 micron wire tip cautery electrode, yellow,1mm loop, 5/pkg
504049
13 micron wire tip cautery electrode, yellow,1.5mm loop, 5/pkg
l Simple operation
Economy
Electrosurgical Unit
Electrosurgery utilizes alternating current at radio frequencies to cut and
coagulate. Using this method, the current enters the patient’s body and
the patient becomes part of the electrical circuit. This requires the use of
a return, or indifference plate.
This economically priced electrosurgical unit has 10 levels of output
intensity, three operational modes (cut, coagulate, and cut/coagulate),
and various choices of electrodes.
The unit comes complete and ready-to-use with a handpiece,
indifference plate, footswitch, and one of each electrodes. All accessories
can also be ordered separately.
ELECTROSURGICAL UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATION FREQUENCY
1.5 MHz
STABLE & FINE POWER SETTING
10 Steps
POWER SUPPLY
115V ± 10% - 50/60Hz 1.8A, 210VA
230V ± 10% - 50/60Hz 0.9A, 210VA
OUTPUT POWER
70 WATTS ± 5%
WORKING FRQUENCY
1.5-1.7 MHZ ± 5%
DIMENSIONS
24cm x 22cm x 8.5cm (lxwxh)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
10 lb (4.5kg)
Unit includes everything pictured
501274
501285
501273
501275 501277
501278
501279
501280
501281
501282
501283
501284
501286
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Electrosurgical Unit, 110V
Electrosurgical Unit, 220V
Handpiece for electrodes, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Indifference Plate
Footswitch
Diamond Shape Loop Electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Small Loop electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Large Loop Electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Fine WIre electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Wire Electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Small Oval Loop Electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Ball Electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Set of 7 Electrodes
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
31
SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS
A current passes through the platinum cutting wire and super-heats
it at a preprogrammed rate for the span of a few microseconds, then
abruptly stops. A thin, gaseous-tube of solution surrounding the wire
is created because the rate of heating is much faster than the velocity
of the solution molecules due to their average thermal energy at room
temperature. This creates an intense but finite shockwave as the
superheated tube of vapor expands from the wire inducing turbulence.
The quick heating and cooling of the platinum wire causes a flushing
effect as cool water rushes in after the brief shockwave and turbulence.
Debris from the lysed cells directly adjacent to the wire is flushed
away immediately. Cellular debris does not stick to the wire and, even
at the highest power settings, only an extremely small quantity of
heat is generated and then quickly cooled so as not to increase the
temperature of the surrounding environment.
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
SMALL ANIMAL ANESTHESIA
EZ-7000 Classic System
Components may not be as pictured.
Features
EZ-FF9000 Fixed Flow System
l Integrated turnkey solution for small animal anesthesia
The Fixed Flow System is our most advanced system and provides
preset, fixed flow rates with no need for adjustment. The system
offers five gas outlets, each with an individual ON/OFF switch. The
system ensures consistent, precise gas flow when connected to any
pressurized gas source higher than 7 psi.
l Safe for surgical personnel, 90% below OSHA Isoflurane limit
l Designed by veterinarians
l Compact and portable
l Induction Chamber output is fixed at 1 Lpm
l Time efficient and cost effective
l Four Breathing Circuit outputs are fixed at 0.5 Lpm
l Virtually stress-free for the animals
l Easy to setup and use, simplifying the training of new staff and
reducing the threat of human error
l Speedy recovery time
EZ Anesthesia is the system of choice for anesthetizing small
animals, and it comes with a variety of choices. Animals to be
anesthetized are placed in the acrylic induction chamber and the
system delivers a precisely blended mixture of oxygen and isoflurane.
An activated charcoal air filter canister at the top of the chamber
releases safe, filtered air back into the room. A water-heated cage
warmer or warming plate (ATC2000) is used to retain the animal
body temperature while in the induction chamber. After the initial
anesthetizing, the animal can be moved to the heated surgical
water bed and positioned properly in the snugly fitted nosecone. A
highly sensitive valve regulated by the animal’s breathing works with
the nosecone to ensure non-rebreathing efficiency, and allow safe
anesthesia for up to several hours.
The breathing device also includes an air filter that releases safe,
filtered air back into the room.
EZ Systems include all necessary hardware components and
connections. Oxygen and liquid Isoflurane are not supplied. These are
required to operate the system.
Each system comes with all necessary components and connections for
immediate use, including::
l Oxygen regulator
l Vaporizer Unit
l One Induction Chamber (standard EZ-178)
l One Breathing Device (standard EZ-103)
l Case of charcoal filters
Other available options include:
l Heated Beds and Heating Pump
l Additional Breathing Devices
32
This unit features an oxygen flush button that purges the induction
chamber with pure oxygen, thereby protecting personnel from
exposure to anesthesia gas when opening the chamber. A handle on
the vaporizer makes the unit easy to safely transport.
EZ-FF9000 Fixed Flow System
EZ-7000 Classic System
The Classic System is the upgraded version of our original EZAnesthesia system. The new version has a reconfigured flow meter that
is more user-friendly. The system offers five gas outlets that can supply
a single induction chamber and four breather circuits simultaneously.
The upgraded system also features an oxygen flush button that purges
the induction chamber with pure oxygen, thereby protecting personnel
from exposure to anesthesia gas when opening the chamber. A handle
on the vaporizer makes the unit easy to safely transport.
EZ-7000
Classic System
EZ-B800 Basic System
The Basic System is designed for use with a single animal. It utilizes one
output directly from the vaporizer into a Y-splitter which creates a dual
feed that can be directed to the induction chamber or the breather
circuit.
This unit incorporates an oxygen flush system that purges the induction
chamber with pure oxygen, thereby eliminating personnel exposure to
anesthesia gas when opening the chamber.
EZ-B800
Basic System
For the full line of anesthesia products, see
www.wpiinc.com/anesthesia
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
EZ-1130 Connection Kit
EZ-177 and EZ-1785 Induction Chambers
This kit is used for connecting additional components to the EZAnesthesia Systems. It includes 6 ft of clear PVC tubing with a quickdisconnect fitting.
These chambers incorporate a positive seal O-ring gasket for
containment during use.
EZ-1130
Connection Kit
EZ-830 Ventilator Connection Kit
This kit is used to connect the SAR-830 ventilators with EZ-Anesthesia
Systems. It includes all required components, pre-assembled for simple
connection between the ventilator and the anesthesia system.
EZ-830
EZ-177
EZ-178
EZ-1785
EZ-179
Sure-Seal Mouse Chamber (5"L × 4.75"W × 4.38"H) Sure Seal Mouse/Rat Chamber (9.75"L × 4.75"W × 4.38"H)
Large Mouse/Rat Induction Chamber (7"W × 11"D × 6"H inside)
Rabbit/Guinea Pig Induction Chamber (18.75"× 12.75" × 12.75")
EZ-320 and EZ-330 Oxygen Regulators
Regulators are preset to 50 psi.
l EZ-320 utilizes a CGA-540 connection for large “H” tanks.
Ventilator Connection Kit
l EZ-330 utilizes a CGA-870 connection for small “E” tanks.
EZ-320
EZ-330
Oxygen Regulator for large tanks
Oxygen Regulator for small tanks
Custom built hose assemblies for wall or ceiling outputs specific to
facility needs: Chemetron, Ohmeda, Schrader or DISS.
Euthanex Lids
The Euthanex Lid
system has become
an industry standard.
You no longer need to
transfer animals. The lids are
available in five sizes to accommodate
virtually all plastic cage sizes designed for small lab animals. These
heavy duty stainless steel lids have a stem fitting for connection
to the quick-disconnect fitting on the hose from the gas source. A
foam lid gasket ensures a good seal on the cage. Multiple lids may
be used to treat several cages at once.
Vaporizer Pole Mount
EZ-20027 EZ-20028 EZ-20030 EZ-20032 EZ-20034 EZ-20029 EZ-20027G
EZ-20028G
EZ-20030G
EZ-20032G
EZ-20034G
Small Lid (13” x 9”) Fits old-style mouse cages
Small Lid (16” x 10”) Fits new-style mouse cages
Square Lid (13” x 13”) Fits Thorn cages
Medium Lid (20.5” x 11”) Fits rat cages
Large Lid (23” x 16.5”) Fits guinea pig cages
Lid Storage Bracket (wall-mounted,holds up to four lids)
Small Lid Gasket (13”x9”)
Small Lid Gasket (16”x9”)
Square Lid Gasket (13”x13”)
Medium Lid Gasket (20.5”x11)
Large Lid Gasket (23”x16.5”)
Rodent
Isoflurane
Facemask Kit
The EZ-E28000 is a mounting option for the
EZ‑Anesthesia system, combining system portability
with a small footprint. Constructed of Aluminum
and Stainless Steel, it features a five leg base for
maximum stability and an oxygen “E” tank mounting
bracket. Anesthesia system must be purchased
separately.
E-28000
Vaporizer Pole Mount
Mouse and rat facemasks,
medical grade PVC tubing
(12 feet), 1/4-inch adapters
(2), 3/8-inch adapters (2).
OC-SFM-KIT Small Rodent Facemask Kit (one mask, tubing, adapters)
OC-MFM-KIT Medium Rodent Facemask Kit (one mask, tubing, adapters)
OC-LFM-KIT Large Rodent Facemask Kit (one mask, tubing, adapters)
OC-XLFM-KIT XLarge Rodent Facemask Kit (one mask, tubing, adapters)
OC-MOUSE-KIT Mouse Facemask Kit (sm & med masks, tubing, adapters)
OC-RAT-KIT
Rat Facemask Kit (lg & xlg masks, tubing, adapters)
OC-ALLFM-KIT
Complete Rodent Facemask Kit (sm, med, lg & xlg masks, tubing, adapters)
EZ-103
Mobile Workstations
EZ-107
EZ-104A EZ-103A EZ-107A EZ-109 EZ-211 EZ-212 Versaflex Non-Rebreathing Unit
Microflex Non-Rebreathing Unit
Rat Stereotaxic Non-Rebreathing Unit
Multi-Animal Non-Rebreathing Unit
Mouse/Rat Thin-Line Heated Waterbed
Mouse/Rat Standard Heated Waterbed
Two mobile workstations, constructed of heavy-duty stainless steel with
locking casters, integrate all your EZ-Anesthesia components into one
portable unit. Open side shelves accommodate 20 lb. cylinders, and
convenient 2" port holes allow for easy rigging of gas and electrical lines.
Below the work surface of each mobile workstation is an open shelf and
a locking cabinet. t provides a 42"x24" work surface and holds up to four
cylinders. EZ-E27000 has a 22"x21" work surface and holds up to two
cylinders. These systems are easy to set up and provide maximum flexibility
and mobility.
EZ-E25000 Mobile Workstation, 42" x 24" Top
EZ-E27000 Mobile Workstation, 22" x 21" Top
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
33
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
EZ-340-XXXX Custom Hose Assemblies
Analgesia
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer
l Plug up to three probes into a single unit
l LCD readout (Floating or last maximum/minimum)
l Rigid tips up to 800 gm
l “Supertips™” 15 up to 65 gm
l 1,000 gm probe available
l Independence from temperature
l Optional analog output cable for chart recorder
l Pipette tips can be customized to any specification
l Microprocessor electronics 0.1 gm plug-in probes
II-2390
II-2391
II-2392
II-2393
II-23931
II-2394
II-2395
II-2396
II-2397
II-2400
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, rigid tips, 90 gram range
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, rigid tips, 800 gram range
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, rigid & 15 super tips, 90 gram range
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, rigid & 15 super tips, 800 gram range
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, custom rigid tips, 1000 gram range
von Frey Probe, 90 gram range
von Frey Probe, 800 gram range
von Frey Probe, 1000 gram range
MRI Probe Option (add to price of probe above)
Analog Output Cable
To assess mechanical allodynia, which is a
painful response to a light touch or pressure
from a stimulus that is not normally painful,
the Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer was
developed. The Electronic von Frey meter
uses one of 15 different flexible von Frey hairs
called “SuperTips™” (or rigid tips up to 800
grams). Each hair, regardless of model chosen,
is exactly 0.8 mm in diameter. This uniformity
of design eliminates false readings and allows
for comparison of test results. The Electronic
von Frey can be used with chart recorders and
analog/digital converters, and it never needs
calibrated. This system includes either a 90, 800
or 1,000 gram probe. Mesh stands are available
in a variety of sizes for large group studies.
Trio
Get three test systems in one package with the Trio, featuring the
Electronic von Frey, Plethysmometer and Randall Selitto Meters. Just
like the Quattro package, the modular design allows these three test
systems to communicate with the same electronic controller. The stand
and sling for the Randall Selitto test are sold separately.
II-2888
Trio 3-in-1 System
Quattro
This special package offers four tests, including Electronic von
Frey, Plethysmometer, Randall Selitto and the Grip Strength Meter.
You get all four test modules and the electronic controller that is
interchangeable with all four systems. The electronic controller has up
to three inputs, so you can perform up to four unique tests with only
one electronic system. If you prefer, you may build your system as
you grow. Because of the modular design of these four systems, you
need to order only one complete system. Then, the modules for the
other three tests, which integrate into the system, can be purchased
separately, as needed. The stand and sling for the Randall Selitto test
are sold separately.
II-2889
34
Quattro 4-in-1 System
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Plethysmometer (Paw Volume) Meter
l No wetting solution needed
l One calibration/year
l Battery-operated or line powered controller
l One-year warranty
II-520MR Paw Volume Meter for Mouse & Rat
Randall Selitto Paw Pressure Meter
l Hands free operation with footswitch
l Visible force limit indicator
l Portable electronic display
l Battery-operated or line powered controller
l 3-oz. handheld probe with accuracy of 0.5%
l No calibration required
The Randall Selitto Paw Pressure Meter for
analgesia testing is digitally controlled. Use
the handheld instrument to apply force to an
animal’s extremity and get instantaneous, live
readings. You can even view the last maximum
force applied during the test. The new limit
II-2500
indicator lets you select the maximum force
limit, and then indicates with a warning light
when the system reaches that limit. This unit
comes with an acrylic stand to allow for easy
viewing of the display. Stand and sling are sold
separately.
Randall Selitto Paw Pressure Meter, 800 g pressure applicator
Grip Strength Meter
l Mouse and rat wire mesh grid plates
included
l Maximum force range is 2,000 gm (10% over
range allowed). Higher ranges are available
by special order.
l 1 gram increment readings
l Suction feet on the heavy, anodized base
plate resist even large pulling forces
l Battery-operated or line powered controller
l One year warranty
Measure muscle hyperalgesia in rats and mice
with the Grip Strength Meter, which gauges
the forelimb grip force using a digital force
transducer. Simply hold the animal by the
tail and gently dangle it over the wire mesh
plate until the animal grasps the plate with its
forepaws. The force transducer, connected
with the wire mesh plate, measures the
strength of the animal at the time of the test.
The battery-operated, electronic control device
II-2200
Grip Strength Meter for Mouse & Rat
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
calculates the average of three measurements,
and it holds the last maximum force in a “peak
and hold” type readout until you reset it.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
35
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Test the effectiveness of anti-inflammatory agents and agents to reduce
edemic conditions with the Plethysmometer. Simply insert the rat or
mouse paw into water. A sensor in the water notes a pressure change
when the paw is immersed. Pressure is calibrated in 0.1 milliliters and
displays on the battery-powered monitor. The acrylic stand offers full
visibility of the subject throughout the testing.
Analgesia
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Incremental Hot Cold Plate
Analgesia Meter
l Heat or cool, from 0-70˚C
l Ramping temperatures for threshold & latency results
l Rapid increase or decrease in temperature
l Precise programmable digital control
l Printout of data
l Temperature stability is 0.1˚C
l Includes clear animal enclosure
l Plate size 4 x 8”
l Two-year warranty
This safe, humane device for rats and mice
is used for latency and threshold-based
nocicetption, ramping temperatures for
0-70˚C. Because this hot cold plate is
incremental, it measures latencies of much
more than just the strong narcotic agents,
broadening dramatically the range of
analgesia research with devices of this type.
Microprocessor-controlled, the Incremental
Hot Cold Plate can heat or cool in increments
of 0.1˚C, at a rate of 1-10˚C per minute.
With uniform heating and cooling and upper/
lower cut-off limits, this device is predictable
II-PE34
and safe. It can also function as a constant
temperature plate with great stability (0.1˚C).
As soon as a reaction is observed from the
chosen paw, the unit reverses to the standby
temperature.
Incremental Hot Cold Plate Analgesia Meter for Mouse & Rat
Incapacitance Meter for Mouse & Rat
l Precise programmable digital control
l Start, stop and reset test from
controller’s front panel
l 180-270 gram holder included (other
sizes available)
l Reaction detected automatically
l Manual override of all timer functions
l Alphanumeric readout
l 5 to 999 seconds test period
l Alphanumeric readout
l All functions and parameters entered
via key-pad
l Two-year warranty
II-600MR Incapacitance Meter for Mouse & Rat
36
Test pain and inflammation in the hind limbs of mice, rats or birds with
the Incapacitance Meter. It uses a technique called dual channel weight
averaging, which tests both hind limbs. This gives you a clean, stressfree correlation of the paw pressure test. Conduct control and testing of
the animal at the same time. Place the animal in the holder with its hind
limbs resting on the two weight-averaging platform pads. The controller
records the average weight (grams) over the test period as the animal
shifts its weight from each pad
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Hot Plate Analgesia Meter
l Includes both mouse and rat enclosure
l Temperature indicated in 0.1˚C increments
l Holding accuracy is +/- 0.1˚C
l Digitally controlled
l Two-year warranty
II-39
Hot Plate Analgesia Meter for Mouse & Rat
Plantar Test Apparatus/Tail Flick Test Analgesia Meter
l Includes three acrylic animal enclosures
that each hold two rats or four mice
l Precise programmable digital control
l User-defined humane cutoff feature
l Adjustable beam intensity in 1%
increments up to 250˚C
l Reaction is detected automatically
This unit, which is designed for testing
narcotics and strong non-narcotic drugs, offers
both Plantar (Hargreaves Method) and Tail Flick
testing with a single unit. Either testing system
is also available individually. In plantar mode,
the visible light/heat source is directed at the
paw or other desired body part, and in tail
flick mode it is directed at the subjects’ tails.
Test up to 12 mice or 6 rats simultaneously.
If desired, other animals like cats and rabbits
may also be used. Tests are simple to setup.
The focused, radiant heat/light source creates
a 4 x 6 mm intense spot. Because the light
is visible, you know when the test starts and
ends. The equipment is silent (no whining
or clicking sounds) to avoid triggering an
l Alphanumeric readout
l Manual override of all timer functions
l All functions and parameters entered
via key‑pad
l Heated glass option
l Tail temperature monitor option (for use
with the Tail Flick meter)
automatic response in conditioned animals.
You can set a humane cutoff timer that
automatically shuts off the heat if no response
is observed during the designated time frame.
When an animal is placed on cold glass,
its reaction time may be slower. This unique
system offers a heated glass option that
prevents the glass enclosure from acting as
a heat sink, giving a more accurate reading.
An optional tail temperature monitor can
also be selected for use with the Tail Flick
meter. This option actually preheats the tail
before experimentation. Once the preset tail
temperature is reached, the test and timer
automatically begin. A glass stand is also
available in two sizes for large group studies.
II-336T
Combination Plantar/Tail Flick Meter, non-heated glass and tail
temperature for mouse and rat
II-336TG Combination Plantar/Tail Flick Meter, tail temperature and heated glass
for mouse and rat
II-390
Plantar Test Analgesia Meter, non-heated glass for mouse and rat
II-390G Plantar Test Analgesia Meter, heated glass for mouse and rat
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
37
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Use the Hot Plate Analgesia meters for latency testing in rats and
mice. Simply place the animals on a black anodized, aluminum plate
(11 x 10.5 x 0.75”, 275 x 263 x 15 mm) and set the plate’s surface
temperature to the desired setpoint (up to 75˚C). The plate maintains
a consistent temperature throughout the test.
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Animal
Temperature
Controller
ATC2000 is a low noise heating system
for maintaining animal body temperature
during experimental procedures. The
DC heater is extremely quiet in terms of
electromagnetic radiation. This is essential in
electrophysiological recordings which are very
sensitive to electromagnetic interference.
The controller uses proportional, integral, and
derivative (PID) technology in adjusting the DC
voltage output. Compared with switched on/
off type controllers, PID controllers provide
a much more precise and stable control of
temperature. The PID approach is also more
immune to the variation of the experimental
conditions such as change in animal size and
unexpected disturbances.
l Low Noise DC Heater
l Adaptive mode–auto adjust PID regardless of animal size
l PID control for maximum temperature stability
l Three temperature inputs–RTD, TC, plate
l Automatic shutdown if the plate reaches 45°C
●●
The controller has three temperature sensing
inputs.
●●
●●
The resistive temperature device (RTD)
Probe input can be used to monitor an
RTD rectal probe to control the animal
temperature or to monitor ambient
temperature, induction chamber
temperature or any other temperature.
When using a thermocouple probe, the
thermocouple (TC) probe input can be
used just like the RTD input. (A T type
thermocouple must be used.)
The heater plate also has an internal
temperature sensor. The ATC2000
monitors this sensor to prevent the
localized hot spots under animal.
●●
The controller has three operational modes:
●●
Normal mode uses the configured
sensor (RTD or TC) or the plate sensor to
drive the control loop.
●●
Adaptive mode uses the temperature of
the heated plate and the temperature of
the subject to control. This approach is
less prone to overshoot, but somewhat
slower the normal mode, depending on
the sampling rate used.
Shutdown is a fail safe mode used if the
plate temperature ever exceeds 45°C.
The ATC2000 is tuned at the factory. However,
the PID parameters may also be set manually.
The temperature resolution of the controller
is 0.1°C. The rectal temperature probe has a
6-ft ultra-flexible, shielded cable and an RTD
sensor.
The metal heating plates (available separately)
have built-in temperature sensors. Compatible
with stereotaxic systems, the rigid, flat surface
fits under the U-frame. Plates are washable
with water and detergent.
ATC2000 SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPERATURE RANGE . . . . . . . . . . up to 45°C
RESOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1°C
ACCURACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ± 0.3°C
RAT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTD, OD 2.0mm tube with 3.5mm ball
head
(Optional mouse sensor is
available)
61840—Small heating plate (15x4 cm)
for use with stereotaxic frames.
MAXIMUM DC OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . 10V, 3A
POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal AC Adapter 90–264V Input,
[email protected] maximum output
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9 x 20.8 x 27.6 cm (3.5 x 8.2 x 10.8 in.)
WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 kg (11 lb)
ATC2000 Animal Temperature Controller
REQUIRED ACCESSORIES (select one sensor and one plate)
61800
Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor, 15 x 25 cm
61830
Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor, 15 x 10 cm
61840
Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor for stereotaxic frame, 15x4 cm
REPLACEMENTS
61824
RTD Rectal Temp Probe, 1.25 mm shaft diam., 2.5mm ball tip
RET-2
TC Rat Rectal Temp Probe, 1 mm shaft diam., 3.2mm ball tip
RET-3
TC Mouse Rectal Temp Probe, 1 mm shaft diam., 1.6mm ball tip
503573 Silicone Pad for ATC2000 (10 x 15 cm)
38
NEEDLE MICROPROBES (see page 49 for details)
MT-29/1
29 ga 1 cm Needle Microprobe, 5-ft cable
MT-23/3
23 ga 3 cm Needle Microprobe, 5-ft cable
MT-D
Needle Microprobe, 5-ft cable
$
FLEXIBLE IMPLANTABLE PROBES (see page 49 for details)
IT-18
0.025-inch diam Flexible Implantable Probe, 3-ft cable
IT-23
0.009-inch diam Flexible Implantable Probe, 3-ft cable
IT-1E
0.025-inch diam Flexible Implantable Probe, 3-ft cable
300443
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
RTD Extension Cable, 3 m
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Blood Pressure Measurement
for Rats and Mice
Unique environmental control
system and single tail cuff allows tail
movement, minimizing stress in the
animal subjects
l Highly sensitive photoelectric sensor for blood
pressure detection
l Sensor is MRI compatible
l Quick and accurate blood pressure
measurement at temperatures as low as 32˚C
This revolutionary design brings non-invasive blood pressure testing
to a new level — a true turn-key system for accurate, consistent blood
pressure measurement on mice, rats or any other laboratory animal
test subject.
It is a compact, simple yet versatile system that can test from one
to 200 animals at a time with independent control of each channel.
Simple daisy-chaining allows expansion of up to 200 independently
controlled systems.
All components are built into one small unit — controls, inflation of
tail cuff, warming environment with whisper-quiet fans — providing an
ideal system for teaching facilities and for the pharmaceutical industry
when high throughput is a must.
Single animal systems are controlled from the touch screen, which
allows keying in all necessary test setups. Touch screen control allows
ease of operation, supplying automatic evaluation of test results —
systolic, diastolic, mean and heart rate.
l Monitor, record, store or export real time
systolic, diastolic, mean and heart rate
Data is collected, stored, displayed and can be transferred to the
supplied memory stick. The USB interface allows for software control of
multichannel systems. For single animal systems, built-in software lets
you view and export data. Reports are in an Excel-style format and may
be easily exported.
No computer is required. However, the analog output may be
interfaced with your own data acquisition software.
System is easily cleaned. Removable trays are included with each
system.
In addition to the standard one-year warranty on the system, tail cuff
sensors have a lifetime warranty..
Includes all accessories necessary to run system.
II-MRBP-M Mouse Blood Pressure System
II-MRBP-R Rat Blood Pressure System
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Call for pricing on multiple channels.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
39
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
l Test up to 200 animals at a time
Blood Pressure Monitor and Transducer
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
BLPR2 can be used for the direct arterial and venous pressure mea­
sure­ment in animal blood vessels. Supplied sterile, BLPR2 is accurate,
linear and stable with temperature. May be sterilized cold with Cidex or
a similar bac­te­ri­cide.
BLPR2 is equipped with a twelve-foot cable and connector com­pat­ib
­ le
with WPI’s four-channel signal conditioning unit, TBM4M Transbridge,
and the single-channel BP1 blood pressure mon­i­tor. Cable has
moisture-resis­tant locking connector. A continuous, uniform lumen
● Monitors animal arterial or venous blood pressure
● Displays systolic, diastolic or average blood pressure
BP1 accepts WPI’s BLPR blood pressure transducer (below) as well as
other blood pressure transducers.
An audio monitor provides a signal with variable pitch and am­pli­
tude, allowing you to hear changes in blood pressure. Digital LCD
display pro­vides average or peak signal values from 0 to 1999 mV. With
an optional pressure gauge (not provided — see PM015D, page 185),
the user may cal­i­brate the display to read mm Hg. Re­cord­er out­put
con­nec­tor al­lows di­rect con­nec­tion to a pen re­cord­er, os­cil­lo­scope or
com­put­er via a data acquisition system.
l 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing
l Autoclavable
l Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tubing material
Micro Cannula
KZ1101
Stopcock #14036
included with BLPR2
eliminates places for bub­bles to form and lodge. The clear fluid path
is easy to inspect. Easy to mount — slotted transducer body accepts
Velcro strap.
To facilitate setup and operation, a four-way stopcock that al­lows
easy filling, flushing, and zeroing of the transducer is in­clud­ed. Typically,
the stopcock is located between the trans­ducer and the animal
catheter where it can be used to quickly zero, flush, or de-bubble the
transducer.
SYS-BP1
Pressure Monitor (transducer & cable not included)
Specify line voltage
ACCESSORIES
BLPR2
NEW Blood Pressure Transducer & Cable
BPCABLE2 NEW Cable (12 ft) with DIN connector for BLPR2
503067
BLPR2 Transducer without cable
13024
Single Rack Mount Kit
13025
Dual Rack Mount Kit
3491
Extension Cable, 5 ft
500184
BNC-to-BNC Cable, 10 ft
14036-15 4-Way Luer Stopcock, Blue Tint (package of 15)
KZ1101
Micro Cannula, 3 inch
Note: BLPR2 is intended for animal research only and may not be used
for human blood pressure measurement.
See description on page 120.
BLPR2 SPECIFICATIONS
BP1 SPECIFICATIONS
AMPLIFICATION
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
MAXIMUM OUTPUT CURRENT
INPUT IMPEDANCE, EACH INPUT
TRANSDUCER APPLIED VOLTS
x1, x10, x100, variable (x5 to x1000)
WORKING PRESSURE
-50 to + 300 mm Hg
± 5 volts
OVERPRESSURE
-400 to +4000 mm Hg
2 mA
EXCITATION VOLTAGE
1-10 VDC or RMS to 5 kHz
100 kΩ || 0.01 µF
SENSITIVITY
5 µV/V/mm Hg
10 V nominal, varies with load. 25 mA,
maximum
DYNAMIC RESPONSE
100 Hz
EIGHT HOUR DRIFT
1 mm Hg after 5 minute warm-up
MAXIMUM ERROR
Total combined effects of Sensitivity, Linearity, Hysteresis (at 25°C and 5 µV/V/mm Hg) do not exceed ±2% or 1 mm Hg, whichever is greater.
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1 lb
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 5.12 x 10 in. (21.6 x 13 x 25.44 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
11 lb (5 kg)
40
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Motorized Stereotaxic Frame
When precision and repeatability of motion
are critical, the MTM-3 Motorized Stereotaxic
Frame outperfoms manual models, and it
greatly reduces human error. The motorized
axis of the MTM-3 provide
precise, controlled,
MTM-3 Features
Increased Precision and Repeatability of motion over traditional
manual Stereotaxic frames
l Accurate microstepping motor drive for high resolution placement
l Set the “final approach” speed between 2mm/sec and .02mm/sec
Increased Convenience, decreased error measurement
l No more error resulting from reading Vernier scales
l Brain atlas coordinates can be input into the controller, no
computer required
l Coordinate distances are automatically calculated
l Position plot cursor graphically represents the actuator arm position
with respect to any of the stored references
l All functions are accomplished without the use of a computer
(computer interface available, if desired)
Optional Computer Control
l Remote computer control through a USB port
l Touch screen for ease of control
l Wireless Bluetooth computer control for the MTM-3 models
equipped with a wireless option
l Graphic controller display for instant operational feedback
l Text based command set provided
MTM-3 Operation
l Use a terminal program to create simple scripts for repetitive
operations
Manual mode
l Move the actuator using the touch panel or the intuitive manual 3
axis wheel controller
l Individual axes may be easily disabled/enabled to ensure motion on
only the desired axis
l Controller allows for three different speed sensitivity levels
Coordinates mode
l Specify retracted position
l Store three origin definitions (references)
l Probe position may be displayed with respect to any of the
references, as well as absolute coordinates
MTM-3
MTM-3B
MTM-6
MTM-6B
MTM
MTMB
3-Axis Stereotaxtic Controller (Left or Right)
3-Axis Stereotaxtic Controller with Bluetooth (L or R)
6-Axis Stereotaxtic Controller (Left and Right)
6-Axis Stereotaxtic Controller with Bluetooth
3-Axis Stereotaxtic Arm and Controller only (L or R)
3-Axis Stereotactic Arm and Controller only, Bluetooth
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
The MTM-3 is available in
both left- and right-hand versions,
or get the MTM-6, which includes both
manipulator arms and dual controllers.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
41
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
3-dimensional placement of any probe or
accessory within the working space of a
stereotaxic frame. No computer is required.
The MTM-3 supplied with WPI stereotaxic
frames is also compatible with standard
stereotaxic frames and can be adapted to
existing frames of other manufacturers.
Single and dual manipulator arm motorized
systems are available.
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Precision
Stereotaxic
Instruments for
Small Animals
● 5 mm linear movement per
revolution on each axis
● Absolute lock at 90º
(vertical)
● Entire frame is electrically
continuous, ideal for
Electrophysiology
● Accessories available for
use with a wide variety of
small animals
WPI’s Precision Stereotaxic Instrument is
built around the time-proven U-frame design
concept, providing stability, and adaptability
to most species. Precision alignment
ensures accurate placement of electrodes,
micropipettes, and other devices. It is ideal
for researchers in need of a versatile, reliable
instrument for stereotaxic procedures with
small animals
Versatility of positioning
The manipulator arm controls medio-lateral
and vertical positioning via lead screws with
80 mm of travel. This allows the fastest
positioning possible, consistent with lining up
the scales easily at a given coordinate. The
antero-posterior movement is controlled via
a dovetail slide movement, with 80 mm of
travel possible in each direction. A universal
joint allows the investigator to change the
angle of the probe up to 90° in either the
antero-posterior or medio-lateral planes.
The locking mechanism will hold any angle
position without drift or creep. It also provides
an absolute lock at 90° vertical.
TAXIC-600 Stereotaxic Frame
with UltraMicroPump Injection System
Easily read scales
All scales are oriented to be read easily from
the open end of the “U”. This is the position
from which most scientists prefer to work. The
numerals on the scales are clear and easy to
read. Precise alignment with facing vernier
scales gives accurate resolution to 0.1 mm.
Convenient for
electrophysiology
The entire Stereotaxic frame including the
dovetails, manipulator arms and base are
electrically continuous. Grounding of the
entire frame including the base plate can be
accomplished by connecting the provided
grounding stud to earth. This is ideal for
electrophysiological studies where the animal
and surrounding structures need to be
grounded to reduce electrical noise.
Above: 502600 Precision Stereotaxic Frame.
At right: 502603 Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic
Frame.
42
502600
502650
502603
502653
TAXIC-600
TAXIC-650
TAXIC-603
TAXIC-653
Precision Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars
Precision Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars
Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars plus UMP3-1 System
Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars plus UMP3-1 System
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars plus UMP3-1 System
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars plus UMP3-1 System
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Precision
Stereotaxic
Instruments
for Mice and
Neonatal
Rats
502612
Stereotaxic Frame for Rat, Portable, Single
Manipulator, 18° Ear Bars
502610
Stereotaxic Frame for Mouse,
Portable, Single Manipulator
502257
MRI Rat Adaptor
502258
Neonatal Rat Gas
Anesthesia Head Holder
502261
Rat Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
502616
MRI Stereotaxic Instrument
for Dogs and Monkeys
502257
502258
502259
502261
502262
502610
502612
502614
502616
502262
Mouse Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
MRI Rat Adaptor
Neonatal Rat Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
Rat Spinal Adaptor
Rat Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
Mouse Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
Stereotaxic Frame, Single Manipulator, for Mouse
Stereotaxic Frame, Single Manipulator, for Rat, 18° Ear Bars
Stereotaxic Frame, Single Manipulator, Rail Mounted, for Rat, 18° Ear Bars
MRI Stereotaxic Frame, for Dogs and Monkeys
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
502614
Stereotaxic Frame for Rat, Rail-mounted,
Single Manipulator, 18° Ear Bars
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
43
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with LCD Display
Large LCD display
from sealed sensors
on each axis
Quiet, batterypowered operation
This new Digital Stereotaxic Frame features
sealed electronic sensors and an easy-to-read
LCD display with 10-micron resolution in all
three axes. A zeroing function aids in targeting
specific coordinates. The battery-powered
display is electronically quiet, making it useful
in electrophysiology experiments as well as
keeping the workbench tidy.
l Dual-lead screws provide stable and
accurate movement
l Maintains accuracy and flexibility under
different temperatures
l 10µm precision of manipulator in all
directions
l Adaptors available for use with rats, mice,
birds, cats, geckos, guinea pigs and other
species
l Desktop display is separate from sensors,
making it easy to read
l 80 mm of vertical, lateral and anteriorposterior travel
l 180° rotation and lock at any vertical angle
44
l Syringe pump, microcamera and drill can
be attached directly
l Zeroing function for targeting specific
coordinates
Features
502300
502350
502303
502353
TAXIC-300
TAXIC-350
l 360° rotation and lock at any level angle
l Battery-powered sensors, without
electronic noise, are suitable for
electrophysiology experiment
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars and UMP3-1
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear Bars with UMP3-1
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
l Extended base plate 400mmX255mm
suitable for various animals
l Vertical lock and fixing knob are separated
to ensure accurate position at any angle
l The precisely-designed rotary knob and
U frame allow sufficient space for the
anterior-posterior operation
l Laser engraved scales and darkened rod
make numerals easy to read
l Curved design of nose clamp fixes the
head of the animals more securely
le
ilab 1
a
v
3oa
Als h UMP mp —
wit icroPu
g!
n
i
M
c
a
i
r
Ult
l pr
ia
c
spe
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
WPI’s Parallel Rail Stereotaxic Frame systems are heavy-duty research
instruments for large laboratory animals such as cats, monkeys, and
dogs. The solid large frame and superior rigidity ensure the precise
alignment of animals for Stereotaxic surgery, injection, and recording.
The system can adopt up to four manipulators with 100-micron
resolution on each axis. Each manipulator can smoothly moved to and
locked at any location on both parallel rails in an arrange of 20 cm.
Parallel Rail Stereotaxic Frame system for large animals include the
Parallel Rail Frame, base plate, manipulator(s), Cat/Monkey or Dog
adaptor, and swivel mount.
502227
502228
502229
502230
502231
502232
502233
502234
Stereotaxic Frame System with one manipulator for Cat and Monkey
Stereotaxic Frame System with two manipulators for Cat and Monkey
Stereotaxic Frame System with three manipulators for Cat and Monkey
Stereotaxic Frame System with four manipulators for Cat and Monkey
Stereotaxic Frame System with one manipulator for Dog
Stereotaxic Frame System with two manipulators for Dog
Stereotaxic Frame System with three manipulators for Dog
Stereotaxic Frame System with four manipulators for Dog
For more options and accessories, visit the website — www.wpiinc.com
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
45
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
l
i
a
R
l
t
n
e
l
e
l
m
a
u
Par axic Instr
t
o
e
s
l
r
a
e
t
S
m
i
n
A
e
g
r
for La
Stereotaxic Accessories
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
ADAPTORS
502063 Mouse and Neonatal Rat Adaptor
502213 Platform, Gas Anesthesia, with mouse Mask (use with 502063)
502062 Mouse Adaptor
502204 Rat Adaptor with a pair of ear bars, 18º
502226 Cat/Monkey Adaptor for 502600 series
502238 Spinal Adaptor for Rat
502060 Guinea Pig Adaptor for 502600 series
502241 Dog/Monkey Adaptor for Parallel Rail Stereotaxic instruments, with a pair of ear bars, 18º
The WPI Mouse and Neonatal Rat Adaptor (502063) employs
light, Delrin® adjustable ear bars with tapered points on one
end and thumbscrew on the other to facilitate surgery on
mice and rat pups. Adjustable ear bars may be independently
adjusted in height to level the skull. Laser engraved scales
show the vertical positions of the ear bars. A tooth bar and
nose clamp secures the nose. A well in the thick aluminum
body may be filled with dry ice and alcohol for hypothermic
anesthesia of neonatal animals. The adaptor clamps
securely on the right side of the “U” frame of the stereotaxic
instrument. When gas anesthesia is needed, a gas mask
assembly (502213) may be mounted on the adaptor.
502241
502063
502054
502213
502053
502062
502204
46
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
502237
502256
OmniDrill35 not
included —
see page 25.
502245
502056
502225
502242
EAR BARS
502055
502056
502224
502225
502235
502242
OTHER ACCESSORIES
502053 Mask, Gas Anesthesia, Mouse
502054 Mask, Gas Anesthesia, Rat
502201 V-Clamp, 10/32 screw
504608 V-Clamp screw
502213 Platform, Gas Anesthesia, with mouse Mask (use with 502063)
502243 Adjustable Stage Platform for 502600 series, 2cm high
503598 Micro-Drill, 35K rpm, 110/220VAC, w/ a set of bits
503599 Micro-Drill, 35K rpm, 240VAC, w/ a set of bits
61840
Heating Plate for 502063, 4X15cm, 5mm thick (use with ATC2000)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
502068
502244
Ear Bars, Rat, 18º, (pair)
Ear Bars, Rat, 45º, (pair)
Ear Bars, Cat, 18º, (pair)
Ear Bars, Cat, 45º, (pair)
Ear Bars, Mouse, 60º. Non-rupture, (pair)
Ear Bars, Rat, Hollow. 1.5mm hole for auditory stimulation
502259—Spinal Adaptor for Rat
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
47
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Guide
Cannula
(see page 48)
PROBE HOLDERS
502210 Probe Holder with corner clamp, 0.3-1.5mm opening
502067 Probe Holder with side clamp, 0.3-3.5mm opening
502070 Cannula Holder, metal tip, opens to 3.4mm (see cannulas, page 52)
502256 Cannula Holder, plastic tip, opens to 3.4mm (see cannulas, page 52)
502068 Large Probe Holder, 6.5-13mm opening
502237 Extra Large Holder for OmniDrill35 Microdrill
502236 Microdialysis Probe Holder, 1.5mm hole
502244 Micrometer Adjustable Electrode Holder, 10μ resolution, 25mm travel, 0.3-1.5mm opening
502245 Manual Microsyringe Injection Holder, 10μ resolution, 25mm travel
502235
502070
Microprobe Thermometers
● Super Accuracy ● Fast Response
● Analog output signal ● Multiple inputs
● Differential Temperature Measurement
BAT-10
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Stand sold
separately
BAT-12
A Microprobe Thermometer is the instrument of choice for biological and
laboratory temperature measurements. These thermometers are very versatile,
providing fast response, high accuracy and stability with digital display and analog
signal for connection to a computer or recorder. With the wide selection of
probes, the instruments can be used in almost any application.
BAT-12 This thermometer has a sealed construction making it water, dust and
fume resistant. The BAT-12 has a single microprobe input and a single range with
the same high accuracy as the BAT-10. Comes complete with carrying case.
The thermometers can be used with any “Type T” thermocouple. Select a
temperature microprobe on the following page for your specific application.
BAT-10 This is the most versatile thermometer available. The instrument has a
wide temperature range and fast response with most microprobes. The BAT‑10
accuracy is NIST traceable and in each of the two temperature ranges, the
accuracy is the same as the resolution. There are three microprobe inputs, 1
and 2 can be selected as separate inputs while 2 and 3 will read the differential
temperature measurement between the two. The instrument has automatic
warnings for low battery or faulty probes on the digital display. The linearized
analog output (LOP) signal allows ease of connection to a data acquisition system
or recorder.
BAT-10R/LOP
Multiple Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad batteries and 110 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-10R/LOP220
Multiple Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad batteries and 220 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-12R
Single Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad batteries and 110 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-12R-220
Single Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad batteries and 220 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
EXT-6
Probe Extension Lead, 180 cm long
501608
Tripod Stand for BAT-12
MICROPROBE THERMOMETER SPECIFICATIONS
BAT-10
TEMPERATURE RANGE
& RESOLUTION
-200°C to +400ºC, 1ºC resolution
-100°C to +199.9ºC, 0.1ºC resolution
-100°C to +199.9ºC, 0.1ºC resolution
BAT-12
DIFFERENTIAL TEMP. RANGE
-19.99°C to +19.99ºC
N/A
Linearization centered at 40°C
0.01°C resolution
ACCURACY
1° Range
1°C ±1 least significant digit
0.1°C ± 1 digit between 0-50°C
0.1°C ± 1 least significant digit
0.1% ± 1 digit over full range
0.1° Range
Diff. Range
0.01°C ± 1 least significant digit
± 1 least significant digit
REPEATABILITY
48
CALIBRATION CONFORMITY
Conforms to NIST tables
Follows NIST thermocouple tables
within 1 digit
DISPLAY31⁄2 Digit LCD
31⁄2 Digit LCD
INPUT SOCKET
Miniature, quick disconnect, copper-constantanMiniature, quick disconnect, copper-constantan
ANALOG OUTPUT
Non-linearized set at 1.6 V, corresponding to temperature of 401°C
POWER SUPPLY / BATTERIES
BAT-10: 4 alkaline “C” cells (life: 1000 hr)
BAT-12: 9V cell
BAT-10R: 4 Ni-Cad “C” cells (rechargeable unit) BAT-12R: 9V Ni-Cad with charger
≈ 10 mV per degree C
SENSORS
Three Type T thermocouple inputs
One Type T thermocouple input
AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE
15-45°C
Auto-compensated to 0.1°C from 0°C to 50°C
DIMENSIONS
21.6 x 22.9 x 8.9 cm (8.5 x 9 x 3.5 in.)
12.7 x 6.4 x 15.2 cm (5 x 2.5 x 6 in.)
WEIGHT
1.6 kg (3.5 lb), including carrying case
1 kg (2 lb), including carrying case
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Temperature Probes
● Flexible Teflon microprobes are used for implantation in tissue, in
spectrophotometer cuvettes, rectally in neonatal mice, in water
baths, PCR thermal cyclers, etc.
● Animal rectal temperatures during surgical procedures and pyrogen
testing.
● Skin temperature measurement during exercise physiology studies.
Probe Type
Size
Style
Time
Isolated
Constant
thermometers have an accuracy that is usually
to 0.5°C or worse. Furthermore, all our type
T clinical probes are guaranteed accurate to
0.1°C, due to our stringent wire standards.
These are five times more accurate than
competitive probes made with regular “Special
Limits” wire.
Max.
Lead
Temp.Length
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
When precise temperature measurements
are required, WPI can provide you with a
very accurate monitor and thermocouple
microprobes. WPI monitors have both
resolution and accuracy of 0.1°C in the 0-50°C
range and are traceable to NIST standards,
whereas, other competitive electronic
Description
NEEDLE MICROPROBES
Fast-response needle probes for instant readings in tissue, semisolids, liquids, very small specimens, powders and materials. Needle tip is sealed
to ensure only stainless steel contacts specimen.
MT-29/1
29 ga / 1 cm
A
0.125 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
29 gauge approximately 0.013-in
MT-29/2
29 ga / 2 cm
A
0.125 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-29/3
29 ga / 3 cm
A
0.125 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-29/5
29 ga / 5 cm
A
0.125 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
26 ga / 2 cm
A
0.1 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
26 gauge approximately 0.018-in
MT-26/2
MT-26/4
26 ga / 4 cm
A
0.1 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-26/6
26 ga / 6 cm
A
0.1 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-23/3
23 ga / 3 cm
A
0.15 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
23 gauge approximately 0.125-in
MT-23/5
23 ga / 5 cm
A
0.15 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
23 ga / 8 cm
A
0.15 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
MT-23/8
MT-4
29 ga / 1 cm
A
0.025 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
Similar to MT-29/1 but has a blunt tip. Good for instant skin and surface temperatures, liquids
—
C
0.025 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
Fast response surface probe (stainless steel for locating MT-D
inflammation, arteries, etc. Also for dental use.
FLEXIBLE IMPLANTABLE PROBES
Designed for high accuracy on extremely small specimens such as insects, seeds, etc. Maximum insertion depth 1/8". Totally sheathed in chemical resistant Teflon.
Sensor
Lead Diameter
0.050" dia
D
0.3 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
IT-14
IT-18
0.025" dia
D
0.1 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
IT-18EXLONG 0.025” dia.
D
-
Yes
150°c
5 ft
IT-21
0.016" dia
D
0.08 sec
Yes
150°c
1 ft
IT-23
0.009" dia
E
0.005 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
For ultra fast measurements and for use on micro-size specimens. Tissue implantable with 239a. Needle (supplied). Rather fragile. Teflon coated.
IT-1E
0.025" dia
F
0.005 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
As IT-18 sensor except bead exposed. Combines ultra-
fast reponse of IT-23 with sheath strength of IT-18.
RECTAL PROBES
-
G
0.8 sec
No
125°c
5 ft
Rectal probe for rats typically for fast intermittent RET-2
measurements. Smooth ball tip (0.125-in. dia.) with 1" long (0.59-in. dia) stainless steel shaft.
RET-3
-
G
0.5 sec
No
125°c
5 ft
Rectal probe for mice similar to RET-2 except tip diam. 0.063-in. and shaft 3/4-in. long (0.028-in. diam.)
GENERAL PURPOSE
HT-1
H
0.5 sec
No
400°c
5 ft
“Workhorse” probe for liquids, gases, semi-solids. Plastic handle with straight stainless steel shaft. Not good for surface temperatures.
HT-2
H
0.5 sec
No
400°c
5 ft
Like HT-1 except shaft length is 9-in.
BT-1
I
0.15 sec
No
240°c
5 ft
Plastic handle with welded stainless steel, immersible shaft used for surface temperatures of solids, liquids, gases and semisolids. Tip is 0.02-in. diam., at right angle to probe to facilitate surface measurement.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
These
probes may
also be used with
WPI’s new ATC2000
Animal Temperature
Contoller.
See page 36
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
49
Neuroscience Cannulas
For in vivo investigation of rodents
Cannula assembly: fixing screw, internal cannula with attached tubing, and guide cannula.
Internal cannula secured with fixing screw.
ANIMAL SURGERY & SUPPORT
Ordering
Exceptional Quality
Best Prices
Rapid Order Response
l WPI cannulas are beveled inside and out
and then polished to remove any burrs
and ensure that the inside diameter is
perfectly cylindrical. This limits undesired
trauma to tissue and ensures smooth
operation.
Length–Guide Cannulas can be ordered in
a range of lengths from 1.0–9.9mm. Length
can be specified to 0.1mm, with a tolerance of
±0.07mm. For example, a GC24-60 is a 24ga.
cannula that is 6.0mm long.
Understanding Part Numbers
Cannula Type
This cannula system for neuroscience study
and pre-clinical research includes an entire
range of cannula options. The three primary
components include the Guide Cannula, the
Internal Cannula and the Dummy Cannula
(cap)
Internal or Dummy Cannula. Choices include 22,
24 and 26 gauge.
Order the Guide Cannulas based on the gauge
and length from the base and the Internal or
Dummy Cannulas based on the length of the
Guide Cannula and the projection from the
Guide Cannula tip.
For other cannulas, the length is determined
by the desired projection length and the guide
cannula length. The projection can extend
beyond the tip of the Guide Cannula up to
1.0mm.
GC22-37
Cannula Type
Gauge of Guide Cannula
Length of Cannula or Projection
DUMC Length = GC Length + Projection
INC Length = GC Length + Projection
GC–Guide Cannula
INC–Internal Cannula
DUMC–Dummy Cannula
For example, for a Dummy Cannula flush
with the end of a 26ga Guide Cannula that is
6.0mm long, order a DUMC26-60. For an inernal
cannula that projects 0.5mm beyond the 6.0mm
Guide Cannula (6.5mm), order an INC26-65.
Gauge–Choose the gauge of the Guide Cannula
that will be used, even if you are specifying an
l WPI offers exceptional quality at the best
prices.
l Quantities of each item are kept in stock
so you can order as needed.
Guide Cannulas
Gauge
22
24
26
OD
0.64
0.56
0.48
Internal Cannula
0.7mm
Gauge OD
22
0.41
24
0.36
26
0.30
ID
0.26
0.21
0.16
The Internal Cannula is inserted into the
Guide Cannula to sample or inject fluid.
Dummy Cannula
The Dummy
Cannula has a
stainless steel wire
core, and it is placed in the Guide Cannula
when the Internal Cannula is removed. It
seals the opening and prevents tissue from
entering the bottom of the Guide Cannula.
The Dummy Cannula is threaded to securely
tighten it so that the animal will not unscrew
it while grooming.
50
INC
Length**
Projection
Guide Cannula
The Guide Cannula is a surgical grade,
stainless steel tube that is implanted into a
rodent's skull and cemented into place using
dental cement and screws. It guides the
Internal Cannula to the specific injection site.
DUMC
Length*
GC Length
ID
0.46
0.40
0.32
Dummy Cannula
Projection
Internal Cannula
* DUMC Length=GC Lenth + Projection. If the cap is screwed on too tightly, the projection will be longer than expected.
** INC Length=GC Lenth + Projection. Internal cannula mounts flush and does not screw into place.
Cannulas
GC22-X
INC22-X
DUMC22-X
GC24-X
INC24-X
GC26-X
INC26-X
DUMC26-X
Guide Cannula, 22 Gauge, X.0mm
Internal Cannula, 22 Gauge, X.0mm
Dummy Cap Cannula, 22 Gauge, X.0mm
Guide Cannula, 24 Gauge, X.0mm
Internal Cannula, 24 Gauge, X.0mm
Guide Cannula, 26 Gauge, X.0mm
Internal Cannula, 26 Gauge, X.0mm
Dummy Cap Cannula, 26 Gauge, X.0mm
Flexible PE Tubing
504278
0.25mm ID, 0.5mm OD, 1m long
504279
0.42mm ID, 0.85mm OD, 1m long
504280
0.6 mm ID, 1.1mm OD, 1m long
Qty 1-9 Qty 10-19
Qty 20-49
Qty 50-99
Qty 100+
Qty 1-9 Qty 10-19
Qty 20-49
Qty 50-99
Qty 100+
Flexible PE tubing are recommended to connect to Internal Cannula (INC) only,
NOT Guide Cannula (GC) or Dummy Cap (DUMC).
504278 matches INC26-XX
504279 matches INC24-XX
Misc. Accessories
504281
Fixing Screw for connection of INC & GC
504282
Instant Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, 3g
504283
Instant Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, 20g
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
504280 matches INC22-XX
Qty 1-9 Qty 10-19
Qty 20-49
Qty 50-99
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Qty 100+
MACRO SENSORS
SPECIES
Order Number
Carbon
Monoxide
Nitric Oxide
Hydrogen
Peroxide
Oxygen
Hydrogen
Sulfide
ISO-COP-2
ISO-NOP
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-OXY-2
ISO-H2S-2
Price
Available Diameters
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
Response Time
< 10 sec
< 5 sec
< 5 sec
< 10 sec
< 5 sec
Detection Limit/Range
10nM to 10µM
1 NM to 40µM*
< 100nM to 100µM
0.1%-100%
< 5nM-100µM
Sensitivity
~0.5 pA/nM
≤ 2 pA/nM
8 pA/µM
0.3-0.6nA/%
2 pA/nM
Drift
<1pA/min
<1pA/min
0.1pA/min
< 1%/min
Temperature Dependent
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Physiological Interference
nitric oxide
NaNO2
Replacement Sleeves (pkg of 4) #95620
(10-6
or better) None
#5436
#600012
Yes
None
None
#5378
#600016
Filling Solution
#95611
#7325
#100042
#7326
#100084
Start-up Kit
#95699
#5435
#600011
#5377
#600015
BIOSENSING
nsor Body
mm long
Sensors
* Higher detection limit available on request — call for custom pricing.
Species
Nitric Oxide
Price
H202
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
Fiber Diameter (µm)
200
200
100
70
500
30
30
30
7
Tip Length2 (mm)
1-51
1-101
1-51
3
5–10
0.5
2
3
Response Time (sec.)
<5
<5
<5
<3
< 10
<3
<3
0.2
0.2
0.2
1
0.2
1
≥20
≥50
≥10
≥10
≥ 20
none
none
none
none
none
Lowest Detection Limit/Range
(nM)
Nominal Sensitivity-New
(pA/nM)
Sensor2
Baseline Drift (pA/min)
1Sensor
ISO-H2S-100
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-NOPNM
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOP30L3
ISO-NOP3020
ISO-NOP3005
ISO-NOPF500-Cxx
ISO-NOP70Lxx3
ISO-NOPF100
ISO-NOPF100-L3
ISO-NOPF200-Lxx3
ISO-NOPF200
MICRO SENSORS
H2S
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 2)
Conical tip:
100nm
100
100
2
2
1–41
2-51
<3
<3
<3
<5
~5
1
1
0.5
0.5
1
<5
≥1
≥1.5
≥1
≥1
≥0.5
≥1
1-4
none
none
none
none
none
<2.0
<2
7
available in 1mm length increments (for example, 1mm, 2mm, 3mm...).
2Sensor
sensitivity varies with length and diameter.
Any 100µm sensor can be purchased with a hypodermic sheath. Add a -H to the end of the part number (for example, ISO-HPO-100-H).
3L-shaped
sensor for use with a tissue bath.
Some nitric oxide sensors are available in custom lengths. When ordering custom lengths, use the part numbers ISO-NOPF100-Cxx or
ISO-NOPF200-Cxx and replace the xx with the desired length. For example, for a 1mm flexible sensor tip, the part number should be ISONOPF200-C01. Sensors can be ordered in the following custom lengths: 1mm, 2mm, 3mm, 4mm or 5mm.
Sensor Body
60mm x < 2mm∅
Ag/AgCl
Reference Electrode
Glass tip tapers to
~100µm Tip
~2mm
NOPNM
7µm Ø Fiber
Sensing Element
tapers to
~100nm tip
Ag/AgCl
Sensor Body
Ag/AgCl
60mm x <2mm∅
flexible
100, 200
or 500µm
2mm
or
0.5mm
5mm
~100–
200µm
2mm
ISO-NOPF
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
7µm
or
30µm
2mm
ISO-NOP007, ISO-NOP30
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
51
Nitric Oxide Sensor Guide
All WPI NO sensors are 100% compatible with ISO-NO Mark II (NOMK2), APOLLO 4000,
APOLLO 1000, and TBR4100 Free Radical Analyzer.
APPLICATIONS
in vivo
Cell Cultures,
NO2- , NO3-,
Tissue Bath
Tissue Bath
Microvessels
Microvessels
Single Cell
ISO-NOPF
ISO-NOP
ISO-NOP30L
ISO-NOP70L
ISO-NOP30
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOPNM
100, 200, or 500 µm
2 mm
30 micron
70 micron
30 micron
7 micron
100 nm
RESPONSE TIME (with NOMK2)
< 5 sec
< 5 sec
< 3 sec
< 3 sec
< 3 sec
< 3 sec
< 3 sec
LOWEST DETECTION LIMIT
0.2 nM
1 nM
1 nM
1 nM
1 nM
0.5 nM
0.5 nM
TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY
some
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
some
DRIFT
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
10 pA/nM
2 pA/nM
1.4 pA/nM
1.4 pA/nM
1.4 pA/nM
1 pA/nM
0.5 pA/nM
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
SENSOR
SENSOR DIAMETER
SENSITIVITY
PHYSIOLOGICAL INTERFERENCE
Selectivity of WPI’s NO sensors
BIOSENSING
The ideal NO sensor should be insensitive to other reactive species likely
to be present within the measurement environment. The conventional
Nafion coated carbon fiber NO sensor exhibits a large response to such
ISO-NOP – The original nitric
species. WPI’s unique NO sensor technology utilizes a novel surface
membrane which amplifies the response to NO while eliminating
responses to a vast range of reactive species, including nitrite, absorbic
acid, hydrogen peroxide, catecolamines, and much more.
NO3– and NO–2 Detection
A simple change in experimental protocol will
enable the ISO-NOP to be conveniently used
for indirect rapid accurate determination of
nitrite (NO 2– ) and nitrate (NO 3– ) concentration
in samples. Using this method a detection
limit for NO 2– or NO 3– as low as 1 nM is
routinely possible.
oxide probe – ideal for cell cultures, cell
suspensions and many other applications
The ISO-NOP is a popular, robust and high
performance sensor encased within a 2 mm
diameter disposable stainless steel protective
sleeve. The tip of the sleeve is covered with
a NO-selective membrane. Replacement
membrane sleeves can be purchased
separately (WPI #5436) and require an
internal electrolyte (WPI #7325).
Abdominal X-ray showing the appratus consisting of two customized ISO-NOP nitric
oxide probes, 4-channel pH catheter, and
Teflon nasogastric tube. (Courtesy Prof. K.E.L.
McColl, University Department of Medicine
and Therapeutics, Western Infirmary, Glasgow,
Scotland.) Iijima, K., et al. Gastroenterology
2002: 122: 1248-1257.
ISO-NOP
5435
5436
7325
7521
5399
7357
Replacement 2 mm shielded sensor and cable
ISONOP Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
Replacement Sleeve Kit for 2 mm sensor, pkg of 4
ISO-NO Electrolyte (10 mL)
ISO-NO Electrolyte, CO2-insensitive (10 mL)
T-Adapter Kit (pkg of 3) for ISO-NOP
Nitrite Standard Solution, 1 gram/liter (100mL)
ISO-NOPNM – The world’s
The ISO-NOPNM NanoSensor has a tip
diameter of just 100 nm (0.1 µm) and a
detection limit for NO of less than 0.5 nM —
52
ISO-NOPNM
91580
SNAP50
Current / pA
y = 0.5968x + 6.4967
R2 = 0.9973
600
400
200
0
0
300
600
900
1200
Concentration / nM
Time / S
Amperometric response of the NO nanosensor (ISONOPNM) to the successive additions of 2nM, 4 nM,
8 nM NO into 0.1 M PBS (pH=7.4).
100 nm NanoSensor, pkg of 3 (requires cable #91580)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
SNAP, 50 mg vial
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
800
Current / pA
making it indisputably the smallest and most
sensitive NO sensor in the world!
The ISO-NOPNM is based on a novel design
in which an electrochemically “activated”
Ag/AgCl
composite graphite nanofibre is used as
Reference Electrode
Sensor Body
70mm long
Glass tip tapers to
7µm
Fiber
theØ NO-sensing
element. The surface of the
~100µm Tip
Sensing Element
NanoSensor is then modified using a unique
tapers to
multi-layered
NO-selective membrane.
~100nm
tip
Figure at right illustrates the response of the
ISO-NOPNM following successive additions
of nanomolar concentrations of NO. The
~100–
~2mm
200µm
ultra-low noise of the ISO-NOPNM (0.5 pA)
enables a detection limit of just 0.5 nM NO.
Schematic drawing of the new integrated NO nanoThe response time of ISO-NOPNM is less
sensor. (US Patent Pending)
than 3 seconds.
smallest nitric oxide NanoSensor, designed
for measurement of NO at the cellular level.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
ISO-NOPF – unique flexible NO
ISO-NOPF electrodes are the newest addition
to WPI’s nitric oxide sensor family and are
available in 100 µm and 200 µm diameters.
Utlilzing the latest advances in nanotechnology and material science, scientists at
WPI’s Sensor Laboratory have created these
completely flexible and virtually unbreakable
NO sensors. The new sensors are based on
a composite graphite NO-sensing element
combined with a reference electrode.
The surface of the sensor is then coated
with a unique multi-layered NO-selective
membrane.
Sensor Body
60mm x < 2mm∅
50 pA
Current (pA)
sensor! Designed for arteries, microvessels,
in vivo applications, and similar
applications.
100, 200
or 500µm
5mm
1 nM
2mm
Time (s)
ISO-NOPF100
ISO-NOPF200
ISO-NOPF500
91580
SNAP50
100 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
200 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
500 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
Microsensor Adapter Cable
SNAP, 50 mg vial
300 pA
20 sec
1600
Current / pA
Current (pA)
BIOSENSING
of 30 microns and is available in two different tip lengths (i.e., ISONOP3020 has tip length of 2 mm, ISO-NO3005 has tip length of
0.5 mm). The response of the ISO-NOP007 and ISO-NOP30 is linear
over a wide dynamic concentration range of NO. The design of both
electrodes is based on a single carbon fiber coated with WPI’s NOselective membrane. A detection limit of approximately 1 nM NO
makes these electrodes ideal for use in tissues and microvessels.
performance — ideal for tissues and microvessels
7 µm
or
30 µm
Schematic drawing of ISO-NOPF.
Response of ISO-NOPF to NO.
The ISO-NOP007 and ISO-NOP30 have recently been improved in
design and performance. The ISO-NOP007 has a tip diameter of just
7 microns and a length of 2 mm. The ISO-NOP30 has a tip diameter
2 mm
or
0.5 mm
flexible
4 nM
2 nM
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOP30 – 7 and 30 micron sensors with exceptional
Sensor Body
Ag/AgCl
60 mm x < 2 mm diam.
Ag/AgCl
8 nM
10 sec
y = 1.3583x + 16.15
R2 = 0.9985
1200
800
400
0
0
300
600
900
1200
Concentration / nM
Time (s)
2 mm
Schematic drawing of ISO-NOP007 and ISONOP30.
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOP3020
ISO-NOP3005
91580
SNAP50
The response of a 7 µm NO sensor (ISO-NOP007)
to successive additions of NO (100 nM). Inset shows
the linearity of the resulting calibration plot.
7 µm Nitric Oxide Sensor (pkg of 3)
30 µm Sensor Tips (2 mm length), pkg of 3 (requires #91580)
30 µm Sensor Tips (0.5 mm fiber), pkg of 3 (requires #91580)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
SNAP, 50 mg vial
ISO-NOP30L
ISO-NOP70L
ISO-HPO-100-L
ISO-NOPF200-L10
L-shaped sensors for tissue bath & cell
culture studies
The ISO-NOP30-L is a unique L-shaped
nitric oxide sensor designed specifically
for use in tissue bath studies and
similar applications (e.g., see WPI’s
MYOBATH). The shape of the sensor
has been engineered to facilitate
Simultaneous measurement of force (top
trace) and changes of NO concentration (lower
trace) in (A) the rat superior mesenteric artery
relaxed with ACh and (B) a small human artery
relaxed with ACh and SNAP. In this artery
oxyhaemoglobin(oxyHb) partly reversed the
increase in NO concentration, with only a small
change in force. [U. Simonsen, et al., J. Physiol.,
1999, 516: 271-282.]
FORT-100 Transducer
Micrometer
Connect to
Microsensor
Cable #15810
placement of the electrode within
the lumen of the tissue vessel under
study. The ISO-NOP70-L is similar
in construction to the ISO-NOP30
but with the advantage of having
a flexible tip (70 µm diameter).
The ISO-NOPF200-L10 is designed
specifically for cell culture studies.
Held in micromanipulator
3 mm
carbon fiber
10 mm
ISO-NOP30-L
NO Sensor, L-Shaped 30-micron (pkg of 3)
ISO-NOP-70-L
NO Sensor, L-Shaped 70-micron (pkg of 2)
ISO-NOPF200-L10 NO Sensor, 200 µm Flexible L-shaped (pkg of 2)
ISO-HPO-100-L
HPO Sensor, L-Shaped 100-micron (pkg of 2)
91580
Microsensor Adapter Cable
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
53
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE & OXYGEN SENSOR GUIDE
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-HPO-100H
ISO-HPO-100-L
ISO-OXY-2
APPLICATION
Cell Cultures, etc.
Tissue/
Microvessels
Hypodermic
Sheath
Tissue Bath
Cell Cultures,
etc.
SENSOR DIAMETER
2.0 mm
100 micron
100 micron
100 micron
2.0 mm
RESPONSE TIME
<5 SEC (90%)
<5 SEC (90%)
<5 SEC (90%)
<5 SEC (90%)
<10 SEC (90%)
DETECTION LIMIT
<100 nM to 100 mM
1 nM to 1 mM
<10 nM to 1 mM
1 nM to 1 mM
0.1 % to 100%
DRIFT
<0.1 pA/min
<1.0 pA/min
1.0 pA/min
<1.0 pA/min
<1%/min
SENSITIVITY
8 pA/µM
1 pA/nM
1 pA/nM
1 pA/nM
N/A
PHYSIOLOGICAL INTERFERENCE
none
Contact WPI
Contact WPI
Contact WPI
none
Hydrogen Peroxide Sensors
BIOSENSING
Hydrogen Peroxide is produced in biological systems by controlled pathways
at low concentrations that impact on cell signaling. At higher concentrations
inflammatory cells produce local intense amounts of this oxidant to kill
pathogens. In the progress of human disease, uncontrolled formation of
hydrogen peroxide from the mitochondrial respiratory chain and enzymes,
such as xanthine oxidase, can occur (Prof. Victor Darley-Usmar, Univ. of
Alabama, personal communication). Despite the recognized importance
of this oxidant in biology real-time measurements at low concentration
have been difficult. The hydrogen peroxide sensors developed by WPI are
designed to compliment existing high sensitivity fluorescent approaches with
direct quantitative measurement in biological samples in the low nM range.
Four hydrogen peroxide sensors are currently available. The ISO-HPO-2
is a 2.0 mm stainless steel sensor, with replaceable membrane sleeves
(#600012) and an internal refillable electrolyte (#100042). The sensor is
designed for use in cell cultures and similar applications.
The ISO-HPO-100 is a 100 micron tip diameter hydrogen peroxide
micro sensor designed for use in tissues and similar applications.
The sensor design is based on a flexible “activated” carbon fiber
sensing electrode coated with a proprietary membrane that
enhances hydrogen peroxide detection.
ISO-HPO-2
Both sensors incorporate WPI’s proprietary combination electrode
technology whereby the hydrogen peroxide sensing element and separate
ISO-HPO-100
reference electrode are encased within a single Faraday-shielded probe
design. This design has been shown to enhance performance during
measurements and minimizes overall sensor size.
ISO-HPO-100H
600011
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-HPO-100-L
ISO-HPO-100H
600012
100042
91580
ISO-HPO Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
2mm Shielded HPO Sensor & Cable
100 µm HPO Sensor*, pkg of 3
100 µm HPO Sensor, L-shaped*, pkg of 3
100 µm HPO Sensor in hypodermic sheath*, pkg of 3
Replacement Sleeve Kit for ISO-HPO-2, pkg of 4
ISO-HPO-2 Electrolyte (10 mL)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
* Requires 91580 Microsensor Adapter Cable
the sensor is properly connected. The magnitude of the generated
electrical current is determined by the rate of diffusion through the
membrane. The rate is proportional to the partial pressure of oxygen
outside the membrane. The current serves as a measure of the partial
pressure of O2.
Oxygen Sensors
This sensor incorporates WPI’s proprietary combination electrode
technology whereby the oxygen-sensing element and separate
reference electrode are encased within a single shielded sensor
design. A gas-permeable polymer membrane is fitted over the end
of the sleeve, which allows oxygen to pass while blocking liquids, ions
and particulate matter.
The ISO-OXY-2 is a 2.0 mm stainless steel sensor, with replaceable
membrane sleeves (#5378) and an internal refillable electrolyte
(#7326). The sensor is similar in design to WPI’s popular OXELP
oxygen sensor (see page 68).
ISO-OXY-2
5377
5378
7326
Oxygen diffuses through the membrane. The voltage applied to
the sensor is held at -0.7V when the monitoring device is on and
2 mm Shielded Oxygen Sensor & Cable
ISO-OXY Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
Replacement Electrode Sleeve Kit, pkg of 4
ISO2 Filling Solution (electrolyte)
Current (nA)
Current (nA)
Temperature Sensor
250
y = 2.2862x +
4.3844
200
R2 = 0.9999
150
100
50
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Oxygen (%)
air (21%)
N2 (0%)
O2 (100%)
Time (s)
54
The temperature sensor (#ISO-TEMP-2) is based on a 2.0 mm
tip diameter high quality miniature platinum RTD (Resistance
Temperature Detector) electrode. This design has been shown to
provide greater accuracy, stability and interchangeability during
temperature measurements than traditional thermistor and
thermocouple sensors. The ISO-TEMP-2 is included with the purchase
of a system.
ISO-TEMP-2
91580
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
2 mm Platinum RTD Temperature Sensor (requires #91580)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
20000
y = 2.2596x +
154.29
R2 = 0.9963
18000
Current / pA
16000
Current (pA)
2 min
Although hydrogen sulfide (H2S) is generally thought
of as a poisonous gas, it is endogenously produced
in many mammalian tissues. It has been detected
in micromolar amounts in blood and brain tissue.
Hydrogen sulfide is reported as having a broad
range of biological functions and although its
potential to participate in cell signaling is clear, this
biological role is not well understood. H2S is strongly
anagolous to nitric oxide (NO) because they share
several physical and metabolic properties.
Like NO, H2S is a potent vascular signal that
can mediate vasoconstriction or vasorelaxation
depending on the O2 level and tissue. In the rat
aorta, H2S concentrations that mediate rapid
constriction at one O2 level will cause rapid
relaxation at lower O2 levels.
The ISO-H2S sensor is a low detection limit
sensor to record H2S in vitro. It is the only sensor
available that measures H2S.
500 pA
removal of H2S
5000 pA
ISO-H2S-2
ISO-H2S-100-Cxx
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
Concentration/nM
1 min
AA
DA
NO2+
NO3-
Glu
H2S
H2S additions
Time (s)
Time / s
The stepped response to increasing concentrations of H2S are linear (see inset, R=.9963).
ISO-H2S-2
ISO-H2S-100-Cxx
600016
100084
600015
The sensor is insensitive to competing species such
as ascorbic acid, dopamine, nitrate, nitrite, and
glutathials.
2 mm Shielded Hydrogen Sulfide Macro Sensor
Hydrogen Sulfide Micro Sensor (pkg of 2)
Replacement Sleeves for ISO-H2S-2 (pkg of 4)
Filling Solution for ISO-H2S-2
Start-up Kit for ISO-H2S-2
BIOSENSING
ISO-COP-2 SPECIFICATIONS
Sensor diameter................................................2mm
Sensor sensitivity...................................~0.5 pA/nM
Detection limit ............................................... ~10nM
Linear range ........................................10nM–10µM
Response time ................................... <10 seconds
ISO-COP-2
Electrochemical CO Sensor for In Vivo Measurements
for CO dissolved in solution
Carbon monoxide (CO) is a versatile mediator of physiological
processes. Carbon monoxide (CO) formed by internal mechanisms
(endogenous) is measured in a variety of ways, but standard
measurement methods are of limited utility in most biological systems.
WPI's ingenious ISO-COP-2 CO sensor measures CO in vivo or in vitro
in real time!
This CO sensor is comprised of a 2.0mm stainless steel body with
a replaceable membrane-covered sleeve. The sleeve is filled with
electrolyte. It is an amperometric sensor designed for use in cell
culture and similar applications.
In principle, CO diffuses through the gas-permeable membrane and
is then oxidized to CO2 on the working electrode of the sensor. This
oxidation creates a current with a magnitude directly related to the
concentration of CO in solution.
It is designed for use with WPI's TRB4100 (4-Channel) or TBR1025
(1-Channel) Free Radical Analyzers.
References
Motterlini, M., Sawle, P., Bains, S., Hammad, J., Alberto, R., Foresti, R.
and Green, C, "CORM-A1: A new pharmacologically active carbon
monoxide-releasing molecule," FASEB Journal, November 19, 2004,
express article 10.1096/fj.04-2169fje.
ISO-COP-2
95620
95611
95699
2 mm Shielded Carbon Monoxide Sensor
Replacement Sleeves (pkg of 4)
Filling Solution
Start-up Kit
GLUCOSE SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS
IN VITRO PRECISION
Coefficient of Variation (CV) ≤5%
GLUCOSE RANGE
36 - 450 mg/dl (or 2-25 mM/L)
RESPONSE TIME (sec)
100 - 300s
IN VIVO CALIBRATION
In vivo calibration
IGS100 – Implantable glucose sensor
INTERFERENCE SPECIES
Acetaminophen, ascorbic acid, uric acid
LENGTH
5 cm
Measuring glucose in vivo over the long term is challenging and
difficult. Previous measurement systems were limited to acute studies
or a few days at best. WPI introduces a new kind of implantable
glucose sensor based on a patented technology. This sensor provides
a tool for researchers to directly detect glucose in chronic studies in
vitro or in vivo. The sensor is fully compatible with WPI’s Apollo system.
SENSOR SIZE
0.6 × 0.7 mm
REFERENCE ELECTRODeAg/AgCl
IGS100
91580
Implantable Glucose Sensor (pkg of 2)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
POLARIZATION VOLTAGE (V)
SHELF LIFE
6 months
OPERATION CONDITIONS
20° to 40° C (68° to 104° F)
STORAGE CONDITIONS
10° to 25° C (50° to 77° F)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
0.65 -0.7V vs. Ag/AgCl
SENSOR LIFE
3-4 months in solutions at room temperature under continuous polarization; 15-30 days in vivo
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
55
BIOSENSING
Four-Channel Free Radical Analyzer
l Real-time detection using electrochemical
microsensors.
l Integrated system includes one temperature
sensor, your choice of two additional sensors,
and a start-up kit.
l Measure up to four different species in
the same preparation or simultaneous
measurement in four different preparations.
l Current measurement range from 300 fA to 10
µA (four ranges) permits wide dynamic range
for detection.
l Wide bandwidth allows recording of fast
events.
Real-time detection and measurement
of a variety of redox-reactive species is
fast and easy using the electrochemical
(amperometric) detection principle employed
in the new TBR4100. This optically isolated
four-channel free radical analyzer has ultra
low noise and independently operated
channels.
l Measure nitric oxide from < 0.3 nM to 100 µM.
l Measure hydrogen peroxide < 10 nM to
100 mM.
l Measure hydrogen sulfide
l Measure glucose
l Measure oxygen from 0.1% to 100%.
l Isolated architecture allows Lab-Trax interface
to simultaneously measure free radical and
independent analog data (i.e., ECG, BP, etc.)
data on any channel.
For use with WPI’s wide range of nitric oxide,
hydrogen peroxide, hydrogen sulfide and
oxygen sensors, the TBR4100 can measure
four different species simultaneously in the
same preparation. Simply plug a sensor into
any one of the input channels on the front
panel and select the current range. Poise
voltage can be selected from a range of
values tuned for optimal response from WPI
sensors. An independent output for real-time
monitoring of temperature is also included.
data traces are displayed and recorded in
real-time. The Data-Trax software comes preconfigured for single or multiple electrode
recording; filters, gains, and smoothing are
all set for optimal results. Data can be viewed
making adjustments to smoothing and filter
settings without affecting the original stored
raw data. Electrode calibration from multiple
concentration readings can be input into
the software's Multipoint Calibration utility
quickly provides a plot and slope calculation
for electrode sensitivity determination.
Alternately, the Lab-Trax data interface
can be used for providing simultaneous
acquisition of Free Radical data along with
other physiological data (ECG, HR, BP, etc.)
as each of the four input channels has its
own independent input, filters, and 24-bit
converter.
The TBR4100 analyzer utilizes PC-based
data acquisition via our Lab-Trax interface;
See www.wpiinc.com/TBR4100 for more
information on Lab-Trax data acquisition.
56
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Don’t need four channels? The single-channel
TBR1025 packs the power of its big brother in a
small, economical package.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
BIOSENSING
Multipoint electrode calibration and slope determination can be quickly derived from recorded
calibration data.
TBR4100 SPECIFICATIONS
Power.........................................................100 ~ 240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, <15 W
Operating Temperature (ambient).............0 - 50°C (32 - 122°F)
Operating Humidity (ambient)...................15 – 70% RH non-condensing
Warm up Time...........................................<5 minutes
Dimensions................................................135 X 419 X 217 mm (5.25” X 16.5” X 8.16”)
Weight.......................................................1.35 kg (3 lb)
Display Functions.......................................18 mm (0.7”) LCD readout, 4.5 digit
Polarization Voltage (mV)
Current input (nA, μA)
Controls.....................................................Power (on/off)
Current Input Range
Polarization Voltage
Analog Output Range.................................+/- 10 V (continuous)
Analog Output Impedance.........................10 kohm
Channel to Channel Isolation.....................>10 Gohm
Channel to Output Isolation.......................>10 Gohm
Power Supply to AC Line Isolation..............>100 Mohm
Analog Output Drift....................................<10 pA/h
Temperature Input
Number of Channels........................................ 1
Sensing Element............................................... Platinum RTD, 1000 Ohm
Range .......................................................... 0-100°C
Accuracy+/- 1°C
Resolution........................................................ 0.1°C
TBR4100-416
TBR4100-424T
TBR1025
Analog Output.................................................. 31.25 mV/°C (continuous)
Amperometric Input
Number of Amperometric Channels....................................4
Signal Bandwidth................................................................0-3 Hz
Polarization Voltage (selectable via rotary switch)
Nitric Oxide...........................................................865 mV
Hydrogen Sulfide..................................................150 mV
Hydrogen Peroxide...............................................450 mV
Glucose................................................................600 mV
Oxygen..................................................................700 mV
ADJ (user adjustable)............................................+/- 2500 mV
Polarization Voltage Accuracy...............................................+/- 5 mV
Polarization Voltage Display Resolution...............................+/- 1mV
Current measurement Performance
Range
Analog Output
Noise @ 3Hz *
Noise @ 0.3 Hz *
+/- 10 nA
1 mV / 1 pA
< 1 pA
< 0.3 pA
+/- 100 nA
1 mV / 10pA
< 7 pA
< 3 pA
+/- 1 μA
1 mV / 100pA
< 70 pA
< 30 pA
+/- 10 μA
1 mV / 1μA
< 700 pA
< 300 pA
*Instrument performance is measured as the (max-min) over 20 seconds period with
open input. Typical values are given at 3 Hz and 0.3 Hz bandwidth.
Typical sensor performance with TBR4100
ISO-NOPF100 noise.............................................................0.2 nM NO (<2 pA)**
**Sensor noise is measured as the (max-min) over a 20 seconds period with the
sensor immersed in 0.1 M CuCl2 solution.
Four-Channel Free Radical Analyzer with Lab-Trax 4/16 Data Acquisition System
Includes TBR4100 analyzer & power cord, Lab-Trax-4/16 data acquisition system & USB cable, 4 BNC cables,
1 electrode adapter cable, 1 temperature probe, 2 sensors of your choice, and sensor start-up kit(s), if applicable.
Four-Channel Free Radical Analyzer with Lab-Trax 4/24T Data Acquisition System
Includes TBR4100 analyzer & power cord, Lab-Trax-4/24T data acquisition system & USB cable, 4 BNC cables,
1 electrode adapter cable, 1 temperature probe, 2 sensors of your choice, and sensor start-up kit(s), if applicable
Single-Channel Free Radical Analyzer — Includes 1 sensor of your choice & 1 start-up kit
RECOMMENDED ACCESSORIES
SNAP50
SNAP S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-D-penicillamine, 50 mg vial
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
57
Records redox
currents with
carbon fiber
micro­elec­trodes
Advanced
Neurotransmitter
Detection
BIOSENSING
Measures oxidizable
compounds such as catechola­
mines (epi­neph­rine,
norepinephrine, dopamine),
indolamines (serotonin,
melatonin), ascorbic acid
and Fe (II) with ex­quis­ite
sensitivity, low noise and site
specificity
Use with WPI electrodes — see next page
MicroC, WPI’s low cost and elegant in­stru­ment for elec­tro­chem­i­cal
detection using carbon mi­cro­elec­trodes, will record the pres­ence and
con­cen­tra­tion of oxidizable bi­o­log­i­cal compounds in vivo and in vitro.
It also features in­her­ent­ly low noise and a sen­si­tiv­i­ty of 1 mil­li­volt per
picoampere of oxi­da­tion cur­rent. Re­sponse time to quan­tal cat­e­
chola­mine re­lease is less than 1 mil­li­sec­ond. When used with car­bon
fiber mi­cro­elec­trodes, redox cur­rent can be re­cord­ed over a range of
METHOD
2 electrode, DC potentiostat
APPLIED POTENTIAL
0.65 V, variable ± 2.5 V
CURRENT RANGES
2000 pA, 20 nA, 200 nA, 2 µA
BANDWIDTH
1.67 Hz, 167-1000 Hz
NOISE
< 1 pA
DISPLAY31⁄2-digit LCD display, ±2 V
± 4.5 volts
RISE TIME
< 1 millisecond
ELECTRODE PROBE/CABLE LENGTHTriax shielded, 5 feet
POWER
Six 1.5 volt alkaline batteries (included)
BATTERY LIFE
> 1000 hours, est.
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
58
The MicroC Potentiostat is supplied with a carbon electrode probe,
with 5 feet triax cable, which accepts 0.79 mm connector pin, and a
ref­er­ence elec­trode with a 4 mm Ag/AgCl half cell (see page 121). For
applica­tions where small­er half cells are needed, please call WPI for
more in­formation.
References
R. M. Wightman, et al., “Temporally resolved cat­e­chola­mine spikes cor­re­spond
to sin­gle ves­ic­ le release from individual chromaffin cells.” Pro. Nat’l Acad. of Sci. 88:
10754-58, (1991).
Z. Zhou and S. Misler, “Action Potential-in­duced Quan­tal Secretion of Cat­e­chola­
mines from Rat Adrenal Chromaffin Cells”, J. Biol. Chem. 270; 3498-3505, (1995).
SYS-MICROC Potentiostat
MICROCP
Replacement Probe for MicroC
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
300305
ATP Adapter (0.031" pin to 1 mm socket)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
See Application Notes, “Carbon Fiber
Microelectrodes”, available as a PDF file which
may be downloaded from WPI”s web site.
G. A. Gerhardt, “Nafion-coated electrodes with high selectivity for CNS elec­tro­
chem­is­try” Brain Re­search, 290: 390-395 (1984).
MICROC SPECIFICATIONS
RECORDER OUTPUT
1‑picoampere to 2 mi­cro­am­peres. The built-in
carbon electrode activation feature allows
the easy re­new­al of electrode sensitivity. In
ad­di­tion, MicroC fea­tures a low-pass fil­ter and
the op­tion of ap­ply­ing DC po­ten­tial ex­ter­nal­ly.
A wide range of com­pounds can be de­tect­
ed: dopam­ine, epi­neph­rine, nore­pi­neph­rine,
se­ro­to­nin, etc. Other com­pounds, such as
glutamate, glu­cose, ace­tyl­cho­line and alcohol,
can also be detect­ed with MicroC using en­
zyme-modified biosensors.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Carbon Fiber Mi­cro­elec­trodes
● Sensitive, renewable/durable and economical
carbon fiber electrodes for electrochem­ic
­ al
de­tection of oxidizable compounds
50
Dopamine Concentration/Response Curve
1000000
Current Output (pA)
100000
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.1
1
10
100
1000
10000
100000
1000000
Concentration (ng/ml)
Fig. 1 — Excellent linearity in the response of carbon fiber electrode (CF30-500) to dopamine recorded on Micro-C. Courtesy: Drs.
D. Yeomans and X.-T. Wang, Uni­ver­si­ty of Illinois at Chicago.
0
-50
-100
0
5
10
Time (ms)
Fig. 2 — Extracellular recording using a carbon electrode in CA1
region of the hippocampus in an anesthetized rat shows ultralow noise (‑<5 µV‑). Cour­te­sy: Dr. Carolyn Harley of Memorial University,
Newfoundland, Canada.
References
P. S. Cahill, R. M. Whightman, Anal. Chem., 67, 2599-2605 (1995).
F. Gonon, et al., Hebd Seances Acad. Sci. Ser. 286, 1203 (1978).
M. Armstrong-James, J. Millar, J. Neurosci. Methods, 1, 279 (1979).
CARBON FIBER MICROELECTRODES, UNCOATED
Diameter Length CF10-100
10 µm
100 µm
CF10-250
10 µm
250 µm
CF10-500 *
10 µm
500 µm
CF30-50 *
30 µm
50 µm
CF30-100 30 µm
100 µm
CF30-500 *
30 µm
500 µm
CF30-1000 *
30 µm
1000 µm
(pack of 5)
CARBON FIBER MICROELECTRODES, NAFION-COATED
Diameter Length (pack of 5)
CFN10-50 *
10 µm
50 µm
CFN10-100 *
10 µm
100 µm
CFN10-250 *
10 µm
250 µm
CFN30-50 *
30 µm
50 µm
CFN30-100 *
30 µm
100 µm
CFN30-250 *
30 µm
250 µm
CFN30-500 *
30 µm
500 µm
CFN30-1000 *
30 µm
1000 µm
* Built to order — allow up to 4 weeks manufacturing time.
glass insulation
1.5 mm O.D. glass pipette
Gold-plated connector pin
0.031 in. (0.79 mm)
30 µ or 10 µ
carbon fiber
Carbon fiber microelectrodes, ap­prox­i­mate­ly 25-50
mm (1-2 in. ) long, feature a gold-plated pin for
con­nec­tion to the probe.
cement
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
25-1000 mm
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
59
BIOSENSING
CF electrodes (diameter of 10 or 30 µm) respond with an ex­cel­
lent linear­i­ty to the oxidizable compounds (Fig. 1) and can detect
the compounds as low as 0.2 nM. While the shorter (25-100 µm) CF
elec­trodes are suitable for in vivo amperometric and voltammetric
measurements, the long­er CF electrodes provide higher sen­si­tiv­i­
ty and are especially useful for the in vitro studies (amperometric
or differential pulse voltammetry). When used with the Micro-C
Potentiostat, these CF electrodes can be ac­ti­vat­ed and re­newed in
sensitivity for multiple use. The se­lec­tive detection of cat­e­chola­mines
can be achieved with our Nafion-coated CF electrodes. For se­lec­tive
detection of 5-HT and ascorbic acid, please contact WPI for more in­for­
ma­tion.
Potential (V)
Carbon fiber microelectrodes have been used in both the detection of
ox­i­diz­able compounds (Gonon, et al., 1978; Cahill and Wightman, 1995)
and extracellular single-unit re­cord­ing (Armstrong-James and Millar,
1979). WPI’s ultra-sensitive and low-noise carbon fiber (CF) electrodes
can be ap­plied, with our Micro-C Poten­tio­stat or similar in­stru­ments,
in the electrochemical detection of cat­e­chola­mines (epi­neph­rine,
norepinephrine and dopamine), indolamines (serotonin, 5-HT or
melatonin), ascorbic acid, Fe (II), and other ox­i­diz­able compounds.
O2 Sensor
for Real-time
Analysis
BIOSENSING
FLOX is a device for measuring fluorescence lifetime, phase and
intensity. It uses LED excitation and photodiode detection with filterbased wavelength selection for easy experimental set-up and control.
Because the unit is self-contained, it is invariant to fiber bending and
stray light, and has a wide dynamic range of optical intensity as well
as low optical and electronic crosstalk, and low drift and phase noise.
FLOX is especially useful for oxygen sensing applications where stability
and sensitivity to drift is important and where sample set-ups must be
left undisturbed for long periods of time.
l Fluorescence-sensing detector for optical sensors, a viable
alternative to traditional chemical sensing devices
l Self-contained, benchtop system–invariant to fiber bending or
stray light
l Affordable–Half the cost of comparable phase measurement
systems
l Excellent stability, extremely low drift and phase noise
l Simple calibration, setup and control
The new oxygen sensing system measures
fluorescence lifetime, phase and intensity,
using LED excitation and photodiode detection
with filter-based wavelength selection. The
system is simple to set-up and control. The
compact, self-contained unit makes it invariant
to fiber bending and stray light. It also has a
wide dynamic range of optical intensity, as well
as low optical and electronic crosstalk, and low
drift and phase noise.
When stability and sensitivity to drift are
important in your oxygen sensing experiment,
this unit is ideal. It is perfect for applications
where sample set-ups must be left
undisturbed for long periods of time.
Three coatings available for
probes and patches
The optical sensors consist of transducer
materials, applied to the tips of optical fibers
or to substrates such as patches or cuvettes,
which change optical properties in response
to specific analytes in their immediate
environment.
OXY–The standard oxygen sensor designed
for monitoring oxygen partial pressure in
gas and aqueous solutions is a fiber optic
fluorescence probe with a proprietary oxygen
sensing coated tip.
HIOXY–Designed for monitoring oxygen
partial pressure in non-aqueous vapors and
OR125G and OR125GT
These probes are 1/8" OD optical fiber probes
used as direct replacement for 1/8" OD O2
electrodes.
1000 µm optical fiber, stainless steel ferrule;
3.175 mm OD, 63.5 mm length
R Sensor Probe
1000 µm fiber in a stainless steel 1/16" ferrule;
1.587 mm OD, 152.4 mm length
INTRODUCTORY PRICE
FLOX-PATCH Non-Invasive Oxygen Monitoring Kit, including phase measurement system,
temperature probe; select sensor patches when ordering
FLOX-PROBE In Situ Oxygen Monitoring Kit, including phase measurement system, temperature probe; select sensor when ordering
60
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Fluorescencebased optical
sensor system
solutions. The sensor coating chemistry
is compatible with oils, alcohols, and
hydrocarbon-based vapors and liquids.
FOSPOR–A new generation of highly
sensitive sensor coating can be used for
monitoring traces of oxygen in gas and liquids.
The oxygen sensor probes are low-power
and offer high sensitivity, reversibility and
stability, ideal for remote monitoring. The
thin coating on the probe tips consumes no
oxygen, allowing for continuous contact with
the sample. They are ideal for viscous samples
and are immune to interference caused by
pH, ionic strength or salinity fluctuations or
biofouling.
AL300
A 500 µm OD (300 µm core diameter)
aluminum-jacketed optical fiber probe
for applications that require fine spatial
resolution. 300 µm alµminµm-jacketed fiber
assembly; 500 µm OD, 1 m length
OR125
The OR125 is a 1/8" OD optical fiber probe
used as a direct replacement for 1/8" OD
O2 electrodes.
100 µm optical fiber, stainless steel ferrule;
3.175 mm OD, 63.5 mm length
P1600
The PI600 is a silicone-jacketed, polyimidecoated optical fiber probe used in
environments where a non-metallic probe is
required.
200 or 600 µm optical fiber with silicone
jacketing; 710 µm OD, 2 m length
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Dissolved oxygen meter & oxygen electrode
Electrically isolated, the electrode can function in recording
situations where ground-referred electrodes would fail
● Measures gas and dissolved oxygen
● Low O2 consumption
● 2 mm tip
SYS-ISO2 Dissolved Oxygen Meter & Electrode
OXELP Replacement Oxygen Electrode for ISO2
5378
Replacement Electrode Sleeve Kit (pkg of 4)
Four sleeves with membranes, plus 10 mL refill solution.
7326
ISO2 Filling Solution (10 mL)
5377
Replacement ISO2 Start-up Kit
Includes Calibration Bottle, 10mL Refill Solution, 1 cc Syringe, 2
Replacement Membranes Sleeves, MicroFil (28 ga.)
5399
T-Adapter Flow-Through Kit
Includes 3 female luer T’s, 3 luer lock fittings, 3 2mm gaskets, 6
male luer to 1/8-in. tubing, 3 luer lock fittings
13347
Chart Recorder Adapter (requires BNC cable) 500184 BNC Cable
BIOSENSING
Isolation prevents adverse interaction with other
electrodes and in­stru­ments. Highly accurate and
stable ISO2 mea­sures oxygen concentrations in
aque­ous solutions and in gas mixtures. Mea­sure­ment
modes are percent ox­yg
­ en, parts per mil­lion, and
oxygen reduction cur­rent in nanoamperes.
The lower detection limit (DL) for ISO2 (in gas­eous
or in liquid phase) is 0.1 ppm or 0.1%. Ox­y­gen con­
cen­tra­tion around 0.5 ppm or 0.5% and up can be
routinely mea­sured in the gaseous or in the liquid
phases.
DL for a particular sensor tends to be different in
gaseous and liquid phases when the baseline noise
level is also dif­fer­ent. In the case of ISO2, however,
the baseline noise level is very close whether the
elec­trode is im­mersed in solution or used in the
gaseous phase, so DL for the ISO2 re­mains rel­a­tive­ly
close in either phase.
The small tip size (2 mm diameter) and low ox­yg
­ en
con­sump­tion of the OXELP electrode make it ide­al
for mea­sure­ments in vivo or in vitro. With a T-Adapter
(#5399), the sen­sor probe can be used also for con­
tin­u­ous-flow mon­i­tor­ing of ox­y­gen in small fluid
volumes. OXELP also fea­tures a fast response time,
typically 10 sec­onds. Op­tion­al BNC-to-dou­ble banana
adap­tor (#13347) and BNC cable (#500184) allow
ISO2 to be con­nect­ed di­rect­ly to your chart record­er.
ISO2 SPECIFICATIONS
MEASUREMENT MODES
% O2:
0-100%
ppm:
0-20
Current:
0-200 nA
RESOLUTION
0.1 ppm
ACCURACY± 1.5%
RECORDER OUTPUT
1000 Ω resistance for chart recorders
DISPLAY
3.5-digit LCD
POWER
2 nine-volt alkaline batteries, supplied
BATTERY LIFE
1000 hours, estimated
DIMENSIONS
8 x 4 x 2 inches (20 x 10 x 5 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb (2.3 kg)
OXELP OXYGEN ELECTRODE
Also see WPI’s
temperature
stabilzed chamber,
page 65.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
TIP DIAMETER
2 mm
STAINLESS STEEL SLEEVE
66 mm
OVERALL LENGTH
125 mm
CABLE LENGTH
tor
122 cm (4 feet), including BNC connec-
RESPONSE TIME
10 seconds, 90% response typical
in well-stirred solution
DRIFT
< 1%/min.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
61
OxyMini & OxyMicro
A new generation of fiber optic oxygen
sensors based on luminescence lifetime
The OxyMini system is optimized for process control and biotechnology
applications. The OxyMicro is designed for biological research applications
including implanting into tissues, cell cultures, profiling of biofilms and sediment
related bioassays. The measurement principle of the sensor system is based on
the detection of oxygen concentration as a function of luminescence lifetime
either in dissolved or gaseous phase environments.
OxyMini and OxyMicro Benefits
BIOSENSING
●Oxygen is not consumed during the experiment
●Immune to electrical and magnetic interference
●Excellent long-term stability
●No lengthy polarization necessary (e.g., as Clark-type oxygen electrodes require)
●Fast response time < 0.5 s for MicroTip sensors
●Probe size of MicroTip sensors as small as 50 µm
●Measurement is feasible in dry gas
●Optical isolation of sensor tip available for fluorescent or photosynthetically active samples
Measurement Principle
Conventional fiber-optic oxygen sensor systems based on intensity measurements
are limited in their accuracy by light source stability and ambient light fluctuations.
Using a luminescence lifetime detection, measurements are not affected by light
source stability, intensity fluctuations caused by fiber bending or changes of the
optical properties of the sample (turbidity, refractive index, coloration, etc.). These
advantages make WPI’s OxyMini and OxyMicro the most advanced and reliable
fiber-optic oxygen system available.
Calibration: The sensors can be calibrated by a simple two point calibration,
100% air-saturation and 0% air saturation.
OxyMini and OxyMicro oxygen meters: The OxiMini and OxyMicro fiber
optic oxygen meters are compact, easy to transport. The instruments are
designed for in/outdoor use and can be connected to a PC via a RS232 interface.
Data can be visualized, analyzed and stored with the supplied software. A full
range of sensors covering most biomedical applications are available.
MicroTip
The MicroTip (WPI #501656) is a needle-type (27 ga.) oxygen micro sensor
designed for applications where a small tip size of 50 µm and a fast response time
(t90) of 1 s are necessary. The oxygen sensitive sensor tip consists of 140 µm fiber
tapered to a 50 µm tip. The sensor is housed
inside a stainless steel needle of 22 mm length
and 0.4 mm diameter. This allows penetration
through a septum rubber or similar material.
These sensors are ideal for oxygen profiling in
sediments and biofilms.
Sterilization (EtOH, H2O2)
autoclavable (130°C, 1.5 atm)
Drift (100,000 datapoints, 20°C)
Accuracy (20°C)
Resolution (20°C)
Temperature Range
MicroImplant
The MicroImplant fiber optic oxygen sensor (WPI #501658) is an implantable
probe (IMP) with a tiny probe tip size 50 µm, an exposed fiber length of 5‑mm and
a jacket diameter of 900 µm. The IMP sensor was successfully implanted in
crabs, fishes and soil.
OxyMini systems
The OxyMini is a single-channel fiber optic oxygen meter for WPI’s fiber optic
oxygen minisensors. These sensors are based on 2 mm polymer optical fibers
and have a length of 2.5 m. A wide range of applications is possible with these
sensors.
● Process control: bottling plant in breweries and quality control of packages
● Biotechnology: Control of cell culture media and non-invasive control of bioreactors
● Implantation of oxygen sensors into soil and trees.
MiniTip
This oxygen dipping probe (WPI #501641) has a
tip diameter of 4 mm and consists of a polymer
optical fiber, with an oxygen sensitive coating. The MiniTip’s range is 0 to 100%.
This robust sensor has a response time (t90) of approximately 40 s.
MiniFlow
The MiniFlow oxygen probe (WPI #501642) is a
miniaturized fiber optic chemical sensor integrated
in a T-shape flow through cell. The standard T-shape
flow cell can be easily connected via Luer-Lock adapters to external tubings.
Liquids (e.g., water, blood, etc.) can be pumped through the cell. The sensor has a
response time (t90) of approximately 40‑s and an excellent long-term stability.
MiniFoil
WPI offers the sensor material on a 1 cm2 support disk made of
polyester. This material can be glued, for example, inside glass
vials and the oxygen concentration can be measured noninvasively and non-destructively from outside through the wall of
the flask. A plastic fiber optic cable (WPI #501644, WPI #501645)
is used to illuminate the sensor foil. The wall of the flask must be transparent/
non-fluorescent. Response time (t90) of approximately 50 s. The material can be
implanted into animal tissues or custom-made housings.
MINISENSORS (not interchangeable with Microsensors)
501641
MiniTip, fiber-optic oxygen sensor 501642
MiniFlow, flow-through cell with integrated planar oxygen sensor
503090
MiniSpot, planar oxygen-sensitive spot, 5 mm diam. (includes 10)
Requires #501644
501644
Polymer optical fiber with 1 SMA connector
The OxyMicro is a single channel fiber
optic oxygen meter for WPI’s fiber optic
oxygen microsensors. Applications include:
● Oxygen profiles of marine sediment, soils, or tissue
● Implantation into living tissue (e.g., heart or muscle tissue)
● Control of cell culture media in Biotechnology.
Response Time [t90]
dissolved/gaseous
The MicroFlow fiber optic oxygen sensor
(WPI #501657) is a miniaturized fiber optic
chemical sensor optimized for fast response time (t90 < 1 sec in gases, < 5 sec in
liquids). The tiny probe has a tip size of 50 µm and is integrated in a T-shape flow
cell for easy connection via Luer-Lock adapters to external tubings. Liquids (like
water, blood, etc.) can be pumped through the cell.
MINISENSOR SYSTEM
OXY-MINI-AOT
Fiber-optic Oxygen Meter for Minisensors *
OxyMicro systems
Measurement Range
dissolved/gaseous
MicroFlow
MICROSENSOR SYSTEM
OXY-MICRO-AOT Fiber-optic Oxygen Meter for Microsensors *
MICROSENSORS (not interchangeable with Microsensors)
501656
MicroTip, needle-type housing fiber-optic oxygen sensor, 50 µm tip
501656-C
MicroTip, needle-type housing, 50 µm tip, optical isolation
501656-F
MicroTip, needle-type housing, 140 µm flat tip
501657
MicroFlow, flow-through housed oxygen microsensor
501658 MicroImplant, implantable oxygen microsensor, 50 µm tip
501658-F MicroImplant, 140 µm flat tip
*Meter contains two analog outputs and one trigger input
MiniTip
MiniFlow
MiniSpot
MicroTip
MicroFlow
MicroImplant
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
40 s
10 s
40 s
10 s
40 s
10 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
< 0.1%
< 0.1%
< 0.1%
< 0.3%
< 0.3%
< 0.3%
0.2%
2.75 ±0.01 ppm, 9.00 ±0.05 ppm, 220 ±0.15 ppm, 45.0 ±0.25 mmHg, 150 ±0.75 mmHg, 375 ±2.6 mmHg
-10°C to 50°C
World Precision Instruments
www.wpiinc.com
2.5 m
Probe Assembly Length
62
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
pHOptica™
A novel fiber optic pH
system
pHOptica™ is a pH measuring system which
uses fiber optic sensors and patented DLR
technology. This method allows referenced
measurements with single excitation to be
implemented.
Features of pHOptica Meter
Features of
pH optical sensors
● No reference electrode is needed
● Immune to electrical interferences and magnetic fields
● Low drift
● High spatial resolution due to small tip size
● Measurement in very small sample volumes
● Additional optical isolation of the sensor tip is available for
measurements in colored or photosynthetically active samples.
pHOptica Micro system
pHOptica Mini system
The pH Optica micro system is a single channel pH system for use with fiber optic
micro sensors. The applications include:
The pH Optica mini system is a single
channel pH system for use with fiber optic
mini sensors, foil and spot surface sensors.
The applications include:
● Penetration or implantation into living tissue (heart, muscle or animal blood
vessels).
● Soil implantation for pH measurement.
● Implantation into customer-made housing.
To protect the small
glass fiber tip against
breaking, suitable
housings and tubings
around it, depending
on the respective
application, were
designed.
BIOSENSING
● Single-channel, compact, easy to transport fiber-optic meter for pH
measurements with miniature sensors.
● Two 12-bit, programmable analog outputs, with electrical isolation.
● One external trigger input, with electrical isolation.
● Computer with RS232 interface required for operation.
● User-friendly software saves and visualizes measured values.
● Several pHOptica meters can be connected to one computer.
● Temperature variation is recorded using a temperature sensor.
● Non-invasive and non-distractive pH
measurements from outside through flask
walls (cell culture)
● Online pH monitoring by flow through cells
● Dipping probe pH measurements
pH mini sensors
● OD of the dipping sensor is 4 mm. ● Sterilization of the pH sensor spots
via gamma radiation. ● The pH mini sensor meter is based on 2 mm PMMA
waveguides. ● Drift of 0.1 pH units for 10,000 measurements (4 days
measurement in the 30 sec data update mode).
Two different housings and sensor spots (sensorfoils) are offered:
Needle-Type Housing Sensor—
the glass-fiber with its pH-sensitive
tip is protected inside a stainless
steel needle (18 ga.); fiber has to
be extended during measurement;
penetration through septum.
Implantable sensor—
without any housings
implantation into animal
blood circuits; soil implantation;
implantation in customer-made
housings
POF Coated with a pHSensitive Foil—Small
and robust pH dipping
sensor; no reference
electrode needed.
pH micro sensors
● Tip size 140 micrometer.
● Drift of 0.1 pH units for 2000 measurements (16 hours
measurement in the 30 sec data update mode).
PHOPTICA SPECIFICATIONS
DATA INTERFACE RS232
SAMPLE RATE 1 sample per second
MEASURING pH RANGE 5-9
RESOLUTION (at 20 °C) ± 0.03 (microsensors);
± 0.01 (minisensors)
RESPONSE TIME < 1 min
DIMENSIONS 185 x 110 x 45 mm
WEIGHT 630 g
POWER SUPPLY 100 - 220 V AC
Planar pH Sensitive Foils
and spots—non-invasive
and non-destructive
measurement from
outside through the
wall of the flask; online
monitoring.
MINISENSOR SYSTEM (cannot be used with microsensors)
PH-OPTICA-MINI Fiber Optic pH Meter for minisensors, foils and spots
503538* pH MiniTip, fiber optic pH sensor dipping probe, disposable (4 mm OD), pkg of 3 502120* pH MiniFlow, fiber optic pH flow sensor, pkg of 3 *Requires #503110
502122**
pH MiniSpot, fiber optic pH spot sensors, pkg of 10, OD 5 mm **Requires #501644
501644 Polymer Optical Fiber with 1 SMA connector
503110 Fiber Optic Cable with 1 SMA connector
MICROSENSOR SYSTEM (cannot be used with minisensors)
PH-OPTICA-MICRO Fiber optic pH meter for microsensors
502123 pH MicroTip (needle-type), fiber optic pH sensors (140 µm OD), pkg of 3 502124 pH MicroImplant, fiber optic pH implantable sensor (140 µm OD), pkg of 3 World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Flow-Through Cell
with Integrated pH
Sensor—On-line
monitoring; can be
easily connected via
Luer-Lock adapters.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
63
Beetrode
®
Micro pH Elec­trodes
with 100-micron sensing tips!
● NEW—IMPROVED—super-miniature, superfast coated wire pH electrodes
● 100-micron diameter — ideal for monitoring fast pH changes in very small places
NMPH3
BIOSENSING
NMPH2B
NM
PH
H2
MP
1
NM
NMP
PH
3L
N
H5
Beetrode® is a solid state pH sensor with ideal characteristics over a
wide pH range. Exhib­its a larger Eo than conventional glass electrodes.
Requires a separate ref­er­ence electrode, such as WPI’s Dri-Ref
Series. Beetrodes (except the NMPH2) connect to your pH meter via a
BNC-terminated cable. Bee­trodes generate mV readings on standard
pH meters. To obtain pH-scale readings on stan­dard pH meters, use
BEE-CAL™, a small, battery-operated com­pen­sa­tor (AA battery included)
that adjusts the electrode offset po­ten­tial so that Beetrodes will
produce standard pH-scale readings. (NMPH2B requires ZBEECAL.)
BEE-CAL
1358
ZBEECAL
3508
BEETRODE SPECIFICATIONS
TIP DIAMETER
100 µ (0.1 mm)
TIP LENGTH
~2 mm, except
~2.5 mm on NMPH3L
~5 mm on NMPH5
BODY DIAMETER (NMPH 1, 3, 3L, 5)
0.187 in. (5 mm)
BODY LENGTH (NMPH 1, 3, 5)
1.875 in. (48 mm)
BODY LENGTH (NMPH 3L)
0.75 in. (19 mm)
RESPONSE TIME
1 s (90%) typical
pH RANGE
0-14
SLOPENernstian
100 kΩ (max)
RESISTANCE
SELECTIVITY
No significant interference by K+, Na+, Ca++ in 0.1 to 1 M solutions
DRIFT < 2.5 mV / 5 min.
64
NMPH1*
Beetrode—2 mm receptacle
NMPH2
Beetrode with 1 m cable (unterminated)
NMPH2B
Beetrode w/ BNC cable, 1 m cable
NMPH3*
Dental Beetrode, 45° Bend, 2 mm receptacle
NMPH3L*
Dental Beetrode w/ 2 mm loop, 2 mm receptacle
NMPH5*
Beetrode, 2 mm receptacle
SYS-BEECAL Beetrode Offset & Cable (BNC, 2 mm pin)
ZBEECAL
Bee-Cal Level Shifting Device
3508
BNC-to-US Standard Adapter
1358
BNC-to-2 mm Pin Adapter
*Requires BEE-CAL or 1358 BNC-to-2 mm Pin Cable (4-ft)
for connec­tion to a pH meter.
World Precision Instruments
www.wpiinc.com
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Dri-Ref™ Reference Electrodes
Although the internal filling solution con­tains KCI, the low flu­id leakage
means Dri-Ref may be used in combination with ion se­lec­tive elec­trodes,
in­clud­ing those for K+ and Cl-, without sig­nif­i­cant con­tam­i­na­tion from the
reference elec­trode.
50
EF-4
R
DRI
The Dri-Ref electrodes are chemically re­sis­tant to strong acids and
alkalines. Dri-Ref electrodes are not suitable for use in organic sol­vents. In
ad­di­tion, the long, thin FLEXREF may be easily ma­nip­u­lated to ac­com­mo­date
a difficult ex­per­i­men­tal setup.
F-5
IRE
DR
SUPER-Dri-Ref
EF-2
DRIR
With a diameter of 2‑mm, SUPER-Dri-Ref does not leak electrolyte at all.
Exhibiting the electrical stability of a classic flow­ing junction reference cell,
this electrode exhibits low re­sis­tance and a stable half-cell po­ten­tial es­sen­
tial­ly in­de­pen­dent of sample electrolyte concentration. SUPER-Dri-Ref is ideal
for small vol­ume and low salt concentration mea­sure­ments.
EF
EXR
FL
ER
SUP
R2
f, SD
-Re
-Dri
Micro-Reference Electrode
F-L
E
DRIR
SH
EF-5
R
DRI
-
REF
DRI
Luer-Tip Reference
2SH
Dri-Ref™ reference electrodes were developed by WPI to have
extremely low electrolyte leak­age properties, hence the name
“Dri-Ref”. In addition to this key feature, these electrodes exhibit
stable and reproducible potential and low resistance. Stored in
KCl when not in use, they have a long life expectancy.
The male luer fitting at the front of the DRIREF-L allows it to be easily
connected to a female luer port (see WPI’s luer fittings kit, page 138) to form
a tight seal — a very convenient installation for a flow-through system.
FLEXREF
DRIREF-2
DRIREF-2SH
DRIREF-5
DRIREF-5SH
SDR2
DRIREF-450
DRIREF-L
Flexible Dri-Ref, 1.5 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam. (Short)
Dri-Ref, 4.7 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 4.7 mm diam. (Short)
SUPER-Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam.
Micro-Dri-Ref, 450 µm diam.
Reference Electrode with Luer Tip
DRI-REF SPECIFICATIONS
DRIREF-450
DRIREF-5DRIREF-2FLEXREF SDR2
DRIREF-LDRIREF-5SH
DRIREF-2SH
LENGTH
2.54 cm
9 cm
13 cm
13 cm
9 cm
7.5 cm
3.5 cm
2 cm
DIAMETER
450 µm
4.7 mm
2 mm
1.5 mm
2 mm
Standard Luer
4.7 mm
2 mm
CONSTRUCTION Coated Glass
EpoxyIsoplast™
Teflon™
PVC Polypropylene
EpoxyIsoplast™
LEAD LENGTH
30 in. (76 cm)
30 in. (76 cm)
30 in. (76 cm)
30 in. (76 cm)
30 in. (76 cm)
30 in. (76 cm)
30 in. (76 cm)
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
2 mm pin
2 mm pin
2 mm pin
2 mm pin
2 mm pin
2 mm pin
2 mm pin
CONNECTOR
RESISTANCE (typical)
< 5 K Ω~500 Ω
~2.7 KΩ
~2.7 KΩ
< 5 KΩ~500 Ω~500 Ω
~2.7 KΩ
FILLING SOLUTION
KClKClKClKClKClKClKClKCl
~7.4×10-7~7.4×10-7~5.7×10-8
ELECTROLYTE LEAKAGE (mL/hr)—
~7.4×10-7~5.7×10-8~5.7×10-8—
Isoplast is a trade mark of Dow Chemical. Teflon is a trade mark of DuPont.
Calcium Calibration Solutions
CALBUF-1
CALBUF-2
For use with calcium
electrodes
For use with calcium fluorescent indicators
CALBUF-2 is especially suitable for calibrating flu­o­res­cent Ca++ in­di­
ca­tors. It provides eleven buffer stan­dards in the 10-4 to 10-8 M Ca++
range, where­as other commonly used flu­o­res­cent Ca++ indicators
have the ap­par­ent Kd in the range of 100 to 300 nM. As with any ionic
sensitive indicator, the sensitivity range of these indicators is about 1.0
log unit above and below the Kd. CALBUF-2 provides seven calibration
points in this sensitivity range. It has an osmolarity of 0.305, which is
isotonic with most mammalian cells.
A set of eight calcium buffers
covering the range of
concentration from 10-1 to 10-8 M
Ca++. Each buffer contains 20 mL
of solution and enough potassium
chloride to set the ionic strength
to 0.1 M. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
Concentration: 1x10-1, 1x10-2, 1x10-3, 1x10-4, 1x10-5, 1x10-6, 1x10-7,
1x10-8 M at 20°C. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
CALBUF-1 Kit of 8 Calcium Buffer Solutions
Concentration: 1x10-8, 4x10-8, 1x10-7, 2.5x10-7, 5x10-7, 7.5x10-7, 1x10-6,
4x10-6, 1x10-5, 4x10-5, and 1x10-4 M at 20°C. Ionic strength: 0.150 M. 11
bottles, 20 mL each. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
CALBUF-2 Kit of 11 Calcium Buffer Solutions
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
65
BIOSENSING
Only 450 µm in diameter and 1 inch long, WPI’s new DRIREF-450 reference
elec­trode can be used along with other sensors in space-restricted areas
and very small sam­ple vol­umes.
Kwik-Tip
™
Each kit includes three
electrode tips.
Ion selective
electrodes
● Superior, stable PVC
membrane
● Fast response
● 2mm diameter tips
● Interchangeable tip holder
t
fas al!
,
e
rat ­nomi­ c­
u
c
Ac eco
and
BIOSENSING
These highly stable electrodes ac­cu­rate­ly
measure cal­ci­um, po­tas­si­um, hydrogen and TPP
ion activity. Tips consist of 2 mm di­am­e­ter plas­tic
tubes sealed at one end with an ion-sen­si­tive
mem­brane. After filling with elec­tro­lyte so­lu­tion, the user in­serts the
tube into the hold­er and con­nects it to a pH meter. Tips and hold­ers
are in­ter­change­able, so one tip may be re­placed with an­oth­er sensitive
to a dif­fer­ent ion. Replac­ing a tip takes less than a minute. Elec­trode tips
nor­mal­ly last sev­er­al months, when stored proper­ly in sa­line so­lu­tion.
When re­place­ment is neces­sary, only the tip need be re­placed.
Kwik-Tip electrodes are available separately and as kits. Each “KWIK”
Elec­trode Holder kit includes a reus­able hold­er and three re­mov­able
tips. In addition to a 4-foot BNC ca­ble and an electrolyte filling syringe;
“TIP” Elec­trode Kits con­tain three elec­trode tips for a specific ion. A
separate ref­er­ence electrode, such as WPI’s Dri-Ref™, is also
required.
If your pH meter requires a US Standard connector, also order Part
#3508 (BNC-to-US pH Standard adapter).
MicroFil filling
syringe (included).
COMPLETE KITS
KWIKCAL-2 Holder & 3 Calcium Electrodes
KWIKH-2
Holder & 3 Hydrogen Electrodes
KWIKPOT-2 Holder & 3 Potassium Electrodes
KWIKTPP-2 Holder & 3 TPP (Tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrodes
HOLDERS AND REPLACEMENT TIPS
KWIK-2
Electrode Holder with BNC cable
TIPCA
Calcium Electrode Tips (3)
TIPH
Hydrogen Electrode Tips (3)
TIPK
Potassium Electrode Tips (3)
TIPTPP
TPP+ (Tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrode Tips (3)
ACCESSORIES
3508
BNC-to-US pH Adapter
Also see Dri-Ref Reference Electrodes
TIP ELECTRODE SPECIFICATIONS
RecommendedMin.
Part No.
Electrode
Color
Code
Filling
Solution
Slope /
Decade
Concentration Range
Selectivity
Coefficients (-log)
TIPCA
Green
0.1 M CaCl2
28 mV
0.1 M - 10-6.75 M
Na+ 5.5, K+ 5.4, Mg++ 4.9
Hydrogen
Orange
TIPH
1 M Citric Acid,
0.01 M NaCl, pH 5.6
54 mV
pH 5.0 - 12
Na+ 10.4, K+ 9.8, Ca++ 11.1
TIPK
0.1 M KCl
54 mV
0.1 M - 10-4.5 M
Na+ 4.0, Ca++ 3.9, Mg++ 3.0
Calcium
Potassium
TIPTPPTPP+
Yellow
Purple
10 mM
TPP+
54 mV
0.001 M -
10-4
M
K+ 6.0
Liquid Ion Exchangers
CATIONS
ION
CATALOG NO.
H+
IE 010
K+
IE 190
SELECTIVITY COEFFICIENTS*
Ca++
IE 200
Na+
12.71.97 5.5
Mg++
— 2.954.9
K+
—— 5.4
Ca++
— 2.7—
USEFUL pH RANGE
2-10
4-10
4-10
SLOPE 56 mV
58 mV
28 mV
LINEAR RANGE
pH 4-12
pK 0-3
pCa 1-7
APPROX. EQUIV.
—
Corning
ETH1001
477317
*Selectivity Coefficients are expressed here as -log Kij or pKij.
66
When used in
micropipettes to
record cellular ion
concentrations,
consider using
WPI’s Duo 773
electrometer
(channel A).
IE010
IE190
IE200
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Hydrogen Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
Potassium Ion Exchanger (1.0 mL)
Calcium Neutral Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Multi-Port Measurement Chamber
Temperature stabilized four-port closed chamber
for measurements of nitric oxide, oxygen hydrogen
peroxide and other species in cell culture
● Four port (WPI #NOCHM-4) chamber accommodates WPI’s 2-mm sensors for
nitric oxide (ISO-NOP), oxygen (OXELP), hydrogen peroxide, and WPI’s KWIK-TIP ion
selective electrodes in combination with WPI’s 2 mm Dri-Ref™ reference electrodes.
● Two additional top ports for injection of reagents using WPI’s MicroFil™ syringe
needles
● Closed chamber design greatly reduces the surface area of the solution exposed
to air
● One top port and up to three side ports configuration provides adequate space for
convenient sample and electrode manipulation
● Temperature control through an external circulating bath
NOCHM-4
NOCHM-P
800100-5
Four-Port Closed Chamber, for use with WPI’s 2.0 mm electrodes (e.g., ISO-NOP and OXELP, etc.)
Spare Plug-adapter for ISO-NOP nitric oxide electrode
Spare Center Chamber Gasket (package of 5)
S-nitrosoglutathione
GSNO has been identified in vivo as a potential
storage and transport vehicle for NO in the
body. GSNO has been used in clinical trials to
treat a form of preeclampsia and to prevent
platelet aggregation. It also has considerable
potential as NO donor in medicine.
Pre-polarizer
Keep extra NO sen­sors
ready to use
M.W.336.3 • C10H16N4O7S • Purity > 98% •
Soluble in water or DMSO • Storage: -20°C
GSNO-50 GSNO 50 mg vial
GSNO-100 GSNO 100 mg vial
ISO-NOP
Rejuvenator
After an ISO-NOP 2‑mm sensor is used for long
periods, sensitivity may become reduced and
response time may increase. This little device can
restore ISO-NOP performance to original levels by
applying an electric waveform for a few seconds.
9v alkaline battery included.
Achieve a stable background cur­rent quickly. This
small battery-powered de­vice applies a potential
to the NO electrode equivalent to the po­ten­tial
ap­plied by the ISO-NO meter. Con­se­quent­ly, a
sensor which has been con­nected to the activator
may be transferred to the meter for im­me­di­ate­
use. For use with all WPI NO electrodes.
NSA-3
JUV
ISO-NOP Rejuvenator
SNAP is a stable green crystalline
S-nitrosothiol compound that mimics the
ac­tion of nitric oxide in
vivo. It has vasodilatory
properties and has
been shown to relax
isolated bovine
coronary artery rings by activating soluble
gran­ul­ate cyclase. This reagent also actuates
apoptosis in mouse thy­mocytes and has
been accounted for reversible inactivation
of pro­tein Kinase C. SNAP can be used for
calibration of all WPI NO sensors.
M.W. 220.2 • Purity > 98% by NMR or TLC
SNAP25
SNAP50
SNAP100
ISO-NO Activator
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-Dpenicillamine
SNAP, 25 mg vial
SNAP, 50 mg vial
SNAP, 100 mg vial
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
67
BIOSENSING
● The chamber can be used for nitric oxide and other species calibration at
temperatures from 4-40 ºC
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
Dual Channel Differential Electrometer
l High input impedance (10 15 Ω) l Differential (A-B) output l Low noise and wide bandwidth
l Electrode resistance test circuitry l Probe test circuitry l Driven guard shield
The FD223a is a dual channel differential, high impedance amplifier/
electrometer designed specifically for electrochemical measurements
using ion specific (K+, Na+, C1-, etc.) or pH glass microelectrodes.
The instrument is very stable, drift free, and features a built in
provision for measuring and adjusting input leakage current. DC levels
may be independently adjusted for each probe channel.
The ability to locate the sensing probes directly at the measurement
site overcomes the noise introduced by the long cables usually needed
to bring the measured potential to the instrument. Signal-driven guards
FD223A SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT IMPEDANCE
> 1015 Ω, shunted by 0.5 pF
INPUT CAPACITANCE
1 pF, nominal
LEAKAGE CURRENT
75 fA max
GAIN
1.000 ± 0.1%
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
50 Ω
INPUT SWING VOLTAGE ±10 V
RISE TIME (10 TO 90%)
5 µs, small signal
#2547 Driven Guard Shield
FD223A
FD223a Dual Channel Differential Electrometer
2 probes, driven guard shields and micropipette holder MEH1SF included
for all glass microelectrodes O.D. 1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm, or 2.0 mm.
NOISE (0.1 HZ TO 10 KHZ) <100 µV p-p, input shorted
BASELINE STABILITY
±0.1 mV/day
POSITION CONTROLS RANGE ±600 mV
PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS
Case: 8.8 x 21.0 x 17.5 cm (H x W x D)
Probe: 12.7 x 65 mm (D x L), 1.8 m cable
POWER
90-265 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 VA
PROBE HANDLE
6.5 x 65 mm (D x L)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
2.5 kg
OPERATING CONDITIONS Equipment is intended to be operated
in a controlled laboratory environment. Temperature: 0-40 °C;
altitude: sea level to 2000 m; relative humidity: 0-95%.
68
at the probe input maintains the specified high resistance and reduces
the stray capacitance of the probes.
Careful design, coupled with quality component selection,
particularly in the headstage, results in an excellent amplifier with low
noise and wide bandwidth. The FD223a will faithfully reproduce the
measured signal.
To reduce the noise and stray capacity even farther the probe
housing includes a signal driven guard. A portion of this inner driven
shell is exposed at the probe tip allowing a spring shield to be
extended over the electrode holder and microelectrode.
The amplifier features a probe test port that permits testing of the
electrode test feature and setting of the probe leakage current, (IG).
A standby mode is included and should be used when attaching glass
microelectrodes or electrode holders to the probe input. While in the
standby mode the voltage at the probe input is clamped near zero
volts thus protecting the input.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301LMicromanipulator (specify left- or right-handed)
M-3
80° Tilting base
RC1T
Reference cell (Ag/AgCl)
2547
Driven guard shield for FD223AP Probe
MEH1SF
Microelectrode holder
FD223AP Replacement probe (includes calibration)
See cables and connectors, page 98
See microelectrode holders, page 106
See capillary glass, page 110
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
WPI’s Quietest Intracellular Amplifier!
Electro 705
BA
POWTTERY
ERE
D
BLE
A
T
POR
Photo shows two units arranged for differential recording. Manipulators not included.
● Remote Headstage — Easily mounted in any manipulator, this
small probe, containing the first stage of amplification, includes a
microelectrode holder, which plugs directly into the probe input.
● Battery Power — Four 9V alkaline batteries (included) power the
Electro 705 for approximately 500 hours giving a super clean low noise
source of power making the Electro 705 the quietest amplifier available.
Batteries can be easily tested by the press of a button.
● Capacitance Compensation — Corrects for loss of rise time caused
by the presence of electrode capacity. Up to 50 pF of electrode shunt
capacity may be neutralized.
● Driven Guard Shield — Stray capacitance can be
further reduced by placing the driven guard shield
(included) over the microelectrode holder at the
input end of the probe.
ELECTRO 705 SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT IMPEDANCE10 Ohms, shunted by 1 pF
12
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
100 Ohms, both outputs
GAIN
X1: ±0.1%
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
±5 V
RISETIME
15 µs, 10-90%
NOISE LEVEL
500 µV peak-to-peak*
INPUT CAPACITANCE COMPENSATION 0-50 pF
GATE LEAKAGE CURRENT
±10 pA, adjustable to zero
ELECTRODE RESISTANCE TEST
1 mV/ M Ohms
DC POSITIONING
± 300 mV
COMMON MODE REJECTION>104 (in differential mode)
POWER
Four 9V alkaline batteries, supplied
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 2.2 in. (22 x 9 x 6 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb (2.3 kg)
* Full band width, with 20 M Ohms source
● Tickler Circuit — A momentary oscillation that helps achieve cell
penetration.
● Electrode Resistance Test — The 705 provides a 1 nA electrode test
current. Electrode resistance is monitored at the 1X output as a voltage
(1 mV/M).
● Probe Test Port — Allows the convenience of testing the amplifier's
intrinsic noise and gain without cumbersome external test hookups.
Gate leakage current can also be adjusted with minimum effort.
● Baseline Position Control — Adds or subtracts up to 300 mV to
the headstage output, allowing artifact voltages such as liquid junction
potentials to be nulled prior to recording.
● Differential Output — Two Electro 705s can be connected in
tandem to create an optional differential amplifier probe system.
SYS-705
Electro 705 Electrometer
Probe, driven guard shield and micropipette holder MEH1SF included for
glass microelectrodes O.D. 1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm, or 2.0 mm.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301LMicromanipulator (specify left- or right-handed)
M-3
80° Tilting base
RC1T
Reference cell (Ag/AgCl)
2541
Driven guard shield for 705PF Probe
MEH1SF
Microelectrode holder
705PF
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
*Instrument must be returned to WPI for free calibration with new probe.
See cables and connectors, page 98
See microelectrode holders, page 106
See capillary glass, page 110
Reference
Koch, U. (2000) “Interdependence of spatial and temporal coding in the auditory midbrain.”
Journal of Neurophysiology 83, 4, 2300-2314
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
69
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
A low noise high quality intracellular
amplifier well-suited for the student lab
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
Duo 773 Dual Microprobe System
2-channel intracellular amplifier
For intracellular dual or differential studies, the Duo773 has separate negative capacity controls and
built-in active filtering that allows the precise balancing of time constants for artifact-free differential
measurement. Comes complete with two probe headstages, 1015 Ohms & 1011 Ohms probes to monitor
signals from ion-specific micro-electrodes as well as KCl-filled electrodes.
* Although injected currents are “constant,” the
maximum current in a given situation will always
be limited by the system compliance of 10 V.
**The 712P headstage may be used on either
A or B channels, however Current Injection
specifications do not apply when used on channel
A. The 715P headstage may not be used on the
B channel.
References
L. Pluja (2000) “Electrical and mechanical
effects of vasoactive intestinal peptide and
pituitary adenylate cyclase-activating peptide
in the rat colon involve different mechanisms.”
European Journal of Pharmacology 389, 217224.
G. X. Wang, X. B. Zhou, et al. (2000) “Effects
of mitoxantrone on excitation-contraction
coupling in guinea pig ventricular myocytes.”
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapeutics 293, 2, 501-508.
S. Tsuruoka (2000) “Acute effect of cadmiummetallothionein on glucose and amino acid
transport across the apical membrane of
the rabbit proximal tubule perfused in vitro.”
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapeutics 292, 2, 769-777.
70
DUO 773 SPECIFICATIONS
HEADSTAGE (PROBE)
712P (red, port “B”)
715P (blue, port “A”)
ACTIVE PROBE INPUT IMPEDANCE
>1011Ω1015Ω
GAIN
x1, x10
x1
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
100 Ω100 Ω
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
±10 V
± 10V
MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE
±15 V
±15 V
10-14 A
PROBE LEAKAGE CURRENT
5 X 10-12 A
DC POSITION ADJUST RANGE
± 300 mV
± 300 mV
ELECTRODE RESISTANCE TEST CURRENT
1 nA
1 pA, 1 nA selectable
INPUT CAPACITY COMPENSATION
+10 to -50 pF
0 to -10 pF
NOISE
Input shorted
<50 µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
<50µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
20 MΩ carbon resistor
<200 µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
<200µV p-p 10kHz bandwidth
RISE TIME
1 µs, typical
10-90% direct input small signal
25 µs, typical
10-90% through 20 MΩ (-C “on”)
CURRENT INJECTION
(712P only)**
± 50 nA low range, ± 500 nA high range
Internal DC Current
Externally commanded Current
± 500nA low range, ± 5 µA high range
External current command factor
20 mV/nA low range, 2 mV/nA high range
Current monitor
100 mV/nA low range, 10 mV/nA high range
3V low range, 10V high range
Compliance
0-100 MΩ, 0-1000 MΩ
Bridge balance
Bridge amplifier gain
x 10, x 50
LOW PASS FILTER
40 dB/decade, continuously variable 1-30 kHz
METER SECTION
Display
3.5-digit LED
Ranges
200 mV, 2000 mV, 20 V, 200 nA, 2000 nA
Accuracy and resolution
1 digit
DIMENSIONS
Instrument
17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
Diameter: 12 mm Length: 34 mm
Probe
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
SHIPPING WEIGHT
15 lb (7 kg)
CERTIFICATION
CE, CSA
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Independent Outputs — The Duo773 has an output for each probe
independent of gain filtering or balancing. In addition the Duo773 has
a 10x and a 50x output for easy integration to most data aquisition
programs.
Digital Meter — The Duo773 comes complete with a 3½-digit display
for monitoring injection current or the voltages for either probe (single
ended or differential).
SYS-773
Duo 773 Electrometer
Specify line voltage
Includes two probes (712P and 715P or two 712P) with driven
guard shields and eight MEH1SF microelectrode holders for
1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm, or 2.0 mm glass electrodes.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
712P
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
715P
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
*Instrument should be returned to WPI for free calibration with new probe.
2933
2547
15790
TW100F-4
TW150F-4
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
Driven Guard Shield for 712P & 715P Probes
Replacement Probe Handle
Glass capillary with filament
Glass capillary with filament
See Dri-Ref, page 63.
See cables and connectors, page 98.
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
Headstage—Two gold-plated, epoxy sealed miniature active probes can
be positioned directly to the measurement site. Microelectrode holders
containing an Ag/AgCl electrochemical half-cells plug directly into the
probes. Stray capacitance can be reduced by placing the included driven
guard shield over the microelectrode holder at the end of the probe.
Capacity Compensation — Channel A can compensate up to 10 pF
of electrode shunt capacity and Channel B can compensate up to 50 pF.
Tickler Circuit — Assists in cell penetration. The frequency and
amplitude of the oscillations may be varied for differences in membrane
thickness or cell size. The duration of tickle can be controlled either by
using the momentary switch, a foot switch, or by applying a signal to the
remote tickler input.
Active Filters — Low pass settings on a -40 dB/decade active filter
vary the cutoff from 1 to 30 kHz. Either probe or bridge outputs may be
selected for filtering.
Current Injection — Channel B can eject current through the
microelectrode by applying a command signal to the stimulus input
connector; the resulting output from the probe will then be a constant
current replica of the input signal. Two ranges of current delivery are
provided: 50 nA and 500 nA or by an external source. This source can
be useful for delivering hyperpolarizing currents to stabilize the cell
membrane potential and as a holding current for microiontophoresis.
Compliance Alarm — When the electrode voltage exceeds the probe
input maximum allowed voltage, an audible over-compliance alarm will
sound.
Bridge Balance—Subtracts the excess electrode voltage associated
with delivering current through the recording micropipette. Electrode
resistances up to 1000 MΩ can be balanced in two ranges. The balanced
signal is available from x10 or x50 front panel output connectors.
#2547 Driven Guard Shield
Optional Holders
for Intracellular
Amplifiers
Typical setup:
Duo773
50x gain output
F
1S
EH
M
Data
Acquisition
System
2S
M
EH
2S
M
Recording Electrode
(with holder MEH1SF)
Drug or dye current
electrophoresis injection
EH
F
FW
3S
M
EH
3S
M
EH
Micromanipulator
Inverted Microscope
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
EH
6S
M
EH
F
FW
6S
M
Micromanipulator
d)
lie
pp
(su
F
FW
See Microelectrode Holders,
page 106
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
71
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
WPI’s Low-Noise Amplifiers
Outperform Cheap Imitations
A
n amplifier, in simplest
terms, is an electronic
device that magnifies an
input signal. However, the way an
amplifier is designed to handle noise
and bandwidth limitations greatly
affects the quality and sustainability
of the final output signal.
Defining terms
To knowledgeably discuss amplifiers, let’s
define a few terms.
• Noise – Any unwanted signal fluctuations
are called noise. While noise can also result
from external sources, for the purpose of this
discussion, we are primarily concerned with
the noise resulting from the inner workings
of the electronic device, our amplifier. This
intrinsic noise is called shot (or schott) noise.
• Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) – The ratio
of the output signal to the noise of the
amplifier is called the signal to noise ratio. The
smaller the shot noise signal in an amplifier in
comparison with the output signal, the easier
the desired signal is to discriminate. When
engineering an amplifier, the SNR may be
improved by boosting the first stage gain to
yield a larger output signal or by using quality
components to minimize the shot noise level
of the amplifier.
72
• Rail – The upper or lower limit of the
amplifier range is called a rail. Signals
that exceed the rail cannot be faithfully
reproduced.
• DC Offset – DC offsets can appear in
biological preparations. This offset is the
amount the output signal is displaced away
from a zero reference point, and it is usually
a result of the potential difference at the
electrode’s tip.
• Gain – The gain is the multiplier defining
how much the amplitude of an input signal
is increased. A signal with an ×1 gain is not
amplified. An ×10 gain produces an output
signal ten times greater than the input signal.
• Output Range – The output range
determines the maximum output signal that
can be generated with the amplifier. It is
determined
by the
maximum
voltage of the
power supply. If
the amplitude of the output signal is too large
for the output range, part of the signal is cut
off (clipped).
How does an amplifier work?
Power Supply Rails Limits the Range
In a perfect world an input signal can be
infinitely multiplied by the gain factor to
determine the output signal. For example:
reproduced. This is called
“hitting the rail.”
In our example, a 1.0μV input signal at an
×106 gain would generate a 1.0V output signal.
Since the power supply is rated up to +5.0V,
this output signal is clearly visible. If the input
signal in this example is greater than 5.0μV,
the output signal would be greater than +5.0V.
Since 5.0V is the top of the range that the
power supply is capable of producing, the
output signal hits the upper rail and gets cut
off. This amplifier will give a +5.0V DC output
signal for all input signals greater than or equal
to 5.0μV. In this instance, a smaller gain factor
should be used to bring the output signal back
into the dynamic output range of the amplifier.
Noise Limits Amplifier Useability
All electronic devices produce their own
internal electronic noise, an unavoidable signal
that can mask the output signal. For example,
if the input signal is 2mV and the noise is 1mV,
the signal to noise ratio is two to one (2:1),
and the output signal would be undetectable.
In this case, it is nearly impossible to discern
which part of the output is generated by noise
and which part is the desired signal. (Fig. 1)
Input Signal
Gain Output Signal
2mV ×1 2mV
2mV ×2 4mV
2mV ×10 20mV
2mV ×100 200mV
2mV×10,000 20V
In the real world, however, the power supply
rails limit the possible output range of the
amplifier. For example, a bio-amplifier could
have a range of ±5.0V. In order for the output
signal to be faithfully reproduced, the input
signal times the gain factor must fall within
the voltage window set by the power rails.
Otherwise, the output signal will go off scale,
and the input signal will not be faithfully
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Signal vs. Noise
Range
{
+5.0V
Upper Rail
Signal
Noise
-5.0V
Lower Rail
Fig. 1–The higher the signal to noise ratio,
the more discernable the desired signal.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Ideally, the signal to noise ratio should be at
least 50 to 1 to produce a quality output signal.
A good signal to noise ratio can be achieved in
one of two ways:
Result of Amplifier Using Gain to Control Signal to Noise Ratio
+5.0V
+5.0V
+5.0V
-5.0V
-5.0V
-5.0V
• Boost the output signal by increasing the
gain.
• Reduce the noise.
While increasing the gain is the simplest
solution, too much gain can impose a limitation
on the dynamic range of the amplifier.
Reducing noise is a more complicated solution,
but it offers a greater range and more stability
in the end.
Output signal viewable in range
Bio-amplifiers usually involve multiple stages of
amplification.
Why not boost the power rails?
Theoretically, increasing the voltage rails
powering the amplifier will increase the
available dynamic output range. It would seem
natural to increase the power supply rails
coming into the amplifier in order to provide
the capability for greater first stage gains.
However, most data acquisition systems are
limited to a maximum input signal ranging
between ±10.0V. Therefore, it is not practical
to increase the power rails of bio-amplifier
Stage 2 – The stage one output signal enters
the second stage of amplification where both
the signal and the noise from the first stage
are amplified together by the second stage
gain factor so that the signal is large enough to
be seen on a chart recorder or data acquisition
system. The second stage amplification is the
gain the user controls. It does not change the
signal to noise ratio.
Headstage
EMG
EKG
StimuIsolated
lation
Multichannel
Battery
Powered
beyond ±10.0V. Since the industry standard
limits us to ±10.0V power supply rails, the only
way to improve the signal to noise ratio is to
minimize the shot noise in the first stage of
amplification. This is why high quality amplifier
components are imperative.
Why does my signal flatline?
Regardless of the amplifier used, biological
potentials are often accompanied by a DC
offset, because the electrodes polarize over
time. The DC offset naturally increases over
time. Since the poorly constructed amplifier
that utilizes greater first stage gain has
restricted its dynamic range, it has limited
ability to handle this offset. As the offset
continues to increase, the output signal may
eventually be forced by the offset into the rail
causing the flat line (clipping the signal). (See
Fig. 2.)
The amplifier that minimizes the noise in the
first stage amplification offers a
larger dynamic output range and
handles a much greater offset
Connectors
value.
WPI’s amplifiers
Intracellular Bioamplifiers
FD223A
DC
Electro 705
DC
Duo773
DC
t
2
t
t
t
2 mm pin
t
t
2 mm pin
2
2 mm pin
4-8
Mini Banana or 8-pin
DIN
t
Extracellular Bioamplifiers
ISODAM8A
DC
t
opt
t
ISO80
AC
t
t
t
DAM50
AC/DC
t
DAM80
AC
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
Mini Banana
t
RJ-11
t
Mini Banana
Transducer Amplifiers
BRIDGE8
DC
t
4-8
TBM4M
DC
t
4
8-pin DIN WPI
transducers
8-pin DIN WPI
transducers
The purchase of a low-noise
amplifier pays dividends in the end.
WPI’s amplifiers were engineered
for the bio-medical researcher.
While 20-30μV of noise is common
in bio-amplifiers, WPI’s DAM series
amplifiers generate 0.4μV RMS
(root mean squared) at 0.1-100Hz.
(That’s equal to 2μV peak-to-peak.)
The chart at left compares WPI’s
bio-amplifiers.
See
www.wpiinc.com/amplifiers
Epithelial Voltage/Current Clamp Bio Amplifier
EVC4000
DC
t
1-4
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Ussing 2 mm
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
73
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
Instead of using high gains in the first stage of
amplification, a well constructed bio-amplifier
that uses high quality components, like WPI’s
DAM series amplifiers, minimizes the noise
in the first stage of amplification so that the
dynamic range is retained throughout the
amplification process. A poorly designed
amplifier will simply increase the gain of the
first stage amplification until the desired signal
to noise ratio is reached.
Stage One – The unadulterated signal coming
into the amplifier is unaffected by the intrinsic
noise of the amplifier. Then, it runs through
the critical first stage of amplification where
the signal is boosted by the primary gain factor
to produce an output signal with the desired
signal to noise ratio. The intrinsic noise is not
amplified in the first stage. Higher gain factors
used in the first stage of amplification can
seriously limit the dynamic range available at
output stage. Large stage one gains also limit
the gain factor available in the second stage of
amplification.
AC/DC Differential
Increasing offset renders the
signal useless
Fig. 2–As the offset naturally increases over time, a poorly constructed amplifier will not be able
to faithfully reproduce the signal. This offset can also be a result of gain drift which can occur as
the temperature rises.
Two-Stage Amplifiers
Amplifier
Offset causes the signal peak to
hit the upper rail
A family of very low noise battery-operated amplifiers
With Ele
ctrosta
tic Disc
harge P
rotectio
• Gated or manual current generation for histological marking,
iontophoresis, or cell stimulation.
n!
•
A very low noise remote active headstage (DAM80 only) is
useful for very high impedance amplification utilizing
glass or metal electrodes.
DAM series amplifiers can be used as standalone
units on any tabletop, or use optional clampmounting hardware to locate them conveniently
within the work area. Alternatively, a pair of
amplifiers can be mounted into a standard
equipment rack with a rack mount kit (#3484 ).
A variety of hook up accessories are available to
configure your application.
Dam50—Basic Amplifier (optional
#5447 electrode adapter not included)
Optional probe #5489
for use with DAM50 also
in­cludes mi­cro­elec­trode
adapt­er #5469.
WPI’s DAM series amplifier’s are well known as a standard of the
industry for extracellular potential amplification. These battery
powered bio-amplifiers are designed with a compact chassis profile
that enables the user to locate the unit closer to the preparation
and thereby minimize long lead lengths which contribute to noise.
Each amplifier is equipped with selectable high and low filters, and
a position control to offset galvanic potentials which may develop
during recording. A choice of models offer additional features that
are useful for certain applications:
Application Examples
DAM50
#5447 Adapter
DAM50
GND
A
GND
#5371 Cable
B
Electrode Adapter
#5371 Cable
#3294 Grounding Clip
#5489 Probe
Light
Stimulation
#300102 electrode
extension, held by
micromanipulators
#2033 Adapter
B
#3578 Cable
A
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
DAM Series Bioamplifiers
Micromanipulator
Metal Microelectrodes
#5469 Metal
Microelectrode
Adapter
Central Ground
Metal Microelectrode
(i.e., TM33B01)
Petri Dish
EP2
Ag/AgCl Half Cell
Immobilized specimen
Ag/AgCl pellet
Central Ground
Extracellular recording
using metal microelectrode
74
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
ERG recording of fly eyes
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
DAM SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
Dam80—
With low-noise
headstage DAM80P
50 pA (typical)
MAX. DC DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL
± 2.5 V (DAM 50)
GAIN
AC: 100x, 1000x, 10000x
DC: 10x, 100x, 1000x (DAM50)
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO
100 dB @ 50/60 Hz
INPUT CAPACITANCE
20 pF
AC MODE NOISE
AC MODE NOISE
DC MODE NOISE (DAM50)
0.4 µV RMS (2 µV p-p) 0.1-100 Hz
2.6 µV RMS (10 µV p-p) 1 Hz-10 kH
7.5 µV RMS (30 µV p-p) 3-10 kHz
#5371 Cable
A
B
#13388 Adapter
#300102 electrode
extension, held by
micromanipulators
Metal Microelectrodes
Ag/AgCl skin electrode pad
(#EL203)
Low frequency, 0.1, 1, 10, 300 Hz
High frequency, 0.1, 1, 3, 10 kHz
High frequency, 0.1, 1, 3, 10 kHz
OUTPUT CONNECTORS
BNC on DAM50; 3.5 mm MiniPhone connector on DAM80
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
±8 V
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
470 Ω
BATTERY TEST
Audible tone
CALIBRATOR SIGNAL
10 Hz square wave
POSITION
Approximately 250 mV
CURRENT SOURCE
DAM80: DC Generator
EXTERNAL COMMAND
0 to ±50 µA, variable
Input Voltage ±10 V commands
AC OR DC CURRENT WAVEFORM
±50 µA max. amplitude @ 200 KΩ
BATTERIES
2 x 9V alkaline (included)
DIMENSIONS
DAM50
DAM80
8 x 4 x 1.75 in. (20.3 x 10.2 x 4.4 cm)
7 x 4 x 1.75 in. (17.8 x 10.2 x 4.4 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
FEATURE
Input Mode
Input configuration
Gain Range
High / Low Filters
Offset position control
Current Generator
Remote Active headstage
Output connection
Standard input connection*
Power supply
DAM80i Probe (included)
3.5 lb (1.6 kg)
DAM50 AC/DC
differential/single ended
100-10K (AC), 10-1K (DC)
yes
yes
No
No
BNC
unterminated wire
(2) nine volt alkaline batteries
DAM80
AC
differential
100-10K (AC)
yes
yes
Yes
Yes
3.5 mm mini phone
mini banana
(2) nine volt alkaline batteries
*see optional accessories for additional alternatives
Bio-amplifier
Bio-amplifier with active probe (DAM80P)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DAM80P
Replacement Probe
3072
6 Replacement Modular Cables (DAM50)
3517
2 Optional Shielded Modular Cables (DAM50)
CBL102
3.5 mm Phone plug-to-BNC Cable
2851
BNC-to-BNC Cable
2033
Black Insulated Mini-Banana Plug
2034
Red Insulated Mini-Banana Plug
2035
Uninsulated Mini-Banana Plug
9V Alkaline Battery, each (2 required)
2101
3484
3485
5447
5469
5489
13388
5371
3578
300102
3414
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
AC Mode
AC Mode (DAM80)
DC Mode (DAM50)
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
#3294 Grounding Clip (included)
SYS-DAM50
SYS-DAM80
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
Included with the DAM-80 is a Startup Kit containing the following
accessories needed for basic metal electrode electrophysiology
research:
CBL102 Cable, BNC-to-3.5mm plug, 6 ft (2m) (two)
5469 Adapter, mini-banana to 0.031 skt. (two)
13388 Adapter, mini-banana to 2mm skt. (two)
3294 Cable, ground clip to wire, 3 ft
2033 Mini-banana plug, black
2034 Mini-banana plug, red
2035 Mini-banana plug solderable turrent (two)
EP1 Ag/AgCl pellet (70 mm wire) 1mm diam x 2.5 mm long
M3301EH Electrode Holder, 14cm (two)
5470 0.031-inch jack on 12-inch wire (package of 4)
EMG
recording
of a rat
1012 Ω, common mode and differential
BANDWIDTH FILTER SETTINGS
DAM80, an AC amplifier only, features a very low noise headstage
probe which can be mounted in mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tors for up-close
cortical recording, for ex­tra­cel­lu­lar recording from high impedance
glass or metal mi­cro­elec­trodes. Also provides a gated cur­rent for tissue
marking. Mi­cro­elec­trode holder MEH3SB is recommended.
DAM80 or ISO-80
INPUT IMPEDANCE
Rack Mount Kit (for 1 or 2 DAM preamps)
Ringstand Mounting Kit
Electrode Adapter (DAM50)
Metal Microelectrode Adapter for DAM80
(mini-banana plug to 0.031 in. (0.79 mm) socket)
Adapter for Metal Microelectrode (DAM50)
Adapter, mini-banana plug to 2mm socket
Cable, Low Noise (2 mm pin to 2 mm pin)
Adapter Cable for Ag/AgCl pellets (2 mm pin)
Electrode Extension, 4-inch
9V NiMH Battery
Also see cables and connectors, metal mi­cro­elec­
trodes, carbon-filled mi­cropi­pettes.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
75
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
Isolated
Differential
Amplifier
The improved ISO-80 provides low noise AC
coupled amplification and offers excellent
recording performance for monitoring
extracellular nerve action potentials in vitro
and in living animals. The ISO-80 is provided
with a remote headstage (1 m cable) which
incorporates an electrode impedance test
function and a constant current stimulator.
The constant current stimulator can be used for cell
marking, stimulation or electrode cleaning. Typical applications include
measuring EMG, EEG, extracellular and action potentials in vitro or in
vivo. The ISO-80 system is DC isolated from the subject ground and
employs state of the art electro-magnetic shielding for improved noise
rejection. The amplifier employs both high pass and low pass filtering
with gain from 100 to 10,000. The lowest low-pass setting is 5Hz and
the upper passband is 10 kHz.
Included with the ISO-80 is a Startup Kit containing the following
accessories needed for basic metal electrode electrophysiology
research:
CBL102 Cable, BNC-to-3.5mm plug, 6 ft (2m) (two)
5469 Adapter, mini-banana to 0.031 skt. (two)
13388 Adapter, mini-banana to 2mm skt. (two)
3294 Cable, ground clip to wire, 3 ft
2033 Mini-banana plug, black
2034 Mini-banana plug, red
2035 Mini-banana plug solderable turrent (two)
EP1 Ag/AgCl pellet (70 mm wire) 1mm diam x 2.5 mm long
M3301EH Electrode Holder, 14cm (two)
5470 0.031-inch jack on 12-inch wire (package of 4)
ISO-80 SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT RESISTANCE
>1011 Ohms, Common Mode and
differential
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
50 picoamperes, max.
AMPLIFICATION
×102, ×103, ×104
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO 100 dB typ. @ 50/60 Hz
EQUIVALENT NOISE SIGNAL INPUT 0.4 microvolts rms (0.1-100 Hz)
2.0 microvolts rms (1 Hz - 10 kHz)
FILTER SETTINGS
Low frequency
High frequency
5, 10, 100, 300 Hz
100 Hz, 1, 3, 10 kHz
MAX. OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
±8 volts
ELECTRODE IMPEDANCE RANGE
100 kOhm - 10 MOhm @ 300 Hz
STIMULATION CURRENT
0 to ±20 micro amperes (constant current)
ISO-80
Isolated Bioamplifier w/ active probe (ISO80P)
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
ISO-80P
Replacement ISO-80 Probe
CBL102
3.5 mm phone plug-to-BNC cable
MAXIMUM STIMULATION VOLTAGE ±15 volts
MAXIMUM ELECTRODE VOLTAGE
±40 volts
BATTERY TEST
Low battery display
POWER
Two 9-volt NiCad batteries & charger,
supplied
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
DISPLAY31⁄2-digit LCD
To ISO-80
To ISO-80
To ISO-80
ISO-80 probe
ISO-80 probe
#5470
electrode
adapter*
ISO-80 probe*
red socket
#5469 electrode adapters*
micromanipulator
metal microelectrodes
#5469 electrode adapter*
micromanipulator
metal microelectrode
specimen
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
Cut, strip, and secure
the wires in #2033
connector.
#2033
connector*
Differential Application
76
micromanipulator
specimen
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
Single-Ended Application
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
red
socket
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
micromanipulator
#2033 connector*
specimen
#M3301
electrode
holder*
metal
#5469 microelectrode
electrode
adapter*
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
Optional Differential Application
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
4-Channel Transducer Amplifier
Transbridge (TBM4M) is a four-channel analog transducer manifold,
specifically designed to amplify output voltage signals from pressure,
force, displacement, and temperature transducers as well as a wide
variety of other signal sources. Analog output signals are available from
each channel for input to a data acquisition system for digital signal
processing in a computer.
Each channel contains a regulated 10-volt power supply (+5 and
-5 volts with respect to signal ground) to provide DC power to
transducers, and a precision differential amplifier with selectable
voltage amplification and variable position adjustment control.
Transducers can be connected to Transbridge via any of the 8-pin
connectors on the front panel. Four spare 8-pin DIN plugs are
provided with each instrument to allow you to rewire cables of other
manufacturers’ transducers and connect them to Transbridge. Each
Transbridge channel may be used in either Full Bridge or the Half
Bridge mode independently. For transducer types other than resistive
bridges, such as active transistor circuits, magnetic, photocell or
piezoelectric devices, the instrument’s differential amplifiers may still be
used effectively for signal amplification in differential (full bridge) and
single-ended (half bridge) modes.
2,085
$
114
114
$
31
$
28
$
98
$
$
Transducers available separately
Dual Microiontophoresis
Current Generator
The Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator (Model 260) is an
electrically isolated, battery-operated instrument designed for the
electro-iontophoresis of dyes, drugs and charged substances from
micropipettes. Two identical battery operated current generators are
available. In ordinary use, the two current generators are operated in
parallel providing two distinct currents; one for preventing substances
in the micropipette from outward diffusion (the retain or hold current)
and the second for actively ejecting charged material. For pipettes
with submicron tips, a hold current may not be necessary if there is
little outward diffusion of pipette material. Model 260 is powered by
two 9-volt alkaline batteries per side (four, in total); unique circuitry
converts the ±9 V to ±100 V without a transformer, yielding an
exceedingly quiet output.
SYS-260
Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2933
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
Ωmega-Tip-Z
™
Millivolt and megohm meter measures impedance of
metal or glass capillary microelectrodes
Omega-Tip-Z was created especially for measuring impedance in
etched tung­sten, platinum-iridium* and steel microelectrodes, as
well as electrolyte-filled micropipettes. The meter’s AC impedancemeasuring circuit is unaffected
by electrode offset or tip junction
potentials. The gold-plated miniature
probe lets you conveniently monitor
micro-electrode impedance in
electrolytes, and an electrode tip
cleaning feature lets you remove
buildup quickly. Omega-Tip-Z can
also measure DC electrode tip
potentials up to 2000 millivolts. The
instrument operates for hundreds
of hours without battery failure.
NOTE: Metal microelectrodes which
have been precalibrated at 1 kHz
should be baselined for use with
Omega-Tip-Z.
*See Metal
Microelectrodes, page 102.
SYS-OMEGAZ
711P
5468
Omega-Tip-Z with Probe & Holder
Replacement Probe
Adapter to connect metal microelectrodes to
probe, 2 mm socket to .031 in. receptacle OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Z-LITE
Fiber Optic Illuminator (115v, 60Hz, beige case)
Z-LITE-Z
Fiber Optic Illuminator (230v, 80Hz, black case)
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide with lenses
Z-LITE-186
Z-Lite Illuminator and bifurcated light guide
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
77
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
SYS-TBM4MTransbridge Transducer Amplifier
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Single Rack Mount Kit
13024
13025
Dual Rack Mount Kit
500184
BNC-to-BNC cable, 10 ft
3161
8-pin DIN plug
3718
Package of 4, 8-pin DIN (startup kit)
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
FORT
FORCE
TRANSDUCERS
5000
FORT
1000
FORT
These rigid-lever force transducers transform applied force into pro­
por­tion­al voltage. Using balanced strain gauges, FORT transducers
produce lin­ear output volt­age vs. applied force input with very little
deflection.
To use, clamp the handle of the FORT transducer in a horizontal
position and apply the forces to be mea­sured to a rivet or hook
mounted in the hole at the end of the flat sensing leaf.
250
FORT
100
FORT100
FORT250
FORT1000
FORT5000
Force Transducer (100 g)
Force Transducer (250 g)
Force Transducer (1000 g)
Force Transducer (5000 g)
FORT SPECIFICATIONS
FORT100
FORT250
FORT1000
FORT5000
FORCE RANGES, FULL SCALE
100 grams
250 grams
1000 grams
5000 grams
OUTPUT SENSITIVITY (± 10%)
7 µV/V/g
3 µV/V/g
0.84 µV/V/g
0.38 µV/V/g
INPUT & OUTPUT RESISTANCE
350 Ω
350 Ω
350 Ω
350 Ω
RESOLUTION
0.01% of full scale force
0.01% of full scale force
0.01% of full scale force
0.1% of full scale force
RESONANT FREQUENCY
300 Hz
300 Hz
300 Hz
60 Hz
LINEARITY ERROR
Less than 0.1% of full scale
Less than 0.1% of full scale
Less than 0.1% of full scale
Less than 0.1% of full scale
MAX. OPERATING VOLTAGE
10 V AC or DC
10 V AC or DC
10 V AC or DC
10 V AC or DC
MAXIMUM APPLIED FORCE
3× rated full scale force
3× rated full scale force
3× rated full scale force
3× rated full scale force
DRIFT
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
DIMENSIONS
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
WEIGHT (excluding cable)
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
10g & 25 Force
Transducers
FORT10g
FORT25
FORCE RANGE, FULL SCALE
0-10 grams
0-25 grams
OUTPUT SENSITIVITY
10 mV/gm, nominal
3 mV/gm, nominal
INPUT & OUTPUT RESISTANCE
1500 Ω
1500 Ω
RESOLUTION
< 1mg
< 2mg
RESONANT FREQUENCY
450 Hz
450 Hz
LINEARITY ERROR
<0.2% of full scale
<0.2% of full scale
MAXIMUM OPERATING VOLTAGE
10 V DC (-5V ~ +5V or 0 ~ 10V)
10 V DC (-5V ~ +5V or 0 ~ 10V)
MAXIMUM APPLIED FORCE
2× rated full scale force
3× rated full scale force
DRIFT
<30 mg/hr
<50 mg/hr
DIMENSIONS
40 x 22 x 19 mm
40 x 22 x 19 mm
Handle 88 mm
Handle 109 mm
100 gram
100 gram
WEIGHT
78
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
These 10-gram and 25-gram force
transducers are reliable tools for high
precision force measurement. Using
balanced semiconductor strain gauges,
both produce linear output voltage vs.
applied force input with very little deflection.
The rigid lever force transducer transforms
the applied force into a proportional
voltage. Featuring a temperaturecompensated, full-bridge configuration with
four high sensitivity semiconductor strain
gauges, these transducers have broad
dynamic measuring range and very high
sensitivity.
To use, clamp the handle of the FORT10
or FORT25 transducer in a horizontal
position and apply the forces to be
measured to a rivet or hook mounted in
the hole at the end of the flat sensing leaf.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Measure hydrostatic pressure
in small vessels and oocytes
● Simultaneously measures elec­tric potential and pres­sure
● Preset internal mi­cro­elec­trode pressure
● Air-filled system — no de­bub­bling
Model 900A is designed to measure hydrostatic
pres­sure in small vessels and cells. Pressure
ranges of -200 to +400 mm Hg can be measured
with stability and accuracy. The system’s sensing
element is an electrolyte-filled glass microelectrode
with a tip di­am­e­ter range of 2 to 5 microns.
Pressures of electrolyte solutions are measured
by maintaining a salt concentration gradient at the
tip of the sensing electrode in dynamic equilibrium
by applying an equal air pressure inside the mi­cro­
elec­trode. The pressure reading appears on the
front pan­el display and via the BNC recorder
output.
Because the piezoelectric pressure controller
uses external pressure and vacuum sources,
pressures low­er than -200 to greater than +400
mm Hg can be quickly and accurately measured at
the mi­cro­elec­trode tip.
The open pressure chamber is almost immune
to vibrations and movements and, unless they are
ex­treme­ly large, the open system is unaffected
by leaks. The pressure controller is contained in
a small, light­weight enclosure that can easily be
mounted near the micropipette to help reduce
dead space. It in­cludes an amplifier, a piezoelectric
valve and a pres­sure transducer. The user supplies
fluid-filled mi­cro­elec­trodes, +500 mm Hg pressure
source and a -300 mm Hg vacuum source.
Measuring electric potential and pressure si­mul­
ta­neous­ly lets you use potential recording as an
ad­di­tion­al cue for locating the electrode where vis­
i­bil­i­ty is limited, or correlate pressure and potential
when this is meaningful.
The unique “Set Pressure” mode lets you preset
the internal pressure of the microelectrode —
select a positive pressure for flushing the tip, or
a negative pressure for pulling solution into the
tip. By dis­con­nect­ing the microelectrode holder
and attaching the tubing to a manometer, you can
check the cal­i­bra­tion against a standard.
A built-in alarm sounds to indicate maximum
pres­sure. The alarm also sounds when the tip is
blocked or electrical continuity is bro­ken (e.g., the
mi­cro­elec­trode comes out of the so­lu­tion, too little
filling so­lu­tion to cover the Ag/AgCl pellet, dis­con­
nect­ed ground reference, etc.).
The piezoelectric pres­sure controller regulates
in­ter­nal pipette pressure by con­trol­ling air flow into
and out of a small pressure cham­ber. A vacuum
source is con­nect­ed on the outlet side of the cham­
ber, and a pi­ezo­elec­tric valve meters air en­ter­ing the
pres­sur­ized cham­ber. The re­sid­u­al vol­ume of the
pres­sure cham­ber includes the mi­cropi­pette, the
con­nect­ing tub­ing and the pres­sure trans­duc­er on
the outlet side of the piezo­elec­tric valve. The 900A
ac­cu­rate­ly con­trols and ad­justs the pres­sure in the
cham­ber to match pres­sures ap­plied ex­ter­nal­ly to
the mi­cro­elec­trode tip.
The response time of the piezoelectric valve is
0.5 ms from fully closed to fully open. Overall sys­
tem response time de­pends large­ly on the amount
of residual vol­ume in the tub­ing. When this volume
is small, the system re­sponds very rap­id­ly (typically
10 mil­li­sec­onds).
The lightweight pres­sure controller pod may be
mounted close to the mi­cro­elec­trode using smallbore tubing, to min­i­mize system dead space.
Microelectrode holders MEH6RF and MEH6SF
for 1.0 mm O.D. capillary glass included. (1.2, 1.5
and 2.0 mm also available — please specify O.D.
requirement when or­dering.)
SYS-900A
Micropressure System
System price includes a one-day technical training session at WPI in Sarasota, Florida.
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
900AP
Replacement Probe
CAL900A
Pressure Calibration Chamber
3491
Probe Extension Cable
2933
Rack Mount Kit
5332
Replacement Liquid Trap
MEH6RF
Micropipette Holder (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm — Specify O.D.)
MEH6SF
Micropipette Holder (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm — Specify O.D.)
TIPTW900A Prepulled Micropipette for 900A (1 mm thin-wall, 2 µTip) (pkg of 10)
900APP
Replacement Pressure Pod
SYS-PM015D Pressure Manometer (15 psi)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
79
AMPLIFIERS, ELECTROMETERS
MODEL 900A MICROPRESSURE SYSTEM
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
Automated
TEER
Measuring
System
The REMS AutoSampler automates measurements of electrical resistance
of transepithelial, transendothelial or Caco-2 cell membranes being
grown to confluence on microporous filters of high throughput screening
(HTS) 24- and 96-well microplates. It is a PC-controlled tissue resistance
measurement system that offers reproducibility, accuracy, flexibility, and
ease-of-operation for this kind of measurement. Automated measurement
of tissue resistance in cell culture microplates provides the important
advantages of speed, precision, decreased opportunity for contamination
and the instant availability of measured resistance data on a computer.
These measurements are useful in applications such as drug bioavailability
studies and studies on the mechanisms of drug transport.
REMS AUTOSAMPLER SPECIFICATIONS
MEMBRANE RESISTANCE RANGE
0 to 2000 Ω and 0 to 20 kΩ
AC SQUARE WAVE CURRENT
+/- 20 µA @ 12.5 Hz
ELECTRODE POSITIONING
Resolution in X, Y and Z: +/- 1 mm
ELECTRODE PERFORMANCE
Repeatability in X, Y and Z: +/- 0.25 mm
ELECTRODE ARM SPEED
X- and Y-axis: 250 mm/sec
Z-axis: 247.3 mm/sec
TYPICAL MEASUREMENT TIME
24-WELL
1 min, 10 sec
The main components of the REMS AutoSampler include: the robotic
sampler that moves the electrode over each well of the microplate, the
electrode which is located on the robotic arm, a base plate for the 24- and
96-well tray, a Windows-based data acquisition card, the REMS interface
unit and the REMS software to operate the system on a Windows-based
computer.
SCAN PATTERN
Choice of any well pattern sampling
LINE VOLTAGE
User specified: 100/120 V or 220/240 V
DIMENSIONS53.5 × 43.7 × 37.1 cm
(213⁄32 × 173⁄16 × 145⁄8 in.)
WEIGHT
24 kg (52 lb)
The REMS AutoSampler automates TEER measurements previously made
with WPI’s EVOM Epithelial Voltohmmeter. Automated tissue resistance
measurements up to 20 kΩ can be performed on 24- or 96-well HTS
microplates. Microplates presently supported include the Corning Costar
HTS Transwell-24, Falcon HTS Multiwell insert systems, and Millipore
Multiscreen™ CaCo 96-well plate.
and reproducibly over each well. The ability of the REMS AutoSampler
to reproducibly and precisely locate the electrode results in highly
reproducible TEER measurements. TEER measurements are stored in the
computer as the electrode moves from one well to the next. The Windowsbased software provides user-friendly features to acquire, display and store
the tissue resistance measurements.
The REMS AutoSampler is designed to facilitate integration with other
robotic systems. Special locating bars are installed on the REMS base
platform that allow other system robots to place an HTS tray into a precise
location on the REMS base.
The REMS electrode is very compact and robust in design. Each of two
rod-shaped probes, 1.5 mm in diameter, consists of a pair of electrodes:
one electrode for injecting current and the other for measuring the voltage.
The use of two pairs of electrodes eliminates the error caused by the
electrode-liquid interface. To take a measurement, the robot inserts one
probe into the center of the filter well and the other into the opening slot
of the 24- or 96-well plate. The use of AC current to measure resistance
provides several advantages over DC current, including:
The REMS AutoSampler will automatically measure and record
tissue resistance from a user-specified matrix of culture wells on the
microplate. According to the specified sequence, the robotic arm moves
over the identified wells taking TEER measurements. By means of a x-y-z
locating system, the electrode-containing arm is positioned precisely
● Absence of offset voltages on measurements;
SYS-REMS Automated Tissue Resistance Measuring System
Includes robot sampler, base plate, data acquisition board; computer, display,
keyboard, mouse; software for Windows XP or Vista; and electrode for either 24-well
plate (Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24 or Falcon HTS Multiwell) or 96-well plate
(Millipore Multiscreen CaCo) — SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING.
ACCESSORIES
REMS-24
REMS-96
REMS-96C
80
Replacement REMS STX Electrode for 24-well HTS Plate Replacement REMS STX Electrode for MilliporeTM 96-well Plate
Replacement STX Electrode for Corning 96-well plate
Contact WPI for detailed information.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
●
There is a zero net current being passed
through the membrane and, therefore, it is not
adversely affected by a current charge;
●
No electrochemical deposition of electrode
metal.
The REMS AutoSampler also features a rinse
and calibration check station. If occasional rinsing
of the REMS electrode is required it may be sent
to a rinse station by pressing the rinse station
button on the menu bar.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Trans Epithelial Electric Resistance (TEER) Measurements
During the last two decades TEER measurements have
become universally established as the most convenient,
reliable and non-destructive method to evaluate and
monitor the growth of epithelial tissue cultures in vitro.
The confluence of the cellular monolayer is quickly
determined by a sharp increase in TEER.
TEER measurement technology, which was first
introduced by WPI in the mid-1980’s, has since been
perfected and expanded to include a range of TEER
related manual and automatic instrumentation.
EVOM
2™
Epithelial Voltohmmeter
● Manual TEER measurements of
epithelial cells in 6-, 12-, and 24-well
plates
● Compatible with Endohm chambers
● STX2 manual electrodes and test electrode
included with every meter
● Free standing with tilt bail, making viewing
results easy
The EVOM was the first instrument designed specifically to perform routine Trans Epithelial Electrical Resistance (TEER) measurement in tissue
culture research. EVOM2 is the next generation, redesigned for ease of
use. The EVOM2 not only qualitatively measures cell monolayer health,
but also quantitatively measures cellular confluence. The unique electronic circuit of the EVOM2 and the included STX2 electrode detect the
confluence of the cellular monolayer. When
combined with WPI’s Endohm chamber, the
EVOM2 can also be used to perform more
accurate quantitative measurements or lower
resistance measurements like transendothelial electrical resistance measurements.
The isolated power source of the EVOM2
was specifically designed to avoid adverse effects on tissue and the formation of electrode
metal deposits, even when it is plugged into
a standard wall outlet. Now, the EVOM2 is
always on when you need it. In addition, its
rechargeable battery allows up to 10 hours of
mobile use. The four and a half digit readout
provides a range of 1-9,999 Ω. The included
test electrode lets you calibrate the resistance measurements for an
accurate reading every time, and the voltage meter never needs calibration. An analog BNC output is standard with the EVOM2, providing an
output port for recording data or remote display of the EVOM2 output.
EVOM2 comes complete with the popular STX2 “chopstick” electrodes,
4 mm wide and 1mm thick. Each stick of the electrode pair contains a
silver/silver-chloride pellet for measuring voltage and a silver electrode
for passing current. The small size of each electrode is designed to
facilitate placement of the electrodes into a variety of standard cell
culture wells.
EVOM2 SPECIFICATIONS
MEMBRANE VOLTAGE RANGE
±200 mV
RESOLUTION
0.1 mV
RESISTANCE RANGE
0 to 9999 Ω
RESISTANCE RESOLUTION 1 Ω
AC SQUARE WAVE CURRENT
STX2
STX3
EVOM2 Epithelial Tissue Voltohmmeter (includes STX2 electrode set)
REPLACEMENTS AND ACCESSORIES
STX2
Replacement “Chopstick” Electrode Set
STX3
Adjustable Tip Spread “Chopstick” Electrode Set
3993
Electrode Adapter (for electrodes with 2 mm pins)
91736 Replacement Battery, Rechargeable NiMH
91750 EVOM2 Test Resistor
NOMINAL BATTERY RUN TIME
10 hours
BNC OUTPUT
1-10 V (1 mV/ohm)
DIMENSIONS
19 x 11 x 6 cm (7.25” x 4.25” x 2.30”)
WEIGHT
1.4 kg (3 lb)
ELECTRODE CONNECTION
RJ-11connector (telephone style)
TEST RESISTOR
External, 1000 Ω
ENVIRONMENTAL RANGE
10-38°C (50-100°F )
0-90% non-condensing relative humidity
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
±10 µA nominal at 12.5 Hz
POWER
Internal rechargeable 6V NiMH 2700 mAH battery with external
12 VDC supply for recharging
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
81
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Electrically isolated meter that
plugs into a standard outlet for
continual readout without push buttons
TEER measurements in High Throughput
STX100
Series Electrodes
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Designed for 24-well HTS plate (Corning Costar and BD
Falcon) and with 96-well plates (Millipore and BD Falcon)
● Improved accuracy down to 5 Ohm
● Sterilized with EtO, alcohol or bactericide
With the development of a High Throughput Screening (HTS) protocol
for faster drug discovery, a new line of cell culture filter plates have
been introduced by several major cell culture insert manufacturers.
These HTS plates normally have either 24 or 96 individual cell culture
inserts “bonded” together as one plate so that it can be handled
by a robot apparatus. In response to these developments, WPI has
developed an automatic REMS system and a manual electrode, STX100,
for TEER measurements using HTS plates.
STX100’s design is based on the same reliable design principle
as the universally used STX2 electrode, with several important
modifications. The size of the electrode tip has been reduced to 1.5
mm to facilitate positioning through the narrower slit of the HTS plate.
The STX100 electrode itself is constructed using a stronger material for
higher durability and maximum usage applications. The bottom section
of the electrode is shaped to fit neatly into the “keyhole” shaped
filter well. This enables the STX100 electrode to produce increased
accuracy and reproducibility of TEER readings (±5Ω) compared to the
standard STX2. Several versions of STX100 are available, designed to
fit the Corning Costar 24-well HTS plate, the Falcon 24 well HTS plate,
and the Millipore Multiscreen CaCo 96-well plate. Measurement can
be directly performed when the HTS plate is in either a common
or divided tray, reducing the possibility of contamination as well as
mechanical damage to the cultured cells.
STX100C STX100 for Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24
STX100F
STX100 for BD Falcon HTS Multiwell Insert System
STX100M STX100 for Millipore MultiscreenTM HTS 96-Well Plate
STX100C96 STX100 for Corning HTS 96-Well Plate
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13685
Modular Cable, 7 ft
13347
Chart Recorder Adapter
2851
Standard BNC Cable, 5’2”
500184
Standard BNC Cable, 10 ft (3m)
CaliCell™
Cell culture cups with synthetic membrane for
testing STX electrodes, Endohm and Ussing chambers
It takes a long time and a lot of work to grow a batch of cells, so you will want to make
certain that your test ap­pa­ra­tus is func­tion­ing properly. The CaliCellTM provides a quick and
positive way to test STX electrodes, EVOMs, Endohm, and Ussing chamber.
The CaliCellTM is a major improvement in TEER electrode calibration. Its membrane makes
use of our unique electric current constriction technology to produce resistance readings
comparable to those obtained with real cell cultures. The CaliCellTM does not have to be
refrigerated, and can be cleaned and sterilized with alcohol. Readings will not drift over
time as long as the unit is kept in good physical condition.
CALICELL-12
82
12 mm Calibration Cell for Endohm-6/Endohm-12
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Screening (HTS) cell culture filter plates
For TEER measurement of endothelial cell cultures in individual cups
● Compatible with EVOM2
● Improved accuracy of 1-2 Ohm
● Accommodates 6mm, 12mm, 24mm cups and
Costar Snapwell cup
● Sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a bactericide
duced from 150 Ω (when using WPI’s hand-held STX2 electrodes) to less
than 5 Ω. With Endohm’s fixed electrode geometry, variation of readings on a given sample is reduced from 10-30 Ω with STX2 electrodes
(depending on the experience of the user) to 1-2. Compared with other
resistance measurement methods, Endohm with EVOM2 offers a much
more convenient and economic solution to “leaky tissue” measurement.
Because of the uniform density of the AC square wave current from
EVOM2, errors owing to electrode polarization or membrane capacitance are largely eliminated. Endohm together with EVOM2 offers the
most accurate and economical endothelial ohmmeter now avail-able.
To date, cups from Costar, Millipore, ICN Biomedicals, and Falcon have
been tested. Endohm chambers may be sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a
bactericide (also see: Cidex, Microsurgery section); not autoclavable.
Using WPI’s EVOM2 resistance meter, Endohm chambers provide
reproducible resistance measurements of endothelial tissue in culture
cups. Transfer cups from their culture wells to the Endohm chamber
for measurement rather than using hand-held electrodes. The chamber
and the cap each contain a pair of concentric electrodes: a voltagesensing silver/silver chloride pellet in the center plus an annular current
electrode. The height of the top electrode can be adjusted
ENDOHM-6
End­ohm for 6 mm culture cup (24 wells per plate)
to fit cell culture cups of different manufacture. Endohm’s
ENDOHM-12
Endohm for 12 mm culture cup (12 wells per plate)
symmetrically apposing circular disc electrodes, situated
ENDOHM-24SNAP Endohm for 24 mm & Costar Snapwell™ cup (6 wells per plate)
above and beneath the membrane, allow a more uniform
Requires EVOM2, EVOM, EVOMX or Millicell ERS-2
current density to flow across the membrane than with STX2
53330-01
Replacement Endohm Cable
electrodes. The background resistance of a blank insert is reWorld Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
83
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
Endohm™
Ussing
System
Glass
cir­cu­la­tion
reservoir
#5210
For electrophysiological investigation of epithelial transport
● Direct connect low-resistance electrodes
● Simplified operation, easy to control temperature and
clean after use
Ussing
Chamber
● Luer type leak-free attachment of tubing and
electrodes
● Recessed electrode ports to avoid air bubble
formation
● Specialized chamber adapts cell culture insert (Costar Snapwell) for monolayer cell culture
● Chambers with rectangular openings for tubular
tissues from small animals
WPI’s Ussing System offers researchers a quick, effective means of
making low-resistance electrical connections to the Ussing chamber
without need of long agar bridges or Calomel half-cells. Ag/AgCl half-cells
screw into short tubes which plug firmly into place in the chamber’s luer
ports. These direct-connect elec­trodes eliminate the inconvenience and
expense of Calomel half-cells in open liquids. The system includes one
Ussing Chamber (eight sizes available), support stand, electrode kit, glass
circulation reservoir (two sizes available), and a tub­ing start-up kit (25
feet of 0.375-in. tubing, 10 feet of 0.156-in. tubing, plus four male luer
fittings, two compressor clamps, one Y-connector, and one clip). Six­teen
possible system configurations are list­ed at right. Com­po­nents are also
avail­able sep­a­rate­ly. (Preamplifier in pho­to not included.)
Ussing Chambers
WPI’s classical Ussing Chambers are well established perfusion chambers
that are easy to operate, easy to control temperature, and easy to clean
after use. Hundreds of them are used daily by scientists in the field.
Ussing Cham­bers are machined from solid acrylic with eight entry ports
for fluid lines, elec­trodes, or agar bridges. For easy, leak-free attachment
of tubing and elec­trodes, all eight ports are luer type. The four ports for
volt­age and current electrodes are re­cessed to prevent formation of
air bubbles in the chamber. The fluid com­part­ments in each side of the
chamber are sep­a­rat­ed by the epithelial membrane being stud­ied. Sharp
stainless steel pins on one side of the chamber hold the mem­brane in
po­si­tion and mate with holes in the opposite chamber in­ter­face. (In the
CHM4, tissue is held by an O-ring instead of pins.)
The CHM5 chamber adapts the Costar Snapwell, a cell cul­ture in­sert
for mono­lay­er cell culture, into WPI’s “classical” ep­i­the­lial volt­age clamp
sys­tem. Until now, classical Ussing Cham­bers have not been widely used
for mono­lay­er cell culture in­serts be­cause most inserts have a very deep
pro­file, limiting good fluid per­fu­sion at the surface of the mem­brane —
and limiting voltage elec­trodes from measuring the po­ten­tial close to the
sur­face of the mem­brane. CHM5 solves these problems: Per­fu­sion fluid
is in­tro­duced into the chamber at an angle so that it will flow directly
to the surface of the mem­brane. The volt­age elec­trode is also in­sert­ed
into the cham­ber at an angle so as to reduce the distance between the
surface of the membrane and the electrode.
84
Complete Ussing System in­cludes stand, glass res­er­voir,
electrodes, Ussing chamber and tubing (EVC3 preamp and post
mounting kit not in­clud­ed—see page 18).
Two small chambers with rectangular openings are designed for
tubular tis­sue from small an­i­mals such as the mouse intestinal tract
membrane (CHM6) and rat in­tes­ti­nal tract mem­brane (CHM7). The rect­
an­gu­lar open­ing more close­ly match­es the shape of the tissue than
would a circular open­ing, sig­nif­i­cant­ly increasing the mem­brane area
available for testing. The larger mem­brane area increases the transport
rate of low permeability chemicals; it also reduces the electrical re­sis­
tance of the system for easier current clamp­ing.
Optional Drains
Drains may be added to Ussing chambers to allow quick and complete
evac­u­a­tion of radioactive or tox­ic sub­stanc­es. To have drains added at
the time of or­der, add a “D” to the part number (such as “USS1LD”); cost
of the drain ($105 to $140) will be add­ed to the cost of the cham­ber or
system or­der­ed.
Cartridge Electrodes
The Electrode Kit contains four
voltage/current electrodes, plus four
luer-tipped cartridges. Elec­trodes are
thread­ed and screw securely into
the end of each car­tridge. The luer
tip then plugs securely into the luer
open­ings of the cham­ber. The ca­ble
from each elec­trode ter­mi­nates with a
2 mm pin which may be plugged into
EKV and EKC
voltage/current clamps such as WPI’s
Cartridge Elec­trodes
DVC1000 or EVC-4000.
The miniature electrode-gel cartridge is a small plastic tube with a male
luer tip identical to those at the tip of hy­po­der­mic syringes. The tube
may be filled with different gel ma­te­ri­als; agar is com­mon­ly used but
other gel ma­te­ri­als may also be sat­is­fac­to­ry.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
U.S. Patent No. 4,912,060
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Secure membrane holding by sharp stainless steel
pins or O-ring
CHM8
CHM8 Chamber
5.5 mm
Fluid in
Alignment
Dots
Guide
Pins
CHM1
4 mm
12 mm
9 mm
17 mm
12 mm
CHM4
CHM3
CHM5
4 mm
Current
Electrode
13.5 mm
6 mm
18.5 mm
CHM6
Luer ports allow easy fitting
of fluid lines and electrodes
14.5 mm
16.5 mm
12 mm
CHM7
30 mm
32 mm
9 mm
Optional drain
for hazardous
material also
available
Reservoir
openings and
pins
7 mm
Suture quality pins
minimize tissue damage
Fluid out
7 mm
Voltage
Electrode
5 mm
Clear acrylic chambers let you see
your experiment in progress . . .
CHM2
0.5 mm
pins
Assembled chambers are 101.6 mm (4 in.) long.
CHM1
(Medium)
CHM2
(Small)
CHM3
(Large)
CHM4
(Ex­tra Small)
CHM5
(Snap)
CHM6
(Rect., Small)
CHM7
(Rect., Large)
CHM8
(Extra Small)
Reservoir Opening
12 mm
9 mm
13.5 mm
4 mm
12 mm
5 x 14.5 mm
7 x 30 mm
4 mm
Half-Chamber Volume
1.0 mL
0.75 mL
1.2 mL
0.5 mL
1.7 mL
0.8 mL
5.5 mL
0.5 mL
Pin Circle Diameter
17 mm
12 mm
18.5 mm
6 mm*
N/A
7 x 16.5 mm
9 x 32 mm
5.5 mm
*O-ring diam.
Water Bath
Hand-blown boro­sil­i­cate glass, with
jacketed cham­bers for tem­per­a­ture
con­trol. Avail­able in two siz­es — #5210
holds 20 mL per side, and #5362 (at
left) holds 10 mL per side (use­ful when
ex­pen­sive chem­i­cals are in­volved). Res­er­
voir con­dens­er caps pre­vent air bub­bles
and tur­bu­lence in flu­id res­er­voirs.
The Julabo circulating bath (see page 85)
is ideal for controlling temperatures of
external systems. With a powerful
15L/min flow rate, the pump
provides optimum heat
exchange. The tap water
cooling feature is standard
with a range of 20-100ºC. The
bath opening is 15cm x 15cm
x 15cm and can hold 3–4.5L
of liquid.
USSING SYSTEMS, LARGE RESERVOIR
USS1L
Medium Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS2L
Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS3L
Large Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS4L
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
Snap Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS5L
Small Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS6L
Large Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS7L
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS8L
USSING SYSTEMS, SMALL RESERVOIR
Medium Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS1S
Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS2S
USS3S
Large Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
USS4S
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
Snap Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS5S
Small Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS6S
Large Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS7S
USS8S
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tub­ing
EVC4000-1
EVC4000-2
EVC4000-3
EVC4000-4
* Add EVC4000 at reduced price when buying Ussing System with
equivalent number of channels
1-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
2-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
3-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
4-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
System components also available separately:
xxxxD
Drain option (add “D” to part number of chamber or system)
CHM1
Medium Chamber
CHM2
Small Chamber
CHM3
Large Chamber
CHM4
Extra Small Chamber with O-Ring Seal
CHM5
Snap Chamber (fits Costar Snapwell cups)
CHM6
Small Rectangular Chamber
CHM7
Large Rectangular Chamber
CHM8
Extra Small Chamber with Mounting Pins
EK1
Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
EKC
Extra Ussing Current Electrode (red) (each)
EKV
Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (blue) (each)
5210
Large Glass Circulation Reservoir, (20 mL per side)
5233
Replacement Condenser for 5210
5362
Small Glass Circulation Reservoir, (10 mL per side)
5361
Replacement Condenser for 5362
3955
EKV Cartridges, 35 mm (pkg of 12)
3960
EKC Cartridges, 58 mm (pkg of 12)
3669
Tubing Kit (flexible hose and luer fittings)
3579-20
Replacement luer fittings for tubing connections (pkg of 20)
5153
Support Stand
3485
Post Mounting Kit for Preamp
* Drain option, $105 to $140, varies according to chamber.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
Circulation Reservoirs
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
85
Multi-Channel Voltage / Current Clamp
EVC4000-4 (complete four-channel system)
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
EVC4000
More channels and a wider range of voltage clamp commands than WPI’s classic
DVC‑1000. The superior design of the cartridge electrodes makes 100-volt current
excursion unnecessary, so this safe, low-voltage system is easier to adjust and use.
EVC4000 employs the voltage clamp technique to monitor membrane
permeability as a function of membrane voltage or applied chemicals.
When combined with WPI’s patented EKC and EKV cartridge electrodes,
EVC4000 can efficiently voltage or current clamp up to four sample
membranes simultaneously using safe moderate voltages on the
current wire leads. The superior design of the cartridge electrodes
makes 100-volt current excursion unnecessary, so this safe, lowvoltage system is easier to adjust and use. Extremely stable and
accurate, each module, with its companion preamplifier, can operate
independently in one of three different modes: Voltage Clamp (VC),
Current Clamp (CC), or Open Circuit Potential (PD) measurement.
EVC4000 can be controlled from the front panel of the instrument or
from computer generated commands applied at the rear panel of the
instrument. A feature unique to EVC4000 is an electronic potentiostat
in the preamplifier box that maintains the serosal electrode invariant
potential at zero relative to system ground. The preamplifier apparatus
actively maintains one surface of the test membrane close to ground
potential under all operating conditions.
EVC4000 SPECIFICATIONS
PREAMPLIFIER
Input Resistance
1012 Ohms
Input Leakage Current
100 pA, max. Maximum Input Voltage
±15 volts
VOLTAGE CLAMP Panel Display
±200 mV ±0.1 mV
100 mV per Volt Clamp Voltage / External Input
Range of Voltage Electrodes
±32 Volts Max. Clamp Voltage
±100 mV Fluid Resistance Compensation
0 to 1000 Ohms
CURRENT CLAMP
Panel Display
±999 µA ±1 µA
Maximum Clamp Current
±1 milliampere Current Clamp Output
1 µA / mV
DISPLAY RESOLUTION Voltage
0.1 mV Current
1 µA
DIMENSIONS
18.25 x 7.2 x 9.6 in.
(46 x 18 x 24 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (EVC4000-4)
26 lb (12 kg)
References
W. K. MacNaughton (2000) “Role of constitutive cyclooxygenase-2 in
prostaglandin-dependent secretion in mouse colon in vitro.” Journal of
Pharmacology and experimental Therapeutics 293, 2, 539-544
EVC4000-4
EVC4000-3
EVC4000-2
EVC4000-1
86
4-Channel Volt­age Clamp & preamps (shown above)
3-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps
2-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps
1-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamp
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
SYS-EVC4000 Replacement Voltage Clamp & EVC3 Preamplifier
EVC3Replacement Preamplifier Module
EK1
Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
EKV
Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (each)
EKC
Extra Ussing Current Electrode (each)
2851
BNC Cable
3485
Post Mounting Kit for Preamp
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Circulating Bath
JULABO BATH SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . digital
Temperature Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1ºC
Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PID1
Heater Wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230V–2.0kW
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115V–1.0kW
Circulating Pump
Discharge, max a 0 bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15L/min
Pressure, max. at 0 I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.35 bar
Ambient Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40ºC
Mains Power Connection (230V/50Hz). . . . 190-253V/50Hz
Current Input (230V). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A
Mains Power Connection (115V/60Hz). . . . 103-127V/60Hz
Current Input (115V). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9A
Bath Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless steel
Working Temperature Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100ºC
Temperature Stability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.03
Bath Opening (WxL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 x 15cm
Bath Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15cm
Filling Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4.5L
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 x 33 x 36cm
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.0kg
Recommended Bath Fluid. . . . soft/decalcified water
The Julabo circulating bath is ideal for controlling temperatures of external systems. With
a powerful 15L/min flow rate, the pump provides optimum heat exchange. The tap water
cooling feature is standard with a range of
20-100ºC. The bath opening is 15cm x 15cm x
15cm and can hold 3–4.5L of liquid.
l LED temperature display (0.1ºC resolution)
l Stainless steel bath tank
l Adjustable high temperature cut out and dry
running protection.
l PID temperature control
l Large capacity for temperature applications
with larger external systems and open
systems
l Internal bath for simultaneous applications
with smaller objects
l Built in cooling coil for tap water connection
when you require a temperature less than
the ambient temperature
Julabo Circulating Bath, 115V
Julabo Circulating Bath, 230V
Julabo Circulating Bath, 100V (Japan)
Julabo Circulating Bath, 13L volume, 110V
Julabo Circulating Bath, 13L volume, 220V
Rodent Brain Matrices
WPI offers one of the largest selections of
brain matrices available. Made of acrylic, or
stainless steel, these matrices are sturdy
and can be heated, chilled, autoclaved
(stainless steel only), scrubbed — and
stand up to rigorous daily use. Coronal
matrices have the additional feature of a
mid-line sagittal cut to facilitate splitting of
the left and right hemispheres. Sections
can be as fine as 1‑mm. The olfactory/
spinal/notch is cut into each matrix.
D
A B
c
E
Order #
Subject
Material
Section
A
B
C
D
E
Cavity
Depth
Weight
RBMA-200C
Adult Mouse, 40-75g
Acrylic
Coronal
3.18
11.1
8.73
19.1
12.2
7.4
0.5 lb
RBMA-200S
Adult Mouse, 40-75g
Acrylic
Sagittal
3.18
11.1
8.73
19.1
12.2
7.4
0.5 lb
RBMA-300C
Rat, 175-300g
Acrylic
Coronal
4.7
15.9
12.7
36.6
23.8
7.61
0.5 lb
RBMA-300S
Rat, 175-300g
Acrylic
Sagittal
4.76
15.9
12.7
36.6
23.8
10.91
0.5 lb
RBMA-600C
Rat, 300g-600g
Acrylic
Coronal
4.76
19.8
14.7
36.6
24.7
10.91
0.5 lb
RBMA-600S
Rat, 300g-600g
Acrylic
Sagittal
4.76
19.8
14.7
36.6
24.7
10.91
0.5 lb
RBMS-200C
Adult Mouse
Stainless Steel
Coronal
3.18
11.1
8.73
19.1
12.2
7.4
1.0 lb
RBMS-200S
Adult Mouse
Stainless Steel
Sagittal
3.18
11.1
8.73
19.1
12.2
7.4
1.0 lb
RBMS-300C
Rat, 175-300g
Stainless Steel
Coronal
4.76
15.9
12.7
36.6
23.8
7.61
1.0 lb.
RBMS-300S
Rat, 175-300g
Stainless Steel
Sagittal
4.76
15.9
12.7
36.6
23.8
7.61
1.0 lb
RBMS-600C
Rat, 300g-600g
Stainless Steel
Coronal
4.76
19.8
14.7
36.6
24.7
10.91
1.0 lb
RBMS-600S
Rat, 300g-600g
Stainless Steel
Sagittal
4.76
19.8
14.7
36.6
24.7
10.91
1.0 lb
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
87
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
503843
503844
504122
504142
504141
A310
Accupulser™
STIMULATORS, ISOLATORS
Optional footswitch #3259
Combining the accuracy of dig­i­tal
electronics with the con­ve­nience of
analog controls
A pulse generator/stimulator combining the reproducibility and accuracy
of digital electronics with the fine resolution and continuous adjustment
pos­si­ble with analog circuitry. All timing pa­ram­e­ters are entered with tenturn readable po­ten­ti­om­e­ters and six-position range switches. Outputs
are ac­cu­rate to within 1% of the set value.
Pulses can be created in continuous run, single-shot, or train/burst
modes. Duration of the train/burst is easily controlled using the onboard
envelope generator or by using either of two external gating inputs.
Used in con­junc­tion with the A360, A365, A385, or A395, bipolar pulses
or trains may be easily produced. Output stimulus can be fed through
the Duo 773 for iontophoresis. Footswitch allows hands-free operation.
Three separate outputs are available on the front panel. A Monitor
output provides 10-15 V signals (up to 50 mA) for viewing the output on
an os­cil­lo­scope or for controlling other devices. The stimulator’s signal,
si­mul­ta­neous­ly available at the Isolator output, is sufficient to drive any
WPI A300 Series stimulus isolator (A360, A365, or A385) and is also TTL
and CMOS compatible. The Variable output can provide signals varying
between ±10 V with a resolution of 1 mV. Separate variable outputs are
provided for positive and negative signals.
SYS-A310
Accupulser™ Signal Generator
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3259
Footswitch for A310
2933
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4 in. high
A310 ACCUPULSER™ SPECIFICATIONS
TIMING PARAMETERS
EVENT INTERVAL
100 µs to1000 s*
EVENT DELAY 10 µs to 100 s *
PULSE WIDTH
10 µs to 100 s *
TRAIN DURATION (ENVELOPE)
100 µs to 1000 s*
PULSE INTERVAL
20 µs to 100 s*
OUTPUTS
SYNC 5 µs, TTL, and 5 V CMOS com­pat­ib
­ le, 20 mA max.
MONITOR
10-15 V, 50 mA max.
ISOLATOR TTL & 5 V CMOS com­pat­ib
­ le, 20mA max.
VARIABLE (Pos or Neg)
PULSED/DC
LOW RANGE
HIGH RANGE
Range
0 to ±1 V 0 to ±10 V
Resolution
1 mV
10 mV
NOISE
Pulsed at 100 kHz bandwidth<500 µV
DC Wide Band
<500 µV
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
<1 Ω
INPUTS
EXTERNAL SYNC
Accepts 1-µs min­i­mum pulses TTL, CMOS compatible
EXTERNAL GATE
Accepts 1-µs pulse to continuous
TTL, CMOS compatible
POWER
95-130 V or 190-260 V, switch selectable single phase, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
14 lb (6.4 kg)
*Continuously variable in six ranges. All accuracies better than 1% of set value.
50kHz maximum pulse frequency.
88
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
A300 Pulsemaster™
Multi-Channel Stimulator
SYS-A300
Pulsemaster™ Multi-Channel Stimulator
Specify line voltage
A300 PULSEMASTER SPECIFICATIONS
EVENT INTERVAL CHANNEL
MIXER CHANNEL (2 provided)
­ US ON
Operating Modes EXTernal SYNC, SINGLE EVENT, CON­TIN­UO
Inputs
Any combination of an EXTernal pulse, the outputs of the five Pulse Train channels, and DC continuous ON/
DC MOMentary EXT INPUT accepts ≥ 1µs pulses
Output
OUTPUT, TTL, 5V CMOS compatible, 4 mA sink and source
Input
EXT SYNC accepts ≥ 1µs pulses; TTL, CMOS, RS232C compatible
Timing
EVENT INTERVAL 10 µs to 999 s (100 kHz - 0.001 Hz), ±0.1% of full scale, continuously variable in 0.1% of full scale increments, through three orders of magnitude, in six ranges
Output
SYNC OUT pulse of ≈6 µs, TTL, 5 V CMOS compatible
PULSE TRAIN CHANNEL (5 provided)
VARIABLE CHANNEL
Inputs
Output from any one PULSE TRAIN channel or one of the two MIXER channels or DC
Output
0 to +1 V low range, 1 mV resolution
0 to +10 V high range, 10 mV resolution
5 mA max sink and source
Operating Modes
EXTernal SYNC, SELF SYNC, manual SINGLE event, sync from Event Interval, sync from any of other four Pulse Trains, sync from one of the MIXers, off, TRAIN/PULSE
Input
EXT SYNC accepts ≥ 1µs pulses; TTL, CMOS
Noise
<500 µV peak @ 100 kHz bandwidth, PULSED mode
<500 µV, wide band, DC mode
DELAY and WIDTH 10 µs to 999 s, ±0.1% of full scale
Floating, i.e., not connected to chassis
OUTPUT PULSE/TRAIN of preset timing, TTL, 5 V CMOS compatible, 4 mA sink and source
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
BATTERIES
Three 1.2 V DC, size AA, NiMH batteries
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 19 x 8.75 in. (22 x 45 x 22 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
21 lb (9.5 kg)
Timing
Output
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Output Impedance <1 ohm
Signal Ground
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
STIMULATORS, ISOLATORS
An integrated five-channel pulse
generator/stim­u­la­tor including
one in­ter­val generator, five pulse or
train channels, two mixer chan­nels
and one very quiet vari­able voltage
out­put stage
The Pulsemaster™ (Model A300) is
WPI’s third generation, multichannel,
pulse/train gen­er­a­tor/stimulator that
combines the superb accuracy of
dig­i­tal elec­tron­ics with the “you-seewhat-you-get” displays only available
on single-channel products. In one
compact rack mountable enclosure,
the Pulsemaster contains an event
interval generator, five pulse train
channels, two mixing channels
and a very quiet variable voltage
output channel. Sys­tem timing is
accurate to 100 ppm; output timing
is continuously variable in 0.1% of full
scale in­cre­ments over a range of eight
orders of magnitude. Bright, threedigit LED displays continuously and
simultaneously show all the variable
timing pa­ram­e­ters.
The Pulsemaster is designed for ease of use and flex­i­bil­i­ty. Each
channel can be operated synchronized with the onboard event
interval generator, trig­gered manually from any other channel
or external source, and as an in­de­pen­dent asynchronous pulse
generator. Except for the external source, all channel in­ter­con­nec­
tions are accomplished on the panel, without the use of cables.
The output from each channel is compatible with standard digital
circuitry and is also designed to drive WPI’s A300 series stimulus iso­
la­tors. If desired, any channel’s output may be in­ter­nal­ly connected
to the variable channel, whose am­pli­tude can be continuously
adjusted from mil­li­volts to ten volts.
89
Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator
Combining the ease of use and accuracy of WPI’s 300 Series stim­u­la­
tors with the power output of a stimulus isolator
Timing
Pulse interval
and width are set
with single-turn
continuously variable
con­trols from 5 ms to 5.5 s in three ranges.
Pulse width is continuously variable from 50 µs to 550 ms in four ranges.
STIMULATORS, ISOLATORS
Modes of operation
In FREE RUN, Isostim™ generates con­tin­uo
­ us square waves. In EXT GATE
or EXT SYNC modes, externally applied pulses can generate trains or single
events. Single pulses of finite duration can be produced using a pushbutton on the instrument’s front panel. EXT/DC mode converts Isostim to a
passive stimulus isolator.
Dual tone audible alarm
A tone sounds when an open circuit is detected or when system compliance
is reached. A second tone, which sounds when a signal is applied to the
input, can only be heard if the batteries have sufficient charge to operate
the isolator. A violation light advises when pulse width exceeds the interval.
Current delivery
Stimulus currents up to 10 mA can be set on the front panel with a control
knob and a two-po­si­tion range switch. Output current is load-in­de­pen­dent.
Power
Isostim model A320D is powered by readily ob­tain­able 9-volt alkaline
batteries (in­clud­ed). Un­der average use these will last several months
before re­place­ment is required. The re­charge­able A320R is supplied with a
nickel metal hydride battery stack which provides 10-12 hours of operation
before recharge is required. The A362 Battery Charg­er must be used
with the A320R.
ISOSTIM™ SPECIFICATIONS
TIMING PARAMETERS
Interval
5 ms to 5.5 s continuously variable in three ranges (0.18 to 200 Hz)
Pulse width
50 µs to 550 ms continuously variable in four ranges
INPUT
External sync
Accepts 1 µs minimum pulses
External gate Accepts 1 µs pulse to continuous
External command voltage
5.0 V at 3.0 mA (TTL level), 10 V max.
Trigger threshold
2.0 V at 0.5 mA
OUTPUT
Waveform
DC, pulse from internal timing or externally generated pulse
Current ranges
0-1 mA, 0-10 mA
Load voltage excursion (com­pli­ance)100 V nom., 150 V max.
Output polarity Reversible, manual switch
Current rise time and delay
8 µs, typical (1 K Ω load)
Current fall time and delay
10 µs, typical (1 K Ω load)
Leakage resistance, output to ground
Optocoupler
1012 Ohms
2500 V rated min. breakdown voltage
POWER
Dry Cell (Version D)
16 alkaline 9V batteries included
Rechargeable (Version R)
16 rechargeable NiMH 9V batteries (included)
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 4.9 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
90
A362 Battery Charger
Required for A320R, A365R and A395R
Recharges the high-voltage nick­el-cad­mi­um or NiMH battery stack in the
A320R, A365R or A395R. LED lamp indicates charg­ing sta­tus. Full charge
over­night. Di­men­sions: 2.8 x 4.1 x 5 in. (7 x 10 x 13 cm). Ship­ping weight:
4 lb (1.8 kg).
SYS-A362
A320RC
SYS-A320D SYS-A320R
Battery Charger for A320R, A365R, A395R
A320R with Charger (A362)
Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator
Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator (rechargeable)
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DRL
Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
13347
BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Stimulus Isolator / Precision Current Source
SYS-A365D
A365RC
SYS-A365R
SYS-A362
High Voltage Isolator, Bipolar, alkaline batteries
A365R with charger (A362)
High Voltage Isolator, Bipolar, rechargeable
Battery Charger for A320R, A365R, A395R
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
DRL
Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
13347
BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
A365 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT WAVEFORM
DC or current pulse
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES
0.1, 1.0, and 10 mA
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR
0.5% of full scale, max.
CURRENT RESOLUTION
0.1% of full scale, typical
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE)
knob and a three-position range switch. Output current tracks control
set­tings to better than 1%. Output current is load independent; voltage
suf­fi­cient to push the desired current through the load is automatically
de­vel­oped, sub­ject only to compliance limits. Model A360LA produces
up to 10 mil­li­am­pere current, in three ranges, at more than 100 volts
compliance.
Polarity — Output polarity is determined by a push switch on the front
panel. Bipolar current is toggled by the command waveform, setting
al­ter­nat­ing pulses as positive or negative.
100 V
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE
5.0 V at 3.0 mA (TTL level), 10 V max.
TRIGGER THRESHOLD
2.0 V at 0.5 mA
OUTPUT POLARITY
Reversible, manual switch or automatic
CURRENT RISE TIME & DELAY
6 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
CURRENT FALL TIME & DELAY
10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE
1012Ω
OPTOCOUPLER
2500 V, rated min. breakdown voltage
POWER
Model A365D (dry cell)
16 alkaline 9 V batteries, included
Model A365R (rechargeable)
incl.
16 rechargeable NiMH 9 V batteries
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
DRL —
Dummy Load
Resistor Kit
Converts current
output to precise
voltages.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
STIMULATORS, ISOLATORS
Activated by conventional logic-level commands, Model A365
can be gated by any pulse generator, stimulator, or computer
output; automated bipolar pulsing for zero net charge on biological
preparations.
Dual tone audible alarms — A tone sounds when an open electrode
circuit is detected or when system compliance is reached. A second
optional tone sounds when a signal is applied to the input. A test switch
is also provided to check battery charge.
Current delivery — Stimulus currents are set using a three-digit control
91
Combines optical isolation with a ±100 mA current generator
STIMULATORS, ISOLATORS
A385 High
Current Stimulus
Isolator
Delivers positive, negative, or bipolar currents. For bipolar delivery,
polarity of the output is toggled to the opposite state with each pulse
presented to the input. Pulse duration is controlled by an externally
applied voltage. In­put connector is a standard BNC, allowing signals from
any source — such as computer D/A or I/O lines — to be used.
Output amplitude is set on a 3-digit, ten-turn dial as a percentage of
the range selected: for example, a setting of 45.6 in the 0-10 mA range
trans­lates to 4.56 mA at the output. Ac­cu­ra­cy and repeat­abil­i­ty are ex­cel­
lent. Designed for sub­cu­ta­ne­ous stim­u­la­tion, max­i­mum out­put volt­age at
the stim­u­lat­ing elec­trodes is 36 volts, re­duc­ing the pos­si­bil­i­ty of se­ri­ous
ac­ci­den­tal tran­s­cu­ta­ne­ous shocks. A com­pli­ance/out­put alarm sounds
when the 36-volt lim­it is reached. In­ter­nal cir­cuit­ry main­tains elec­trodes
short-cir­cuit­ed dur­ing in­ac­tive pe­ri­ods (“elec­trode ex­haust­er” fea­ture).
A385 is not ap­pro­pri­ate for tran­s­cu­ta­ne­ous stim­u­la­tion.
The 1.2 amp-hour rat­ing of the six heavy-duty lead-acid re­charge­able
batteries en­sures that ex­per­i­ments will not be in­ter­rupt­ed by dead bat­
ter­ies — even at peak currents. Indicator lights and audible alarms keep
the user constantly apprised of battery charge status. These batteries
must be recharged by the A382 Sys­tem Charger designed especially for
the A385.
A385RC
SYS-A385R
SYS-A382
A385R with A382 Charger
High Current Isolator, rechargeable
Battery Charger for A385 (see below)
Specify line voltage
A385 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT WAVEFORM
DC or current pulse
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES
1, 10, and 100 mA
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR
0.5% of full scale, max
A382
Battery
Charger
CURRENT RESOLUTION
REPEATABILITY
0.1% of full scale, typical
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE)
36 V
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE
5.0 V at 3.0 mA (TTL level), 10 V max.
TRIGGER THRESHOLD
2.0 V at 0.5 mA
OUTPUT POLARITY
Reversible, manual switch, or electronically switched bipolar delivery
CURRENT RISE TIME AND DELAY
6 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
CURRENT FALL TIME AND DELAY
10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE
1012 Ω
OPTOCOUPLER
2500 V, rated minimum breakdown voltage
POWER
Six rechargeable lead-acid batteries (Requires companion charger A382)
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in. (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb (2.3 kg)
92
An innovative threestep charg­er, A382
employs fast, medium, and
trickle charg­es at a safe, low cur­rent, great­ly ex­tend­ing bat­tery life. After
a fast ini­tial phase, the charg­er au­to­mat­ic­ al­ly switches to a constant
voltage mode. When charg­ing is com­plete, the charg­er switch­es to the
trickle-charge mode. LED lamps indicate charging status. (For use only in
charging batteries in­stalled in the A385.)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
A382 SPECIFICATIONS
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb (2.3 kg)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
A395 Linear Stimulus Isolator
Replicates a programmed waveform of any shape or polarity
A395RC SYS-A395D
SYS-A395R
SYS-A362
A395R with Charger (A362)
Linear Stimulus Isolator
Linear Stimulus Isolator, Rechargeable
Battery Charger
Specify line voltage
A395 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT CURRENT, Imax
3 ranges: 100µA, 1 mA, and 10 mA
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
± 70 V
OUTPUT BANDWIDTH
R)
10 kHz (measured across 1KΩ load
INPUT RESISTANCE
> 20 MΩ
INPUT VOLTAGE @ Imax
± 10 volts
INPUT/OUTPUT LINEARITY ERROR
< 0.5%
RISE, FALL TIME
26 µs @ 10 KΩ
POWER
Model A395D 17 alkaline 9 V batteries
Model A395R
17 rechargeable NiMH 9 V batteries
DIMENSIONS
6.5 x 4 x 3.5 in. (16 x 10 x 9 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb (1.8 kg)
10 V
INPUT
0V
A362 Battery Charger
-10 V
+100 µA, +1 mA, +10 mA
OUTPUT
0
-100 µA, -1 mA, -10 mA
pts
Acce og
anal t
inpu
Required for A320R, A365R and A395R
Recharges the high-voltage nickel-cad­mi­um or NiMH
battery stack in the A320R, A365R or A395R. LED lamp
in­di­cates charg­ing status. Full
charge over­night.
Di­men­sions: 2.8 x 4.1 x 5 in. (7
x 10.5 x 12.7 cm).
Ship­ping weight: 4 lb (1.8 kg).
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
STIMULATORS, ISOLATORS
All WPI stimulus isolators are designed to supply constant current
because current threshold (not voltage) is the most quantitatively
reproducible parameter for stimulation of nerve and muscle. Model
A395 dispenses current reproducibly from its Output terminals; the
amplitude being determined by the selected current RANGE and the
input voltage. Current amplitude is “constant”, that is, load resistance
independent, provided that the I x R (load) product does not exceed the
available battery supply voltage. A visual indicator (the compliance LEDs)
displays if I x R reaches this limit. When the unit is out of compliance, one
of the two LEDs (labeled - and +) illuminate, depending in which direction
the current is flowing. Model A395 D can generate a voltage of 70 volts
or more across its OUTPUT terminals. Thus, the user can be sure that
the amplitude of the current will be as dialed as long as the voltage drop
across the load (stimulus electrode path) does not reach the magnitude
of the supply voltage. The compliance LEDs will then be visible. The user
would then know that (a) too much current was dialed for a given load or
(b) inter-electrode resistance was too high or the electrode circuit path
was open.
Model A395 generates an output current of arbitrary (user-defined)
wave shape; DC, AC, pulse, and combinations thereof. Battery operated,
and pho­to­elec­tri­cal­ly-isolated from the input voltage drive, the
instrument regen­er­ates out­put currents which are linearly proportional
to the analog voltage wave­forms pro­vid­ed by your D/A con­vert­er or sig­
nal generator (see diagram below).
The A395 is ideally suited for data acquisition and stimulator
generators. It can be easily daisy-chained for mutiple channel
requirements.
Current Delivery —A 10 V input
produces the maximum output
current for the current range
selected, i.e., 100 µA, 1 mA, or
10 mA. Front panel controls
allow DC current to be generated.
Externally applied signals can be
superimposed si­mul­ta­neous­ly (DC
offset). Warning lamps indicate
open circuit or ex­ces­sive current
conditions.
Digital Meter — Measures DC or average output current.
Overload Lamps — Indicate when output voltage has reached positive
or negative compliance voltage limit.
93
Adhesives Application Guide
Part No.
Description
Curing time
Useful Applications and Characteristics
Epoxies
Form strong bonding. Used in wire bonding applications.
4898
Silver filled conductive Epoxy
12 [email protected]; 5 min @150C
Connecting conductors that can't be soldered. Constructing or connecting Ag/AgCl pellets.
7335
Carbon filled conductive Epoxy
48 [email protected]; 5 min @150C
Constructing carbon electrode.
4886
High performance Structural Epoxy
12 [email protected]
Forms a strong and slightly flexible bond on plastic, metal, & glass. Bonds some low surface.
Hot melt (EVA) Easy to use for bonding, needs large gap filling
13316
Mini Glue Gun with glue sticks
As soon as it cools down
LAB SUPPLIES
Silicone Adhesives/Sealants/Primers
Bonds wood, glass, metals, and many plastics.
Good moisture resistant and elastic. Low toxic.
1571
Room temperature vulcanizing (RTV)
adhesive. Acyloxy/moisture cure system.
Acetic acid is cure by-product.
[email protected]
Has the best adhesion property in this silicone family. Will bond to many materials.
7128
RTV sealant. Alkoxy/Moisture cure
system. Methanol as cure by-product.
[email protected]
Good for bonding or sealing electronics circuits (metal).
SYLG184
Sylgard, Two parts, vinyl/platinum cure
sealant. Hydrogen as cure by-products.
Very low toxic
[email protected], 15 [email protected]
Coating Patch Clamp electrodes, Cell culture dish, making dissection pads.
Kwik-Sil
Two part, adhesive. Vinyl/platinum
system, Hydrogen as cure by-products.
Very low toxic.
< 5 [email protected]
Live tissue and nerve studies. Medium strength adhesion.
Kwik-Cast
Two part sealant. Vinyl/platinum cure
system. Hydrogen as cure by-products.
Very low toxic.
< 5 [email protected]
Sealant for live tissues. Embedding peripheral nerves with electrodes.
6820
Primer for silicone
N/A
Enhances adhesion of silicone adhesives for difficult to bond plastic surfaces
Cyanoacrylate
Forms an instantaneous bonding.
7341
Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, low viscosity
90-120 cps
<10 seconds
Mounting rat/mouse brain slices. Ideal for relatively small gaps and smooth surfaces.Bonds plastic,
metals and rubber. Package of 10 vials, each approximately 1.5 mL.
7342
Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, high viscosity
1100-1600 cps
<30 seconds
Use on brain slice exp. Ideal for larger gaps, allows slightly longer bonding time. Bonds plastic, metals
and rubber. Package of 10 vials, each approximately 1.5 mL.
Vetbond
Butyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic
<10 seconds
Bonds tissues, alternative to suture, helps small wound healing. Antimicrobial effect. Used in forensic
science.
503763
Octyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic
<15 seconds
Suitable for surface wound bonding, protection, holding a sensor or other device on the tissue.
Scotch-Weld 2216
Structural Epoxy
Kwik-Gard
™
Kwik-Gard is specially packaged
Sylgard 184 silicone for quicker
and easier application, eliminating
the messy procedure of preparing
the mixture before application.
Its special cartridge controls the
precise mixing ratio to ensure
proper curing. The disposable tip
mixes resin and hardener as they are dispensed.
Since no air is introduced during mixing, the resin
does not need degassing for most applications.
The mixed silicone is applied directly to the site,
reducing preparation time and material waste.
Each Kwik-Gard cartridge contains 37 mL of
resin and hardener. The dispensing tip has a dead
volume of 0.75 mL.
94
Probably still the best epoxy for bonding plastic,
often used as the benchmark for testing the
binding strength of other adhesives. The slightly
KWIKGARD Kwik-Gard Start-up Kit rubbery texture also makes it less easy to break
(incl. dispenser, 1 cartridge, 5 tips)
off. It is the only epoxy known that can bond PEEK.
KWIKGLUE Kwik-Gard Refill (2 cartridges, Color: gray. Cures at room tem­per­a­ture.
10 dispensing tips)
KWIKMIX
KWIKGUN
Dispensing Tips (pkg of 10)
Kwik-Gard Dispenser
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
4886
Scotch-Weld 2216 (2 oz.)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Low toxicity 5-minute adhesives for live tissues!
• Specially formulated for WPI
• Extremely low toxicity
• Excellent moisture resistance
Kwik-Cast™ is a very low viscosity silicone sealant developed
to embed peripheral nerves with electrodes for acute multifiber recordings. It flows easily, filling the small spaces around
the nerve and leaving no channels through which peritoneal
• Cures at room temperature
10 mixing
tips included
Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast silicones are based on technology
with vinyl terminated siloxane and platinum complex catalysts.
In order to gain enough speed to cure at room temperature,
special cross linkers and high catalyst concentration is used.
Although the high concentration of catalysts makes these
products more costly than traditional RTV silicones and less
attractive for general usage, they provide an excellent value in
applications for the biological research field.
Both Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast have very low toxicity before,
during and after curing. In traditional RTV silicone systems, a
by-product of the condensation (curing) is either acetic acid
or alcohol, which are toxic to living cells. In vinyl systems, the
by-product of condensation is a small amount of hydrogen gas,
which is much less toxic to the cell.
Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast curing speed is hundreds of times faster
than traditional RTV silicones. A curing time of a few minutes at
room temperature is especially useful for encapsulation of live
tissue or implanting into a live animal.
KWIK-CAST & KWIK-SIL SPECIFICATIONS
Mix Ratio
Working time
Setting time (room temp., 1:1 ratio)
Cure time
Viscosity, cps
Shelf life at 23 °C
Volume
Number of mixing tip
Dead volume of the mixing tip
AFTER CURING 24 HOURS:
Tear Strength, ppi
Elongation %
Durometer (shore A-2)
Color
Volume Resistivity, W/cm
10 mixing tips
included
Kwik-Sil
1 to 1
< 5 minutes*
5-10
minutes**
~15minutes
15,000
1 year
5 mL
10
<0.12 mL
Kwik-Cast
1 to 1
4 minutes
90
650
30
translucent
1x1015
44
60
36
green
1x1015
<10 minutes
10,000
1 year
5 mL
10
<0.12 mL
* 3 minutes average with about 90 seconds of liquidity
** no longer mixable at this point
Kwik-Sil™ is a translucent, medium-viscosity silicone adhesive,
developed for chronic peripheral nerve studies such as
anterograde tracing with fluorescent indicators or electrode
recording. Good adhesion and mechanical properties (tear
strength and elongation) allow days of study without breaking of
the bonding. Curing speed is very reproducible.
KWIK-SIL
KWIK-CAST
600009
600022
KWIK-CAST
KWIK-SIL
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Silicone Adhesive Compound (two 5-mL syringes)
Silicone Casting Compound (two 5-mL syringes)
Replacement KWIK-CAST Mixing Tips (pkg of 10)
Replacement KWIK-SIL Mixing Tips (pkg of 10)
PRICE BREAK
1-5 pkg
6-9 pkg
10 or More
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
95
LAB SUPPLIES
Unlike many vinyl-based silicones in which the platinum complex
catalysts are easily poisoned by contamination from amines
and animal tissue, Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast are not sensitive to
contamination from animal tissue.
fluid can travel and thus short the nerve/electrode contact.
Equally important is the ability of the material to flow into itself
and create one continuous mass from underneath the nerve
all the way to the top of the nerve/electrode contact to ensure
long-term recording stability. Kwik-Cast is color-coded to make
the mixing foolproof. The catalyst is yellow and the base is blue.
When uniformly mixed, it is green. Kwik-Cast can be applied
and cured underneath mineral oil. After recording, electrodes
are easily recovered due to the low tear strength.
“Super” Adhesives for Life Science Research
LAB SUPPLIES
Cyanoacrylate adhesives have been on the market since 1958. Most
traditional suture, the new
industrial or household grade cyanoacrylate is made of shorter alkyl
super adhesive has several
chain derivatives such as methyl or ethyl cyanoacrylate (WPI’s #7341
advantages. On average, it
and #7342). They are very useful for temporarily holding tissues such
takes only one-tenth of the
as mounting specimens for microtome sectioning. However, they are
time to close an incision. The
not suitable for bonding wounds on live animals. The difficulties of using
bonding strength is equal
cyanoacrylate for bonding live animals are: (1) a strong, irritating odor;
to 5-0 monofilament suture.
(2) quick loss of bonding strength due to
It also has a mysterious
breakdown of the bonding by hydration;
antimicrobial effect that
(3) the breakdown products, cyanoacetate
can decrease infection rates
and formaldehyde, are toxic and can
in contaminated wounds.
cause inflammatory reactions; and (4) they Bonding will slough off
have low flexibility and tend to be brittle.
naturally in 5 to 7 days.
Cosmetic appearance of the
To overcome these problems, several
healed incision is also better.
longer alkyl chain cyanoacrylates have
been developed especially for veterinary
Gluture Topical Tissue
and human use. The first longer alkyl
Adhesive #503763 forms a strong and flexible film and is thus more
chain product is butyl cyanoacrylate.
suitable for surface wound bonding, protection, and holding a sensor or
This product has been used for animal
other device on the tissue. Setting time is about 10 seconds, which gives
and human applications outside the USA
ample time for application. It can also be used for temporarily holding a
since 1970. It is much less toxic and has
live tissue. For example, there is a report of using it to hold nematodes
a lower odor than the methyl or ethyl
on a glass slide for patch-clamp neurons recording.
cyanoacrylate. The butyl cyanoacrylate
All of the products offered by WPI are veterinary grade (not suitable for
offered by WPI is Vetbond™.
human application). Though very similar to the grade for human use, they
A family of adhesives containing
are not sterile and do not have FDA approval.
octyl cyanoacrylate, a plasticizer and stabilizer, was
503763
Gluture Topical Tissue Adhesive (10 tips), 1.5 mL
developed In the 1990’s (one of them approved by
7341
Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, low viscosity—90-120 cps (package of 10 vials, each approx 1.5mL)
FDA for human use). When bonding to tissue, these
7342
Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, high viscosity—1100-1600 cps (pkg of 10 vials, each approx 1.5mL)
new adhesives are four times stronger and less
VETBOND 3M Vetbond™ Adhesive (3 mL)
toxic than butyl cyanoacrylate. Compared with the
Silicone
Dissecting Pad Kit
Sylgard
A two-part silicone elastomer, ideal for pot­ting and en­cap­su­lat­ing applications.
Very low di­elec­tric constant sealing com­pound used in patch clamp­ing and
many other lab applications. After cure, will with­stand -55° to 200 °C.
Shipping weight: 2 lb. (1 kg)
SYLG184
Sylgard (1.1 lb)
Make your own silicone dissecting pads easily and quickly. Mix the 2-part
silicone right in the plastic petri dishes and allow to cure 24 hours at room
temperature. Kit includes enough silicone to prepare 20 dishes.
Kit Includes:
2-Part Sylgard silicone elastomer
20 plastic petri dishes with lids, 65mm
Pins
501986
96
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Silicone Dissecting Pad Kit
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Digital Caliper
The high quality electronic digital
caliper ia a useful tool — no
laboratory should be without one
because it is more accurate and
easier to use than the traditional
analog devices. Measure in either
inches or millimeters at the touch of
a button. The floating zero feature
501601
502157
allows you to read the increment
without calculation. An SPC output
can interface with external readout
devices. The caliper is made from
hardened stainless. The caliper
measures up to 150 mm (6 in.) with
0.01 mm (or 0.0005") resolution. T
The caliper is designed to be water-
resistant to IP54 as defined in the
IEC529 standard. The IP54 code’s
first digit “5” means dust-protected.
The second digit “4” means that
the caliper is protected against
splashing water — it can withstand
a shower from every direction for
10 minutes.
Digital Caliper Replacement Battery (package of 10)
Screwdriver Set
Wire Cutters
Notched
blade
12cm long
Roger Wirecutting Scissors
501635
Professional Quality Screwdriver Set
Electrically Conductive
Silver Epoxy
Two-component silver-filled epoxy for elec­tri­cal
connections which cannot be soldered, such as
Ag/AgCl pel­lets. This widely used silver-filled epoxy
features low viscosity and smooth flowing char­ac­
ter. Pure sil­ver is dis­persed in both res­in and hard­
en­er. Cures in 15 min­utes at 120 °C. Mix ra­tio 1:1.
May be premixed and fro­zen for later use.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
4898
Silver Epoxy (1 oz.)
Electrically Conductive
Carbon Epoxy
Silicone RTV adhesive
(non-acidic)
Because it is non-corrosive, this material is ide­al
for use on metal, for en­cap­su­lat­ing small circuits
on connectors. After cure, will withstand -55° to
200 °C. No mixing required.
Silicone RTV adhesive
Clear silicone seal­ant pro­vides good bond­ing to
plas­tic. Af­ter cure, will with­stand -55 to 200 °C. No
mix­ing re­quired. A handy, gen­er­al pur­pose lab­o­ra­
to­ry sealant. (Releases acetic acid during curing.)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
7128
1571
RTV Coating (3 oz.)
RTV Sealant (4.7 oz.)
RTV Prime Coat
Mini Glue Gun
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Ship­ping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
7335
6820
13316
Two-component carbon-epoxy, curable at room
and elevated temperatures. Ideal for elec­tro­stat­ic
discharge protection and EMI/RFI shield­ing. 1:1 mix
ratio. May be premixed and fro­zen for later use.
Carbon Epoxy (2 oz.)
Enhances adhesion of silicone adhesives to many
difficult-to-bond plastic surfaces.
RTV Prime Coat, 400 ml (13.5 oz.)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Comes with three sticks of spe­cial for­mu­la hot
melt glue. UL ap­proved. 110V 60Hz only.
Mini Glue Gun
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
97
LAB SUPPLIES
501321
This production grade precision 5-piece screwdriver set is the highest
quality tool you can find on the market. Made by German craftsmen,
the chrome-vanadium tips will fit any screw securely without leaving
marks. The set contains an ESD safe handle with 8 interchangeable
blades. Phillips Sizes: 000, 00, 0, 1. Slotted Sizes: 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, 3.5 mm.
The 000 size Philips blade is the smallest you can find anywhere — it
can fit smallest screw on a 35 mm camera. Weight: 0.24 lb
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
LAB SUPPLIES
A useful kit (above) for building your own liquid flow experiment. It provides the means to start, stop, add, divide and control a flow of liquid or gas.
Included in the kit are over 200 as­sort­ed parts such as one-way and three-way stopcocks, manifolds, Y-connectors, in­jec­tion sites, male and female
luer caps, check valves, syringe-activated check valves, slide clamps, roller clamps, and pinch
clamps. All (except clamps) have a luer fitting for quick and easy con­nect­ing and
14011
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
disconnecting. Includes assorted luer fittings for use with flex­ib
­ le tubing.
Barb-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit
Barb-to-Tubing Assortment Kit (at left) includes three different sizes
of tubing and two boxes with different fittings, T-connectors, elbow
connectors, check valves and plugs.
500890
Barb-to-Tubing Assortment Kit (polypropylene)
Includes 25ft. each of three tubing sizes: 1/16" ID, 1/8" ID, 1/4" ID
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit Assemble quick-disconnect luer fittings for use with flexible tubing with internal
diame­ters of 1⁄16", 3⁄32", 1⁄8" and 5⁄32". A variety of quick-disconnect connectors can be
quickly made for con­nect­ing small diameter flexible tubing; 3-way connections can
be made with the use of the 3-way luer tee; luer plugs, tees, connectors, bulk-head
mounts, color coding rings, locking nuts, male and female luers—are all in­clud­ed to
enhance the ver­sa­til­it­ y of this kit. The kit has 253 assorted parts and is offered in
two different types of materials. Polypropylene fittings are chemically inert and
resistant to most organic and inorganic solvents. Nylon fittings are strong and can be
bonded with adhesive.
14012
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Polypropylene)
500895
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Nylon) 98
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
14012
500895
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
World Precision Instruments
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Pack of 10
# 13156-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
1⁄ " ID Tubing
16
Pack of 100
#14038-10
1-Way Stopcock
Luer Lock,
Pack of 10
Luer Lock
Pack of 10
Pack of 15
Luer Lock
Pack of 10
Pack of 20
Pack of 100
8"
ID Tubing
Pack of 100
1⁄
Pack of 100
5
/32" ID Tubing
16"
ID Tubing
Pack of 100
1⁄
Fitting for
ID Tubing
Fitting for
Female Luer
3/ "
32
Male Luer
# 13159-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
Pack of 100
/32" ID Tubing
3
Fitting for
Male Luer
# 13161-100
8"
ID Tubing
Pack of 100
1⁄
Fitting for
Male Luer
# 13162-100
Pack of 100
/32" ID Tubing
Pack of 60
Luer Plug
Fitting for
5
Male/Female
# 14061-60
Pack of 100
Pinch Clamp for
5mm Tubing
# 14051-100
Pack of 50
Pinch Clamp for
7mm Tubing
# 14040-50
Male Luer
# 13163-100
Pack of 2
Pack of 2
# 13158-100
3-Port Manifold (5 Female Ports)
4-Port Manifold (6 Female Ports)
Female Luer
Fitting for
# 14059-2
# 14055-2
# 13160-100
Luer lock,
4-Way Stopcock,
4-Way Luer
Stopcock
Pack of 10
4-Way Stopcock,
# 14058-10
# 14036-15
4-Way Stopcock,
# 14035-10
Pack of 20
# 14057-10
Pack of 60
Tubing
Pinch Clamp
Large Bore
# 7465-20
3-Port Infusion Y
Swivel Thread
Pack of 10
16"
Roller Clamp
0.135”/3.4 mm
OD Tubing
3⁄
# 14041-60
# 13822-10
# 13157-100
# 14054-10
1-Way Stopcock,
Luer Slip
Pack of 10
4-Port Infusion Y
Swivel Thread
Pack of 20
# 14047-10
Female T Luer
LAB SUPPLIES
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
# 3742-20
# 14048-20
Pack of 20
Pack of 5
Pack of 40
Slip Luer Valve
Activated Check
Activated Dual
Check Valve
Pack of 10
Male luer lock
Syringe
Syringe
Check Valve
Injection Site
# 14045-20
# 14044-5
# 14039-10
#14034-40
Pack of 100
O.D. Tubing
for 2.5 mm
Slide Clamp
# 14042-100
Parts now sold individually
Buy parts from Luer Valve Assortment Kit 14011 individually
Parts in kit may differ slightly in appearance from those pictured.
99
Cables & Connectors
#3492
#5374
#1358
#13685
#13776
#3508
#5375
BNC Cables
#3517
#5385
#2851 (6 ft)
#500184 (10 ft)
#500257 (6 in.)
#500258 (12 in.)
#500259 (18 in.)
#3578
#3142
#13324
#13854
#14254
LAB SUPPLIES
#15623
#13347
#3670
#3161
#15975
#5371
#3294
#13388
#13451
#15976
#300040
#5372
#3417-10
#3491
#13620
#5373
#500256
100
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
CABLE
LENGTH
3 ft (0.9 m)
none
6 ft (1.8 m)
none
none
3 ft (0.9 m)
none
5 ft (1.5 m)
none
none
3 ft (0.9 m)
5 ft (1.5 m)
none
2 ft (0.6 m)
2 ft (0.6 m)
2 ft (0.6 m)
4 ft (1.2 m)
4 ft (1.2 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
none
none
none
6 in. (15 cm)
6 ft (1.8 m)
2 ft (0.6 m)
7 ft (2.1 m)
none
none
none
5 ft (1.5 m)
none
none
4 in. (10 cm)
10 ft (3 m)
none
6 in. (15 cm)
12 in. (30 cm)
18 in. (46 cm)
10 ft (3 m)
10 ft (3 m)
36 in. (91 cm)
36 in. (91 cm)
36 in. (91 cm)
36 in. (91 cm)
6 ft (1.8 m)
6 ft (1.8 m)
LAB SUPPLIES
PART #
APPLICATION/DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR A
CON­NEC­TOR B
1358
Beetrodes
BNC (male)
2 mm pin
2026-10
2 mm socket, unwired (pkg of 10) (Not Shown)
2 mm socket
unwired
2851
Standard BNC cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
3142
Mini-Banana Adapter
Screw Terminals
Dual Mini-Banana
3161
Connector for input to TBM4M and BP-1
DIN (male)
unwired
3294
Ground wire for DAM80 probe
Clip
none
3417-10
2 mm plug, unwired (pkg of 10)
2 mm pin
unwired
3491
Extension for any 8-pin DIN
DIN (male)
DIN (female)
3492
Connector, adapts WPI transducers to non-WPI equip­ment
DIN (female)
unwired
3508
Adapts BNC pH electrode to pH meter with
“U.S. Standard” input
BNC (male)
US Standard
3517
DAM50, DAM60, DAM70, shielded (two cables/pkg)
Modular phone plug, 4 wire
none
3578
Adapter cable for Ag/AgCl pellets 2 mm pin
none
3670
Double banana plug with solder turret terminals
Dual Banana (male)
Dual Banana (female)
5371
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold pin
2 mm gold pin
5372
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold jack
2 mm gold jack
5373
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold pin/jack
2 mm gold pin/jack
5374
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
BNC (male)
2 mm gold pin
5375
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
BNC (male)
2 mm gold jack
5385
Cable, shielded transducer stock none
none
13324
Adapter
Double-banana (female)
BNC (male)
13347
ISO2 (chart recorder adapter)
Double-banana (male)
BNC (female)
13388
Electrode adapter for DAM probes
Miniature banana (male)
2 mm jack
13451
Adapter: Iso-DAM, Iso-DAM8
BNC (female)
two 2 mm pins
13555
Serial Cable (not shown)
DB9 (male)
DB9 (female)
13620
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold pin
2 mm gold jack
13685
SP Series pump-to-pump linking cable Modular phone plug
Modular phone plug
13776
Adapts reference electrode to VF4 ground jack
Banana (male)
2 mm jack
13854
BNC T-connector, male to:
BNC (female)
BNC (female)
14254
BNC Straight Adapter
BNC (female)
BNC (female)
15623
Serial cable and adapter, SP Series pump SP Pump
IBM 9-pin “D” connector
15975
Adapter
2 mm socket
1 mm pin
15976
Adapter
1 mm socket
2 mm pin
300040
Adapter Extension 2 mm socket
2 mm socket
500184
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
500256
BNC Right Angle Adapter BNC (male)
BNC (female)
500257
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
500258
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
500259
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
503301
Cable, Extension
8-pin miniDIN (male)
8-pin miniDIN (female)
503536
Cable, USB
USB (male)
USB (female)
504713
Cable (red and black pair)
Banana (male)
Banana (male)
504714
Cable (red and black pair)
Banana (male)
Mini-Gator
504715
Cable (red and black pair)
Banana (male)
Mini-Clip
504716
Cable (red and black pair)
Banana (male)
Micro-Clip
CBL100
MiniPhone Patch Cable
3.5 mm MiniPhone plug
3.5 mm MiniPhone plug
CBL102
DAM Series, PM Series
3.5 mmMiniPhone plug
BNC (male)
#CBL102
#CBL100
#504716
#504713
#503536
#504715
#504714
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
101
FrameWorks
Non-Magnetic Bases,Stainless Steel Rods, & Clamps
These high quality components are made of stainless steel and polymer
that resist organic solvents and corrosion. They can be easily assembled
to make a stand-alone setup for student labs or to make a complicated
frame for research labs.
503041
Large Clamp with Rod (157 mm),
opens up to 85 mm
503042
Medium Clamp with rod (157
mm), opens up to 45 mm
502190
Heavy Rectangular Base
(with M8 thread mount
and thumbscrew mount),
23×15.6 cm, 4 lb
Light Rectangular Base (with M8
503083 thread mount and thumbscrew
mount), 23×15.6 cm, 0.5 lb
503086
Small Clamp with rod (157 mm),
opens up to 16 mm
503085
Large 10-in. V-base with M8
Thread Mount
503084
Small 6-in. V-base with M8
Thread Mount
503081-4
Vertical Surface Mount, M8
Threaded
14073-4
Open-sided Frame Clamp
(pkg of 4)
102
503079-4
In-line Frame Clamp
(pkg of 4)
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 25cm long, no thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 50cm long, no thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 75cm long, no thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 25cm long, M8 thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 50cm long, M8 thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 60cm long, M8 thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 75cm long, M8 thread
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 80cm long, M8 thread
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
m
503070
503071
503072
503073
502191
503075
503076
503077
503078-4
T-joint Frame Clamp (pkg
of 4)
503080-4
Frame Clamp with Parallel
Surface Mount (includes
mounting screws) (pkg of 4)
m
502193-4
Parallel Frame Clamp
(pkg of 4)
503082-4
Board Frame Clamp,
opens to 8.5mm (pkg of 4)
43
LAB SUPPLIES
38.7 mm
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
g-SPIN™
Microcentrifuge
l Small size with rubber feet keeps the centrifuge stable
l Supplied with interchangeable rotors and adapters for
0.5mL-2.0mL microtubes and PCR strips
l On/off switch lets you start and stop in seconds
l Safety switch stops rotor without cover in place
Also a
v
4,000 ailable:
RPM a
nd
10,00
0 RPM
units
— call
detail for
s.
g-SPIN SPECIFICATIONS
SPEED RANGE
6000 rpm, fixed
MAX. RCF
2000× g
TUBE CAPACITY
6 x 0.5/2.0 mL tubes 2 x 0.2 mL strip tubes
ROTOR
Fixed angle 6-place 0.5—2.0-mL tubes 2 strips PCR 0.2 mL tubes
DIMENSIONS
6"W x 5"H x 7"D
POWER
110V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz
G-SPIN6
G-SPIN6-220
503529
503530
503531
503532
503537
Microcentrifuge, 6000 RPM, 110V 60 Hz
Microcentrifuge, 6000 RPM, 220V 50 Hz, CE
Microcentrifuge tube, 0.5 mL, natural, bag/1,000
Microcentrifuge tube, 1.5 mL, natural, bag/1,000
Microcentrifuge tube, 2.0 mL, natural, bag/1,000
Microcentrifuge tube strips, 0.2 mL, and domed cap strips, bag of 250
Microcentrifuge tube strips, 0.2 mL, and flat cap strips, bag of 250
Rackmounting Hardware
Dual rackmount kits allow many smaller
in­stru­ments to be joined by bolting the
chassis to­geth­er and mounting the pair
into a standard rack.
Brackets for instruments which are less
than 17.5 inches wide have “wings” which
extend to the stan­dard rack width.

2932

2933

3484

Rackmount Kit for DAM Series amplifiers
DAM Series amplifiers and Iso-DAM
amplifiers may be mount­ed to the
rack panels above by fastening bolts
(included) through holes in the panel.
Rackmount Kit, 3½-in. high (121)

2935
Rackmount Kit, 8 3⁄4-in. high
Rackmount Kit, 5¼-in. high (260, 900A, DUO773, A310)
13025 Dual Rackmount Kit (TBM4M)

13024 Single Rackmount Kit (TBM4M)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
103
LAB SUPPLIES
Many instruments may be mounted in
standard 19-inch instrument racks with the
ap­pro­pri­ate rackmount kit, as noted on the
page featuring the instrument.
Metal Microelectrodes
Superior microelectrodes for outstanding extracellular recording — tungsten, iridium,
platinum-iridium, and Elgiloy®
EXPOSED TIP DIMENSIONS
Metal
& ELECTRODES
(nominal)
Nominal
Platinum
Pure
Impedance
Tungsten
Elgiloy
Iridium
Iridium
10 kΩ250 µ
_________
50 kΩ200 µ
_________
0.1 MΩ100 µ120 µ60 µ45 µ
0.5 MΩ55 µ66 µ18 µ14 µ
1.0 MΩ30 µ36 µ10 µ10 µ
2.0 MΩ12 µ15 µ6 µ5 µ
5.0 MegΩ5 µ6 µ3 µ2.5 µ
Gold-plated connector pin
Parylene coating
Parylene-C*
Gold-plated connector pins
Shrink tubing
2-, 3-, 5-inch lengths
Polyimide tubing
0.014" O.D. for 0.005" O.D. WE
Type A
Glue
Parylene-C
Insulation
Exposed
tips
Tip separation
90 or 125µm ±15%
5 mm
typical
3" and 5" total length
Type B
Note: Electrode diagrams not shown to scale.
Gold-plated connector pin
2-, 3-, 5-inch lengths
Polyimide Tubing
Parylene coating
Type C
core conductor
Concentric Bipolar Electrodes
exposed stainless steel surface
stainless steel tubing
Excellent for shielded macro recording as well as evoked
potentials — especially well suited for bipolar stimulation
The tungsten electrode is sharpened to a point and is 75 microns in
diameter. The outer stainless steel conductor is insulated with Polyimide
tubing to within 0.2 mm of the end of the stainless steel tube. Also
available without the outer Polyimide insulation.
GLASS, HOLDERS
Kapton* tubing, indicated by “KT” in
the part number, extends from the
con­nec­tor to within 5 mm of the tip,
pro­vid­ing stiffness and additional
in­su­la­tion to the electrode shaft.
Kapton-clad elec­trodes are rec­om­
mend­ed when the electrode is to be
inserted through a cannula for extra
deep pen­e­tra­tion.
Exposed tip
25:1 taper
Polyimide tubing
x
shrink tubing
Y <0.4 mm
Insulated metal conductor with exposed concentric surface
.389"
(9.88 mm)
.031"
(0.79 mm)
pin #5482
.404"
(10.26 mm)
socket #5483
To have your electrodes heat treated, just add the suffix “H” to any of the “KT”
numbers on the facing page. Cost of the treatment is $10 per package of 10
electrodes ($20 per package for Type B).
ACCESSORIES
300102 Micromanipulator holder, 4 in., 2mm to 0.031 socket
2 mm receptacle to 0.031-inch jack (for Omega-TipZ)
5468
5469
Adapts mini banana plug (DAM80) to 0.031-inch receptacle (metal microelectrode)
5470
0.031-inch jack, 28 ga. wire, 12 inch (pkg of 4)
5482*
Pins, 0.031-inch, gold-plated (pkg of 50)
5483*
Sockets, 0.031-inch gold-plated (pkg of 50)
*Gold-plated pins (#5482) and sockets (#5483) may be attached to 24-, 26-, or
28-gauge wire.
World Precision Instruments
Gold-plated pins (#5482)
and sockets (#5483) may
be attached to 24-, 26-, or
28-gauge wire.
0.51 mm ID
#5470 (mount in M3301EH
holder, see page 200)
* Parylene is a trade mark of Union Carbide. Kapton is a trade mark of DuPont. Elgiloy is a trade
mark of Elgiloy Ltd.
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Y
L=3" or 5" (2" for PTM)
Heat Treated Tip
(above) is ideal for
penetrating tough
membranes (not
recommended
for chronic
implantation). This process is performed using a microforge in which the
heating element is positioned in close proximity to the tip in order to melt the
Parylene-C distal to the exposed metal. It provides a smooth transition and
produces better adherence of the Parylene-C to the metal.
104
W
Electrode
plugged into
adapter #5470
#5468
#300102
#5469
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Introductory Assortments
Each of these assortment kits includes electrodes with different impedance within each style. Use an assortment kit to determine which electrode you need
for your experiment. Ten electrodes per box, no mixing.
Item
TM31/33Axx
TM31/33AxxKT
TM33BxxKT
TST33AxKT
Contains the following electrode impedances by quantity (pkg of 10)
TM33A05 (2), TM33A10 (3), TM33A20 (3), TM31A50 (2)
TM33A05KT (2), TM33A10KT (3), TM33A20KT (3), TM31A50KT (2)
TM33B01KT (3), TM33B05KT (2), TM33B10KT (3), TM33B20KT (2)
TST33A05KT (3), TST33A10KT (4), TST33A20KT (3)
Price
Concentric Electrodes*
Probe Outer
Diameter (total)
0.013” uninsulated (325 µm)
0.016” insulated (400 µm)
0.018” insulated (450 µm)
0.020” uninsulated (525 µm)
0.013” insulated (325 µm)
Tip
Core diam.
Y dim. X dim. w/ polyimide
Price
Diam.
(pkg of 5)
3-4 µ.003” (76 µm)
0.4 mm.005” (127 µm)
3-4 µ
003” (76 µm)
0.4 mm.005” (127 µm)
3-4 µ
005” (127 µm)
0.4 mm.008” (203 µm)
3-4 µ
0.01” (254 µm)
0.4 mm.014” (356 µm)
2-4 µ
0.002” (50.8 µm).25 mm.004” (114 µm)
Selection Guide for Metal Electrodes
Item
Length Insul.
Shaft
Thick.
Diam.
Nominal Tip Diam. Typical Use
Impedance
(± 20%)
Package of 10
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Tungsten — Profile C
TM31A10KT
76 mm
1 µ
0.216 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A10KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.216 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33B01KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.1 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B05KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B10KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Package of 10
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Elgiloy®/Stainless — Profile A
SSM33A70
76 mm
3 µ
0.229 mm
7.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
SSM33A120
76 mm
3 µ
0.229 mm
12.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Package of 10
Recording and Stimulating (Prussian blue staining)
Recording and Stimulating (Prussian blue staining)
Elgiloy®/Stainless — Profile C
SSM33A20KT 76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Package of 10
Recording and Stimulating (Prussian blue staining)
Tungsten — Profile B
TST33A001KT 76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
10 kΩ
1µ
TST33A05KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
0.5 MΩ
1µ
TST33A10KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1µ
TST33A20KT
76 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
2.0 MΩ
1µ
TST33C05KT 76 mm
3 µ
0.216 mm
0.5 MΩ
1µ
TST53A10KT 127 mm
3 µ
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Package of 10
Tissue slice stimulation
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential meas. — extra fine (75 µm separation)
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements
Pure Iridium — Profile A
IRM23E10
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
IRM23E15
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
1.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
IRM23E25
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
2.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
IRM23E30
50 mm
3 µ
0.106 mm
3.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Package of 10
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Pure Iridium — Profile C
IRM23E01KT
50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
0.1 MΩ
2-3 µ
IRM23E20KT
50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
IRM23E25KT
50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
2.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
IRM23E30KT
50 mm
3 µ
0.180 mm
3.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
Package of 10
Multiunit & ERP recording & stimulation
Greater selectivity & microstimulation
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Eligoy Steel *Cobalt/chromium/nickel alloy. The KT suffix refers to Kapton™ cladding.
All Metal Microelectrodes are available in custom lengths, blunt or heat treaded (extra charge).
& ELECTRODES
Tungsten — Profile A
TM31A10
76 mm
1 µ
0.127 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31A20
76 mm
1 µ
0.127 mm
2.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM31C05
76 mm
1 µ
0.085 mm
0.5 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A05
76 mm
3 µ
0.127 mm
0.5 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A10
76 mm
3 µ
0.127 mm
1.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33A20
76 mm
3 µ
0.127 mm
2.0 MΩ
1 µ
TM33B01
76 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
0.1 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B05
76 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
0.5 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B10
76 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
1.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33B20
76 mm
3 µ
0.254 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µ
TM33C05
76 mm
1 µ
0.085 mm
0.5 MΩ
1µ
TM33C10
76 mm
1 µ
0.085 mm
1.0 MΩ
1µ
Additional metal
Ordering:
microelectrodes available
Add the B suffix where blunt electrodes are desired. (For example, an IRM123A10KT ordered as a blunt will be IRM123A10KTB.)
Add the H suffix where heat treated electrodes are desired. (For example, an IRM123A10KT ordered as with heat treatment will be IRM123A10KTH.)
on website
www.wpiinc.com
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
GLASS, HOLDERS
Item
Metal Core
Length
Imp
TM33CCNON
Tungsten
3” (76)
10-15K
TM33CCINS
Tungsten
3” (76)
10-15K
TM53CCINS
Tungsten
5” (127)
10-15K
PTM23CC001NON
Pt/Ir
2” (51)
10K
PTM3CC02INS
Pt/Ir NS fine
3” (76)
200K
*All have a stainless steel outer shaft
105
EP05
EP08
0.5 mm dia.
2 cm long
EP4
4 mm dia.
1 mm thick
2 mm dia.
4 mm long
Ag Wire 70 mm long
Ag Wire 5 cm long
Ag wire 12 mm long
EP12
EP8
12 mm dia.
1 mm thick
8 mm dia.
1 mm thick
& ELECTRODES
Ag Wire 40 mm long
EP2
1 mm dia.
3 mm long
New, improved sintered pellets with lower resistance and high strength.
Stable and well balanced in the presence of current, these small and
inexpensive half-cells are easy to work with as bath electrodes.
0.8 mm dia.
2 cm long
Ag Wire 40 mm long
EP1
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells
Ag wire 12 mm long
Ag wire 12 mm long
RC1
RC1T
RC2
RC2F
RC3
RC6
EP05
EP08
EP1
EP2
EP4
EP8
EP12
3578
Reference Cell with 1.5 m lead
Reference Cell, 1.5 m lead, 2 mm pin
Reference Cell with 2.0 mm pin
Reference Cell with female connector
Reference Cell with epoxy body, 4.5 mm diam x 50 mm
Reference Cell with glass body, 1.5 mm diam x 50 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 0.5 mm diam x 20 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 0.8 mm diam x 20 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 1.0 mm diam x 3 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 2.0 mm diam x 4 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 4.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 8.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 12.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Adapter Cable for Ag/AgCl Pellets
RC1 / RC1T
25.4 mm
Insulator
3.9 mm DIA.
15.9 mm
13 mm
4 mm DIA.
8.5 mm
#24 AWG
insulated wire,
4 ft
4 mm DIA.
RCI has an unterminated
lead. RC1T is terminated
with a 2 mm pin.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm DIA. Gold Plated Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm DIA.
Ag/AgCl Pellet
RC2
RC2F
m
5m
25
GLASS, HOLDERS
2
m
50
m
50
1 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
3.5 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
106
RC3
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
mm
glass body
epoxy body
4.5 mm diam.
mm
1.5 mm diam.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
RC6
Precious Metal and Specialty Wire
Metal
Coating
AWG*
Diameter
Precut
Length
AGT0510
Silver
Teflon
36
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1
10 ft (3 m)
AGT0525
Silver
Teflon
36
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)1
25 ft (7.6 m)
AGT05100
Silver
Teflon
36
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
100 ft (30 m)
AGT1010
Silver
Teflon
30
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
10 ft (3 m)
AGT1025
Silver
Teflon
30
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
25 ft (7.6 m)
AGT10100
Silver
Teflon
30
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
100 ft (30 m)
AGT1510
Silver
Teflon
26-27
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
AGT1530
Silver
Teflon
26-27
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1
30 ft (9.1 m)
AGW0510
Silver
—
36
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
AGW0530
Silver
—
36
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
30 ft (9.1 m)
AGW1010
Silver
—
30
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
1
1
1
AGW1030
Silver
—
30
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
30 ft (9.1 m)
AGW1510
Silver
—
26-27
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
AGW1530
Silver
—
26-27
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
30 ft (9.1 m)
AGW2010
Silver
—
24
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
AGW2030
Silver
—
24
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
30 ft (9.1 m)
AGW4010
Silver
—
18
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
AUW0170
Gold
—
50
0.001 in. (0.025 mm)
70 ft (21 m)
AUW201
Gold
—
24
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
1 ft (30 cm)
C3005
Carbon
—
49
0.0012 in. (30 µm)
5 ft (1.5 m)
PT1002
Platinum / Iridium
—
30
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
2 ft (61 cm)
PT0402
Platinum / Iridium
—
38
0.004 in. (0.102 mm)
2 ft (61 cm)
PT0203
Platinum / Iridium
—
44
0.002 in. (0.051 mm)
3 ft (91 cm)
PT0110
Platinum / Iridium
—
50
0.001 in. (0.025 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
PTP101
Platinum
—
30
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
1 ft (30 cm)
PTP201
Platinum
—
24
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
1 ft (30 cm)
PTP401
Platinum
—
18
0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
1 ft (30 cm)
PTP406
Platinum
—
18
0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
PTT0502
Platinum / Iridium
Teflon
PTT0203
Platinum / Iridium
Teflon
PTT0110
Platinum / Iridium
SS31605
Stainless Steel
SS31614
SST30407-25
GLASS, HOLDERS
0.5 ft (15.2 cm)
36
1
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
2 ft (61 cm)
44
0.002 in. (0.051 mm)1
3 ft (91 cm)
Teflon
50
0.001 in. (0.025 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
—
36
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
50 ft (15.2 m)
Stainless Steel
—
27
0.014 in. (0.36 mm)
30 ft (9.1 m)
Stainless Steel
Teflon
33
0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3
25 ft (7.6 m)
SST30407-50
Stainless Steel
Teflon
33
0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3
50 ft (15.2 m)
TGW0325
Tungsten
—
40
0.003 in. (0.075 mm)
25 ft (7.6 m)
TGW0515
Tungsten
—
36
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
15 ft (4.6 m)
TGW1510
Tungsten
—
26-27
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
10 ft (3 m)
0.0173 in. (0.44 mm)
20 ft (6 m)4
0.0158x0.024 in. (0.4x0.61mm)
20 ft (6 m)5
1
& ELECTRODES
New! Micro coaxial cables (MAXxxxx)
are ideal for microelectrode fabrication
and construction of similar research tools.
The dual shielding eliminates electrical
interference caused by radio frequencies (RF),
electrostatic and microphonics (e.g., bending
and vibration. Available with single or dual
(twin) conductors.
Teflon-coated stainless steel (type 304)
wire (SSTxxxx) is available in 25-ft and 50-ft
lengths. The Teflon coating is 150 micro-in.
thick (4 µm).
Carbon wire (C3005) is a single 30-micron
fiber of electrochemically activated car­bon.
This fiber is especially useful in micro-elec­tro­
chem­i­cal experiments.
Platinum/iridium wire — uncoated (PTxxxx)
and Teflon-coated (PTTxxxx) — is an alloy
of 90% platinum and 10% iridium, giving
excellent tensile strength and cor­ro­sion
resistance. Uncoated pure platinum wire
(PTPxxx) is 99.95% pure.
Indium wire (IN1003) is 99.99% pure, with a
melting point of 156.4°C.
Annealed silver wire (AGWxxxx), 99.99%
pure, is available in five diameters; three of
those sizes are also available with a Teflon
coating (AGTxxxx).
Tungsten wire (TGWxxxx), available in three
diameters, is 99.95% pure.
Gold wire (AUWxxxx) is 99.99% pure.
Titanium wire (TIxxxx) is 98.9% pure,
annealed, in two diameters.
Stainless steel wire (SSxxxxx) is type 316.
Catalog No.
Microcoaxial Cables
MAX3820
Tinned Cu Alloy
Coaxial
MAX4020
Tinned Cu Alloy
Twin Coaxial
*Brown & Sharpe
1
Plus 0.002 in. for Teflon coating
3
Teflon adds 0.00015 in. (4 µm) to diameter
4
Impedance: 50 ohm; capacitance: 95 pF/m; resistance: 5 ohm/m
5
Impedance: 100 ohm; capacitance: 54 pF/m; resistance: 1.9 ohm/m
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
107
Micropipette Holders & Half-Cells
GLASS, HOLDERS
& ELECTRODES
We offer a large variety of micropipette holders.
Our popular ones are stock items. Custom holders
(designated by ) can be manufactured on
demand but require an additional setup fee. Call
for a quote. See all the options at
www.wpiinc.com/MEH
WPI’s microelectrode holder-half-cells couple fluid-filled glass
micropipettes to high input impedance amplifiers. A Ag/AgCl pellet (or
a silver wire) molded into the holder body provides stable potential.
Electrical connection is made via male 2 mm pins or female 2 mm
sockets. The pipette may be mounted axially or at right angles to the
holder. Pipettes are held with screw-caps or rubber gaskets (without
caps). Filling WPI microelectrode holders with electrolytes containing
chloride results in stable electrode potential. Suitable electrolytes
include KCl, NaCl and CaCl2. Holders are supplied for standard WPI
single capillary tubing of 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 mm outside diameters. (Call
WPI regarding custom designs for other glass diameters.) The holder
style you select will depend on your experimental application, space, and
instrumentation.
 denotes holder sizes manufactured for
you as custom orders. Call for price.
APEH1
APEH2
35.7 mm
35.7 mm
Select glass
diameter:
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
fixed size
1.85mm
(0.073”)
9.5 mm DIA.
EHB1
5. Choose a holder equipped with a pressure port only when you
want to pressure inject liquid from the pipette. Two types of ports are
available: 2.0 mm O.D. and standard “syringe-style” luer. The luer port is
often recommended because it makes assembly and disassembly much
easier. Quick-connect luer fittings for four common sizes of tubing (1/16",
3
/32", 1/8", 5/32" I.D.) are included with each luer-equipped holder.
6. Some non-WPI preamplifiers or headstages cannot be mounted
on micromanipulators. In such cases, a holder equipped with a rod
(e.g., MEH8) permits the holder to be conveniently mounted on a
micromanipulator.
7. Finally, remember to specify the O.D. of the glass you will be using
when you place your order.
MEH6RF/SF is designed primarily for use with the Model 900A
Micropressure System; EHB1 for use in electrode beveling; and
MEH3SW for microtitration of chloride with a silver wire as the electrode
and a solution of silver nitrate filling the holder. MPH models do
not contain Ag/AgCl half-cells and are used for pressure injection of
substances through microelectrodes. PicoNozzle, used for pressure
injection with PV800 Series PicoPumps, includes an MPH6S holder —
which may also be used to couple a micropipette to a syringe. APEH
models are also designed for use in pressurized injection procedures.
World Precision Instruments
9.5 mm DIA.
25.4 mm
9.5 mm DIA.
O-Ring
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
FOIMPH
FOIMPH-LF
63.5 mm
3. Determine if you want to hold the glass pipette by a rubber gasket
(e.g., MEH1S) or a screw-cap (e.g., MEH3S). Rubber gaskets offer easier
insertion and removal of glass pipettes whereas screw-caps provide
more secure mounts for micropipetters.
4. Choose a holder with either a silver wire or a silver/silver chloride
pellet for the metal/liquid coupling. Silver/silver chloride pellets provide
a more stable low-noise baseline which is important for low-noise DC
recording. Pellets require the glass pipette and holder to be free of air
bubbles to achieve a good connection. Silver wire holders are durable
and are easier to use when the holder is equipped with a pressure port
because the fluid in the pipette does not have to be filled to the top of
the pipette to achieve a good electrical connection
9.5 mm DIA.
25.4 mm
34.9 mm
O-Ring
2. Decide on the required alignment of the electrical connection:
either in-line with the glass pipette, or at a right angle to it. Space
considerations in your experimental setup and requirements imposed
by other pieces of equipment typically determine which alignment is
appropriate.
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
EHBF
1. Determine the required electrical connection on the holder: for
example, if you wish to connect the holder to a 2 mm pin you should
select a holder equipped with a 2 mm jack. Most WPI probes require a
holder equipped with a 2 mm jack.
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0mm
fixed size
1.85mm
(0.073”)
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
Hints for selecting and ordering micropipette holders
108
Select glass
diameter:
1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0mm
63.5 mm
∅1.2 mm
∅1.5 mm
MBMPH5-7
∅1.2 mm
MALE “LUER” PORT
∅ 6.35 mm
∅ 6.35 mm
126 mm
fixed size
1.85mm
(0.073”)
∅1.5 mm
MEH145
nal
tio
Op ndle
Ha
6.3 mm DIA.
20.7 mm
30 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Female “Luer” Port
for 3 mm OD glass
45
9.5 mm DIA.
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
MEH1R
MEH1F45
20.7 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
20.7 mm
Gasket
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45
4.7 mm DIA.
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
Additional holders shown on pages 108-109.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
9.5
MICROELECTRODE HOLDERS
 = custom order (call for price)
Replace XX with
glass diameter
*
Half-Cell
Pressure
Port
Screw
Cap
Male
Male
Male
Female
Fiber Optic
Fiber Optic
None
Male
Female
Male
Female
Male
Female
Male
Female
Female
Male
Male
Female
Female
Male
Male
Female
Female
Male
Female
Female
Male
Male
Banana
Female
Female
Male
Male
Female
Female
Female
Female
Male
Male
Male
Male
Male
None
None
None
Male
Male
None
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Wire
None
None
None
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Wire
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Wire
Pellet
Pellet
Pellet
None
None
None
Pellet
Wire
None
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
Male Luer
Female Luer
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
Male Luer
No Port
No Port
Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
No Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
No Port
2.0-mm Port
2.0-mm Port
Female Luer
Male Luer
2.0-mm Port
Female Luer
Female Luer
Female Luer
2 Caps
2 Caps
N/A
N/A
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
No Cap
No Cap
No Cap
No Cap
No Cap
No Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
w/Cap
Designed for
WPI Products
MBS, 48000
MBS, 48000
MBS, 48000
MBS, 48000
For P-5 or P-7 glass only
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
ISO-80, ISO-DAM8A
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
& ELECTRODES
APEH1xx
APEH2xx
EHB1
EHBF
FOIMPH
FOIMPH-LF
MBMPH5-7
MEH145xx
MEH1F45xx
MEH1Rxx
MEH1RFxx
MEH1Sxx
MEH1SFxx
MEH2Rxx
MEH2RFxx
MEH2RFWxx
MEH2RWxx
MEH2Sxx
MEH2SFxx
MEH2SFWxx
MEH2SWxx
MEH345xx
MEH3F45xx
MEH3FW45xx
MEH3Rxx
MEH3RFxx
MEH3RFWxx
MEH3RWxx
MEH3Sxx
MEH3SBWxx
MEH3SFxx
MEH3SFWxx
MEH3SWxx
MEH3W45xx
MEH6RFxx
MEH6RFWxx
MEH6SFxx
MEH6SFWxx
MEH7xx
MEH7Wxx
MEH8xx
MEH900Rxx
MEH900Sxx
MPH1xx
MPH3xx
MPH4xx
MPH6Pxx
MPH6Rxx
MPH6Sxx
Connector
GLASS, HOLDERS
Glass Capillary
Electric
Diameter (mm) Connection
Angle
1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0
Right




Right
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
---45°




45°




Right
Right




Straight
Straight
Right




Right




Right




Right



Straight
Straight
Straight


Straight
45°
45°




45°




Right
Right
Right




Right




Straight
Straight



Straight
Straight

Straight

45°




Right
Right



Straight
Straight


Right
Right

Right
Right
Straight
—
—
—
Right




Right




—
Order Number
900A
900A
Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
* Specify O.D. of glass (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm) by replacing XX in the Order Number with 10, 12, 15 or 20.
Handles and Accessories (not included)
Handle #2505 is for use with WPI manipulators. The smaller diameter handle #5444 is required for use with Narishige and Zeiss manipulators.
2505
5444
GO1-100
GO2-100
GO3-100
GO4-100
1571 /4-in
(6.3 mm) diameter handle
(4.8 mm) diameter handle
Replacement gasket 1.0 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 1.2 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 1.5 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 2.0 mm, Package of 100
Clear Silicone Rubber Sealant (‑4.7 oz‑)
1
/16-in
3
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
109
 denotes holder sizes manufactured for you as custom orders. Call for price.
MEH1RF
MEH1SF
MEH1S
33.5 mm
20.7 mm
MEH2R
23.9 mm
27.2 mm
23.9 mm
Gasket
Gasket
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
& ELECTRODES
MEH2RF
6.3 mm DIA.
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
MEH2RW
MEH2RFW
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Male
“Luer”
Port
4.7 mm DIA.
4.7 mm DIA.
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
27.2 mm
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH2S
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Male “Luer” port
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
Male
“Luer”
Port
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
MEH2SW
29 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
29 mm
Male
“Luer”
Port
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH2SFW
MEH2SF
Male
“Luer”
Port
MEH345
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Male “Luer” Port
Male
“Luer”
Port
2 mm Pin to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Male “Luer” Port
45
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
 1.2, 2.0
MEH3FW45
GLASS, HOLDERS
MEH3F45
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3RF
MEH3R
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45
45
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
MEH3RFW
MEH3RW
27.2 mm
MEH3S
27.2 mm
36.7 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
110
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
 denotes holder sizes manufactured for you as custom orders. Call for price.
MEH3SBW
MEH3SF
29 mm
29 mm
35.2 mm
MEH3SW
MEH3SFW
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
Mini-Banana Plug
to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
 1.0, 1.2, 2.0
 2.0
MEH6RFW
MEH6RF
27.2 mm
MEH6SF
29 mm
33.6 mm
33.6 mm
29 mm
29 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
 2.0
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2.0 mm O.D. Port
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
MEH7
MEH7W
l
na
tio
Op ndle
Ha
29 mm
123.7 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2.0 mm O.D. Port
MEH8
27.2 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
MPH3
126 mm
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
30 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
 1.2
27.2 mm
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Female
“Luer”
Port
Male
“Luer”
Port
6.3 mm DIA.
9.5 mm DIA.
MPH4
42 mm
42 mm
42 mm
Optional
Handle
27.2 mm
4.7mm DIA.
2 mm PIN
to Ag WIRE
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
6.3mm DIA.
2 mm PIN
to Ag WIRE
6.3 mm DIA.
MPH6S
MPH6R
MPH6P
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
123.7 mm
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
6.3 mm DIA.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
111
& ELECTRODES
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
29 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MPH1
MEH900S
6.3 mm DIA.
123.7 mm
27.2 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH900R
l
na
tiodle
p
O an
H
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
 1.2, 2.0
l
na
tiodle
p
O an
H
123.7 mm
27.2 mm
123.7 mm
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
MEH6SFW
2.0 mm O.D. Port
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
GLASS, HOLDERS
MEH3W45
33.6 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Glass Capillaries
Clean, high quality glass for making
micropipette elec­trodes and other
research implements
GLASS, HOLDERS
& ELECTRODES
Standard,
no
Filament
WPI offers a wide spectrum of high-quality glass
capillaries. We take pride in our abil­i­ty to ship your
glass order within 48 hours. If you need a special
glass that does not ap­pear in our catalog, please
call us. We will make every effort to provide it for
you.
Fire-Polished glass capillaries
are easier to insert into
microelectrode holders without
damaging the gasket. More
importantly, fire-polished glass
won’t scratch the chloridized wire
used in a recording electrode.
Fire-polishing does not affect the
glass’s mechanical or electrical
properties.
Borosilicate glass capillaries: Close
di­men­sion­al tol­er­anc­es assure mi­cro­elec­trode
uni­for­mi­ty and reproducibility. Available in one-,
two-, three-, five- and seven-barrel con­fig­u­ra­tions;
a complete range of single bar­rel thin-wall siz­es;
and a variety of special con­fig­ur­ a­tions. Cap­il­lar­ies
with filaments con­tain a solid fil­am
­ ent fused to the
inner wall, which speeds filling of electrodes. Cap­il­
lar­ies with or with­out inner filaments are available
for making microelectrodes in a wide range of
diameters .
Thin Wall single barrel capillaries are of­fered
both with or without inner filaments. The con­cen­
tric­i­ty of this material provides ex­cel­lent strength.
Micropipettes made from thin wall capillaries
have fine tips with a short taper.
Note: Because electrode tips erode
when left filled with saline solutions
for long peri­ods, electrodes should
be made and filled im­me­di­ate­ly
prior to use.
112
Length
OD
(mm)
ID
(mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
0.58
0.58
0.68
0.68
0.84
0.84
0.58
0.58
4
4
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.68
4
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
0.68
0.84
0.84
1.12
1.12
0.58
0.58
0.68
0.68
0.84
0.84
1.12
1.12
Filament
FireQuantity
Polished
4
4
4
500
500
350
350
225
300
500
500
1B100F-3
1B100-3
1B120F-3
1B120-3
1B150F-3
1B150-3
1B100F-4
1B100-4
4
400
1B120F-4
350
300
300
125
200
500
500
350
350
225
225
125
125
1B120-4
1B150F-4
1B150-4
1B200F-4
1B200-4
1B100F-6
1B100-6
1B120F-6
1B120-6
1B150F-6
1B150-6
1B200F-6
1B200-6
4
4
4
Item
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Thin-Wall Single-Barrel Standard Borosilicate
(Schott Duran) Glass Tubing
OD
(mm)
ID
(mm)
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
0.75
0.75
0.90
0.90
1.12
1.12
0.75
0.75
0.90
0.90
1.12
1.12
0.75
0.75
0.90
0.90
1.12
1.12
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Thin Wall,
with
Filament
Single-Barrel Standard Borosilicate Glass Tubing
Single Barrel standard wall thickness cap­
il­lar­ies are offered either with or without in­ner
fil­a­ments for quick filling in a variety of lengths
and diameters. Two usable elec­trodes can be
made from one 6-inch length. B
­ orosilicate glass is
Corning N51A.
Standard,
with
Filament
Thin Wall,
no Fil­a­ment
FIL
FirePolished
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Length
Quantity
Item
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
3 in. (76 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
500
500
400
350
225
300
500
500
350
350
225
300
500
500
400
350
225
300
TW100F-3
TW100-3
TW120F-3
TW120-3
TW150F-3
TW150-3
TW100F-4
TW100-4
TW120F-4
TW120-4
TW150F-4
TW150-4
TW100F-6
TW100-6
TW120F-6
TW120-6
TW150F-6
TW150-6
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Patch Clamp Capillary Glass
To select the best patch clamp glass for your exper­
i­ments, we have evaluated available glass types
in terms of the four properties most crucial to
successful patch clamp studies:
Electrical properties determine how much noise
the glass is likely to produce in recording sit­u­a­
tions. The lower the product of dielectric con­stant
times the loss factor, the smaller the equiv­al­ent
noise current the glass will produce (Rae and Levis,
Methods in En­zy­mol­o­gy, 207, p67, 1992). Patch
clamp glass with good elec­tri­cal properties is critical
especially in single-chan­nel recording.
Sealability: It is not clear what factors de­ter­mine
the sealing ability of the patch to the glass. Al­most
any glass can form a gigohm seal under the right
conditions. Different glass types vary, how­ev­er, in
how easily they form a seal. It is im­por­tant to select
a patch clamp glass that seals eas­i­ly. Good fire
polish is critical for seal (see DMF1000).
Leachable components: Substances leached from
glass can alter channel behavior. Since dif­fer­ent
channels are sen­si­tive to different glass com­po­
nents, it is best to record one type of chan­nel with
­ ate
several different kinds of pipette glass to elim­in
any artifact due to the glass.
PG52151-4, PG52152-4 and PG52165-4 are
prepared from Schott #8250 glass (equivalent to
Corn­ing #7052), one of the most widely used patch
clamp­ing glasses. This is a specially formulated
boro­sil­i­cate glass with a softening temperature
that is 110°C lower than regular borosilicate glass
(Corn­ing 7740, or Pyrex). It has excellent sealing
prop­er­ties for most cells. Electrical properties are
also very good.
GLASS, HOLDERS
The softening temperature determines how
easily each glass type can be pulled to the de­sired
shape and the extent to which it can be heat
polished. Glass with a high softening temperature
is difficult to pull and causes unnecessary wear on
the heating element of the puller. This makes it
very hard to make electrodes that are re­pro­duc­ible
and of consistent quality. Patch clamp glass with a
low softening tem­per­at­ ure is preferred; however,
higher softening temperature glass is stronger.
types widely used in constructing patch clamp
electrodes. The significant characteristics of each
are as follows:
PG10150-4 and PG10165-4 are composed of
Corning #0010 glass, a high lead content (22%
PbO) glass. Its thermal and elec­tri­cal per­for­mance
is between the Schott #8250 and Corning #8161
glass­es described above. It is much more eco­nom­
i­cal than Corning #8161 glass. It has been found
that this glass causes much less alteration in chan­
nel behavior than Corning #8161 and Schott #8250
glass (Furman and Tanaka, Biophys. J. 53, p287,
1988).
Patch clamp capillaries do not have mi­crofil­a­ments.
PATCH CLAMP CAPILLARY GLASS
Catalog#
PG52151-4
PG52165-4
PG10150-4
PG10165-4
Glass Type OD/ID (mm)
#8250
#8250
#0010
#0010
1.5/1.0
1.65/1.1
1.5/0.75
1.65/1.1
Dielectric
Constant
4.9
4.9
6.7
6.7
Softening
Point °C
720°
720°
625°
625°
Quantity
100
100
100
100
WPI offers capillary tubing made from two glass
Glass Handling Forceps
& ELECTRODES
Ever had difficulty picking up a glass capillary? Special tips on these forceps solve
the problem, holding glass firmly without risk of breakage. They also keep the glass
clean and avoid contamination from skin oils.
77020
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Glass Handling Forceps
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
113
Multi-Barrel Glass Capillaries
GLASS, HOLDERS
& ELECTRODES
Two-Barrel
Three-Barrel
Multi-barrel configurations
are designed es­pe­cial­ly for
microiontophoresis. Because the
capillaries are fused together during
man­u­fac­ture, you will not need to
twist them while pulling to seal the tips
together. An inner fil­a­ment in each barrel
makes filling easy and fast.
Five-Barrel
Seven-Barrel
Multi-Barrel Borosilicate Glass Tubing with Filaments
Also see PolyFil for a novel
way to connect multi-barrel
pipettes
Length
Description
OD/ID (mm)
Filament
Quantity
Item
4 in. (102 mm)
4 in. (102 mm)
4 in. (102 mm)
4 in. (102 mm)
4 in. (102 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
Two-Barrel
Three-Barrel
Five-Barrel
Seven-Barrel
Seven-Barrel
Two-Barrel
Three-Barrel
Five-Barrel
Seven-Barrel
1.5/0.84
1.2/0.68
1.2/0.68
1.2/0.58
1.2/0.68
1.5/0.84
1.2/0.68
1.2/0.68
1.0/0.58
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
100
100
65
60
75
100
100
65
60
2B150F-4
3B120F-4
5B120F-4
7B100F-4
7B120F-4
2B150F-6
3B120F-6
5B120F-6
7B100F-6
Special Configuration
Borosilicate Capillaries
Septum Theta offers superior cell impalement. The nat­u­ral
bevel resulting from the prominent spear-like pro­jec­tion of
the septum gives microelectrodes a sharp, spear-point tip.
This style has low resistance for use as a single mi­cro­elec­
trode, and it can be used to make superior dou­ble-tipped
microelectrodes with low trans-tip coupling. The nat­u­ral bevel
of Septum Theta also sig­nif­i­cant­ly increases the effective tip
cross-section. As supplied, the width of the
sep­tum is ap­prox­i­mate­ly 0.2 mm; wall thick­
Special
ness is ap­prox­i­mate­ly 0.2 mm.
Description
Piggyback glass consists of a pair of boro­
sil­i­cate capillaries fused together during
Septum Theta
man­u­fac­ture. One barrel is larger than the
other, and both have inner filaments for
Piggyback
quick filling. Pig­gy­back glass makes it simple
to fab­ri­cate two-barrel elec­trodes with a
Piggyback
significant tip diameter differential.
Septum
Theta
Configuration Borosilicate Glass Tubing
OD/ID (mm)
Length
Quantity
Item
1.5/1.02
1.51/0.84
0.75/0.35
1.51/0.84
0.75/0.35
6 in. (152 mm)
100
TST150-6
4 in. (102 mm)
50
PB150F-4
6 in. (152 mm)
50
PB150F-6
Borosilicate glass rod
1.0 mm diameter — for
making tools, probes, tips
Borosilicate Glass Rod
Description
OD (mm)
Length
Quantity
Item
Glass Rod
Glass Rod
1.0
1.0
4 in. (102 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
500
500
GR100-4
GR100-6
Micropipette
Storage Jar
E210
E212
E215
E220
Storage Jar for 1.0 mm OD Mi­cropi­pettes
Storage Jar for 1.2 mm OD Mi­cropi­pettes
Storage Jar for 1.5 mm OD Mi­cropi­pettes
Storage Jar for 2.0 mm OD Mi­cropi­pettes
REPLACEMENT PARTS
1965 Foam Ring for 0.75 - 1.0 mm glass
1966 Foam Ring for 1.2 - 1.5 mm glass
1967 Foam Ring for 2.0 mm glass
Stores up to 30 micropipettes, filled or
unfilled, up to three inches in length. A
gentle sliding action inserts or removes
pipettes without damage to the delicate tips.
114
Piggyback
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
MicroFil™
WPI’s MicroFil™ fills micropipettes easily and
reli­ably. Its long and fine tip allows you to start
the filling very close to the pi­pette tip, elim­i­
nat­ing both air bub­ble for­ma­tion and clog­ging
due to the wash­ing down of dust particles. The
trans­par­ent amber MicroFil needle is con­struct­
ed from a com­bi­na­tion of plastic and fused
silica — no met­al com­po­nents are used. The
MicroFil needle can be stored for days with the
filling solution inside without clogging.
The MicroFil’s tip elas­tic­i­ty is sturdy and very
flexible though not un­break­able. Since it is
more flex­ib
­ le than stainless steel nee­dles,
moderate bending will not block or dam­age
the MicroFil needle. The com­bi­na­tion of plas­tic
and fused silica in the MicroFil tip is sturdier
than plastic tips, allowing easy and repeated
in­ser­tions into mi­cropi­pettes. MicroFil’s luer
fitting allows easy coupling to syringes and
syringe filters.
U.S. PATENT 5,294,325
CUSTOM MICROFIL
All MicroFil products, including custom orders, can be shipped immediately. Custom orders for special
needs can be made using nine sizes of MicroFil tubing in lengths up to 50 cm — except for CMF90UxxL
which has a maximum length of 10 cm because of its high resistance to flow. Quantity discounts
available. Specify length when or­der­ing by in­sert­ing the length (in centimeter in­cre­ments) into
the catalog number in place of the XX’s.
Nonmetallic
syringe needle for
filling micropipettes
PolyFil
CMF20GxxL
CMF22GxxL
CMF23GxxL
CMF26GxxL
CMF28GxxL
CMF31GxxL
CMF34GxxL
CMF35GxxL
CMF90UxxL
MicroFil, 20 Gauge, 700 µm ID, 850 µm OD (pkg of 4)
MicroFil, 22 Gauge, 530 µm ID, 700 µm OD (pkg of 4)
MicroFil, 23 Gauge, 530 µm ID, 665 µm OD (pkg of 4)
MicroFil, 26 Gauge, 320 µm ID, 430 µm OD (pkg of 4)
MicroFil, 28 Gauge, 250 µm ID, 350 µm OD (pkg of 4)
MicroFil, 31 Gauge, 100 µm ID, 238 µm OD (pkg of 4)
MicroFil, 34 Gauge, 100 µm ID, 164 µm OD (pkg of 4)
MicroFil, 35 Gauge, 75 µm ID, 144 µm OD (pkg of 4)
MicroFil, approx. 36 Gauge, 20 µm ID, 90 µm OD (pkg of 4)
™
Multi-barrel
micropipette
coupling kit
A drop of hot
glue provides a
secure, leak-free
seal.
PolyFil allows easy and secure coupling of a multi-barrel micropipette
to a pres­sure source. Cou­pling is achieved by bonding tem­per­a­ture-re­
sis­tant and flexible MicroFil to the capillary tube with hot melt ad­he­
sive. The luer end of each MicroFil is connected to PVC tubing (200 PSI
rated). Kits also include a five-port manifold that allows use of a sin­gle
PV800 Series PicoPump to drive up to six mi­cropi­pette barrels in­de­pen­
dent­ly by switch­ing on only the barrels to be in­ject­ed. All con­nec­tions
are locking luers — pres­sure safe and convenient.
Pipette pulled from
multi-barrel glass capillary
Kit in­cludes: 1 pi­pette holder/han­dle, plastic; 7 pieces MF28G MicroFil;
7‑piec­es tubing with male luer lock fittings; 1 flow-thru man­if­old with five
luer lock ports; 1 hot melt glue gun(110V only); 3 glue sticks.
5440
13316
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Poly­Fil Multi-Barrel Mi­cropi­pette Coupling Kit
Mini Glue Gun and (3) glue sticks www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
115
& ELECTRODES
MicroFil™
inserted into
each barrel
GLASS, HOLDERS
1-5 pkgs
6-10 pkgs
MF34G-5
MicroFil, 34 ga., 67 mm long (pkg of 5)
MF28G-5
MicroFil, 28 ga., 97 mm long (pkg of 5)
MF28G67-5 MicroFil, 28 ga., 67 mm long (pkg of 5)
TM
Borosilicate glass micropipettes
& ELECTRODES
Plain Shank or
Luer Fittings
Eliminate the cost and trouble of making
your own micropipettes — WPI can
quickly supply your need for consistently
sized pre-pulled glass micropipettes for
injection of dyes or proteins into cells,
oocytes and for many other biomedical
laboratory applications. Tip diameters
(ID) range from 0.1 to 10 micrometers.
Tip
I.D.
Shank
Length
Glass O.D.
Filament
Fire
Polished
Catalog #
PLAIN
0.1 µm
0.2 µm
0.3 µm
0.4 µm
0.5 µm
1 µm
2 µm
5 µm
10 µm
10 µm
30 µm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.14 mm A203XV glass *
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TIP01TW1F
TIP02TW1F
TIP03TW1F
TIP04TW1F
TIP05TW1F
TIP1TW1
TIP2TW1
TIP5TW1
TIP10TW1
TIP10XV119
TIP30TW1
LUER
0.1 µm
0.2 µm
0.3 µm
0.5 µm
1 µm
2 µm
5 µm
10 µm
30 µm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TIP01TW1F-L
TIP02TW1F-L
TIP03TW1F-L
TIP05TW1F-L
TIP1TW1-L
TIP2TW1-L
TIP5TW1-L
TIP10TW1-L
TIP30TW1-L
LUER/SILANIZED
5 µm
5 µm
10 µm
10 µm
30 µm
30 µm
1 inch
2 inch
1 inch
2 inch
1 inch
2 inch
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
No
No
No
No
No
No
—
—
—
—
—
—
TIP5TW1LS01
TIP5TW1LS02
TIP10TW1LS01
TIP10TW1LS02
TIP30TW1LS01
TIP30TW1LS02
Shank
● Schott Duran borosilicate glass
● 0.5 micrometer and smaller ID
micropipettes include an internal glass
fiber for easy filling
● Tip inner diameter tolerance ±20%
● Short taper yields high strength
● Nominal length ≈ 50 mm
● OD:ID = 1.33:1
● Standard capillary outer diameters are
1.0 mm (thin-wall) or 1.14 mm
* 10 µ (ID), 1.14 mm capillary pipettes are for use in WPI’s Nanoliter 2000.
● Every pipette individually tested and
inspected
● Vacuum packed
GLASS, HOLDERS
Silanized Tips (Luer Shank)
Silanization waterproofs the glass to retard
water when inserting into cell. This will not let
the outside fluid run down the pipette and get
inside so easily.
Micro Cannula
l 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing
l Autoclavable
l Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tubing material
KZ1101
116
Micro Cannula, 3-inch
µTIP SAMPLER ASSORTMENTS
TIPMIX01-05
Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, plain shank
TIPMIX05-10
Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, plain shank
TIPMIX01-05-L Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, Luer
TIPMIX05-10-L Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, Luer
This micro cannula is ideal for placement in the
carotid or femoral artery of mice, rats, and other
small animal blood vessels. It can be used with a
pressure transducer (WPI’S BLPR2) for blood pressure
measurement, or in conjunction with a micro-syringe
injection system (like WPI’s UMPIII or MMP pumps). The
incorporated standard female luer fitting makes connecting
to existing experimental plumbing quick and easy. The cannula
is provided with a contoured-tip stainless steel stylet (trocar) to
facilitate placement using established techniques. A movable “shoulder”
ring provides a tie-in point to prevent accidental removal. The cannula
may be left in place for 2 hours or more, and with proper care and cleaning,
may be re-used multiple times. Instructions for use included.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Sometimes the simplest designs work best.
MF200 Microforge
Features of the MF200
The MF200 system includes: An easy to use
analog temperature controller, a specially
configured WPI model W30S-LED research
grade compound microscope, 40x longworking distance objective and 10x eyepiece.
40x magnification is essential when polishing
pipettes as small as half a micron (0.5 µm)
in diameter. Compared to a conventional
40x objective, the long working distance
objective reduces the danger of damage to
the pipette and/or objective lens during the
polishing process. It is also the only commercial
microforge using the Kohler illuminator and
Abbe condenser for illumination. This provides
less glare and sharper image of the pipette
than frosted glass illuminator, which was used
on all of the other commercial Microforge.
MF200 SPECIFICATIONS
AC POWER MODULE
100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
FILAMENTS (3)
H2, H3, H4
FILAMENT ON
Pushbutton Controlled or Optional Foot Switch Controlled
FILAMENT ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY For 40× and 25× Long-Working Distance Objectives: mounts on objective
OBJECTIVE
40× Long-Working Distance (3 mm)
OPTIONAL
25× Long-Working Distance (5 mm)
EYEPIECE10× (pair)
RETICLE (10× eyepiece only)
1.25 µm/division (at 40×)
0-90º Angle at 5º/division
15× (pair)
OPTIONAL EYEPIECE
GLASS HOLDER
Mounts on Microscope Stage
DIMENSIONS: Control Unit
4 × 7 × 17⁄8 in. (10.2 × 17.8 × 4.8 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lb. (1.4 kg)
MICROSCOPE See W30S
16 lb. (7.3 kg)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
MICROFORGE FEATURE COMPARISON
MF200
DMF1000
BEVELERS
MF200-1
Complete Microforge System, incl. W30S-LED Microscope (110 v) MF200-2
Complete Microforge System, incl. W30S-LED Microscope (220 v) MF200-M1 MF 200 without microscope (110v) MF200-M2 MF 200 without microscope (220v) *Above MF200 microforges include 40X long working distance objective
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
500292
Optional 15× Eyepieces (pair) Note: No reticle available for 15× eyepieces
500329 25× Long-Working Distance Objective (fits most microscopes with a 160 mm Focal Length) 13142
Optional foot switch REPLACEMENT ACCESSORIES
MF200-H2 Replacement heating filament (large gauge)
MF200-H3 Replacement heating filament (medium gauge)
MF200-H4 Replacement heating filament (small gauge)
75090 Filament Adjustment Assembly for 22mm OD Objectives
75050
Replacement Micropipette Slide
75040
Replacement Filament Cable
MICROFORGES, PULLERS,
The MF200 Microforge is a versatile instrument
designed specifically for the fabrication of glass
micropipettes and other related tools. The
system was developed in collaboration with Dr.
Ming Li of the Department of Pharmacology,
University of South Alabama. It is perfect for
patch pipette tip polishing, tip size reduction,
contact stretching, in vitro fertilization pipette
production and a variety of other pipette
configurations. The MF200 simple, reliable and
is priced economically.
W30S-LED Microscope
✔
✔
40x Long Working Distance Objective
✔
✔
Analog Controller
✔
✔
Digital Controller —
✔
Pressurized Air Control—
✔
Microinjection Capability—
✔
Optional Foot Switch
✔
✔
Memory—
✔
Auto-sense of Filament Type—
✔
Digital Temperature Control—
✔
World Precision Instruments
www.wpiinc.com
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • sale[email protected]
117
PULLERS, BEVELERS
MICROFORGES,
Microforging, Micropipette Calibration
and Microinjection — in a single device!
The DMF1000 is a ‘state-of-the-art’ microprocessorcontrolled microforge offering unmatched
performance. Designed for fabrication of both small
patch clamp glass pipettes and larger injection
pipettes, the DMF1000 should find many uses in
the laboratory. The DMF1000 is based on a design
similar to that first used in WPI’s extremely popular
microforge model, the MF200. The extensive
improvements incorporated into the DMF1000 greatly
increase its versatility and performance, making it one
of the most powerful microforges on the market.
Digital Signal Processor (DSP)
Technology
The DMF1000 is powered by the latest digital signal
processor (DSP) technology. A digital timer is used
to precisely control the polish heating time. Ten
memories can be used to store settings of the heating
power and heating duration. All of the settings are
controlled and displayed digitally for better accuracy
and reproducibility. Two different operating modes
are provided: Manual and Auto. In the Manual mode,
the DSP will memorize the duration of the time that
is used to achieve a desired polishing. In Auto mode,
the heat will be applied for the duration of the timer
setting.
Unique Features of the DMF1000
System
The DMF1000 system includes a specially configured
WPI model W30S-LED research grade compound
microscope equipped with a high quality metallurgic
40x long-working distance objective and a pair of
10x eyepieces. It is the most powerful long-working
distance objective currently available on any
commercial microforge. The long working distance
objective reduces the danger of damage to the
objective lens during the heating process.
Other benefits of the DMF1000 design include the
use of a Kohler illuminator and Abbe condenser,
which provide the reduced glare and sharper image
contrast necessary when polishing pipettes as small
as half a micron (0.5 µm) in diameter.
Pressure Polishing
The DMF1000 incorporates a unique digital pneumatic pressure feature that enables pressurized air to
be delivered through the pipette during fire polishing.
In the fabrication of patch pipettes, the pressurized air
can be used to blunt the taper at the pipette tip without changing the size of the tip opening. This reduces
electrical resistance of the tip, leading to lower noise
during patch-clamp recordings (Goodman & Lockery,
2000).
Filament Holder mounts directly to objective to provide precise control of
heating element position.
Ease of use
The Heating Filament
With a conventional microforge often the most
difficult and time-consuming part of using a high
magnification objective is being able to move both
the heating filament and the pipette into the same
viewing area. Finding and moving both the heating
filament and the pipette without collision can be a
challenge. However, this difficulty is eliminated with
the DMF1000 because the heating filament is directly
attached to the microscope’s objective. Hence it can
be easily adjusted to any position within the viewing
area.
The low heat capacity and low thermal
coefficient of linear expansion of the filaments
are key design features of the DMF1000. The low
heat capacity of the filament allows it to reach
fire-polishing temperatures without excessive
heat. This permits the user to bring the pipette
tip close to the filament during polishing without
fear of collapsing the pipette tip. Low heat
capacity eliminates the need for an auxiliary aircooling system. The low coefficient of expansion
characteristic of the filament ensures minimal
displacement of the filament during heating. This
feature eliminates much of the guesswork out of
tip placement in relation to the filament.
Two different heating filaments are provided with
the DMF1000 to accommodate various applications.
The H5 filament is large gauge and can be reformed
into a “U” for fabrication of pipettes, air forming of
patch pipettes and other applications. The H4 is a
smaller gauge filament and is ideal for polishing patch
clamp pipettes.
The Pipette and Microscope Stage
The pipette rests on a specially designed holder that
sits on top of the microscope stage. The position
of the pipette, relative to the heating filament, is
controlled by the (X, Y, Z) adjustment of the stage.
This unique design makes locating and polishing the
pipette extremely easy. The stage of the microscope
has a high quality rail that gives precise, smooth
and stable control of the pipettes movement. This
configuration also eliminates the need and expense
of an additional micromanipulator to control pipette
movement.
Fire
Polishing
118
Large Tip
Sharpening
(contact
stretching)
Tip Sealing
Tip Reducing
(holding
pipettes)
Tip Bending
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Carbon Fiber
Sealing in
Plastic Sensor
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Typical applications of the DMF1000
Polishing the Patch Pipettes
Microforging Holding Pipettes
A holding pipette with a large blunt tip and a small opening is used to hold a
floating cell in place prior to microinjection by applying suction to the rear of the
pipette. The procedure for making holding pipettes involves three steps: squaring
off, large bore flame polishing, and tip reducing. These steps are accomplished with
a larger heating filament.
Microforging Beveled Injection Pipettes
Occasionally, a beveled large bore pipette is not sharp enough to penetrate a cell
without damaging the area around the pipette. With the DMF1000 and the large
heating filament, a sharp point can be formed on the beveled tip to assist the
penetration of the cell. This process is referred to as contact stretching.
ProfessionalGrade
Microscope
The W30 professional-grade
microscope is a best-seller in
universities, medical schools,
and reseach laboratories.
Equipped for performance,
its features include titaniumfinished DIN or Semi-Plan
optics and a 30-year anti-fungal
coating. The W30 is the choice
for superior performance at a
great price.
W30S-LED
Binocular Microscope
W30ST-LED Trinocular Microscope
503513
21 mm 10X Eyepiece with 100/10 reticle
DMF1000 SPECIFICATIONS
Pipette Tip Calibration & Microinjection
The integrated digital pneumatic pressure system can be used to calibrate the
precise diameter (I.D.) of a micropipette tip, based on a technique described
previously (Hagag & Randolph 1990, Bowman & Ruknudin 1999). The pressure
system can also be used separately as a simple but highly accurate controller for
microinjection applications.
AC POWER MODULE
TIMER RANGE (for heater & timer)
NUMBER OF MEMORYS
PRESSURE ADJUSTING RANGE
PRESSURE RESOLUTION
FILAMENTS
HEATER AND TIMER CONTROL
DIMENSIONS: Control Unit
SHIPPING WEIGHT
MICROSCOPE
SHIPPING WEIGHT
100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
0.01 to 360 sec
10
0.5 – 60 PSI (3.5 – 414 kPa
0.1 PSI (0.7 kPa)
H4 — Small filament for working with 40× long working distance objective.
H5 — Large filament for working with 10× objective. Filament adjustment assembly provided for both objectives.
Auto or Manual via Pushbutton, TTL, or Optional Foot switch.
4 × 7 × 17⁄8 in. (10.2 × 17.8 × 4.8 cm)
4 lb. (1.8 kg)
W30S-LED (see below)
16 lb. (7.3 kg)
MICROFORGES, PULLERS,
It is well known that the proper fire polishing of patch pipettes is the single most
important factor for forming a stable giga-seal in patch clamp recording. This is
even more important than the type of glass capillary used. Difficulties often arise
in forming giga-seals because the polishing of patch pipettes using a conventional
low magnification microforge is inadequate. However, since the DMF1000 uses
a 40X long-working distance objective, pipette polishing is much more accurately
controlled. Pipettes polished using the DMF1000 achieve excellent stable giga-seals
with a wide variety of cells. Both whole cell patch pipettes and single channel patch
pipettes can be conveniently polished with the DMF1000 to the highest quality and
reproducibility achievable with any microforge.
For the single-channel patch clamp pipettes the pipette needs to be pre-coated
with Sylgard 184 before polishing. For this procedure the user can follow a simple
and effective coating method described previously (Li, 1999)
W30S-LED SPECIFICATIONS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
500329
25x Long Working Distance Objective, 5 mm 0.50NA
500292
Optional 15x Eyepiece (pair)
13142
Optional foot switch
REPLACEMENT ACCESSORIES
40x Long Working Distance Objective, 3 mm 0.25NA
800292
503513
21 mm 10X Eyepiece with 100/10 reticle
DMF1000-H5 Replacement heating filament (large gauge)
MF200-H4
Replacement heating filament (small gauge)
75050
Replacement Micropipette Slide
75040
Replacement Filament Cable
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Binocular (Seidentopf)
Inclined 30°, rotates 360°
Dual diopter adjustment, Interpupillary distance range 55-75mm
10X/18 wide field eyepieces
NOSEPIECE
Quadruple forward-facing nosepiece
OBJECTIVES
DIN Plan, anti-fungal
4X, 10X, 40X, 100XR (oil)
Parfocal, parcentric, color-coded
STAGE
Mechanical stage (140mm x 140mm)
Coaxial drive controls
XY Movement: 73mm x 43mm
FOCUS
Coarse adjustment: range of 30mm
Fine adjustment: graduation of 2μm
Tension control knob
ILLUMINATION
Moveable Abbe condenser, NA 1.25,
Iris diaphragm
Variable LED light source (3W bulb)
110V/220V switchable electronics
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT 15” (38cm) x 9” (23cm) x 7” (17.8cm) (h x l x w)
14 lbs. (6.4kg)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
119
BEVELERS
DMF1000-1
Complete Microforge, incl W30S-LED Microscope (110 v)
DMF1000-2 Complete Microforge, incl W30S-LED Microscope (220 v)
DMF1000-M1 Microforge without microscope (110v) DMF1000-M2 Microforge without microscope (220v) *Above DMF1000 microforges include 40X long working distance objective
HEAD
PULLERS, BEVELERS
MICROFORGES,
Glass
Micropipette
Beveler for
submicron
tips
Easier cell impalement results in
less damage and longer cell life
An optically-flat mirrored glass disk, wetted with an abrasive slurry, spins
at 60 rpm (120 V), producing sharply beveled tips on fluid-filled glass
microelectrodes of one micron or smaller. This eases cell impalement
and improves the electrode's linearity. The microelectrode’s resistance
can be monitored during beveling with WPI’s Ωmega-Tip-Z™ megohm
meter (see page 81). The beveler is permanently mounted on a precision
magnetic plate that gives stable support for the optional 1350M
Micropositioner shown. Start-up kit includes 0.05 µm alumina abrasive
powder #3531, wick electrode, and wick support.
Model 1350M Micropositioner — This package (shown with beveler
above) includes WPI’s M3301R Manipulator and an M10 magnetic stand.
The stand-manipulator assembly mounts di­rect­ly onto the beveler
baseplate, allowing convenient positioning of elec­trodes onto the
beveling surface. Three axes of adjustment, including coarse and fine
control in the axis of the electrode.
SYS-1300M Microelectrode Beveler & Start-Up Kit
(micropositioner not included)
Specify line voltage.
1300M SPECIFICATIONS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2478
Replacement Mirrored Disk
3531
Alumina Abrasive, 0.05 µm (5 g) fine
3551
Alumina Abrasive, 0.30 µm (5 g)
2479
Replacement “O” Ring SYS-OMEGAZ Ωmega-Tip-Z with Probe & Holder
1350M
Micropositioner (M3301R) and M10 Magnetic Stand
711P
Replacement Probe
5468
Adapter to connect metal microelectrodes to probe,
2 mm socket to .031 in. receptacle Z-LITE
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (115 V, 60 Hz, beige case)
Z-LITE-Z
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (230 V, 50 Hz, black case)
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide with lenses
Z-LITE-186
Z-Lite Illuminator & Bifurcated Light Guide
Z-LITE-Z186 Z-Lite Illuminator & Bifurcated Light Guide
MES
Microelectrode Beveler System
MES includes: 1300M Microelectrode Beveler; 1350M Micropositioner
& Magnetic Stand; OmegaZ; 5052 Steel Base Plate; 5468 Adapter; 3485
Ringstand Mount. Shipping Weight: 59 lb. (27 kg)
120
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
BEVELING SURFACE
7.8 cm diameter, optically flat reflective glass
MAXIMUM BEVEL
ALUMINA ABRASIVE POWDER
RPM
MOTOR
POWER REQUIREMENTS
DIMENSIONS
Steel base plate
Overall height
Height of abrasive surface SHIPPING WEIGHT
0.5 µ , I.D.
0.05 µ size supplied (0.3 µ also available)
60 rpm at 120 V, 60 Hz; 50 rpm at 240 V, 50 Hz
AC synchronous
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
8.5 x 11 x 0.375 in. (22 x 28 x 1 cm)
4 in. (10 cm)
2.75 in. (7 cm) above base plate
20 lb (9.1 kg)
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
The only microbeveler system with Guided Light!
System now
includes PZMIII
stereo microscope
Bevel micropipette tips larger than 1 micron,
for ap­pli­ca­tions such as microinjection
l Tool holder on microscope keeps
pipette in focus during beveling
l Steel base provides solid support
for beveler and other magnetic
stands
l Includes stereo zoom microscope
PZMIII with up to 90x
magnification
l Abrasive surface can be easily
replaced by several types of
Diamond and Alumina Lapping Film
l Variable speed, reversible
l Pipette tip illuminated internally
via fiber optic illuminators
MBS
MicroBeveler System
Includes 48000 MicroBeveler, Z-LITE illuminator, fiber optic
cable, PZMIII Stereo Zoom Microscope with tilting base especially
adapted for use with MicroBeveler, two clear 20x eyepieces, one
20x eyepiece with reticle, tool holder, and pipette holder FOIMPH.
BEVELERS
The advantage of WPI’s MicroBeveler over other types of solidsurface bevelers is that the abrasive surface can be easily refreshed.
Instead of using a conventional solid abrasive disk, the MicroBeveler
abrasive surface is made of a high quality lapping film, widely used in
the fiber optics industry. When the surface is damaged or loaded up
with glass particles, the abrasive film can be easily replaced.
The solid polishing surface of WPI’s new MicroBeveler, turning at
5,400 rpm, provides sufficient cutting force for a very sharp tip in
a very short time. The cutting surface is very flat and turns very
smoothly, ensuring an undamaged tip.
SYS-48000MicroBeveler
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
48015-03 Lapping Film, Alumina, 0.3 micron (50-pack)
48000 SPECIFICATIONS
48015-10 Lapping Film, Alumina, 1 micron (50-pack)
BEVELING SURFACE
3.5 inch diameter disk
48015-30 Lapping Film, Alumina, 3 microns (50-pack)
48014-01 Lapping Film, Diamond, 0.1 micron (3-pack)
ABRASIVE MATERIAL
alumina, diamond
48014-05 Lapping Film, Diamond, 0.5 micron (3-pack)
SPEED OF ROTATION
100 to 5,400 rpm
48014-10 Lapping Film, Diamond, 1 micron (3-pack)
MOTOR
Reversible Direction
48014-30 Lapping Film, Diamond, 3 microns (3-pack)
POWER REQUIREMENTS
120 volts, 60 Hz or
48025
Fiber Optic Cable for Pipette Illumination
240 volts, 50 Hz, 20 VA 15934
Replacement Beveler Disk Plate
to sup­plied power supply
Tilt Base Assembly for PZMIII binocular head
DIMENSIONS 48300
48200
PZM Tool Holder
Base Plate
8.7 × 11 × 0.4 in. (22 × 28 × 1 cm)
Overall Height
3 in. (8 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (48000)
16 lbs. (7.6 kg.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (MBS) 35 lbs. (16 Kg.)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
MICROFORGES, PULLERS,
Illuminator in
photo differs
from actual Z-LITE
included with
system.
See page 145.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
121
MICROFORGES,
PULLERS, BEVELERS
d
e
l
l
o
tr
n
o
er
C
l
l
r
u
o
P
s
s
e
t
e
t
c
e
o
p
r
i
p
p
o
o
Micrep Micr
4 -St
s
step eter
r
u
o
to f ip diamµm
p
u
t
s
10
nce with a than
e
u
er
eq
es
m s pipett great
a
r
r
g
Pro micro 1µm o
.
e n0
duc
Pro ess tha
l
Store up to 30 programs in memory
Two factory programs installed
Tempered glass cover to reduce the effects of humidity
on puller reproducibility
Switchable power supply ensures that line voltage
fluctuations don't affect reproducibility
PUL-1000 is a microprocessor controlled horizontal puller for making
glass micropipettes or microelectrodes used in intracellular recording,
patch clamp studies, microperfusion or microinjection. The puller was
designed with tighter mechanical specifications and precision electronics
for complete control of the pulling process and accurate reproducibility.
It offers programmable sequences of up to four steps with heating,
force, movement and cooling time. This allows graduated cycles for
applications like patch clamp recording.
This puller is a reasonably priced, compact, versatile and reliable
workhorse. The microprocessor, combined with the LCD display, makes
the PUL-1000 easy to use.
Construction
PUL-1000 SPECIFICATIONS
The cover of pulling chamber is made with tempered glass to minimize
the humidity effect on the reproducibility of pulled pipettes.
HEATER ELEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum/Iridium
PULLING FORCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid, adjustable
Power Supply
CAPILLARY OD RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0–1.5mm
PUL-1000 has a high quality switching power supply for use anywhere
in the world without worry about the line voltage differences. Pulling
reproducibility is unaffected by line voltage fluctuation. Heating voltage
can be controlled to within 0.1% accuracy even when line voltage
fluctuates from 90 to 240VAC.
MAXIMUM CAPILLARY LENGTH . . . . . . 170mm
MINIMUM CAPILLARY LENGTH . . . . . . 55mm
MEMORY SETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90–240VAC, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 x 24 x 12cm
SHIPPING WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 lb
REPLACEMENT FILAMENTS . . . . . . . . . 2.5 mm Square Box Filament,
2.5 mm wide (# 13834)
122
PUL-1000
13834
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Micopipette Puller
Replacement Filaments
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
3595
$
35
$
Programmable Multipipette Puller
l Produces two identical pipettes
every time
this feature, you can handle taper pulling
precisely and easily. Equipped with a powerful
computerize tip sensing function, the puller
can automatically finish the tip pulling. You can
pull the ideal tip every time.
l 25 saved programmable
sequences
l Optical-digital measurement
l 22 manufacturer preset sequences
l Pull patch clamping pipettes,
intracellular electrodes, injection
micropipettes and micro-needles
The PMP-102 is a microprocessor controlled
pipette puller. The PMP-102 is designed to pull
a pipette horizontally to produce two identical
micropipettes. Different kinds of pipettes can
be pulled repeatedly using the preset program
sequences. You can create your own patch
clamp electrodes, intracellular electrodes,
injection micropipette and micro-needles using
preset sequences.
Exclusive Optical-Digital Taper
Measurement
Instead of the mechanical tip length setting
like other pipette pullers, there is an exclusive
optical-digital ruler in the PMP-102 to
apply precise taper length settings, and for
real-time measurement and control. With
The PMP-102 includes an advanced
microcontroller to perform real-time heater
monitoring and control. When you select a
heating level, the microcontroller measures
the actual heating power applied during a pull.
The real-time measurement is displayed, and
the feedback to the control unit dynamically
adjusts the power to match your setpoint. As
a result, the puller always provides precise
heating power, despite variables like thermal/
electrical changes. When the heating level
is set to AUTO, the heater automatically
determines the melting point for different glass
pipettes. The microcomputer control ensures
smart, reliable heating.
Programmable, Savable Sequences
There are 25 manufacturer/user
programmable pulling sequences with 18 steps
in each sequence. You may easily program
different pipette tip sizes, tip lengths and tip
shapes in different sequences for a variety of
applications. Time and length count, heat level,
heat control and action parameters can be
individually set in each step.
Pneumatic Pulling Force and Compact Size
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
With the versatility of the intelligent PMP-102,
pulling an ideal micropipette is no longer an
uncertainty of hand skill, but a reproducible,
automatic process.
Preset Programs
The PMP-102 pipette puller is well tested
and comes with pre-installed programs. The
User Manual includes sample pictures along
with the characteristics of the pipettes you
can expect from each program. Select your
sequence and press START. Save time and
money by using presets. If you can’t find
exactly what you need in the presets, you can
use the presets as templates for creating new
programs.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
123
BEVELERS
l Pneumatic pressure (instead of
gravity or magnetic fields) yields
consistent pulling force
Computerize Real-Time Feedback Heater
Control
Other pipette pullers use gravity or magnetic
fields as the pulling force. The PMP-102
applies precisely controlled pneumatic
pressure as the pulling force, which gives more
control, plus even and consistent dragging
characteristics. With double horizontal pulling,
the PMP-102 can pull two identical injection
tips or microelectrode tips at the same time.
The PMP-102 is compact, requiring little bench
space. And, it precisely and automatically
performs multi-step pulling without manual
interruption. A precision micro-linear ball
bearing rail and advanced pneumatic
components are used to provide no fault
pulling movement. A simple 4x4 keypad and
a full information display LCD let you easily
control and monitor the pulling parameters
directly. Parameters include sequences, steps,
time, timing, heater level, heater control, tip
length and actions. The heater power control
and action time count up or down in real-time
on the display.
MICROFORGES, PULLERS,
Microprocessor realtime controlled system
performs programmable
multipulling steps, opticaldigital measurement and
precise digital feedback
heating control to achieve
exceptional repeatability.
MICROMANIPULATORS
Micromanipulators
Micromanipulators are used when precision
work is conducted under a microscope. A
micropipette, electrode or probe can be
mounted on a micromanipulator and move
as little as a micron at a time. This tool can
be used for in vitro fertilization, patch clamp
experimentation, extracellular recording,
microinjection and any application requiring
Micromanipulator
Manual or Resolution
Motorized
SN-PZ-50
Motorized
0.5 μm resolution
30nm min. step
SM325
Motorized
fine mechanical placement (resolution). In
addition to micromanipulators, WPI offers
tilt bases, piezo translators and a variety of
stands.
Micromanipulators can be broken out into
three broad categories: Manual, Manual/
Motorized and Motorized.
Tilt Base Piezo
Translator Notes
Travel
Stands
25nm/step
40,000 steps/rev
25mm (3 axes)
M9, M10,
M10L, 501622, TBS, M-3
501623
Use MCL3
Controller
Controller is
required. Options:
• MS314 (DC3314)
• MPM10
• MPM20 with STM3
joystick
DC3001*
Manual/
Motorized
Motor–0.5µm
Manual–0.1mm
Motor–10mm
(3 axes)
Manual–
X: 37mm
Y, Z: 20mm
HS6-3
Manual/
Motorized
10nm/step
25mm (3 axes)
M3301*
Manual
0.01mm (X fine)
0.1mm (X,Y, Z)
X(fine): 10mm
X: 37mm
Y: 20mm
Z: 25mm
M9, M10,
M10L, 501622, TBS, M-3
501623
KITE
Manual
0.1mm
X(fine): 10mm
X: 35mm
Y,Z: 20mm
M9, M10,
M10L, 501622, TBS, M-3
501623
M325
Manual
10µm
X: 25mm
Y,Z: 10mm
M9, M10,
M10L, 501622, TBS, M-3
501623
MMJ
Manual
0.1mm
X: 37mm
Y: 20mm
Z: 25mm
M9, M10,
M10L, 501622, TBS, M-3
501623
Joystick control
MD4
Manual
10µm (X fine)
100µm (X,Y, Z)
X(fine): 10mm
X: 37mm
Y: 20mm
Z: 25mm
M9, M10,
M10L, 501622, TBS, M-3
501623
Holds two
electrodes
HS6
Manual
5µm
25mm (3 axes)
MM3-3
Manual (mini)
1.5µm
13mm
340g load
MM1-3
Manual (mini)
1.0µm
3mm
225g load
124
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
M9, M10,
M10L, 501622, TBS
501623
MPM10
MPM20
(with STM3
joystick)
Use MCL3
Controller
MPM20
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Smallest micromanipulator features full
20 mm of piezo-movement in all axes!
●● Ultra-stable and precise electrode positioning
●● Smooth movement with minimal vibration
●● Penetration mode with high acceleration single steps
●● Back-flip mechanism for
easy electrode exchange
●● Powered off in standby for
zero noise interference
can operate up to 14
manipulators
Features true electrode
angle adjustment
— 4th axis option
available soon.
SN-PZ-50 SPECIFICATIONS
SN-PZ-50 MICROMANIPULATOR
SN-PCZ CONTROL UNIT
POSITIONING RANGE
MINIMUM STEP SIZE
CLOSED-LOOP CONTROL
MAXIMUM SPEED
MAXIMUM LOAD
TABLE MOUNTING
ELECTRODE DRIVE ANGLE
BACK-FLIP MECHANISM
DIMENSIONS**
WEIGHT**
Backlit display
Three rotary knobs with optical encoders
Can operate up to 14 micromanipulators*
Two memory positions for each micromanipulator
190 x 210 x 40 mm
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
510 g
110-240 V; 50-60 Hz
AC POWER
20x20x20 mm3 (x-y-z)
30 nm
0.5 μm resolution and 3 μm repeatibility for absolute position
~3 mm/s
200 g*
magnet or bolt
0 - 35 deg
Battery-operated control unit with
rotating knobs and information
display. Push buttons allow easy speed
adjustment and operation of memory
positions. Double-curved profile provides
good ergonomics and operation of
rotating knobs without moving hand.
*1-to-8 connector hubs available for connecting more than
two manipulators
32x40x80 mm
260 g
*Load balancing options available for loads exceeding 50 g
**Dimensions and weight without head-stage or electrode holder adapter; axis in initial positions
SN-PCZ-50L
SN-PCZ-50R
Miniature Piezo Micromanipulator (left-hand version) and Controller
Miniature Piezo Micromanipulator (right-hand version) and Controller
SN-PZ-50L
SN-PZ-50R
Miniature Piezo Micromanipulator (left-hand version)
Miniature Piezo Micromanipulator (right-hand version)
Joystick controller also available.
Specify line voltage
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
125
MICROMANIPULATORS
●● Ergonomic controller
MICROMANIPULATORS
Non-rotating Spindle Digital Micrometer Head
Build your own precision micro-positioning device
502102 SPECIFICATIONS
The new nonrotating spindle
digital micrometer
head allows you
to create your own
micro-positioning instrument. With micronlevel accuracy, it gives higher precision than a
normal micromanipulator. Since the spindle
does not rotate as it advances, instruments
can be directly attached without the need
for a complicated decoupling device. The
digital display eliminates the need to squint
at the notational scale. Readings can be clearly
seen in either inches or millimeters. You can
read both absolute position and the increment
relative to a previously chosen point.
Total Travel Distance
25 mm
Resolution
0.001 mm
Accuracy
± 0.003 mm
Spindle Diameter
∅ 8 mm
Mounting
∅ 12 mm x 10 mm
Total Length
166 mm
Measurement Mode
Absolute and
incremental
Digital Readout
mm or inch
Analog Readout
mm
Data Output
RS232
Environmental Protection IP54
Shipping Weight
0.51 kg (1.12 lb)
Non-Rotating Spindle Micrometer Head
502102
Universal Manipulator Stand
Universal Micromanipulator Stands
enable scientists to mount their manual
and motorized micromanipulators at
variable angles and heights. A solid
aluminum platform with a grooved
tower allows the user to attach any
micromanipulator of any size or shape
to the post for infinite flexibility. Once
mounted, the micromanipulator can be
set at any height along the entire length
(30 cm or 45 cm). The platform base
comes configured with industry standard
pre-bored holes (1/4-20 x 1” or M6 x 25
mm), allowing direct mounting to any
type vibration-free table (for patch clamp
recordings) or optical bench (for laser
and optical measurements).
Using additional Rotation Clamps
(one included with stand), two or more
micromanipulators can be mounted
on the stand simultaneously in a
space-saving convenient manner. WPI’s
Universal Stand not only allows the
user 360° flexibility in manipulations
but also promotes independent angular
transitions using a single feather-light
tensioner/adjustment screw. This
affordable stand is currently the preferred
choice in micromanipulator stands —
head and shoulders above set-ups using
multiple magnetic-based stands costing
hundreds more when combined with
antiquated heavy steel base plates.
UMS SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
Base plate
10.0 x 12.5 x 1.5 cm (LxWxH)
Stand
4.0 x 4.0 x 30 cm (LxWxH) (501622)
4.0 x 4.0 x 45 cm (LxWxH) (501623)
English 1/4 20 x 1” (2 bolts supplied)
Mounting holes
Matrix M6 x 25mm grid (2 bolts supplied)
501622
501623
501624
VFP
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5016229 lbs (4 kg)
50162311 lbs (5 kg)
Universal Micromanipulator Stand 30 cm (includes one clamp)
Universal Micromanipular Stand 45 cm (includes one clamp)
Additional Rotation Clamp
Vibration-Free Platform (24"x30")
Vibration-Free Workstation — see page 137
Vibration-free Platform
(VFP) not included
126
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
The M3301, Kite and SM325 (but not
M325) can be used with these mounts.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
High speed
penetration and
precise control
Precise construction and special vibration
stabilizers ensure the MPM-10’s excellent
Piezo-Translator
Adapter MPH8
allows use of WPI
electrode holders!
DC3001 micromanipulator and
M-3 tilting base not included.
puncture characteristics. Lateral deviation from
the ideal axis of puncture (measured at the tip
of the electrode holder) is ± 5% of the step size.
SYS-MPM10
PM5
PM6
14104
MPH8
M-3
Adapter MPH8
allows use of WPI
electrode holders!
MPM20
Includes controller, piezo translator, electrode
holder, cables and mounting bracket. Shipping
weight: 6 lb (2.7 kg).
Piezo Controller for DC3001 Motorized Micromanipulator
Remote Controller for MPM-10
Replacement Electrode Holder for MPM10
Record/Inject Electrode Holder for MPM10, MPM20
Electrode Holder Adapter for MPM10 & MPM20
80° Tilting Base 6mm x 1mm screw (Shipping Weight: 2 lb)
Specify line voltage
Piezo Translator
For use with M3301 and DC3001
micromanipulators
Especially recommended for use with the M3301 micromanipulator, the
MPM20 is a very efficient tool for intracellular injection. High penetration
speed and precise axial advance allows injection pipette to be brought
to its target position with tremendous accuracy. Lateral escape of the
cell is almost eliminated, and even tough membranes can be penetrated.
Independently selectable reverse speed setting can be used for fast
withdrawal, preventing adhesion of the injected cell to pipette tip. Mounts
directly onto DC3001 and M3301 micromanipulators. Use with DC3001
requires MS314 controller (for the micromanipulator).
The combination of the MPM20, a micromanipulator, and the PV820
PicoPump (see page 180) constitutes an extremely efficient system
for intracellular injection; cell penetration, injection and withdrawal are
executed automatically with the press of a button.
Shipping weight: 10 lb ( 4.5 kg ).
SYS-MPM20
PM7
14106
Piezo Translator
Replacement Electrode Holder for MPM20
Footswitch for MPM20
Specify line voltage
Micromanipulator not included.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
127
MICROMANIPULATORS
The piezo-ceramic element in WPI’s MPM10
provides high penetration speed over an
extremely short distance (0.5 to 10.0 µm).
Because the range of travel of a dedicated
piezomanipulator is much too limited for it to
be useful independently, it must be mounted
on a manipulator. The MPM-10 piezo translator
combined with a DC3001 motorized micromanipulator (available separately) provides a
single electronically controlled system.
When the piezo element is activated, the
MPM-10 axis carrying the micropipette shoots
forward at a rate which is set on the control
panel, then immediately returns (at a slower
speed) to its starting position. As soon as the
piezo element begins its reverse travel, the
motorized manipulator starts to travel forward.
The complimentary opposition of these two
travel sequences results in the micropipette tip
remaining in its advanced absolute position.
The three axes of the DC3001 are controlled
by six buttons. Pressing a button for less
than 0.3 seconds activates one step, the size
of which (0.5 to 10.0 micron) is set on the
Step Size control. Pressing longer activates
the continuous mode, at the rate set on the
Motor Speed control. Pressing the button
for the X axis forward direction activates the
piezo mode. Advancement speed of the piezo
element can be separately adjusted from 1 to
100 mm/sec.
MPM10
MICROMANIPULATORS
Programmable High Precision
Motorized Micromanipulator
suitable for patch clamp and IVF
WPI introduces a compact high
precision motorized micromanipulator (SM325). It features low
noise, high stability, a user-friendly software interface and economy that are major concerns in
IVF and patch clamp research.
The SM325 is driven in all
three axes through high resolution stepping motors, which can
achieve 40,000 steps per revolution (25 nm/step) with completely
vibration-free motion. In a normal
lab environment, it can stay localized overnight without drifting.
The 25mm long range of travel
makes it unnecessary to have an
additional manual coarse adjustment.
Its compact construction
makes mounting onto the stage
plate of a microscope practical.
The x-axis can be tilted by 90°
that allows for a better positioning of the injection tool. An additional tilting fixture makes it possible to tilt the tool holder for fast
and easy cleaning and exchange
of the injection tool.
The MCL3 controller features
a dynamic micro-step function
that makes very quick positioning
possible with maximum accuracy.
Motor control is achieved with
a linear output amplifier, which
also drastically reduces electronic
noise. Users can control the
micromanipulators by joystick,
keyboard, mouse or computer.
The user-friendly software
program can be enabled to
remember up to 999 position
coordinates from previous
procedures and can robotically
repeat this same positioning
sequence.
SM325-M
M3301EH Electrode Holder
included
MCL3-SM325
Universal Manipulator
Stand not included.
SM325 SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL METHOD
Joystick, software, or both
TRAVEL DISTANCE
25 mm each axis
RESOLUTION
25 nm/step or 40,000 steps/rev
MAXIMUM SPEED
4 mm/second
POWER SUPPLY
120/240V, 50/60Hz
DIMENSIONS
SM325-M
5x7x5.5 in. (13x18x14 cm) (WxLxH)
MCL3
9.8x9x3.7 in. (25x23x9.5 cm) (WxLxH)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
SM325-M
6 lb. (2.7 kg)
MCL3
11 lb. (5 kg)
128
SM325
High Resolution 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator (SM325-M) & Controller (MCL3)
SM325-M High Resolution 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator
MCL3
Controller with Joystick and software for SM325-M
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
15873
Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
501622
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
501623
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
VFP
Vibration-Free Platform
Vibration-Free Workstation — see page 143
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Programmable Ultra High Precision
Motorized Micromanipulators
M3301EH Electrode
Holder included
HS6-3
MAXIMUM SPEED: 4.5 mm/sec.
STABILITY: 1 nm/hour at 24°C
POWER SUPPLY: 120/240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS:
HS6-3: 6.1x9.7x9.9 in (15.5x24.6x25 cm) (WxLxH)
MCL3: 9.8x9x3.7 in (25x23x9.5 cm) (WxLxH)
WEIGHT:
HS6-3: 13.2 lb. (6kg)
MCL3: 7.7 lb. (3.5kg)
MCL3-HS6
HS6-3
High Resolution Motorized HS6 Micromanipulator and
Controller includes HS6-3M and MCL3
HS6-3M
High Resolution Motorized HS6 Micromanipulator MCL3
Controller with Joystick and software for HS6-3M OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
15873
Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
501622
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
501623
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
VFP
Vibration-Free Platform
Vibration-Free Workstation — see page 143
DC3001
The DC3001 is the popular, high-precision manual/
motorized micromanipulator. With 0.5µm resolution,
it can be used with an optional joystick or an
MS314 controller. (With the controller, it is sold as SYS-DC3314.) It can be mounted on
the TBS tilt base but is too heavy for the M-3 tilt base. When performing intracellular
microinjection, the DC3001 can be used with the MPM10 or MPM20 piezo translators.
Manual coarse controls use cross roller bearing slides. Vernier scales allow readings
to 0.1 mm. All controls are closely grouped so adjustments can be made in any
plane with minimum effort. The DC3001 features DC motor drives and fine con­trol
micrometers in all three axes. Left- or right-handed versions of the DC3001 are supplied
with a stan­dard 12 mm clamp. Standard accessories provided include one mi­cro­elec­
trode holder and a securing bolt and wrench.
The sophisticated MS314 Controller allows control of all three axes. Movements
may be continuous through the use of cross switches, or the controller can cause the
DC3001 to step in defined increments. Steps as small as 0.5 µm are possible. A popular
joystick controller, STM3, allows control of the X, Y and Z axes.
If the MPM10 piezo system is used, it replaces the MS314 controller. This configuration
moves the motor forward as the piezo retracts, keeping the micropipette in the
penetrated cell. When using the MPM20, the MS314 is necessary as the DC3001 motor
controller because the MPM20 controls only the piezo element. The MS314 and MPM20
do not interact with each other.
SYS-DC3314R
SYS-DC3314L
MICROMANIPULATORS
The HS6-3 is supplied with manual controls and stepper motor drives
in all 3 axes. The extremely solid construction eliminates the vibrations
and drifts. With the utmost precision and long travel distance in all three
directions, HS6-3 is the ideal tool for patch-clamp or electrophysiological applications. The tilting device
is mounted on the base plate serves as coarse height adjustment as well and the tool holder can be
swiveled in all directions.
The MCL3 controller features a dynamic micro-step function that makes very quick positioning possible
with maximum accuracy and free of vibration. Motor control is achieved with a linear output amplifier,
which also drastically reduces electronic noise. Users can control the micromanipulators by joystick,
keyboard, mouse or computer. The userHS6-3 SPECIFICATIONS
friendly software program can be enabled to
CONTROL METHOD: Joystick, software, or both
remember up to 999 position coordinates
TRAVEL (X-Y-Z): 25 mm
from previous procedure and can robotically
repeat this same positioning sequence.
RESOLUTION: 10 nm/step
Manipulator (right-handed) & MS314 Controller
Manipulator (left-handed) & MS314 Controller
Specify line voltage.
System components also available separately:
DC3001R
Motorized Ma­nip­u­la­tor, right-handed
DC3001L
Motorized Ma­nip­u­la­tor, left-handed
SYS-MS314 Controller for DC3001
STM3
Joystick Controller for DC3001
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
TBS
Tilt Base with Screw Adjustment
PM5
Remote controller for MS314 and MPM-10
5464
5-lb Weight for Tilting Base (shipping weight: 7 lb [3 kg])
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
501607
Cable for MS314 and DC3001
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
TBS Tilt Base not
included
15873 Electrode
Holder not included
MS314 Controller
STM3 Controller (available separately)➡
DC3001 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE RESOLUTION
MANUAL:
X-axis 37 mm 0.1 mm
Y-axis 20 mm 0.1 mm
Z-axis 20 mm 0.1 mm
TRAVEL RANGE RESOLUTION MAXIMUM SPEED
MOTORIZED: X-axis 10 mm Y-axis 10 mm 0.5 µm 0.5 µm 0.2 mm/sec
0.2 mm/sec
Z-axis 10 mm 0.5 µm 0.2 mm/sec
SHIPPING WEIGHT:
DC3001: 3 lbs (1.4 kg)
MS314: 1.8 lbs (0.9 kg)
STM3: 2.8 lbs (1.3 kg)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
129
Miniature Micropositioners
MM3-C
clamp
MICROMANIPULATORS
MM3-3
micropositioner
opens
0-7 mm
MM3-A
adapter
MM1-3
micropositioner
and MM1-C
clamp
opens
0-4 mm
MB2
magnetic
base
available
separately
MM1-A
adapter
(see page
156)
130
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
MM1-C
clamp
MM3-3
MM1-A
adapter
Mini Micropositioner
(MM1 and MM1-3)
Single stage measures only 5 × 11 × 26 mm with 3 mm travel. Provides
precise and smooth motion with no backlash, positive spring loaded
carriage, straight within 1 micron and less than 1 micron maximum wobble.
Features fine 80 TPI screw adjustment. 10 mm square mounting surface has
a 3.9 mm tapped center hole for transmission and/or mounting. Available in
single X (MM1), X-Y, and X-Y-Z (MM1-3) axis configurations.
Micropositioner (MM3 and MM3-3)
Single stage measures only 7 × 17 × 44 mm with 13 mm travel. Offers
precise and smooth motion with no backlash, positive spring-loaded
carriage, straight within 1.5 microns, and less than 1.5 microns maximum
wobble. Features fine 80 TPI screw adjustment. 13 mm square mounting
surface has a 7 mm tapped center hole for transmission and/or mounting.
Available in single X (MM3), X-Y, X-Y-Z (MM3-3) axis configurations.
MINI-MICROPOSITIONER SPECIFICATIONS
MM3
MM1
MM1
MM1-3
MM1-A
MM1-C
MM3
MM3-3
MM3-A
MM3-C
MM3-ALL
MM1-ALL
MM1
MM1-3
MM3
AXIS
X
X-Y-Z
X
MM3-3
X-Y-Z
STRAIGHT LINE
ACCURACY
Within 1 micron
over 3 mm travel
Within 1 micron
over 3 mm travel
Within 1.5 micron
over 13 mm travel
Within 1.5 micron
over 13 mm travel
CLEAR APERTURE
3.9 mm tapped
hole, 8-32 thread
3.9 mm tapped
hole, 8-32 thread
7 mm tapped hole,
5/16-16 thread
7 mm tapped hole,
5/16-16 thread
LOAD CAPACITY
255 g Normal
255 g Normal
340 g Normal
340 g Normal
FINISH
Black Anodized
Black Anodized
Black Anodized
Black Anodized
WEIGHT
3 grams/axis
12 grams/axis
14 grams/axis
48 grams/axis
TYPE
Fine Screw
Fine Screw
Fine Screw
Fine Screw
TRAVEL
3 mm
3 mm
13 mm
13 mm
Mini Micropositioner, one axis, 3 mm travel
Mini Micropositioner, three axes, 3 mm travel
Mounting Adapter for MM1 and MM1-3
Clamp for MM1 and MM1-3
Micropositioner, one axis, 13 mm travel
Micropositioner, three axes, 13 mm travel
Mounting Adapter for MM3 and MM3-3
Clamp for MM3 and MM3-3
Complete 3-Axis Micropositioner & Magnetic Stand
Complete 3-Axis Mini Micropositioner & Magnetic Stand
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
131
MICROMANIPULATORS
MM1-3
MICROMANIPULATORS
KITE
M3301 Manual
Micromanipulator
The world’s most widely used micromanipulator
Weighing just 550 grams and employing a slim space-saving design, this
well-built micro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor outsells all oth­ers world­wide for high precision
experiments where mag­ni­fi­ca­tion is in the range of up to 250×. Its design
allows units to stand tightly grouped — since all control knobs project to the
rear. And because con­trol knobs are clustered with­in an 8 cm area in a sin­
gle vertical plane, res­o­lu­tion is quick — the hand works blindly while the eye
monitors the microscopic im­age. Vernier scales allow readings to 0.1 mm;
x-axis fine control allows readings to 10 microns.
The instrument employs rack-and-pinion drive, V-shaped guideways,
and cross roller bearings, so all movement is sure and repeatable,
without drift, sideplay, back­lash, or sticking. Contact parts are milled of
hardened steel for high performance and long life.
KITE-R
Economy Manual Micromanipulator
Vernier scales allow readings to 0.1 mm. X-axis fine control allows
readings to 10 µm.
Left- or right-handed versions of the KITE mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor are
supplied with a standard 12 mm clamp and electrode holder
M3301EH. Kite Manual Manipulator (right-handed)
KITE-R
KITE-L
Kite Manual Manipulator (left-handed)
KITE-M3-R Kite (right-handed) + Tilting Base Combo
KITE-M3-L Kite (left-handed) + Tilting Base Combo
Left- or right-handed versions of
the M3301 are supplied with a
standard 12 mm clamp (M2)
and one microelectrode holder
(M3301EH).
KITE SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis Fine
10 mm
0.01 mm
X-axis
35 mm
0.1 mm
Y-axis
20 mm
0.1 mm
Z-axis
20 mm
0.1 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lbs (1.4 kg)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Re­place­ment Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873Optional An­gled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
M-3
80° Tilting Base M6 x 1mm screw
5464
5-lb Weight for Tilting Base
Shipping weight: 7 lb (3 kg)
500475
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
Also see magnetic stands.
132
M-10 magnetic stand
available separately.
M3301R
M3301L
M3301-M3-R
M3301-M3-L
502105
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Manual Manipulator, right-handed
Manual Manipulator, left-handed
Manual Manipulator (right handed) & Tilting Base Manual Manipulator (left handed) & Tilting Base Axis Adjustment Tool M3301 SPECIFICATIONS
X-axis Fine
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
TRAVEL RANGE
10 mm
37 mm
20 mm
25 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lbs (1.4 kg)
RESOLUTION
0.01 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
’s e.
e
r
l
e
g
H an
ew
n
a
Ball-joint holder attachment
7 cm
7.9 mm diam.
500475
500476
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for O.D. 5-9 mm Electrode Holder (shown)
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for O.D. 2.8-4.5 mm Electrode Holder
80 mm
Interchangeable clamps allow ma­nip­u­la­tors to
be mounted on a variety of supports.
12 mm diameter
support arm
Quick, secure
mounting to any
microscope stage
(maximum opening:
20 mm).
M5 ∅ 10 mm clamp
M4C Microscope
Stage Adapter
— clamps onto
microscope stage
to provide a stable
support for any
manipulator with a
∅ 12 mm clamp.
M2 ∅12 mm clamp
M6 ∅ 1⁄2-in. clamp
M2
M5
M6
∅ 12 mm Clamp
∅ 10 mm Clamp
∅ 1/2-in. Clamp
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
At last — a tilt base you can operate with one hand!
Adjust tilt angle
easily by simply
turning knob of
thread­ed shaft.
Tilt angle may be
set at up to 35°.
High Precision,
High Stability
6.5 in.
or
lat ed.
ipu clud
n
a
M t in
no
Manipulator
mounting bracket
included.
3.5-pound steel base
provides additional
stability for your
mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor.
Holes also allow
permanent mount­ing
to your benchtop.
Two sets of mounting holes are pre­
drilled for WPI ma­nip­u­la­tors (M3301R
shown) but steel platform may be
drilled for mount­ing other devices.
TBS
5” x 6” footprint saves
space in your work area.
Tilt Base with Screw Adjustment
Shipping Weight 7 lb
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Tighten locking
screw to lock
platform angle.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
133
MICROMANIPULATORS
Mount a manipulator on
your microscope stage
MICROMANIPULATORS
High Resolution Manual Micromanipulators
Rock-solid —
superb resolution
HS6 Micromanipulator
Engineered for stability, and built on a twelve-pound steel plate, this
instrument is chosen worldwide for high res­o­lu­tion micro-re­cord­ing.
such as patch clamping, and other research requiring sol­id, drift-free
per­for­mance. A superior tool in its own right, HS6 serves equal­ly
well as a base for other precision microdrives. HS6 can be bolted
directly to a lab fixture or vibration-free platform. Resolution
M3301EH
is extremely high — each gra­dua­tion on its large micrometer
electrode holder
barrels indicates just 5 micron movements. Rack and pinion
included
drive, V-shaped guide­ways, and cross roller bearings give sure,
re­peat­able move­ments without sideplay, slipping, or stick­
ing. All contact parts are milled of hard­ened steel. A flexible ball-joint assembly allows the
electrode to be positioned at any angle relative to the x, y, or z axis. The entire manipulator
tilts forward to 25 degrees allowing rapid coarse ad­just­ment of the elec­trode, and allowing
cell pen­e­tra­tion along the axis of any of the mi­crome­ters. Simple, precise, and durable, the
HS6 will provide years of dependable per­for­mance.
HS6 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis
25 mm
5 µm
Y-axis
25 mm
5 µm
Z-axis
25 mm
5 µm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
25 lbs (11 kg)
DIMENSIONS
9.9 x 6.6 x 9.9 in. (H x W x L)
SYS-HS6Micromanipulator
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm x ∅ 7.2 mm)
15873
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
VFP
Vibration-Free Platform
Vibration-Free Workstation — see page 143
Joystick-Controlled
Micromanipulator
to
0°
Specially adapted for use with the Nanoliter Injector (page
186) for oo­cyte in­jec­tion and similar applications, this joystickcontrolled mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor al­lows an easy “steer­ing” motion
that translates normal hand move­ment into smooth sub­mil­li­
me­ter shifts. Viewed mi­cro­scop­i­cal­ly, move­ment of the tooltip cor­re­sponds naturally to hand move­ment, so ac­cu­rate
M3301EH
resolution is intuitive and quick. All fine ad­just­ment can
electrode holder
be controlled by the joy­stick. Piv­ot­ing for­ward, back­
included
ward, or lat­er­ally gives pre­cise x-y ad­just­ment. For
add­ed con­ve­nience, a sep­a­rate coarse control lever
is also pro­vid­ed for quick rais­ing and low­er­ing. A stop screw—which is set once res­o­lu­
tion is achieved—eliminates re­fo­cus­ing and stream­lines re­pet­it­ ive work by guiding the
tip to its pre­vi­ous fo­cus­sing plane. The stop screw also prevents the tool-tip from be­ing
broken during sudden low­er­ing and elim­i­nates down­ward drift—place­ment is stable
enough for even ex­tended use. Be­cause the probe holder tilts a full 90°, the tool-tip
pivots easily for precise positioning. Rack-and-pinion drive, V-shaped guide­ways, and
cross roller bear­ings elim­i­nate backlash, slip­ping, and sticking. All contact parts milled
from hardened steel for precise performance and long life.
90°
ls)
ntro
co
JR
MM handed
t
h
(rig
Joystick travel: 0.35 mm to 3.5‑mm, de­pend­ing on reduction gear ratio setting
.(adjustable between 1:15 and 1:150).
MMJR
MMJL
Joystick Micromanipulator (Right-Handed)
Joystick Micromanipulator (Left-Handed)
MMJ SPECIFICATIONS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Re­place­ment Electrode Holder (14 cm 5 ∅ 7.2 mm)
15873
Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
500475
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis
37 mm
0.1 mm
Y-axis
20 mm
0.1 mm
Z-axis
25 mm
0.1mm
JOYSTICK (X,Y axis)
0.35~3.5 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lbs (1.8 kg)
Also see magnetic stands.
134
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Micrometer Slide Micromanipulator
The M325 can be configured
from left- to right-handed
version in 60 seconds!
Toolholder rotates
around two axes, can
hold tools from ∅3.0 mm
to ∅12.7 mm.
Mounts onto horizontal
or vertical rods — any
diameter from 10 mm
to 12.7 mm.
M325
M325 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis
25 mm
10 µm
Y-axis
10 mm
10 µm
Z-axis
10 mm
10 µm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lbs (1.8 kg)
3-Axis Fine Controlled Manual Micromanipulator
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
500475 Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476 Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
Also see magnetic stands.
Dual Tool-Holder Micromanipulator
A small and compact micromanipulator for manual manipulation in all three axes (x,
y and z), the MD4 is equipped with a mounting bracket for a second tool or elec­trode
holder which can be positioned in the x and y axes in­de­pen­dent of the manipulator
and may also be tilted and swiveled by two fine-adjust screws. Scales allow readings
of coarse adjustment with an ac­cu­ra­cy of 100 µm. Additional x-axis fine control is
achieved with a micrometer screw with a resolution of 10 µm. Supplied with one
M3301EH electrode holder and a 12 mm clamp for mounting on M10 Stand or other
12 mm supports. May also be mounted on optional M-3 Tilting Base.
M3301EH
electrode holders
included
MD4L
(left-handed
controls)
Travel, standard electrode: x-axis, 37 mm (fine, 10 mm); y-axis, 20 mm; z‑axis, 25 mm.
Additional electrode: x-axis, 7 mm; y-axis, 10 mm.
MD4R
MD4L
MD4-M3-R
MD4-M3-L
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (right)
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (left)
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (right) + Tilting Base
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (left) + Tilting Base
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
M3301EH
Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
M2Additional ∅ 12 mm Clamp
M-3
80° Tilting Base 6mm x 1mm screw
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
M5Additional ∅ 10 mm Clamp
M6Additional ∅ 1⁄2-in. Clamp 5464
5-lb Weight for Tilt­ing Base*
500475
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
*Shipping weight: 8 lb (3.6 kg)
Also see magnetic stands.
Also see Universal Manipulator Stands.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
M-3 Tilting Base not included
MD4 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis Fine
10 mm
10 µm
X-axis
37 mm
100 µm
Y-axis
20 mm
100 µm
Z-axis
25 mm
100 µm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lbs (1.4 kg)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
135
MICROMANIPULATORS
M3301EH
electrode holder
included
The M325 three-axis man­u­al mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor is built of preci­sion
mi­crome­ter-ac­tu­at­ed lin­ear slides. Each slide is com­prised of a large
microme­ter head and a spring-return linear slide. The mi­cro­ma­ni­p­
u­la­tor has been carefully designed to min­i­mize wear in the moving
components to achieve a long op­er­a­tion­al life without the necessity for
fre­quent main­te­nance or ad­just­ment. The mi­crome­ter head is grad­u­at­
ed in 10 mi­cron steps which enable re­peat­able po­si­tion­ing to an ac­cu­
ra­cy of ± 2 mi­crons.
A unique spring return mechanism is used to trans­mit move­ment
of the microme­ter spin­dle to the slide car­riage — eliminating back­lash,
lost motion and re­duc­ing thread wear. Each lin­ear slide utilizes ball
bear­ings which en­able the M325 to carry loads of up to 1 kg.
The toolholder can clamp onto tools with shaft di­am­et­ ers of 3.0
mm to 12.7 mm and allows rotation around two axes. This pro­vides
a wide range of options for in­cor­po­rat­ing the ma­nip­u­la­tor into your
work­stations. The M325 can also be con­fig­ured very eas­i­ly in left- or
right-hand­ed versions to allow several units to be positioned in close
proximity.
A quick-release clamp allows easy mounting onto any rod from
10‑mm to 12.7 mm diameter.
MICROMANIPULATORS
Magnetic
Holding Devices
12 mm ∅ x 25mm
12 mm ∅
12 mm ∅
6-8 mm ∅
Useful as a probe holder,
the M11 is not suitable
for heavier items such as
micromanipulators.
M9
M10
Mechanical clamp tightens three rotatable
joints simultaneously with one locking knob.
Arm adjusts without distortion. Base exerts a
magnetic force of 100 kilos for greatest stability. Equipped with fine adjustment for precise
operations.
Similar to M1 but with a 12 mm diameter sub
pole (fits 12 mm clamp supplied with M3301,
DC3001, MD4 and MMJ ma­nip­u­la­tors).
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 60 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.2 x 2.4 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Vertical Holding Power:
100 kgf ( 220 lb force )
Arms:
L1:
119 mm (4.7 in.)
L2:
106 mm (4.2 in.)
L3:
25 mm (0.98 in.)
Ø 12 mm (0.472 in.)
Clamp Hole:
none
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M9
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Main Pole:
diameter: 14 mm (0.55 in.)
length: 178 mm (7 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M10
Magnetic Stand
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Main Pole:
diameter: 14 mm (0.55 in.)
length: 356 mm (14 in.)
Main Pole:
diameter: 16 mm (0.63 in.)
length: 315 mm (12.4 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M10L
M11
Bends freely for maximum flexibility. The
connecting arm twists and bends like a snake.
Lock the arm in position with a flick of the
controlling lever.
Magnetic Stand
Sub Pole:
none
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 6 mm to 8 mm
Weight:
1.4 kg (3 lb)
M11
Magnetic Stand
Magnetic Stand
Powerful Ball Joint
Rare Earth Magnet
Use in constructing your own holding
device for small parts/equipment
● Small but very powerful: holds 2 kilograms (~5 pounds)!
● Steel ball rotates freely 360° on a 180° axis
● M3 mounting screw on ball for attachment to equipment
● Magnet base threaded (M3) for mounting onto a base
or equipment
136
M10L
Same as M10 but equipped with a taller (14inch) vertical main pole.
This novel magnetic ball joint has
phenomenal holding power for up
to 2 kg of attached weight while
permitting the ball a full 360° rotation
on a 180° axis. You can freely orient
your equipment to an infinite number
of positions within this rotation. This
is made possible by the combination
of a steel ball (10 mm diameter) and a
powerful rare earth magnet contained
in the magnet cylinder (φ 10 x 20mm).
Convenient M3 attachment sites are provided on
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
M3 x 12 mm
both the ball (male) and the
magnet base (female).
For use with micromanip­
ulators for the positioning and
holding of optical instruments 28 mm
including various lighting
sources and lasers, pipettes
and any small parts that would
benefit from the flexibility
10 mm
offered by this new magnetic
ball joint.
500871
Magnetic Ball Joint
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
M3 x 5 mm
The base of each stand exerts a
powerful magnetic force that holds
it solidly on ferrous metal surfaces
— even vertically or upside-down
10 mm ∅
10 mm ∅
5-6.5 mm ∅
MB2
Mechanical clamping type tightens three joints
simultaneously just by on-tough operation.
Arm is freely adjustable without distortion.
Equipped with fine adjuster and medium size
magnet for stabilizing the base. Suitable for
performing precision operation.
Magnetic Base:
30 ( w ) x 30 ( l ) x 30 ( h ) mm
( 1.2 x 1.2 x 1.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
17 kgf (37 Ib force)
Arm:
L1: 46 mm (1.8 in.)
L2: 46 mm (1.8 in.)
L3: 39 mm (1.5 in.)
M8
A ball joint at the base of the main post allows
360° rotation, offering con­sid­er­able versatility.
The second arm adopts angles up to 75°.
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
M1
A precision base providing stable support for
such devices as electrodes and manipulators.
Adjustable second arm adopts a variety of
angles.
Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 194 mm (7.6 in.)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 176 mm (6.9 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 5 to 6.5 mm
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5­mm
Weight:
0.38 kg (0.83 Ib)
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
MB2 Compact Magnetic Stand
M8
Sub Pole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
diameter: 4.5 mm and 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
Magnetic Stand
M1
M1L
Same base and support arm as M1, but
equipped with a longer (14-inch) vertical post.
Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length: 356 mm (14 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length: 165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
diameter: 4.5 mm and 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M1L
Magnetic Stand
Magnetic Stand
Mounting your Micromanipulator
Three of the stands above — M1, M1L, and
M8 — have 10 mm diameter mounting
rods. The standard mount on several WPI
manipulators (DC3001, KITE, M3301, MMJ,
and MD4) accommodates a 12 mm rod.
In order to use one of these three stands,
you will need to replace the manipulator's
standard 12 mm mounting clamp with the
optional M5 clamp.
M5
∅ 10 mm Clamp
M5 — ∅ 10 mm clamp
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
137
MICROMANIPULATORS
10 mm ∅
MICROMANIPULATORS
Magnetic
Holding Devices
Round Base
An ideal accessory for optical tables and
vibration-free platform. Reduces experimental
set-up time by allowing free positioning and
instant clamp down of optical components.
Switchable ON/OFF magnetic circuit permits
fine adjustment and precise positioning.
● Easy ON/OFF operation using lever
● Thin and powerful magnetic force
● Generous array of tap holes
Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Dimension:
75 (OD) x 20 (h) mm
2.9 (OD) x 0.8 (h) in.
Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Dimension:
65 (w) x 65 (l) x 20 (h) mm
2.6 (w) x 2.6 (l) x 0.8 (h) in.
Weight:
0.6 kg (1.3 Ib)
Weight:
0.7 kg (1.5 Ib)
501651
503568
Square Base
An ideal accessory for optical tables and
vibration-free platform. Reduces experimental
set-up time by allowing free positioning and
instant clamp down of optical components.
Switchable ON/OFF magnetic circuit permits
fine adjustment and precise positioning.
● Easy ON/OFF operation using lever
● Thin and powerful magnetic force
● Generous array of tap holes
Mounting Hole:
8-M4 x 0.7, depth 6mm *
M8 x 1, depth 6mm
Span 25mm
Mounting Hole:
4-M4 x 0.7, depth 6mm *
M8 x 1, depth 6mm
Span 35mm
Magnetic Base, 75mm diameter
Magnetic Base, 50mm diameter
* Posts with M4-threads not available
from WPI. See posts with M8 threads on
page 142.
501653 Magnetic Base, 65x65mm
503569 Magnetic Base, 45x45mm
503570 Magnetic Base, 90x90mm
503571 Magnetic Base, 120x120mm
MOBITY
MOBITYTM is a new magnetic clamping system.
With its ease of use, only one hand is needed
to operate the attractive power. The MOBITYTM
has a strong 88lbf pull, yet weighs only 1.5 lbs.
MOBITYTM meets various applications with 4
tapped holes on the top surface. Requires (1)
9V alkaline battery (included).
Holding Power:
40 kgf (88 Ib force)
Dimension:
55 (w) x 73 (l) x 50 (h) mm
2.2 (w) x 2.9 (l) x 2.0 (h) in.
Magnetic Base:
30 (w) x 35 (l) x 35 (h) mm
1.2 (w) x 1.4 (l) x 1.4 (h) in.
Vertical Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Main Pole:
Diameter: 7mm (0.28 in.)
Length: 52mm (2 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Diameter: 6mm
Weight:
0.36 kg (0.8 Ib)
M7 Compact Magnetic Stand Mounting Hole:
3-M4, depth 20mm *
M8, depth 15mm
Weight:
0.7 kg (1.5 Ib)
501652 MOBITY Magnetic
Clamping System
* Posts with M4-threads not available
from WPI. See posts with M8 threads on
page 142.
* Posts with M4-threads not available
from WPI. See posts with M8 threads
on page 142.
BASE PLATES: A magnetic stand
requires a steel mounting surface. WPI’s
steel base plates have plenty of mass to
give stability to your ex­per­i­men­tal setup.
Beveled edges make them easy to handle;
rubber feet hold them off the benchtop,
making them easier to grasp when
moving; and the special black coating
provides a durable protective finish.
138
M7
A small holder ideal for use where space is
limited. Main post unscrews from base which
may then be used alone as a switchable magnetic holder.
81⁄2"x12" Steel Base
Plate #5052
12"x24" Steel
Base Plate #5479
ACCESSORIES
5052
Steel base plate, 81⁄2 x 12 in. (10 lb)
5479
Steel base plate, 12 x 24 x 3⁄8-in. (32 lb)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Bench Top Vibration
Isolation Platforms
Simple Set-Up and Adjustment
Pictured: MK-BM-8100, 50-105 lb.
payload weight range (23 - 48 kg)
These bench top platforms offers 10-100
times better performance than a full size air
table in a package only 4.6 inches tall, and
without air or electricity! These vibration
isolation platforms are extremely easy to
use and offer extreme performance ­­­—
1.5 Hz horizontal natural frequency and 0.5
Hz vertical natural frequency. There are only
two adjustments.
This is the thinnest, most portable, and
most user-friendly isolator ever offered
that is capable of delivering this level of
performance.
Weight: Approximately 40 lb (16 kg)
Dimensions: 18" W x 20" D x 4.6" H (457 x 508 x 117 mm)
Model
MK-BM-825
MK-BM-850
MK-BM-8100
MK-BM-8125
MK-BM-8150
MK-BM-8175*
MK-BM-8200*
MK-BM-8225*
MK-BM-8250*
Payload Range
Bench top Vibration Platform, 10 - 30 lb (4.5 - 14 kg)
Bench top Vibration Platform, 25 - 55 lb (11 - 25 kg)
Bench top Vibration Platform, 50 - 105 lb (23 - 48 kg)
Bench top Vibration Platform, 90 - 130 lb (40 - 59 kg)
Bench top Vibration Platform, 125 - 155 lb (57 - 70 kg)
Bench top Vibration Platform, 150 - 180 lb (68 - 81.5 kg)
Bench top Vibration Platform, 175 - 205 lb (79.5 - 93 kg)
Bench top Vibration Platform, 200 - 230 lb (90.5 - 104 kg)
Bench top Vibration Platform, 225 - 255 lb (102 - 115.5 kg)
* Weight: Approximately 47 lb. (21 kg) / (same dimensions)
Call for Price
Call for Price
Call for Price
Call for Price
Call for Price
Call for Price
Call for Price
Call for Price
Call for Price
Vibration-Free Tables
All buildings vibrate — activities of people, machinery, heating and
ventilation systems, and nearby truck or rail traffic cause all types of
vibrations. These vibrations, though acceptable to occupants, cannot
be tolerated by equipment used in patch clamping, cell injection,
analytical balances, and optical microscopes. The short-term effects
of such vibrations include inconsistent and unreliable performance.
The long-term effects are excessive wear, maintenance, and fatigue
failures. In order to protect sensitive instruments and equipment
from faulty operation or failure, vibration must be significantly
reduced. This can be efficiently accomplished by using Vibration-Free
Platforms and Vibration-Free Workstations.
Vibration-Free Workstation
●
●
●
●
●
●
Vertical and horizontal vibration isolation
High performance Active-Air Suspension
Automatic leveling
VibraDamped Steel
Class 100 Cleanroom compatible
Leveling feet
Additional tabletop sizes and finishes
are available, as well as optional
accessories such as side rails and
casters.
Call for more information and prices for the
configuration you require.
For more information, see
www.wpiinc.com/vfw
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
139
MICROMANIPULATORS
Performance
• Horizontal frequencies are weight
dependent.
• Horizontal frequency of 1.5 Hz is
achieved at or near the upper limits of
the payload range.
• At the lower limits of the payload
range the horizontal frequency is
approximately 2.5 Hz.
• Vertical frequency is tunable to 0.5 Hz
throughout the payload range.
Precision Stereo ZOOM Microscope
● Modular, two parallel
beam design
All PZ
MI
micro V and PZM
TIV
sco
with 1 pes come
0x eye
pieces
builtin
,
lens, a 1x auxiliar
y
nd lig
ht rin
adapt
g
er.
● Planachromatic objectives,
no optical distortion
● High-contrast imaging,
ideal for observing
transparent, low-contrast
objects
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
● Large zoom ratio: 8:1
● Large zoom range:
0.62x-5.0x
USBCAM50 digital
camera included with
version shown, also
available separately
Shown:
PZMTIV-BS-LWD-DIG50
The trinocular version is
a true trinocular, with
continuous operation of
both eyepieces and photo
tube simultaneously. There
is no need to block the
right eyepiece to use the
photoport.
● Long working distance
● Step and continuous zoom
● 5-year warranty
Computer
and display
not included
The fourth generation of WPI’s precision
stereo zoom microscopes uses modular, two
parallel beam path design and high quality
optical system. The advanced optical design
with planachromatic objectives provides sharp
and distortion-free contrast image throughout
the entire zoom range and comes with an
impressive 5-year warranty.
The PZMIV is available in a binocular or
trinocular version. In addition, an extensive list
of optional accessories is available that makes
the PZMIV suitable for integrated optical and
biological research.
The microscope comes with a track stand,
standard 10x eyepieces (wide-field, distortionfree and high eye point), 1x planachromatic
distortion-free objective. See the Table on next
page for all optical options.
Z-LITE fiber optic illuminator now
included with systems below differs
from unit in photo — see page 145.
PZMIV
PZMIV-BS
PZMTIV
PZMTIV-BS
PZMTIV-DIG50
PZMIV
Precision Stereo Zoom Binocular Microscope (Model IV), on Track Stand
PZMIV Microscope on Boom Stand (tubular) Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model IV), on Track Stand
PZMTIV Microscope on Boom Stand (tubular)
PZMTIV Microscope System, including PZMTIV, USBCAM50 USB Computer
Camera, 0.5× CCD Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated
Optical Fiber Light Guide
PZMTIV-BS-DIG50 PZMTIV Microscope System, including PZMTIV, USBCAM50 USB Computer
Camera, 0.5× CCD Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated
Optical Fiber Light Guide, Boom Stand
PZMTIV-BS-LWD-DIG50 PZMTIV Microscope System, including PZMTIV, USBCAM50 USB
Computer Camera, 0.5× CCD Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator,
Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light Guide, Boom Stand, 0.5× Objective, 20×
Eyepieces for Long Working Distance Viewing
See web site for complete configurations.
140
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
PZMIV
40 cm
15 in.
#502005 Ball Bearing Boom Stand
— Dual Arm Ball Bearing Boom Stand
for increased stability and smoother
horizontal movements.
21 in.
PZMTIV-BS
Base 11 x 10 in.
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
PZMIV & PZMTIV Eyepieces and Objectives
10x Eyepiece
16x Eyepiece
20x Eyepiece
25x Eyepiece
Objective
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Working
Distance
0.32x
1.9x - 16x
106 -13.1
(49.8 - 6.1)
3.2x 25.6x
70.6 - 8.8
(49.8 - 6.1)
3.9x - 32x
55.4 - 6.9
(49.8 - 6.1)
5x - 40x
45.4 - 5.6
(49.8 - 6.1)
296 mm
0.5x
3.1x - 25x
67.7 - 8.4
(31.8 - 3.95)
5x - 40x
45.2 - 5.6
(31.8 - 3.95)
6.2x - 50x
35.5 - 4.4
(31.8 - 3.95)
7.8x - 62.5x
29 - 3.6
(31.8 - 3.95)
189 mm
0.63x
3.9x - 31.5x
53.8 - 6.7
(25.3 - 3.15)
6.2x - 50.4x
35.8 - 4.4
(25.3 - 3.15)
7.8x -63x
28.2 - 3.5
(25.3 - 3.15)
9.8x - 78.8x
23 -2.9
(25.3 - 3.15)
149 mm
1.0x (inc)
6.2x - 50x
33.9 - 4.2
(15.9 - 1.97)
9.9x - 90x
22.6 - 2.8
(15.9 - 1.97)
12.4x - 100x
17.7 - 2.2
(15.9 - 1.97)
15.5x - 125x
14.5 - 1.8
(15.9 - 1.97)
80 mm
The Video Field is based on a 1/2-inch CCD (8 mm diagonal) and a 0.5x camera adapter.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
502000
PZMIV Binocular Body With 10X Eyepieces, 1× Objective, Eye guards
502001
PZMTIV Trinocular Body With 10X Eyepieces, 1× Objective, Eye guards
502004 Boom Stand (Heavy) W/O Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502005 Ball Bearing Boom Stand (Heavy) W/O Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502006 Boom Clamp Stand (Heavy) (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
504123
Extension for Heavy Clamp Stand
502007 Articulated Arm and Table Clamp w/o Focus Mount (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502009 Universal Focus Mount for 76 mm PZMIV (Required for BS, AAC, BBS, and BCS) (5/8” pin)
504596
76mm Halogen-Halogen Dual Illuminated Track Stand
504597
Replacement Lamp for 504596
502010 10× Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502011 16× Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502012 20× Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502013 25× Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
500264
10× Eyepiece with Reticle (matches 10× eyepiece #502010)
500266
20× Eyepiece with Reticle (matches 20× eyepiece #502012)
502015 Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV (For R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide)
502016 0.32×, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (278 mm WD)
502017 0.50×, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (174 mm WD)
502018 0.63×, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (138 mm WD)
502019 1.0×, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (73mm WD)
500261 0.35× CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with USBCAM33)
500262 0.5× CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with COLCAM, USBCAM50)
500028 1× CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with COLCAM)
502163 Wall Mount Plate for Articulated Arm System
Z-LITE Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator
500186 Bifurcated Light Guide with Lenses
R-8-8-WPI01Ring Light Guide
Z-LITE-186 Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator with Bifurcated Light Guide and Lenses
LED Ringlight
See Page 145
PZMIV SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES
WFH 10×
AUXILIARY LENSES
1×
ZOOM RANGE
0.62× - 5×
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION
6.2× - 50×
ZOOM RATIO
8:1
FIELD OF VIEW
∅33.9- ∅4.2 mm
WORKING DISTANCE
80 mm
BINOCULAR TUBE
Inclined 45°
INTERPUPILARY DISTANCE
50 – 75 mm
DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT
± 5 Diopter
MICROSCOPE BODY
Rotatable 360°
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Eyepieces
16×, 20×, 25×
Auxiliary lenses
0.32×, 0.5×, 0.63×
Total Magnification
1.9× - 125×
Field of view
∅106 - ∅1.8 mm
Working Distance
80 – 296 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
23 lb.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
141
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Precision Stereo ZOOM Microscope
Shown:
PZMTIII-BS-DIG50
Includes Boom
Stand and USB
Digital Camera
Quality
and
Precision
to Improve
Your Vision
Computer
and display
not included
WPI’s third-generation stereomicroscope, PZMIII,
is an ideal tool for tissue dissection, cell injection,
specimen manipulation, electrode inspection,
and many other applications that require a
magnified, stereo viewing and ample working
distance. It offers the leading brand’s quality and
performance at an affordable price. Advanced
optics provide the sharpest image that can only be
found among the best of this class. It is superior
to many stereomicroscopes costing almost twice
as much. Zooming is achieved by a spring-loaded
Z-LITE fiber optic
illuminator now included
with systems below
differs from unit in photo
— see page 145.
knob that is smooth and effortless. The
compact size and light weight make it more
stable and easily manipulated on the boom
stand. A specially designed photo/video
module is used in the trinocular version of
the microscope (PZMTIII) for photo, video,
PZMIII
or digital imaging. In addition, an extensive
list of optional accessories is available that
can make the PZMIII suitable for almost
any bio-research applications requiring a
stereomicroscope. See next page for options.
PZMIII Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model III), on Post Stand
PZMIII-BS
PZMIII Microscope on Boom Stand PZMIII-AAC
PZMIII Microscope on Articulated Arm with Table Clamp PZMTIII
Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model III)
PZMTIII-DIG50 PZMTIII Microscope System, including PZMTIII, USBCAM50 Computer
Camera, 0.5X CCD Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated
Optical Fiber Light Guide
PZMTIII-BS-DIG50 PZMTIII Microscope System, including PZMTIII, USBCAM50 Computer
Camera, 0.5X CCD Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated
Optical Fiber Light Guide, Boom Stand
PZMTIII-BS-LWD-DIG50 PZMTIII Microscope System, including PZMTIII, USBCAM50
Computer Camera, 0.5X CCD Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator,
Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light Guide, 0.5× Objective, 20× Eyepieces for Long
Working Distance Viewing
PZMTIII-BS
PZMTIII Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIII-AAC
PZMTIII Microscope on Articulated Arm with Table Clamp
All PZMIII and PZMTIII microscopes come with 10x eyepieces
and built-in 1x auxiliary lens.
142
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
PZMIII
LED Ringlight
PZMIII-BS
See Page 145
#502007
Articulated Arm
#502006 Boom Clamp Stand —
Combines the stability of a boom
stand with the versatility of an
articulated arm.
Max. clamp
opening: 50 cm
PZMIII Eyepieces and Objectives
10× Eyepiece
Field (mm)
(Video Field)*
Objective
Mag.
0.3×
2× - 13.5×
0.5×
3.4× - 22.5×
0.75×
5× - 33.8×
1.0×
6.7× - 45×
1.5×
10× - 67.5×
2.0×
13.4× - 90×
114 - 17
(53.6 - 8)
69 - 10
(32.4 - 4.7)
45 - 7
(21.1 - 3.3)
34 - 5
(16 - 4.7)
23 - 3.4
(10.8 - 1.6)
12 - 2.5
(5.6 - 1.17)
15× Eyepiece
Mag.
3× - 20.3×
5× - 33.8×
7.5× - 50.6×
10× - 67.5×
15× - 101.3×
20.1× - 135×
Field (mm)
(Video Field)*
84 -13
(53.6 - 8)
51 - 7
(32.4 - 4.7)
34 - 5
(21.1 - 3.3)
25 - 3.7
(16 - 4.7)
17 - 2.5
(10.8 - 1.6)
13 - 1.8
(5.6 - 1.17)
20× Eyepiece
Field (mm)
(Video Field)*
Mag.
4× -27×
6.7× - 45×
10× - 67.5×
13.4× - 90×
20.1×-135×
26.8×-180×
69 - 10.3
(53.6 - 8)
42 - 6.2
(32.4 - 4.7)
28 - 4.2
(21.1 - 3.3)
21 - 3.1
(16 - 4.7)
14 - 2.1
(10.8 - 1.6)
10 - 1.5
(5.6 - 1.17)
25× Eyepiece
Mag.
Field (mm)
Working
(Video Field)* Distance (mm)
5× - 33.8×
8.4× - 56.3×
12.6× - 84.4×
16.8×-112.5×
25.1×-168.8×
33.5× - 225×
44.8 - 6.7
(53.6 - 8)
26.9 - 4.0
(32.4 - 4.7)
17.9 - 2.7
(21.1 - 3.3)
13.4 - 2.0
(16 - 4.7)
9.0 - 1.3
(10.8 - 1.6)
6.7 - 1.0
(5.6 - 1.17)
287 mm
177 mm
117 mm
100 mm
47 mm
26 mm
* The video field of view is based on a 1/2-inch (8 mm diagonal) CCD camera and a 0.5× camera adapter.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
501352
PZMIII Binocular Body, pair of 10x eyepieces and eyeguards 13338 Ring Light Adapter NOT included
501353
Fan Post Stand with 76mm Focus Mount
502009
Universal Focus Mount, 76 mm ID for PZMIII Body
502004
Boom Stand (Heavy) without Focus Mount
502005
Ball Bearing Boom Stand (Heavy) without Focus Mount
504123
Post Extension for Heavy Boom Stand
502006
Boom Clamp Stand (Heavy) (requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502007
Articulated Arm with Table Clamp, without Focus Mount (50 cm clamp)
502163
Wall-Mount Plate, 6" × 6" (or 15.24 cm × 15.24 cm)
501369
Wide Field 10× Eyepieces (pair)
501370
Wide Field 15× Eyepieces (pair)
501371
Wide Field 20× Eyepieces (pair)
501372
Wide Field 25× Eyepieces (pair)
504128
10× Eyepiece with Reticle (matches 10× eyepiece on PZMIII)
504129
20× Eyepiece with Reticle (matches 20× eyepiece 501371)
501373
0.3× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501375
0.5× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501376
0.75× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501377
1.5× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501378
2.0× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501379
PZMTIII Trinocular Body, pair of 10× eyepieces and eye guards
13338 Ring Light Adapter NOT included
501381
0.5× C-Mount CCD Camera Coupler
13338
Ring Light Adapter for PZMIII Series
(included with all microscope configurations on previous page)
503051
Manual Stage for PZMIII 503102
76mm Rectangular Base Post Stand for PZMIII
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
#503051 Manual Stage — Mounts in the
circular opening in the PZMIII base. XY travel
distance: 75 x 56 mm. Glass size: 116 x 96 mm.
Active diameter: 37.6 mm. Dimensions: 180 x 155
x 27 mm. Fits 503102 base only.
PZMIII SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES
WFH 10×
ZOOM RANGE
0.67× - 4.5×
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION
6.77× - 45×
FIELD OF VIEW
∅ 34 MM - ∅ 5 MM
WORKING DISTANCE
100 mm
BINOCULAR TUBE
Inclined 45°
INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE
Adjustable 47-70 mm
DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT
±5 Diopter (both eyepiece tubes)
MICROSCOPE BODY
Rotatable 360°
AUXILIARY LENSES
Total magnification
2× - 225×
Biggest Field of View
∅ 110 mm
Working Distance
26-287 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
23 lb.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
143
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
#502163 WallMount Plate —
Mount the microscope
on the wall for
convenient storage
when space is tight.
Video camera
available separately
— see page 151
Condenser
Trinocular Head
Abbe condenser with
10× / 20× phase
Ideal for video/photography
Centering eyepiece for phase
objective
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
EW 10× /22 extra wide field
eyepieces
Stage
160×250 mm
Inserts: 35 mm
round, 50 mm round,
87×46 rectangular
Coaxial drive
controls
Mechanical stage:
X-Y coaxial control;
120×78 mm range of
traverse
Nosepiece
Quintuple nosepiece
Objectives
Infinity Optical System
Objectives: Plan 4× and
40×, Plan Phase 10× and
20×
Illumination
6V/30W halogen bulb
Fixed Stage
Focus
Optics move during
focusing - excellent for
patch clamp and brain
slice recording
Coarse adjustment range +8 to -3 mm
Fine adjustment: 0.002 mm
Accessories Included
Green and neutral filters, dust cover.
Options
Multiple photo options
Weight
24 lb (10.9 kg)
144
INV-101
Trinocular Inverted Microscope
503510
30 mm 10× Eyepiece with 100/10 reticle
503520
Replacement lamp
503512
Deluxe Optical Cleaning Kit
All necessary tools are included for routine adjustments, alignments, and
assembly: 8 oz. Air Duster, 280 sheets lint-free lens paper, 1 oz. “no-residue”
lens cleaning fluid, 100 cotton-tipped applicators, 9x9 microfiber lens cloth,
soft-bristled dusting brush, micro-glide gear lubricant, allen wrenches,
double-sided friction collar wrench, precision screwdriver set, nylon carry case
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • wpiuk[email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
3000-LED
Series
3000-LED SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
Superb Optics, Durable
and High Performance
Microscopes
Infinity Optical System, f=180mm, Anti-Mold
VIEWING HEAD
Siedentopf type, inclined 30°; interpupillary distance adjustment
48-75mm
EYEPIECES
HWF Plan 10× eyepiece, 20mm field of view with built-in diopter
adjustment; a pointer is standard in one eyepiece
NOSEPIECE
Rear facing quadruple
OBJECTIVES
Infinity Plan achromat 4× (N.A. 0.10), 10× (N.A. 0.25), 40×R* (N.A. 0.65),
100×R oil* (N.A. 1.25) are standard
STAGE
Stage size 140mm × 132mm with X-Y movement range of
76mm × 50mm
PHASE CONTRAST (OPTION)
Phase sliders for 10×/BF/40×
CONDENSER
N.A. 1.25 Abbe condenser
ILLUMINATION
3 watt LED with variable intensity control
ACCESSORIES
Dust cover, immersion oil and instruction manual, universal power
supply 110v-240v
STAND
Cast alloy aluminum; coaxial coarse and fine focusing controls.
DIMENSIONS
15.25 × 7.75 × 15.4 in. (387 × 196 × 391mm)
WEIGHT
16 lb (7.26 kg)
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
OPTICAL SYSTEM
The ACCU-SCOPE® 3000-LED Microscope Series delivers outstanding
optical performance, value and resolution to meet the exacting
standards of life science professionals and students. With a newly
designed infinity plan optical system, a best-in-class 20mm field of view
and a super-bright 3-watt LED illuminator, the 3000-LED Series provides
high contrast images with outstanding resolution, precision design and
enhanced illumination.
504221 Binocular, Infinity Plan achromat 4×, 10×, 40×R and 100×R oil objectives
504443 Trinocular, Infinity Plan achromat 4×, 10×, 40×R and 100×R oil objectives
504445 Binocular, Plan phase contrast 10× and 40×R objectives
504444 Trinocular, Plan phase contrast 10× and 40×R objectives
5044160.50× c-mount adapter for 1/2" sensors, adjustable focus
5044170.35× c-mount adapter for 1/3" sensors, adjustable focus
500828 Stage Micrometer, 1mm scale, 200 div. at 10 µm
504606 Stage Micrometer, 50-0.5mm scale and 10µm scale
W30 Professional-Grade
Microscope
W30S SPECIFICATIONS
HEAD
Binocular (Seidentopf)
True Trinocular
Inclined 30°, rotates 360°
Dual diopter adjustment, Interpupillary
distance range 55-75 mm
10×/18 wide field eyepieces
NOSEPIECE
Quadruple forward-facing nosepiece
DIN Plan, anti-fungal
OBJECTIVES
4×, 10×, 40×, 100×R (oil)
Parfocal, parcentric, color-coded
The W30 professionalgrade microscope
is a best-seller in
universities, medical
schools, and reseach
laboratories. Equipped for
performance, its features
include titanium-finished
DIN or Semi-Plan optics
and a 30-year anti-fungal
coating. The W30 is
the choice for superior
performance at a great
price.
STAGE
Mechanical stage (140 mm × 140 mm)
Coaxial drive controls
XY Movement: 73 mm × 43 mm
FOCUS
Coarse adjustment: range of 30 mm
Fine adjustment: graduation of 2 μm
Tension control knob
ILLUMINATION
Moveable Abbe condenser, NA 1.25,
Iris diaphragm
Variable LED light source (3W bulb)
110V/220V switchable electronics
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED
Replacement 0.5 amp fuses, mirror
attachment (for field use), blue and green filters, dust
cover, immersion oil
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
W30S-LED
W30ST-LED
503513
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
15” (38 cm) × 9” (23 cm) × 7” (17.8 cm)
14 lb (6.4 kg)
Binocular Microscope
Trinocular Microscope
21 mm 10X Eyepiece with 100/10 reticle
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
145
Precision
SurgioScope
FEATURES:
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Ideal for small animal
surgery
WPI’s improved precision SurgioScope (now with five
magnification steps) is a portable high quality surgical
microscope offering outstanding image quality and
value. Incorporating an agile extension arm and
excellent working distance objectives, the SurgioScope
provides convenient movement and maneuverability
necessary for accurate positioning. These important
features, together with a high quality optical system,
provide sharp image contrast and enhanced large field
of vision. The SurgioScope comes fully equipped with
a foot-controlled motorized focusing system, normally
only found in more expensive surgical microscopes.
A unique dual lamp housing enables safe and rapid
changing of the lamp during an operation, without
the need to power down. The optional video port on
the “T” version permits operational procedures to be
monitored or recorded simultaneously using a video
recorder and a COLCAM video camera or digital stills
with USBCAM50.
PSMB5N
PSMT5N
Binocular SurgioScope, F200 objective (Specify post height.)
Trinocular SurgioScope, beam splitter, std video adapter, F200 objective (Specify post height.)
Specify 89 cm or 103 cm post
Specify line voltage
RANGE OF MOTION
Maximum Stretch Radius of Arm.............................. 870 mm
Vertical Movement Range................................ 700-1100 mm
ILLUMINATION
Spot = 42 mm
Dual lamp housing with quick-change spare and internal
.............................................................. coaxial fiber optic cable.
HALOGEN-TUNGSTEN LAMP...12V, 100W, with cold reflection
OPTIONAL CAMERA ................... COLCAM, USBCAM50 (1⁄2" CCD) USBCAM33 (1⁄3" CCD)
POWER....................................110V, 50-60 Hz, or 220V, 50-60 Hz
SHIPPING WEIGHT.........................................................94 lb (43 kg)
SURGIOSCOPE Specifications
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION (F200)........................................... 3.2× — 25×
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
501636 1/ 2" CS-mount Adaptor (requires Beam Splitter 501637)
501637 Beam splitter
504284 F100 Objective
504285 F250 Objective
504286 F300 Objective
504287 F350 Objective
500162 Replacement lamp, 12V, 100 W 146
● Motorized focusing system,
allows hands-free operation
● Light weight, compact and
easy to maneuver­—weighs
only 70 lb.
● Dual bulbs prevent
illumination failure during
surgery
● Optional video adapter
● Improved optics 119 lp/mm
● Convenient handles
● New head tilting mechanism
● Five magnification steps
ADJUSTABLE DIOPTER........................................................... ± 6 Diopter
ADJUSTABLE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE ....................... min. 50 mm — max. 70 mm
EYEPIECE................................................................................... 12.5x
Objective
Working
Distance
Magnification
step
Visual Field of
view (mm)
Camera field 1/2"
CCD (mm)
Camera field 1/3"
CCD (mm)
F100
#504284
90mm
6.4, 10, 16, 26, 40x
25, 15.5, 10, 6, 4
25, 15.5, 10, 6, 4.5
17.5, 11.5, 7,
4.6, 2.8
F200
(included)
190mm
3.2, 5, 8, 13, 20x
50, 31, 20, 12, 8
50, 31, 20, 12, 8
35, 23, 14, 9, 5.5
F250
#504285
240mm
2.6, 4, 6.4, 10.4,
16x
65, 40, 25, 16, 10
63, 40, 25, 16, 10
45, 28, 18, 11, 7
F300
#504286
290mm
2.1, 3.3, 5.3,
8.7, 13x
75, 46.5, 30, 18, 12
75, 46.5, 30, 18, 12
52.5, 34.5, 21,
13.5, 8.3
F350
#504287
340mm
1.8, 2.9, 4.6,
7.4, 11x
91, 57, 36, 22, 14
88, 55, 35, 21, 13
60, 38, 24, 15, 9.5
For additional objectives and specifications, please go to WPI website­—www.wpiinc.com
FINE FOCUS ADJUSTMENT RANGE..................................... 30 mm
WORKING HEIGHT (Arm Movement Range Above Floor)
89 cm Post.......................... Focus on specimens 34.5" (88 cm) to 51" (130 cm) above floor *
103 cm Post....................... Focus on specimens 40.5" (103 cm) to 57" (146 cm) above floor *
* Subtract Working Distance for height above specimen, 103 cm post recommended for F350
objective.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
High intensity
source for
fiber optic
illumination
Shown with
Bifurcated Light
Guide 500186
Z-LITE Specifications
LAMP
150 W quartz halogen
SIZE
30.5×25×25 cm (12×10×10 in.)
POWER
115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3 A
WEIGHT
5.9 kg (13 lb)
Z-LITE-186 Z-Lite & Bifurcated Light Guide (115 V, 60 Hz, beige case)
Z-LITE-Z186 Z-Lite & Bifurcated Light Guide (230 V, 50 Hz, black case)
Z-LITE
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (115 V, 60 Hz, beige case)
Z-LITE-Z
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (230 V, 50 Hz, black case)
LED Ringlight
LIGHT GUIDES AND ACCESSORIES
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide (with lenses)
R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide for PZM and PZMIII Series*
13338
Ring Light Adapter (48 mm ∅) for PZM, PZMII, PZMIII
502015
Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV
5475
Adapter for SMA-terminated Fiber Optic Cables
EJA
Replacement Halogen Lamp, 150W, 3350°K, 40-hour
EKE
Replacement Lamp, 150W, 3250°K, 200-hour
*Ring Light Guide requires adapter #13338 for use with PZM, PZMII and
PZMIII, included with each PZMIII and PZMIV microscope.
for PZMIII and PZMIV stereo microscopes
●● “White” light illumination — 72 LED bulbs
Light guide
available
separately
●● Maximum opening 61 mm
●● Ring light is divided into four areas and each
area is turned on and off separately
●● Brightness adjustable
ID: 58 mm
●● ESD safe
●● Power supply AC 90-264V, 50/60 Hz, US plug only
504134
Ring Light R-8-8-WPI01 can be used
with PZM Stereo Microscope for
shadow-free illumination.
18-in. (46 cm) flexible cable
LED Ringlight
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
147
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
The Z-LITE Fiber Optic Il­lu­mi­na­tor
provides reli­able, un­in­ter­rupt­ed
high-intensity light for micro­scopes.
Z-LITE allows a continuous range of
subdued or concentrated light­ing
controlled by a rotary dim­mer on the
front panel. Z-LITE may be used with
a ring light and single or bi­fur­cat­ed
flex­i­ble fiber bundles, en­abling the
light beam to be placed ex­act­ly where
need­ed. Forced air cool­ing prolongs
lamp life. Lamp color temper­a­
ture is 3350°K. An interlock switch
automatically cuts off power when
front panel is opened to replace bulb.
21" (53 cm)
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Incubator on a Nikon Eclipse TE-2000
Microsocpe. Incubators for Zeiss and
Olympus microscopes are also available, as
well as versions that accommodate confocal
modules. All incubators are compatible with
all commercially available cameras, light
sources, filter wheels, motorized stages, and
motorized nosepieces.
Environmental Control Systems
for Live Cell Microscopy
This Live Cell Microscope Incubator was
extensively tested in laboratories. When
compared with other systems, it offers dramatic
advantages. For example, other incubators for
live cell microscopy rely on passive, random
diffusion of heated air from a single source to
maintain the desired temperature setpoint.
With no hot air return vent, the heated air
148
escapes from the system through cracks
at the microscope/incubator junction in an
uncontrolled, random fashion. These systems
offer no temperature uniformity, suffer from
focus drift and often experience electrical and
vibrational interference from the heater. You will
also notice dramatic temperature drifts when
the imaging environment is disturbed.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Features
● Unique, diffusion grid, combined with air input and return
vents provide an air flow pattern for consistent, even
heating, with no hot or cold spots in the chamber
● External heater that can be placed far enough from the
system to eliminate electrical and vibrational interference
from the heater
Ordering an Environmental Chamber
● High degree of temperature precision and stability
● Minimal focal drift after equilibrium is achieved– Accuracy
±0.1ºC at the sample itself, and 0.2ºC across the microscope
stage (allowing for uniform heating of multiwell dishes)
● Airflow pattern and temperature uniformity eliminate
dramatic changes in environmental temperature when the
incubator door opens
Microscope
Stage
Perfect Focus
Camera
Right Port
Analyzer
Tirf
White Light Tirf
Tilting Head
Filter Wheels:
Emission
Dual Lamphouse
Cells
35mm/60mm
Coverslips
Stage-Up
Left Port
Fluor Attachment
Binocular D Head
Excitation
Transmitted Light Shutter
Wells
● Precision, shielded temperature probe
● Simple, one person setup of the system
Live Cell Microscopy System Components
This unique, acrylic Live Cell Imaging chamber, combined with
an Environmental Control Unit (ECU) and an AirTherm controller,
ensured precision control of your incubator environment.
The ECU comes in four varieties so you have all the control
you require. With the ECU-H5, you can control air flow and
heating. In addition to air flow and temperature control, the
ECU-HC and ECU-HCP let you control the CO2 level. One has an
internal sensor, and the other has a remote sensor that can be
positioned inside the microscope chamber. Finally, the ECU-HOC
adds control of the O2 level, which is accomplished by displacing
the oxygen with nitrogen. The first three ECU units are capable
of controlling a simple, external heater, like the AirTherm Satelite
(AirTherm-SAT) or a microscope lens warmer. The AirTherm-SMT
can monitor and control both temperature and humidity inside
the microscope chamber.
Fig. 1–Single air input and no
venting causes random air flow
in a traditional incubator.
Fig. 2–Hot and cold spots result
from inconsistent flow.
Fig. 3–A diffusion grid with air
input and exhaust vents yields
consistent air flow.
Fig. 4–Consistent air flow means
uniform heating.
Consistent Air Flow
Air flow affects the temperature uniformity of incubators. The
red arrows on Fig. 1 and Fig. 3 indicate air flow. The Live Cell
Microscope Incubator uses a diffuser grid and proper venting
to insure consistent air flow. Traditional incubators with poor
air flow suffer with hot and cold spots in the incubator, as seen
in thermal images (Fig. 2 and Fig. 4). Warmer temperatures are
indicated by red and cooler temperatures by blue.
IN VIVO FULL CHAMBER SYSTEM WITH ECU CONTROLLER & NEW AIRTHERM-SAT/SMT
All Systems Include: Proprietary Humidification Module, Stage Adaptor, Stage Dish with Optical Grade Glass.
IV-100SMT
Environmental Chamber, Heat controller. Requires pre-mixed 5% CO2 gas supply
IV-200ECU
Environmental Chamber, Heat & CO2 controller. Requires 100% CO2 & ambient air supplies. .
IV-200-OX
Microscope Environmental Chamber, Heat Controller, CO2 and O2 Controller.
IV-300ECU
Environmental Chamber, Heat & CO2 controller. Requires 100% CO2 & ambient air supplies. Features a CO2
probe to detect concentration at the sample.
IV-CUST
Custom Design includes but not limited to Tilting Heads, Black Chamber, Confocals, Camera on Right, HMX
Lamphouse, and Manipulators. Fee added for design not included in standard system
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
149
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
● Ergonomic design for ease of use– The focus and x/y stage
controls are outside of the incubator itself. Large doors
allow easy access to the specimen and small ones for cords,
tubing, etc.
Acrylic enclosures are essentially custom-built. When ordering a
system, you will need to provide the following information:
● Four programmable digital control loops
Stagetop
Environmental
Control
Control temperature and CO2 in a
microscope stagetop environment
Independent incubator base temperature PID
control with ±0.1ºC precision
Independent incubator lid temperature PID
control with ±0.1ºC precision
CO2 digital PID control with ±0.1% precision
Airflow digital PID control from 0–900 SCCM
● USB-based remote control and data logging
● Electronic flow meter
● Programmable alarm for out of tolerance
condition on all four channels
● Compact and lightweight
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Stagetop Environment - Open
CO2 Sensor Connector
Main Interface to ECU
Temperature Sensor Connector
Lid Electrical Interface
Gas Exhaust
Gas Out Vent
Perfusion Ports
Water Reservoir Filling Port
Water Reservoir Overflow Port
Gas Intake
Gas In Port
Temperature Sensor
Thumb Hold (for lid removal)
For short term or long term studies of living cell cultures under
a microscope or for time lapse video research, a microscope
stagetop incubator is essential.
Perfect for Live Cell Imaging, STEV (the
stagetop environmental control system)
is a compact environmental case that
houses your culture wells and fits on
a microcope stage inside the live cell
microscope incubator.
This system offers precision control of both temperature and
carbon dioxide, as well as remote control and data logging via a
USB connection. The system is flexible and easy to configure for
a variety of experimental conditions.
The system includes the Environmental Control
Unit electronics which use four programmable
loops to control the temperatures of the case
and the lid, CO2 within the environmental case
and airflow within the incubator.
STAGETOP ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
IV-ECU-H5
Chamber, Controller, Heat, Digital flow control for bottle gas
IV-ECU-HC
Chamber, Controller with CO2 and Heat (using CO2 internal sensor)
IV-ECU-HCP
Chamber, Controller with CO2 and Heat (CO2 probe sensor)
IV-ECU-HOC
Chamber, Controller with CO2, O2 and Heat (using CO2 internal sensor)
150
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Precision Heat Control
Smart, electrically quiet air heater for live cell
imaging systems and custom incubators
l Precision heat controller for use in live cell imaging and custom
incubators
l Control heat and humidity (optional) with a single controller
l Electrically and acoustically quiet
l Quick, precise response to thermal change
The system is typically used in a closed loop configuration.
The AirTherm™ SMT system includes:
l Two coil-reinforced heater hose pieces and hose clamps.
l Temperature sensor for remote placement in environmental
chamber
Humidity probe for monitoring chamber humidity available as an option.
AIRTHERM-SMT-1W
AIRTHERM-SMT-2W
AIRTHERM-SAT-1W
AIRTHERM-SAT-2W
Airtherm™ SMT Heater, 110V
Airtherm™ SMT Heater, 230V
AirTherm Satellite Heater, 110V
AirTherm Satellite Heater, 230V
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
15590
Replacement Hoses, 2.5” diam., 4.5 ft
300276
Replacement Platinum Temperature Probe
98727
Replacement Temperature Probe
98728
Humidity Probe
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
The AirTherm™ SMT is a new generation of heat control system from
WPI designed to be used in Live Cell Imaging applications with microscopes fitted with a full microscope environmental chamber enclosure.
The standard AirTherm™ SMT controls temperature and, as an option,
humidity.
The AirTherm™ SMT uses a PID control algorithm to maintain tightly
controlled loops of heat and humidity environment control.
With AirTherm™ SMT, the temperature of the sample and
microscope optics can be controlled to within 0.2°C. During operation,
air is drawn out of the chamber through a flexible hose, heated by the
AirTherm™ SMT heater and re-circulated to the chamber by the return
hose.
Microscope
Chamber
(not included)
A typical AirTherm™ SMT installation
places the heated air inflow at the
bottom and the cold air return at the
top of the microscope chamber.
Air-Therm SMT
AIRTHERM SPECIFICATIONS
AIR FLOW RATE
20–50 CFM (0.55–1.4 m3/minute)
CONTROL TEMPERATURE RANGE Ambient to 60°C
TEMPERATURE RESOLUTION
0.1°C
TEMPERATURE ACCURACY
0.2°C
HUMIDITY CONTROL RANGE
Ambient–90%
HUMIDITY RESOLUTION0.1%
HUMIDITY ACCURACY5%
HUMIDITY REPEATABILITY0.5%
ANALOG OUTPUT
FOR CHART RE-CORDER
0.5°C resolution;
0–10V represents 0–100°C
HEATING VOLUME
Less than 50 CF (1400L), re-circulating
TEMPERATURE SENSOR TYPE
Platinum RTD 1000 W
HUMIDIFIER TYPEUltrasonic
HUMIDIFIER TANK CAPACITY
0.5 gallons
HUMIDIFIER DAILY OUTPUT
2 gallons
FUSE
For 120 VAC, 8A 250 V 5x20 mm metric
For 230 VAC, 4A 250 V 5x20 mm metric
POWER
450 W, 95–135 V or 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
6½ x 8 x 7½ in. (15.5 x 21 x 19 cm)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
151
Digital Microscope Cameras
l Ultra-Compact USB cameras with color CCD
l Hardware & Software Trigger
USBCAM133 with a 1/3-inch color CCD, 6mm diagonal.
USBCAM152 with a 1/2-inch color CCD, 8mm diagonal.
USBCAM202 with a 1/1.8-inch color CCD, 7mm diagonal.
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
All three cameras are cased models with a rear mini-USB connector;
hardware and software triggering image capture, digital zoom and a
feature-rich user based menu setup and control. Sentech USB cameras
include a SDK, DirectX, Twain and Linux driver, as well as the Sentech
Viewing Software.
USBCAM133
USBCAM152
USBCAM202
504570
504574
USBCAM133
USBCAM152
USBCAM202
Digital Microscope Camera
Digital Microscope Camera
Digital Microscope Camera
Replacement USB Cable, 3m (10 ft)
CONN 6-PIN (external camera triggering control)
USBCAM133
USBCAM152
USBCAM202
Image Sensor
1/3” Interline SXVGA color progressive CCD
1/2” Interline SXGA color progressive CCD
1/1.8” Interline UXGA color progressive CCD
Cell Size
3.75 (H) x 3.75 (V) µm, 6mm diagonal
4.65 (H) x 4.65 (V) µm, 8mm diagonal
4.40 (H) x 4.40 (V) µm, 7mm diagonal
Scanning System
Progressive
Progressive
Progressive
Resolution
1280 (H) x 960 (V)
1360 (H) x 1024 (V)
1600 (H) x 1200 (V)
Min. Scene Illumination
11 Lux at F1.2
18 Lux at F1.2
7.7 Lux at F1.2
Speed
22.4 Frames per Second
19.26 Frames per Second
15.3 Frames per Second
Electronic Shutter
Auto / Manual (software selectable)
Auto / Manual (software selectable)
Auto / Manual (software selectable)
Gain
Auto / Manual (software selectable)
Auto / Manual (software selectable)
Auto / Manual (software selectable)
Gamma
Manual (software selectable)
Manual (software selectable)
Manual (software selectable)
White Balance
Auto / Manual / One shot (software selectable)
Auto / Manual / One shot (software selectable)
Auto / Manual / One shot (software selectable)
Input / Output
USB 2.0 High Speed
USB 2.0 High Speed
USB 2.0 High Speed
Power
+5 Vdc through USB connector, < 300 mA
+5 Vdc through USB connector, < 420 mA
+5 Vdc through USB connector, < 450 mA
Dimensions
28 (W) x 28 (H) x 37 (D) mm (excluding connector)
28 (W) x 28 (H) x 42 (D) mm (excluding connector)
28 (W) x 28 (H) x 42 (D) mm (excluding connector)
Lens Mount
CS mount
C mount
C mount
Weight
Approximately 45g
Approximately 45g
Approximately 45g
Interface Connector
USB: mini-B USB connector IO signal: 6pin connector (HR10A7R-6PB or equivalent)
USB: mini-B USB connector IO signal: 6pin connector (HR10A-7R6PB or equivalent)
USB: mini-B USB connector IO signal: 6pin connector (HR10A-7R6PB or equivalent)
RoHS
RoHS Compliant
RoHS Compliant
RoHS Compliant
USBCAM33 / USBCAM50
Record images directly to your computer.
These digital microscope cameras
offer flexibility, with a range of
configurations for image
capture, a choice of mount
option (C or CS) and file
output alternatives.
Since both cameras
connect via the
USB port, installing
the image capture
software is simple. Either camera
can be used on WPI’s stereo microscopes
PZMTIV, PZMTIII, compound microscopes
W30ST and GPL-T and also the PSMT5
Surgical
Microscope. Choose from the one third-inch CCD with 1024×768
resolution and 30 frames per second (USBCAM33) or one half-inch CCD
with 1280×960 resolution and 15 frames per second (USBCAM50).
USBCAM33
USBCAM50
503536
152
Digital Microscope Camera, 1/3-in. CCD
Digital Microscope Camera, 1/2-in. CCD
Cable, USB Extension (male-female)
These cameras include IC Imaging Control 3.0 software that features:
lReal-time video preview
lText and graphics can be drawn on a live video stream
lScroll and Zoom
lAcquisition of single frames
lCapture pause, for intermittent image capture
lTimestamps
USBCAM33
USBCAM50
IMAGE SENSOR
1/3” Sony CCD, progressive scan
1/2" Sony CCD, progressive scan
MAX RESOLUTION
1024 x 768
1280 x 960
SIZE
4.65 µm x 4.65 µm, 6mm diam.
4.65 µm x 4.65 µm, 8mm diam.
SPEED (PC DEPENDENT)
30fps, 15fps, 7.5fps or 3.75fps
15fps, 7.5fps or 3.75fps
SENSITIVITY
0.5 lux @ 1/15 s
0.5 lux @ 1/7.5 s
EXPOSURE, SHUTTER CONTROL,
Automatic/Manual
WHITE BALANCE
Automatic/Manual
INTERFACE
USB 2.0 cable
USB 2.0 cable
SYSTEM REQUIREMENT
Windows Vista (32 & 64 bit) or
Windows 7 (32 & 64 bit)
Windows Vista (32 & 64 bit) or
Windows 7 (32 & 64 bit)
SOFTWARE
IC Imaging Control Software
IC Imaging Control Software
LENS MOUNT
C/CS-Mount
C/CS-Mount
CAMERA BODY
50.6 x 50.6 x 50 mm
50.6 x 50.6 x 50 mm
WEIGHT
265 g (9.5 oz)
265 g (9.5 oz)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Color Video Cameras for Microscopy
l 16:9 Aspect Ratio, 1:1, no scaling
l DVI signal
output via HDMI
cable
l Low cost alternative to existing HD and 3 CCD cameras, with
outstanding image quality
COLCAM SPECIFICATIONS
l Improved
design of
COLCAM-HD
with better
low light
sensitivity
COLCAM-HD1080P
IMAGER
1/3" Interline SXGA CCD:
ICX445AQA
1/2.8" 230 Mega pixel CMOS
(SONY: IMX136), Rolling Shutter
HD ACTIVE PICTURE
ELEMENT
1280 (H) x 720 (V)
1920 (H ) x 1080 (V )
CHIP SIZE
6mm diagonal
6.4 mm diagonal
MINIMUM SCENE
ILLUMINATION
4 Lux at F1.2
TBD
SYNC SYSTEM
Internal
Internal
VIDEO OUTPUT
DVI 1.0 compliant; 720P
DVI 1.0 conformity 1080P
RGB, 1080P60,1080P59.94, 1080P50,
1080P30,1080P29.97, 1080P25, 720P60,
720P59.94, 720P50
RGB, 1280 (H) x 720 (V); 60 Hz /
59.94 Hz / 50 Hz
The COLCAM-HD is a CCD-based camera that
outputs a true HD 720P at 60fps in the 16x9 format.
The COLCAM-HD1080P is a CMOS-based camera
that outputs a true HD 1080P or 720P image at
60fps in the 16x9 format. Both models feature
the capability to program individual DSP profiles
accessed via remote hand held controller.
GAIN
AGC *
AGC *
SHUTTER SPEED
Auto *
Auto *
GAIN
AGC or Fixed gain *
AGC or Fixed gain *
GAMMA
presets or manual gamma *
presets or manual gamma *
WHITE BALANCE
Auto / Manual / Push-to-set *
Auto / Manual / Push-to-set *
POWER
12V power jack; 5.5x2.1mm
12VDC
COLCAM-HD Color Video Camera
Includes 3m DV cable, power supply, C/CS mount.
COLCAM-HD1080P
Color Video Camera
Includes 3m DV cable, power supply, C/CS mount.
504136 3 meter HDMI cable
504138 Hand held control pad for COLCAM-HD*
504137 C/CS Adaptor
*Controller for COLCAM-HD1080P available soon.
DIMENSIONS
40 (W) x 40 (H) x 45.8 (D) mm
40 (W) x 40 (H) x 45.8 (D) mm
OPTICAL FILTER
IR cut filter included
IR cut filter included
LENS MOUNT
C/CS mount
C mount
VIDEO OUTPUT
HDMI connector
HDMI connector
WEIGHT
Approximately 120g
TBD
ROHS
RoHS compliant
RoHS compliant
* Selectable via the UART communication
C-Mount Eyepiece Adapters
For 1/4-inch (4mm diagonal), 1/3-inch (6 mm diagonal) and 1/2-inch
(8 mm diagonal) video cameras and eyepiece camera conversion, this
lens and its accessories make it possible to connect a typical video or
C-mount camera to almost any microscope on the market. The lens fits
right into the ocular socket of standard 23.2 mm microscopes and the
30 mm adapter allows for use on the typical stereo zoom microscope.
If you already have a trinocular microscope you can add the included
C-Adapter to the top of an existing 1X C-mount (no lens) adapter. For
a list of 1X C-mounts for popular microscopes, visit WPI’s website and
search for “C-mounts”.
503097
503098 * Adapter, 0.45X for 1/3-in. and 1/2-in. video cameras, 30 mm Stereo adapter, 1X C-mount adapter
Adapter, 0.28X for 1/4-in. video cameras, 30 mm Stereo adapter, 1X C-mount adapter
* For adapter 503098 to mount properly, the 1/4-inch CCD camera
must have a minimum of 13 mm clearance, measured from the front
of the C-mount ring to the CCD surface.
SLR Digital Camera-to-Microscope
Eyepiece Adapter
This adapter connects T-mount SLR digital cameras to almost any
microscope on the market. The adapter is built to 23.2 mm ocular
tubes that are found on most high magnification (upright, inverted,
standard) microscopes. The 30 mm adapter allows mounting on most
Stereo zoom microscopes that use 30 mm oculars. If you already have
a trincocular microscope you can add this adapter to the top of an
existing 1X C-mount adapter.
The 2X magnification of this microscope adapter yields an
approximate 65% field of view from the visual field as measured on a
Canon 10D Digital camera. (CCD Sensor size = 22.7 x 15.1 mm). 35 mm
film reference size is 24 x 36 mm.
Please contact your camera dealer for a suitable T-mount to bayonet
adapter for your camera.
503099
Adapter, 2.0X for SLR digital Cameras (includes 30 mm Stereo adapter, 1X C-mount adapter )
503097
ed.
clud
ot in
ra n
e
Cam
503099
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
153
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
COLCAM-HD and
COLCAM-HD1080P
COLCAM-HD
FluoroDish
™
Cover-glass bottom for observing and growing cells in imaging
related research
l Optical quality glass bottom for better
imaging quality (RI=1.525)
l Low sample volume for expensive
chemicals
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
l Lowest access angle for micropipette
l Low toxicity adhesive for embryo
research
WPI’s FluoroDish™ tissue culture dishes are
now available in a larger range of sizes and
coatings. These dishes provide exceptional
imaging quality for many applications requiring
the use of inverted microscopes such as high
resolution image analysis, microinjection and
electrophysical recording of fluorescent-tagged
cells. Taking advantage of WPI’s extensive
experience with low toxicity adhesives,
FluoroDish uses a specially formulated
adhesive that is optically clear, durable and with
extremely low toxicity. Tests by an independent
laboratory have shown that the 96-hour
surviving rate of embryos is 100% when kept
in FluoroDish, substantially better than some
other brands. The bottom glass has superior
UV transmission (30% transmission at 300
nm, compared to less than 7% for the most
popular German glass). Stringent quality control
ensures that glass thickness stays within the
0.17 ±0.01 mm range.
in Image Analysis. The glass bottom permits
the use of immersion objectives with medium
such as water, glycerin or oil for the highest
magnification possible. To optimize heatexchange, WPI’s glass-bottom dish is designed
to be flush (flat) with the microscope stage or
heating unit, therefore eliminating the air gap
that exists with modified plastic dishes in which
a glass cover slip has been inserted.
Three different sizes of FluoroDish are offered,
one type of 50 mm diameter dish and two
types of 35 mm diameter dishes. An inner well
is created within the dish by the glass bottom
and the tissue culture grade polystyrene which
forms the sides of the dish. All WPI dishes have
the advantages of low toxicity and good UV
transmission bottom glass. They are individually
packed and gamma sterilized.
The 35 mm dish has outside dimensions similar
to that of a Corning 35 mm dish and has ø23.5
mm glass window (FD35) or ø10 mm glass
window (FD3510). Most heaters and perfusion
adapters designed for the Corning 35 mm
dish will also fit this dish. The 23.5 mm glass
window dish is available uncoated or poly-Dlysine-coated. Certain types of cell lines (e.g.,
PC3 and HEK) adhere well to the uncoated
glass bottom dish. The poly-D-lysine coating
has been reported to improve the adhesion of
neuron cells. The users can also apply to the
uncoated dish any special coating that is best
for their cell line.
The 10 mm glass window dish (FD3510) has
low sidewall for easy microelectrode access and
low solution volume. The low microelectrode
access angle is the lowest among all of 35
mm dishes on the market (very close that of a
50 mm dish). The dish needs only about 115 µL
to cover the bottom well, an important feature
when using expensive drugs and chemicals.
The 50 mm dish (FD50) has a large growth area
(35 mm well diameter), a low access angle for
microelectrodes, and grips for easy handling.
OD
ID
H
Access
Angle
h
Glass Ø
Conventional plastic dishes and chambers
Standard Fluorodish geometry.
limit the utility of the inverted scope for many
See the table below.
applications because the thick plastic bottom
requires a long working distance objective
Well Volume: 113.8µL
Dish Volume: 1207.4µL
available only in lower magnifications. Each
WPI dish has a flat (0.17 mm thick) optical
4.65mm
quality glass bottom, allowing the use of a
10mm
much shorter objective working distance,
1.45mm
32mm
larger numerical aperture (NA), and a higher
FD3510
magnification (up to 100x). The larger NA and
higher magnification
Part Number
ID (mm
OD (mm)
Glass Ø (mm)
height (inside) Height (outside) Access Angle
provide superior
FD35
33
35.5
23.5
7.8
9
29°
quality imaging
FD3510
10
35.5
10
1.5
4.65
17°
for both classical
FD5040
47.5
49.82
35
7.25
7.4
17°
and fluorescence
microscopy. Higher
effective NA yields
brighter images for
FD35-100
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
fluorescence and
FD35PDL-100 FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, Poly-D-Lysine Coated, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
higher resolution
FD3510-100
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 10 mm well, low sidewall, box of 100
FD5040-100
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 50 mm, 35 mm well, box of 100
l Choose from poly-D-lysine coated or uncoated
154
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Cover Slips
These cover slips made of German glass can be used for growing and
culturing cells that normally have poor adhesion to plastic surfaces. They
are small enough to be placed in the micro plate or other cell culture
devices. The 5 mm size will fit inside the 96-well culture plate and leave
enough room to pick it up from the bottom of the well with forceps. The
8 mm size fits inside the 24-well plates.
Entomology Kit
504166
Student Entomology Kit
Kit Contains:
• 2 Teaser Needles Straight
• 2 Teaser Needles Angled
• 1 Iris Scissors, 11.5cm
• 1 Scalpel Handle #3
• 1 Adson Micro Forceps, 12cm
• 1 Dropper
• 2 Micro Dissection Forceps, 12cm Str
• 2 Micro Dissection Forceps, 12cm Cvd
• 2 Entomology Forceps, 10cm
• 1 Tweezers with Magnifying Mirror
• 1 Stainless Steel Scale, 6"
• 10 Blades #10
• 1 Leather Pouch
Diam.
Thickness
Quantity
5 mm
8 mm
25 mm
#1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm)
#1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm)
#1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm)
100
100
100
Anatomy Kit
504164
Student Anatomy kit
Kit Contains:
• 1 Plastic Ruler, 6"
• 1 Mall Probe
• 1 Teaser Needle Angled
• 1 Teaser Needle Straight
• 1 Dressing Forceps, 16cm
• 1 Mosquito Forceps, 12.5cm
• 1 Scalpel Handle #3
• 4 Blades for Scalpel Handle #3
• 1 Scalpel Handle #4
• 4 Blades for Scalpel Handle #4
• 1 Dissecting Scissors, 14cm Sharp/Blunt
• 1 Hooks with Chain
• 1 Leather Pouch
MICROSCOPES, CAMERAS
Order
Number
502040
502041
503508
Botanical Kit
504165
Student Botanical Kit
Kit Contains:
• 1 Scissors, 14cm
• 1 Dropper
• 1 Scalpel Handle #3
• 4 Scalpel Blades
• 1 Teaser Needle Angled
• 1 Teaser Needle Straight
• 1 Mariam Tweezers Angled
• 1 Tweezers Straight
• 1 Leather Pouch
Slides
503505
503505
503506
503507
503507
503506
These clean glass microscope slides are 25 x
75 mm, 1.0~1.2 mm thick with 90° grounded
edges. and are available plain, frosted, and
red ended. The frosted end slides feature
a fine 20 mm frosted area on both sides of
one end for easy marking. The red frosted
slides feature a 20 mm colored end useful for
identifying hazardous materials.
Plain Glass Microscope Slides, Box of 144
Frosted Glass Microscope Slides, Box of 144
Red frosted Glass Microscope Slides, Box of 144
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
155
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Pumps & Fluid Handling
Fluid Range
Channels
Special features
Page
Peristaltic Pumps
MINISTAR
Peripro-2HS
Peripro-4HS
Peripro-4LS
Peripro-8LS
0.006- 37 mL/min
0.8 - 300 mL/min
0.8 - 300 mL/min
0.01-80 mL/min
0.01-80 mL/min
1
2
4
4
8
Compact design, remote control
Calibrated output, replaceable tubing cartridges
Calibrated output, replaceable tubing cartridges
Calibrated output, replaceable tubing cartridges
Calibrated output, replaceable tubing cartridges
157
157
158
158
158
MPS2
Up to 250 µL/min
8
Programmable control; low dead volume
160
0.000073-1699 mL/hr
0.000073-1699 mL/hr
1.26 pL/min to 88.32 mL/min
1.26 pL/min to 25.99 mL/min
1.26 pL/min to 88.28 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
1
2
1
2
1
2
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.0001-519 mL/hr
0.001 µL/hr – 35mL/min
0.1 µL/hr – 127 mL/hr
0.001 µL/hr - 145 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 86 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 145 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 21 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 21 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 21 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 86 mL/min
2
2
2
2
1
2
1+1
2
2+2
2
10
10
4
2+2
Push/pull
Push/pull (2 networked pumps)
Infuse only
Infuse only
Infuse/Withdraw
Infuse/withdraw
Infuse/withdraw programmable
Push-pull
Push-pull programmable
Infuse only
Basic single channel
Micro dialysis application
Push pull, single cycle
RS232 TTL/Footswitch
RS232 push pull, continuous
RS232 Infuse/Withdraw
RS232 Infuse Only
RS232 Infuse/Withdraw
RS232 Infuse Only
RS232 push pull, single cycle
161
161
162
163
163
164
164
164
164
165
165
166
166
166
166
167
167
167
167
167
0.03nL/min - 10 µL/sec
Manual 100 µL-1mL syringe
Manual 100 µL-1mL syringe
1
1
1
Single-Channel and Whole-Cell Solution Exchange
Laboratory Syringe Pumps
AL-1000
AL-2000
SPLG100
SPLG101
SPLG110
SPLG210
SPLG212
SPLG270
SPLG272
SPLG200
SP100i
SP101i
SP120p
SP200i
SP210c
SP210iw
SP220i
SP230iw
SP250i
SP260p
Micro Syringe Pump / Stereotaxic Injection
UMP3
MMP
DMP
Microinjection
Ultra micro infuse/withdraw RS232
Manual
Digital readout micrometer
Injected volumes from picoliters
1
Injection pressure and holding pressure
to nanoliters
Injected volumes from picoliters
PV830
1
Injection pressure and holding pressure and vacuum
to nanoliters
NANOLITER2010
Bolus, 2.3-69 mL/Injection
1
Oocyte injector, infuse only
Microinjection Systems (Zebrafish, C. Elegans, Drosophila, Xenopus oocytes)
PV820
172
181
181
173
172
179
176
Microfluidics
ExiGo
50 nL/min - 10 mL/min
1
Mirus
100nL/min – 10mL/min ±1%
8
Kimo
15 – 35 mL/hr ±4%
1
Supplies & Tools
156
Infuse only, feedback via integrated flow sensor, includes iPad
mini which can control up to four pumps
Infuse only, reversible flow, ~600mL dead volume, PC control
Infuse only, recirculating pump controlled by iPod Touch, Wi-Fi
communication, <300mL dead volume
183
183
183
Pipetters — Standard and Autoclavable
Syringes — Microvolume, for UltraMicroPump III
Miniature Vacuum Pump
Z-MOLDS Microinjection and Transplantation Molds
NanoFil™ Specialty Microsyringe
NanoFil™ Application Kits
168
171
173
176
180
180
Pressure Manometers
181
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
MINISTAR SPECIFICATIONS
Miniature DC Peristaltic Pump
This compact and lightweight peristaltic pump fits just about
anywhere. It can be mounted directly on the bench, in a regular
rack or to a post. The MiniStar’s speed can be adjusted from 1rpm
to 50 rpm. With recommended silicone tubing, the volume can be
set from 0.06 mL/min to 14.0 mL/min. The MiniStar also features
a hand held remote control that allows users to start and stop the
pump, purge or adjust its speed and direction.
MINISTAR
504011
503120
503121
503122
Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel
MiniStar and Stand (as pictured above)
TTL Control Module
Silicone Tubing w stops, 2.4mm ID x 0.8mm wall x 1 m (5-pk)
Silicone Tubing w stops, 1mm ID x 1mm wall x 1 m (5-pk)
CHANNEL1
SPEED
1-50.0 rpm, forward/reverse
FLOW RANGE
0.06~14.0 mL/min
RESOLUTION
1 rpm (0.1 rpm computer control)
SPEED CONTROL
Remote control
DISPLAY
Indicators for status and speed
POWER
12 V DC (110/220 VAC adapter incl.)
WORKING CONDITION
80%
Temperature 0-40°C, humidity <
TUBING
Wall Thickness
Outer Diameter
Two-stop Silicone
0.8~1.0 mm
≤ 4.8mm
DIMENSION OF DRIVER 135×72×72 mm (L×W×H)
DIMENSION OF REMOTE CONTROL 105×50×16 mm (L×W×H)
WEIGHT OF DRIVER
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Mini★Star™
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
0.5 Kg
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
157
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Peri-Star Pro
™
High performance digital peristaltic pump at an
affordable price!
l Display either rotation speed
(RPM) or flow rate (mL/min)
l Wide flow range: 0.01 280 mL/min
l Accuracy of flow rate: 0.5%
using self calibration function
l Accuracy of speed: 0.1 rpm
l Large backlit digital LCD
display
l Programmable for all tubing
sizes between 0.8 mm and
6.4 mm ID
l Easy and fast tubing
replacement using snap-on
cartridges
l Membrane keypad allows
easy programming while
protecting controls from fluid
entry
l Actively driven rollers by
planetary gears for long
lasting tubing life
Peri-Star™ Pro peristaltic pumps provide
accurate and precise pumping with
convenience and versatility. Peri-Star Pro
can be run in either flow rate mode (mL/
min) or rotation speed mode (rpm). For good
laboratory practice, pumps must be calibrated
after changing the tubing and solution. Users
can easily calibrate Peri-Star Pro to deliver flow
as accurate as 0.5% in a wide flow range from
0.01 mL/min to 280 mL/min. Under rotation
speed mode, the digitally controlled stepping
motor provides accurate and reproducible
operation with 0.1% rpm both forward and in
reverse.
Large backlit digital LCD display provides
readouts of rotation direction, flow rate or
rotation speed, tubing ID, drive status and
158
remote control mode simultaneously. Water
resistant membrane keypad allows easy
programming while protecting LCD display and
controls from fluid entry.
Built-in Human Machine Interface (HMI) with
screen instructions in plain English steps users
through initial setup, calibration and operating
procedures. The user-friendly interface reduces
the need to frequently check the printed
manual for instruction and reference.
Peri-Star Pro is available in two versions: a
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
4-roller version for high flow and an 8-roller
version for lower volumes which provides high
pressure with minimal pulsations.
A unique planetary gear design with eight
actively driven rollers (four rollers for higher
flow rate model), together with independent
tubing compression fine adjustment, greatly
increases flow accuracy and prolongs tubing
life. Snap-on cartridges allow tubing to be
changed quickly without cross contamination
of solutions.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Available in 2-, 4‑ and 8-channel versions
Pump head for
PERIPRO-4LS
(4 channels, 8 rollers)
Pump head for
PERIPRO-4HS
(4 channels, 4 rollers)
Pump head for
PERIPRO-8LS
(8 channels, 8 rollers)
PERI-STAR PRO SPECIFICATIONS
Peri-Star Pro 2H / 4H
(High Rate)
NUMBER OF ROLLERS
NUMBER OF CHANNELS
Peri-Star Pro 4L / 8L
(Low Rate)
4
8
2–4
4–8
ROTOR SPEED RANGE
1–100 rpm
1–100 rpm
FLUID FLOW RANGE
0.8–280 mL/min
#17 Tubing: 3.5–280 mL/min
0.01–80 mL/min
#14 Tubing: 0.2–18 mL/min
3.1–6.4 mm ID
0.5–2.4 mm ID
TUBING RANGE
SELF-CALIBRATION
WORKING ENVIRONMENT
POWER
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
Yes
Yes
0–45°C, Humidity < 80%
0–45°C, Humidity < 80%
110 V or 220 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz
110 V or 220 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz
190 x 162 x 275 mm
190 x 162 x 275 mm
11 lb / 5 kg
11 lb / 5 kg
NEW PERI-STAR PRO PUMPS
PERIPRO-2HS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 2-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-4HS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 4-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-4LS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 4-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-8LS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 8-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (110-220V)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
503049Replacement Tubing Cartridge, Large
503050
Replacement Tubing Cartridge, Small
503022
Replacement Silicone Tubing, 1m, 1.6 mm I.D., #14, with stops
503023
Replacement Silicone Tubing, 1m, 6.4 mm I.D., #17
503120
TTL Control Module
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Pump head for
PERIPRO-2HS
(2 channels, 4 rollers)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
159
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
● Manual or Programmable PC
control with user-friendly GUI
interface
MPS-2
Multichannel
Perfusion
System
● Fast LAFF solenoid valve
● Color-coded polyurethane
tubing for easy identification
for single ion channel and
whole-cell solution exchange
● Super low dead volume
(<100 nL) micromanifold
● Economically priced
inputs from 1/16” ID tubing
internal
passage ID:
250 µm
output: 100 or
250 µm ID quartz/
polymide tubing
mounting rod
connector
14 mm OD
internal junction
OD: 600 µm
Micromanifold closeup: Fluid-filled passages are shown in magenta.
MPS-2 is a programmable 8-channel perfusion system designed for single
channel and whole-cell patch preparations. Offering the best combination
of performance and value, the MPS-2 incorporates the same high quality
solenoid valves found on similar but much more expensive systems.
Unlike other perfusion systems on the market, which often compromise
performance to fit every possible application, the MPS-2 is the only
perfusion system designed and optimized specifically for single-channel and
whole-cell patch perfusion applications.
The system can be controlled manually via membrane switches on the front
panel or through a PC. Two different manual control modes are offered.
One controls each channel independently and the other mode allows
the user to assign a master channel that will keep the system flow when
all other channels are switched off. User-friendly graphic timing software
is included, and the programmed perfusion sequence can be started by
computer, a patch clamp amplifier or other external trigger, or manually by
the user
The perfusion fluid flows through specially designed color-coded
polyurethane ribbon style tubing. The color-coding
MPS-2
Multichannel Perfusion System & Control Software
allows the user to easily trace each channel for
REPLACEMENT PARTS
diagnostic checks or set up and the ribbon style of
502109-15 Color-coded Polyurethane Tubing, 1/16” ID x 8 Channels, 15 ft
tubing keeps the system very neat and organized. Unlike
502110
Micromanifold, 100 µm ID tip, 2 pcs/pk
PVC based tubing, polyurethane tubing contains no
502125
Micromanifold, 200 µm ID tip, 2 pcs/pk
plasticizer, which can cause contamination. The tubing
ribbon is designed as an economical disposable item,
Specify line voltage and Micromanifold tip OD when ordering.
which is often critical when cleanness is needed.
MPS-2 SPECIFICATIONS
CHANNELS8
VALVE RESPONSE TIME
2 ms
VALVE CONTROL
USB, TTL, external start via software
SYRINGE RESERVOIR VOLUME
10 mL
MANIFOLD
8 to 1
TIP ID
250 micron and 100 micron.
MAXIMUM FLOW RATES (gravity fed)
100 µm ID tip, 8 µL/min. at 50 cm
250 µm ID tip, 250-500 µL/min. at 50 cm
DEAD VOLUME
< 100 nL excluding the single outlet tubing
160
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
The most unique feature of the MPS-2 is its perfusion
micromanifold. Using the latest microfluidic techniques,
the injection molded micromanifold provides the least
flow resistance and dead volume of any product on the
market. The flow channel inner diameter is approximately
1.0 mm, except for the last 5 mm before the junction
point. This design allows a fast flow rate without using a
pressured system. The maximum flow rates are 1 and 16
microliter per second for the 50 mm long 100 µm and
250 µm ID tips, respectively. Small channels and a unique
design at the merging point further reduce the chance of
cross contamination. Dead volume is less than 100 nL.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Aladdin
Programmable Syringe Pump
● Versatile
● More Features
● Dual Pumping Action
ALADDIN SPECIFICATIONS
AL-1000
AL-1000HP
SYRINGE SIZES
Plastic syringes up to 60 mL and
selected glass micro syringes from
0.5 to 500 µL.
Plastic syringes up to 60 mL and
selected glass micro syringes from
0.5 to 500 µL.
NUMBER OF SYRINGES
1
1
MOTOR TYPE
Step Motor, 1/8 to 1/2 step modes
STEPS PER REVOLUTIONS
400
The Aladdin pump series will accept syringes from Becton Dickinson,
Monoject, Terumo, and Air-Tite.
200
STEPPING (max./min.)
0.21 µm to 0.850 µm
MOTOR TO DRIVE SCREW RATIO
15/28
15/28
SPEED (max./min.)
5.1 cm/min / 0.0042 cm/hr
18.36964 cm/min / 0.008409 cm/hr
PUMPING RATES
1699 mL/hr with 60 mL syringe,
to 0.73 µL/hr with 1 mL syringe
6120 mL/hr with 60 mL syringe,
to 1.459 mL/hr with 1 mL syringe
MAXIMUM FORCE
35 lb at min. speed, 18 lb at maximum
speed
100 lb at minimum speed, 18 lb at maximum speed
NUMBER OF PROGRAM PHASES
41
41
RS-232 PUMP NETWORK
100 pumps maximum
100 pumps maximum
POWER SUPPLY
Wall adapter 12V DC @ 850 mA
Wall adapter 12V DC @ 1000 mA
DIMENSIONS
22.9 x 14.6 x 11.4 cm
(8.75 x 5.75 x 4.5 in.)
22.9 x 14.6 x 11.4 cm
(8.75 x 5.75 x 4.5 in.)
WEIGHT
1.6 kg (3.6 lb)
1.6 kg (3.6 lb)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Need a pump for two syringes? Two Aladdin pumps when daisychained are more efficient and affordable than any competitor’s
dual syringe models. Two Aladdins (AL-2000) will perform as a dual
infusion/withdrawal pump, a double pump for infusing at different
rates, a push/pull pump with one infusing and one withdrawing
at the same or different rates, two independent pumps, or a
master/slave pump. One Aladdin can even control the second for
continuous pumping with optional check valve set.
AL-1000
Programmable Syringe Pump AL-1000HP Programmable Syringe Pump, High Pressure
AL-2000
Two AL1000 Syringe Pumps Includes GN-TTL Interconnecting Cable for push/pull or continuous pumping. Valves not included.
Specify line voltage
When ordering 220V models, specify UK,
Euro or Australian line cord.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
GN-PC7
PC to pump cable, 7 ft
GN-PC25
PC to pump cable, 25 ft
GN-NET7
Pump-to-pump network cable, 7 ft
GN-NET25 Pump-to-pump network cable, 25 ft GN-TTL
Pump-to-pump reciprocating cable
ADPT2
Footswitch
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
161
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
● Economical
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Legato Syringe Pumps
The large touch screen color display lets you see all of
the pump’s operating parameters to ensure proper
operation during the experiments. Syringe size and
flow rate are easily displayed, as well as the volume
delivered and elapsed time. Set up is easy using the
icon-driven software. An LED on the front panel makes
it easy to see if the pump is running. Advanced micro
stepping techniques are employed to further reduce
the step angle to eliminate flow pulsation. Accuracy is
±0.5%. A wide dynamic flow range from picoliters per
minute to millimeters per minute can be programmed
into the pump. These versatile pumps can be connected
through an RS485 interface. Add the new Adagio
software to maximize the use of the pump’s functions
and features. Adagio allows you to configure the pump
through the software, as well as operate one or multiple
pumps. LabVIEW drivers are available on the National
Instruments website.
Benefits
• Automatic dispensing of small volumes
• Constant delivery of fluids
• Hands free operation
• Better flow performance
Features
• Accuracy ±0.35%
• Holds one or two syringes from
0.5 μL to 140 mL
• High resolution color touch
screen
• Real time clock
• Unparalleled ease of use
• Touch pad "lock" feature
• LED light on front panel
• Full metal chassis
SPLG100
Infuse-Only Syringe Pump
The SPLG100 is the world’s first single-syringe infusion-only pump
with a touchscreen interface. The SPLG100 has a wide flow rate range
from 1.26 pL/min to 88.32 mL/min, depending on syringe size. It
accommodates a single syringe from 0.5 µL to 60 mL. Any type of syringe,
including glass, plastic or stainless steel, are held securely in place.
SPLG100
504578
Legato 100 Syringe Pump, Infuse-Only
Software Adagio/USB Key
SPLG100 SPECIFICATIONS
• Built in syringe table
• Up to 75 lb linear force
• Advanced microstepping
techniques
• Built in RS-485 interface to link
multiple pumps
• USB port & RS232 Interface
• I/O & TTL interface
• Continuous mode of operation
• Protection with a spill dam
• Analog control option
• CE, UL, CSA, CB Scheme, EU
RoHS
FLOW RATES
Syringe Diameter
Minimum
Maximum
0.5 μL
0.103 mm
1.260 pL/min
1.325 μL/min
1 μL
0.146 mm
2.520 pL/min
2.651 μL/min
2 μL
0.206 mm
5.100 pL/min
5.299 μL/min
5 μL
0.343 mm
14.100 pL/min
14.690 μL/min
SYRINGE SIZE
0.5 μL to 60 mL
10 μL
0.485 mm
28.260 pL/min
29.380 μL/min
POWER
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
25 μL
0.729 mm
63.900 pL/min
66.370 μL/min
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
LINEAR FORCE (MAXIMUM)
13.6 kg (30 lb) @ 100% Force Selection
50 μL
1.03 mm
127.600 pL/min
132.500 μL/min
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER ONE
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
100 μL
1.457 mm
255.20 pL/min
265.100 μL/min
15,360
250 μL
2.304 mm
638.300 nL/ min
662.900 μL/min
STEP RATE (MINIMUM)
27.5 sec/μstep
500 μL
3.256 mm
1.275 nL/min
1.324 mL/min
STEP RATE (MAXIMUM)
26 μsec/μstep
DRIVE MOTOR
0.9 degree Stepper Motor
1000 μL
4.608 mm
2.553 nL/min
2.652 mL/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MINIMUM)
0.15 μm/min
1 mL
4.699 mm
2.655 nL/min
2.757 mL/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAXIMUM)
159 mm/min
3 mL
8.585 mm
8.863 nL/min
9.204 mL/min
FLOW RATE (MINIMUM)
1.26 pL/ min (0.5 μL syringe)
5 mL
11.989 mm
17.290 nL/min
17.950 mL/min
FLOW RATE (MAXIMUM)
88.32 mL/min (60 mL syringe)
DIMENSIONS
22.6 x 19.05 x 15 cm (9 x 7.5 x 5 in)
10 mL
14.427 mm
25.030 nL/min
25.990 mL/min
WEIGHT
2.66 kg (5.9 lb)
20 mL
19.05 mm
43.640 nL/min
45.320 mL/min
CONNECTORS
RS485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB Type B
30 mL
21.59 mm
56.050 nL/min
58.210 mL/min
60 mL
26.594 mm
85.050 nL/ min
88.320 mL/min
162
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Superior reliability and flow performance
SPLG110
Infuse/Withdraw Syringe Pump
The SPLG101 is ideal for applications where dual syringes are required
with small volumes under 10mL. It accommodates two syringes from
0.5 µL to 10 mL. The SPLG101 has a wide flow rate range from 1.26 pL/
min to 25.99 mL/min, depending on syringe size.
The SPLG110 offers infuse/withdraw flow control and programmability
for up to two multi-step programs of 50 steps each. The SPLG110 has a
wide flow rate range from 1.26 pL/min to 88.28 mL/min, depending on
syringe size. The SPLG110 accommodates a single syringe from 0.5 µL to
60 mL. Any type of syringe can be used in the unit including glass, plastic
or stainless steel. The pump is ideal for more complex multi-step dosing
and has all multi-mode operation including infusion only, withdrawal only,
infusion and withdrawal and withdrawal/infusion modes.
SPLG101
504578
Legato 101 Syringe Pump, Dual Infuse-Only
Software Adagio/USB Key
SPLG110
504578
Legato 110 Syringe Pump, Infuse/Withdraw
Software Adagio/USB Key
SPLG101 SPECIFICATIONS
SPLG110 SPECIFICATIONS
SYRINGE SIZE
0.5 μL to 10 mL
SYRINGE SIZE
0.5 μL to 60 mL
POWER
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
POWER
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
LINEAR FORCE (MAXIMUM)
13.6 kg (30 lbs) @ 100% Force Selection
LINEAR FORCE (MAXIMUM)
13.6 kg (30 lbs) @ 100% Force Selection
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER ONE
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
15,360
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER
15,360
ONE REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
STEP RATE (MINIMUM)
27.5 sec/μstep
STEP RATE (MINIMUM)
27.5 sec/μstep
STEP RATE (MAXIMUM)
26 μsec/μstep
STEP RATE (MAXIMUM)
26 μsec/μstep
DRIVE MOTOR
0.9 degree Stepper Motor
DRIVE MOTOR
0.9 degree Stepper Motor
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MINIMUM)
0.15 μm/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MINIMUM)
0.15 μm/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAXIMUM)
159 mm/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAXIMUM)
159 mm/min
FLOW RATE (MINIMUM)
1.26 pL/ min (0.5 μL syringe)
FLOW RATE (MINIMUM)
1.26 pL/ min (0.5 μl syringe)
FLOW RATE (MAXIMUM
25.99 mL/min (10 mL syringe)
FLOW RATE (MAXIMUM)
88.28 mL/min (60 ml syringe)
DIMENSIONS
22.6 x 19.05 x 15 cm (9 x 7.5 x 5 in)
DIMENSIONS
22.6 x 19.05 x 15 cm (9 x 7.5 x 5 in)
WEIGHT
2.66 kg (5.9 lbs)
WEIGHT
2.66 kg (5.9 lbs)
CONNECTORS
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
RS485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B
CONNECTORS
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
RS485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B
Adagio Software
l Low Cost Simple Installation l Flow Evolution Graph l Import & Export Programs l Quick &
Easy Manual Pump Control l Monitor One or More Pumps l Program Data Logging
The manual pump control tool allows easy direct control of the pump. Pump commands can be
entered directly into the log. Multiple programs can be opened at the same time. The program’s
progression is tracked, and can be stored in a file for later access.
System Requirements:
Intuitive Run Screen — Combining multiple parameters
simultaneously with internationally recognizable icons
allow the Legato™ Series to provide a new level of
intuitive syringe pump operation.
l 1 GHz Pentium processor or higher l 512 MB of RAM (1 GB recommended) l Windows XP SP3 or Vista
(XP recommended) l Free RS232 or USB 2.0 ports (depending on the quantity, model and connectivity of the
controlled pumps; daisy chained pumps require a single port; direct PC-to-Pump connections require one free
port per pump) l Microsoft Excel 97 or higher
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
163
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
SPLG101
Dual Infuse-Only Syringe Pump
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Legato Syringe Pumps
SPLG210
Infuse/Withdraw Syringe Pump
SPLG270
Infuse/Withdraw Continuous
The SPLG270 is a Push-Pull syringe pump. It accommodates two syringes
from 0.5 μL to 140 mL for infusion and two syringes for withdrawal. This
model supports infusion and withdrawal simultaneously at user-defined
flow rates and with selectable target volumes to control the total volume
pumped. It also supports infuse only, withdraw only, infuse/withdraw,
withdraw/infuse and continuous mode. The touch screen interface lets you
quickly create configurations and recall them for easy use. The 4.3-inch
TFT color display with touch pad interface presents all the pump operating
parameters on one easy-to-view run screen. Protective cover over the
display prevents leakage into the display.
SPLG270 SPLG272
504576
504577
504578
SPL Syringe Pump, Push-Pull SPL Syringe Pump, Push-Pull Programmable
Small Syringe Multi Rack (for six 30-60mL syringes or ten 0.5µL-20mL syringes)
Large Syringe Multi Rack (for up to four 60-140 mL plastic syringes)
Software Adagio/USB Key
The SPLG210 Infuse/Withdraw syringe pump offers unparalleled ease of use
through the high resolution touch screen. The basic model works with one
syringe or two (from 0.5µL to 140mL) and can be reconfigured in the field
to be used with multiple syringes. rotective cover over the display prevents
leakage into the display. To optimize your bench space the SPLG210 can be
placed on its side to reduce the footprint to only 3.5 in. x 9.75 in. The display
also tilts with the change to allow the user to operate the pump vertically.
The programmable model offers maximum flexibility for configuring and
running different programs. Up to 40 programs of 20 steps each can be
configured and stored in the unit and recalled quickly with the touch of a
button.
SPLG210 SPLG212 504576
504577
504578
SPL Syringe Pump, Infuse/Withdraw
SPL Syringe Pump, Infuse/Withdraw Programmable
Small Syringe Multi Rack (for six 30-60mL syringes or ten 0.5µL-20mL syringes)
Large Syringe Multi Rack (for up to four 60-140 mL plastic syringes)
Software Adagio/USB Key
SPLG270 SPECIFICATIONS
SPLG210 SPECIFICATIONS
SYRINGE SIZE
0.5 μL to 140 mL
SYRINGE SIZE
0.5 μL to 140 mL
POWER
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
POWER
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
LINEAR FORCE (MAXIMUM)
34 kg (75 lbs) @ 100% force selection
LINEAR FORCE (MAXIMUM)
34 kg (75 lbs) @ 100% force selection
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER ONE
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
6400
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER ONE
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
6400
STEP RATE (MINIMUM)
27.5 sec/μstep
STEP RATE (MINIMUM
27.5 sec/μstep
STEP RATE (MAXIMUM)
26 μsec/μstep
STEP RATE (MAXIMUM)
26 μsec/μstep
DRIVE MOTOR
1.8 degree Stepper Motor
DRIVE MOTOR
1.8 degree Stepper Motor
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MINIMUM)
0.36 μm/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MINIMUM)
0.36 μm/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAXIMUM)
190.80 mm/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAXIMUM
190.80 mm/min
FLOW RATE (MINIMUM)
5 pL/min (0.5 μL syringe)
FLOW RATE (MINIMUM)
5 pL/min (0.5 μL syringe)
FLOW RATE (MAXIMUM)
215.803 mL/min (140 mL syringe)
FLOW RATE (MAXIMUM)
215.803 mL/min (140 mL syringe)
DIMENSIONS
8.89 x 25.4 x 27.94 cm (3.5 x 10 x 11 in)
DIMENSIONS
8.89 x 25.4 x 27.94 cm (3.5 x 10 x 11 in))
WEIGHT
4.9 kg (10.75 lb)
WEIGHT
4.9 kg (10.75 lb)
CONNECTORS
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
RS-485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B,
I/O & TTL - 15 Pin D-Sub Connector
CONNECTORS
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
RS-485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B,
I/O & TTL - 15 Pin D-Sub Connector
164
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Superior reliability and flow performance
SPLG200
Infuse-Only Syringe Pump
The SPLG200 Infuse only syringe pump offers
unparalleled ease of use through the high resolution touch
screen. The basic model works with one syringe or two (from 0.5 μL
to 140 mL ) and can be reconfigured in the field to be used with multiple
syringes. To optimize your bench space the SPLG200 can be placed on its
side to reduce the footprint to only 3.5 x 9.75 inches. the display also tilts
with the change to allow the user to operate the pump vertically. User
definable flow rates with selectable target volumes or time values to control
the total infusion volume. Up to 40 programs of 20 steps each can be
configured and stored in the unit and recalled quickly with the touch of a
button.
SPLG200
504576
504577
504578
SPL Syringe Pump, Infuse Only
Small Syringe Multi Rack (for six 30-60mL syringes or ten 0.5µL-20mL syringes)
Large Syringe Multi Rack (for up to four 60-140 mL plastic syringes)
Software Adagio/USB Key
SPLG200 SPECIFICTIONS
SPLG200 FLOW RATES
Syringe
Diameter
Minimum
Maximum
0.5 μL
0.103 mm
3.12 pL/min
1.589 μL/min
1 μL
0.146 mm
6.18 pL/min
3.180 μL/min
2 μL
0.206 mm
12.301 pL/min
6.358 μL/min
5 μL
0.343 mm
33.96 pL/min
17.630 μL/min
10 μL
0.485 mm
67.72 pL/min
35.249 μL/min
SYRINGE SIZE
0.5 μL to 140 mL
25 μL
0.729 mm
153.42 pL/min
79.640 μL/min
POWER
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
50 μL
1.03 mm
306.24 pL/min
158.984 μL/min
LINEAR FORCE (MAXIMUM)
34 kg (75 lbs) @ 100% force selection
100 μL
1.457 mm
612.72 pL/min
318.126 μL/min
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER ONE
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
6400
250 μL
2.304 mm
1.533 nL/ min
795.51 μL/min
STEP RATE (MINIMUM)
27.5 sec/μstep
500 μL
3.256 mm
3.06 nL/min
1.588 mL/min
STEP RATE (MAXIMUM)
26 μsec/μstep
1000 μL
4.608 mm
6.129 nL/min
3.181 mL/min
DRIVE MOTOR
1.8 degree Stepper Motor
1 mL
4.699 mm
6.373 nL/min
3.308 mL/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MINIMUM)
0.36 μm/min
3 mL
8.585 mm
21.272 nL/min
11.044 mL/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAXIMUM)
190.80 mm/min
5 mL
11.989 mm
41.485 nL/min
21.539 mL/min
FLOW RATE (MINIMUM)
5 pL/min (0.5 μL syringe)
FLOW RATE (MAXIMUM)
215.803 mL/min (140 mL syringe)
10 mL
14.427 mm
60.073 nL/min
31.19 mL/min
DIMENSIONS
8.89 x 25.4 x 27.94 cm (3.5 x 10 x 11 in.)
20 mL
19.05 mm
104.74 nL/min
54.383 mL/min
WEIGHT
4.9 kg (10.75 lb)
30 mL
21.59 mm
134.533 nL/min
69.852 mL/min
CONNECTORS
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
S485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B,
I/O & TTL - 15 Pin D-Sub Connector
50 mL
26.594 mm
204.122 nL/ min
105.985 mL/min
100 mL
35.7 mm
367.839 nL/min
190.992 mL/min
140 mL
38.4 mm
415.623 nL/min
215.803 mL/min
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
165
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
When mounted vertically,
the display screen of
the SPLG series pumps
automatically reorients for
ease of use.
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
SP Series Syringe Pumps
Syringe pumps for high me­ter­ing precision at low, pulse-free rates
SP Pumps are sturdy and reliable, ex­treme­ly sim­ple to set up and use—
and sur­pris­ing­ly af­ford­able. Liquid crys­tal displays (LCDs) prompt you
through set­up:
1. Select syringe from table stored in the pump’s memory and dis­
played on the LCD.
2. Enter the volume to be dispensed.
3. Enter the flow rate and press Start.
It’s fast and simple. Your settings are permanently stored in memory —
there’s no need to re-enter them each day. SP pumps feature preset
rate and volume control. Just set the volume you want dispensed.
Volume is tracked continuously on the LCD display. Then, when the
preset volume has been dispensed, the pump shuts off automatically.
The easy-to-read digital dis­play provides real-time read­ings using both
parameters and values for clearer, mistake-free readings. The SP200
Series pumps offer TTL and RS-232C interfaces and automatic shutoff
under stall conditions..
See www.wpiinc.com/sppumps for specifications on the SP Series Syringe Pumps.
Single-Syringe Infusion Pump
SP100i
This inexpensive single-syringe
infusion pump combines precision and
simplicity with outstanding ease of
use and durability.
Two-Syringe Microdialysis Pump
SP101i
Developed especially for use in
microdialysis experiments, this
pump produces very fine syringe
movement. The modified SP100i
gearing features a sixfold gear
reduction compared to standard
models, allowing pumping at much
smaller flow rates. (See the Micro-C
for detection of dialysates.)
● Holds any size syringe, 10 µL
to 50 mL
● Automatic volume control and
shutoff
● Simple menu-driven setup: dispense volume, dispense
flow rate, syringe diameter
● Dual barrel infusion only
● Holds two syringes, 10 µL to 1­0 mL
● Last settings stored in permanent memory
● Continuous dispense volume display
Two-Syringe Infusion Pump
SP200i
Two-Syringe Push-Pull Pump
SP120p
A second syringe mount has
been added to the basic
SP100i, with both syringes
activated by a single pusher
block for simultaneous
infusion and withdrawal.
● All the features of SP100i
● Holds two syringes, from
10 µL to 10 mL.
This feature-laden, two-syringe, infusion pump combines a broad speed range
and holds a wide range of syringe sizes to meet the requirements of virtually any
laboratory application.
● Holds two syringes, 10 to 140 mL
● Knob locks/unlocks drive block for effortless, drag-free adjustment
● Simple menu-driven setup: Syringe diameter, Dispense volume, Dispense flow
rate
● Continuous dispense volume display
● Preset volume control and automatic shutoff
● Review or change settings during operation
● Optical encoder stall detection
● Choice of unit selection
● Last settings stored in permanent memory
Continuous Cycle Syringe Pump
SP210c
The SP210c holds up to four syringes and can cycle
continuously back and forth in a push-pull action.
As two syringes are infusing,
two other syringes are
withdrawing at the
same rate. At the end of
the set volume the direction is
automatically reversed and the
next cycle begins. With the use
of 2-way valves, the pump can
empty and refill syringes for
continuous dispensing.
● Built-in RS-232C interface for computer linking or “daisy chaining” up to 100
pumps.
● TTL interface for foot
switch, timer,
relay control;
outputs
for run
indicator,
valve
control.
●Holds four syringes, 10
mL to 60 mL each
166
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Two-Syringe Infusion/
Withdrawal Pump
SP210iw
Multi-Syringe Infusion Pump
SP220i
The SP210iw offers more advanced features than any
other infusion/withdrawal pump in its price range—
including five operating modes plus independent
rate and volume settings for both infusion and
withdrawal.
Ideal for applications requiring multiple syringes, the
SP220i is an adaptation of the SP200i
and has been modified to hold up to
10 syringes.
● All features of SP200i
● Independent rate and volume settings for infusion
and withdrawal
● Multiple mode selection: infusion, withdrawal,
infusion then withdrawal, withdrawal then infusion
or continuous cycle.
● Accommodates 10 syringes
up to 10 mL, or six syringes
up to 50 mL, or four
syringes up to 140 mL.
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Multi-Syringe Infusion/
Withdrawal Pump
SP230iw
● All features of SP200i
Four-Syringe Nanoliter Infusion Pump
SP250i
Each syringe can be sized differently and is clamped independently.
● Holds four syringes, up to 10 mL each
● Separate clamping accommodates different sizes
● Syringes may be positioned independently for
sequential dispensing by the pusher
block
Ideal for applications requiring
multiple syringes, the SP230iw
is an adaptation of
the SP210iw, and
has been modified
to hold up to 10
syringes.
● All features of
SP200iw
● Multiple syringe
holder accommodates
10 syringes up to 10 mL, or
six syringes up to 50 mL, or
four syringes up to 140 mL.
Four-Syringe Push-Pull
Pump
SP260p single cycle
The SP260p can hold up to four syringes. As
two syringes are infusing, two other syringes are
withdrawing at the same rate. The SP260p is used for
single-cycle applications only.
●All the features of SP200i
●Holds up to 4 syringes
SP100i
SP100iZ
SP101i
SP101iZ
SP120p
SP120pZ
SP200i
SP200iZ
SP210c
SP210cZ
SP210iw
SP210iwZ
SP220i
SP220iZ
SP230iw
SP230iwZ
SP250i
SP250iZ
SP260p
SP260pZ
Syringe Pump, Infusion (single), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (single), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Microdialysis (double, slow speed), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Microdialysis (double, slow speed), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion-Withdrawal (double), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion-Withdrawal (double), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (double), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (double), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawl (Continuous Action), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawl (Continuous Action), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (double), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (double), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (multiple), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (multiple), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (multiple), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (multiple), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (multiple, mixed volumes), 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (multiple, mixed volumes), 220-240 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion-Withdrawal (double) Single Cycle Action, 95-135 V
Syringe Pump, Infusion-Withdrawal (double) Single Cycle Action, 220-240 V
All 240-volt pumps are CE-approved.
####-A
Audible Alarm (add “A” to pump part number when ordering)
####-P
Programmable Ramp Option (SP200 Series) OPTIONAL CABLES
15623
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 9-pin “D” connector
13685
SP Pump-to-Pump “Daisy-Chain” linking cable, 7 ft
13962
Footswitch for SP200 Series Pumps
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
167
REGAL pipetters
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
l Lightweight and conformable ergonomic design
l Easy calibration using provided tool
l Made from biologically inactive and chemical inert polymers
l Easy for cleaning and parts replacement
l CE and ISO13485 Certified
Model
Volume
Range
µL
Increment
µL
REG2
0.2 ~ 2
0.01
0.2
0.5
2
±12.0
±5.0
±2.0
≤6.00
≤2.50
≤0.70
REG10
1 ~ 10
0.1
1
5
10
±3.0
±1.5
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.60
≤0.40
REG20
2 ~ 20
0.1
2
10
20
±3.0
±1.0
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.50
≤0.30
REG50
5 ~ 50
0.5
5
20
50
±2.0
±1.2
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.40
≤0.20
REG100
10 ~ 100
1
10
50
100
±2.0
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.50
≤0.30
≤0.15
REG200
20 ~ 200
1
20
100
200
±2.0
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.50
≤0.30
≤0.15
5
100
500
1000
±1.5
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.30
≤0.30
≤0.15
REG1000 100 ~ 1000
Nominal
Tolerance Repeatability
Volume
%
%
µL
REG5K
1000 ~ 5000
50
1000
2000
5000
±1.0
±0.7
±0.7
≤0.50
≤0.25
≤0.15
REG10K
1000 ~ 10000
100
1 mL
5 mL
10 mL
±3.0
±0.7
±0.7
≤0.30
≤0.20
≤0.15
168
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
GERS5
GERS6
GERS7
504591
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
Regal Pipetters (set of any 5) & stand Regal Pipetters (set of any 6) & stand Regal Pipetters (set of any 7) & stand Stand for Regal Pipetters (holds 8) US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Universal Pipette Tips
Ultra-clear and certified RNase/DNase-free
Universal Filter Tips (sterile)
Tip Volume
For Pipetter
Rack
Part No.
0.1 - 10 µL
REG2
REG10
REG20
960 (10 racks of 96)
500199
10 - 200 µL
REG20
REG50
REG100
REG200
960 (10 racks of 96)
500200
1000 - 10,000 µL
REG10K
250 (10 racks of 25)
504590
Tip Volume
For Pipetter
Bulk
Part No.
Rack
Part No.
0.1 - 10 µL
REG2
REG10
REG20
Bag of 1000
500191
960
(10 racks of 96)
500192
5 - 200 µL
REG20
REG50
REG100
REG200
Bag of 1000
500193
960
(10 racks of 96)
500194
100-1000 µL
REG1K
Bag of 1000
500195
1000
(10 racks of 100)
500196
500 - 5000 µL
REG5K
Bag of 250
500197 *
500
(10 racks of 50)
500198 *
1000 - 10,000 µL
REG10K
Bag of 1000
504588
250
(10 racks of 25)
504589
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
WPI’s Universal Pipette Tips are for use with
Regal and most other pipetters, including
Gilson, Oxford Benchmate, Socorex, and
SealPette.
* Tips 500197 and 500198 fit Regal,
Eppendorf, and BioHit pipetters.
ds—
n
bra
alf
h
ea
ut e!
o
Sam
ab pric
t
a
the
g
din
a
s le
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
169
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Universal Tips
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
UltraMicroPump III
50mm
Three-prong
syringe holder
for more stability
65mm
For sub-microliter injection,
see NanoFil™, page 178
Micro syringes are easily installed — just snap the
barrel into the clamps. UMP3 accepts a range of
syringes from 0.5 µL to 1 mL.
Manipulator
not included.
Now with
microstepping
Controller now has higher
resolution and is virtually pulse-free
This versatile injector uses microsyringes to deliver picoliter volumes
Perfect for a wide range of applications
including intracellular injection, micro
delivery of biochemical agents or dyes, cell
separation, and in vitro fertilization.
See “Reproducible and Efficient Murine CNS Gene Delivery Using
a Microprocessor Controlled Injector,” A.I. Brooks et al., Journal
of Neuroscience Methods, 80 (1998) 137-147.
ULTRAMICROPUMP SPECIFICATIONS
(based on 10 µL syringe)
NORMAL MODE
TRAVEL
62 mm
MINIMUM DISPENSING VOLUME
0.58 nL / step (10 µL syringe)
LINEAR MOTION PER STEP
3.175 microns
WEIGHT
325 g (11.5 oz)
MOUNTING ROD DIAMETERS
7.9 mm (0.31 in.)
MAINS POWER SUPPLY 90-264VAC @ 47-63Hz
DIMENSIONS
∅ 32 mm x 190 mm
(∅ 1.3 in. x 7.5 in.)
MICROSTEPPING MODE
Precision is increased eight-fold
170
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
The world’s leading ultramicropump!
With its digital con­trol­ler, UltraMicroPump III can dispense as little
as 600 picoliters per in­cre­men­tal ad­vance of the syringe piston (us­
ing a 5 µL syringe). Sy­ringes may be filled externally and then in­sert­ed
into the pump or filled while mount­ed in the pump. Fluids injected or
withdrawn are held en­tire­ly with­in the micro syringe to maintain a low
fluid dead vol­ume.
For po­si­tion­ing, the
UltraMicroPump III
may be attached to any
of sev­er­al WPI mi­cro­
po­si­tion­ers such as
the M3301 (man­u­al),
DC3001 (mo­tor­ized), or
any manual stereotaxic
manipulator.
An Integral component in the UMPIII system is a microprocessor-based
con­trol­ler, SYS-Mi­cro4, which provides an “in­tel­li­gent” and easy-to-use
interface to up to four sy­ringe pumps. Operating pa­ram­et­ ers are set
with the mem­brane key­pad and LCD display. From the key­pad the user
can select the following func­tions: set pump to in­fu­sion or with­draw­al
mode, enter the vol­ume to be in­fused or with­drawn, rate of de­liv­ery,
and syringe type as well as syn­chro­nize the start­ing and stopping of any
com­bi­na­tion of sy­ringe pumps.
User parameters can be stored in the device’s “non-vol­at­ ile” mem­o­ry
for in­stant re­call when the unit is powered on.
An optional footswitch can be plugged into a connector on the rear of
the controller for “hands free” start‑/‑stop operation.
Computer Control—An RS-232 port on the rear of the controller can be
used to con­nect it to a computer for use with computer control programs.
UMPIII ACCEPTS: glass syringes with barrel diameters from 5.5 to 9 mm.
UMP3-1
UltraMicroPump III (one) and Micro4 Controller
UMP3-2
UltraMicroPump III (two) and Micro4 Controller
UMP3-3
UltraMicroPump III (three) and Micro4 Controller
UMP3-4
UltraMicroPump III (four) and Micro4 Controller
UMP3
UltraMicroPump III (without controller)
SYS-MICRO4 Micro4 Controller, Four-Channel
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
15867
Footswitch for Micro4
40500
RS-232 Cable, 9-pin “D” connector
502201
V-clamp for Stereotaxic Frame
503301
Extension Cable, miniDIN (male-female) 10 ft
503207
Small Base Stand and Clamps
Microvolume Syringes
Syringes with Luer Fitting (no needle)
Order No.
Volume
ILS005LT
ILS010LT
ILS025LT
SGE050TLL
SGE100TLL
SGE250TLL
5 µL
10 µL
25 µL
50 µL
100 µL
250 µL
Description
O.D.
ILS 5 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
ILS 10 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
ILS 25 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
SGE 50 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
SGE 100 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
SGE 250 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
6.5 mm
6.5 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
SCALE
LENGTH
54.1 mm
54.1 mm
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
UMP3
UMP2
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
UMP3
UMP2
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Syringes with Replaceable Beveled Needles
Order No.
SGE0005RN*
SGE001RN*
SGE005RN
SGE010RNS
SGE025RN
SGE050RN
SGE100RN
Volume Description
0.5 µL
1.0 µL
5 µL
10 µL
25 µL
50 µL
100 µL
O.D.
SGE 0.5 µL 23 ga (0.63 mm), 70 mm long needle
SGE 1.0 µL 26 ga (0.47 mm), 70 mm long needle
SGE 5 µL 23 ga (0.63 mm), 50 mm long needle
SGE 10 µL 26 ga (0.47 mm), 50 mm long needle
SGE 25 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm), 50 mm long needle
SGE 50 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm), 50 mm long needle
SGE 100 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm), 50 mm long needle
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
SCALE
LENGTH
54.1 mm
54.1 mm
54.1 mm
54.1 mm
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
* The capacity of this syringe is so small that the entire sample is contained within the needle. The plunger extends to the tip
of the needle, displacing the full sample during injection — which gives the syringe zero dead volume.
SGE and ILS are respective trademarks of Scientific Glass Engineering and Innovative Labor Systeme.
Replacement Needles
RN0005
RN001
RN005
RN010
RN025
For syringe SGE0005RN, 23 ga (0.63 mm) 70 mm long
For syringe SGE001RN, 26 ga (0.47 mm) 70 mm long
For syringe SGE005RN, 23 ga (0.63 mm) 50 mm long
For syringe SGE010RN(S), 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long, 5-pack
For syringes SGE025RN, SGE050RN, SGE0100RN, 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long, 5-pack
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
171
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
UMPIII shown
mounted to
stereotaxic frame
(not included).
Smart Controller
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Pneumatic PicoPumps
Repeatable microinjection in volumes ranging from picoliters to nanoliters
Designed to simplify intracellular injection and a variety of other
micro­in­jec­tion tasks, WPI's PicoPumps use carefully regulated air pres­
sures for se­cur­ing cells and injecting them with fluid. Injected volumes
range from picoliters to nanoliters. Separate ports supply positive and
negative pressure—pos­i­tive pressure for high-pressure ejection, and
suction for supporting the cell or for filling the pipette from the tip. A
second pressure port maintains a low positive “holding” pres­sure to
the injecting pipette between injection pulses, to prevent fluid up­take
through capillary action or diffusion. Timing, ejection pressure, hold­ing
pressure, and suction are adjusted inde­pen­dent­ly by control knobs and
in­di­ca­tor gaug­es on the front panel. Injection pressure is controlled by a
20-turn regulator on the front panel. A built-in timing circuit allows precise
control of the amount of time that the injection pressure is applied to the
output port. Time intervals can range from 10 seconds down to 10 ms
or less, depending on the eject pressure setting. The injection pressure
interval can be triggered manually on the front panel, by footswitch, or by
computer controlled TTL pulse. A 5‑volt mon­it­or output provides a logiclevel pulse for your computer or other mon­i­tor­ing device.
The most recognized picopump in the world!
For a complete list of pre-pulled micropipettes, see µTips™, or call us with your special requirements.
PV830 — Eject pressure, Hold pressure, and Vacuum are all available,
controlled by separate reg­u­la­tors on the front panel. Eject pressure
supplies a high-pressure pulse for injecting fluid. Hold pressure, which
is not sufficient to cause fluid ejection, is used to prevent back filling of
the pipette by capillary action or diffusion when the solenoid is inactive.
Pressure in the injection pipette is au­to­mat­i­cal­ly switched between
Eject and Hold pressure by a precision timing circuit that controls a
solenoid valve. Vacuum is used to fill pi­pettes from the tip or to secure
a floating cell during microinjection. Vacuum is regulated the same way,
by a 20-turn knob on the front panel. Vacuum may be switched from
regulated vacuum to at­mo­sphere by using the pneu­mat­ic toggle on the
front panel. Vacuum can also be routed to the eject port.
Each PicoPump is supplied with a 5430-ALL kit that includes two PicoNozzles and tubing
to connect the holders to the pressure and vacuum ports.
SYS-PV820 PicoPump w/ hold pressure
SYS-PV830 PicoPump w/ hold pressure and vacuum
Specify line voltage All PicoPumps require external vacuum source — see below.
New PicoNozzle Kit 5430-ALL (included)
allows micropipettes to be securely
mount­ed in micropositioners for stable
axial air delivery. Because air enters the
pipette axially, lateral whipping during
injection is eliminated.
172
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3260
Foot Switch
2932
Rack Mount Kit, 31⁄ 2-in. high (PV820)
2933
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high (PV830)
5430-10
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.0 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-12
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.2 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-15
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.5 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-20
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 2.0 mm pipette & 5-ft tubing assembly)
5430-ALL PicoNozzle Kit (for 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, and 1.65 mm pipettes & 5-ft tubing assembly)
75122-110 Replacement Gaskets for PicoNozzle — 1.0 mm, green, package of 10
75122-210 Replacement Gaskets for PicoNozzle — 1.2 mm, black, package of 10
75122-310 Replacement Gaskets for PicoNozzle — 1.5 mm, blue, package of 10
75122-410 Replacement Gaskets for PicoNozzle — 1.65 mm, red, package of 10
MPH6S
Micropipette Holder (specify 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm)
MPH6R
Micropipette Holder (specify 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm)
3316
Replacement Input Kit
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
PV820 offers separate regulated Hold and Ejection pres­sure, used
to maintain a low pressure in the pipette between injections to pre­vent
unwanted fluid uptake by capillary action or dif­fu­sion. A pre­ci­sion timing
circuit switches from Eject pressure to Hold pres­sure au­to­mat­i­cal­ly, once
timing has been set. Al­though reg­u­lat­ed vac­u­um is not pro­vid­ed in this mod­
el, suction can be pro­vid­ed by con­nect­ing a vac­uu
­ m source to the vac­u­um
port on the rear pan­el. Suc­tion is then available through the pres­sure ports.
PRESSURE
PV820
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
PICOPUMP SPECIFICATIONS
PV830
PRESSURE INPUT
0 to 150 psi
PRESSURE OUTPUT
0.3 to 90 psi *
PULSE WIDTH (10-turn dial)
10 ms to 10 s in Timed Mode
REGULATOR ACCURACY
0.1% (20-turn dial) *
REGULATOR REPEATABILITY
0.05 psi *
GAUGE ACCURACY
3% at full scale *
INPUT CONNECTOR
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
OUTPUT CONNECTOR
Barbed (1⁄16-in. ID Tubing)
CONTROLSolenoid
* Both Hold and Eject Pressures 0 to 150 psi
0.3 to 90 psi
10 ms to 10 s in Timed Mode
0.1% (20-turn dial) *
0.05 psi *
3% at full scale *
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16-in. ID Tubing)
Solenoid
* Both Hold and Eject Pressures
VACUUM
VACUUM INPUT
0 to 30.0 in. Hg
0 to 30.0 in. Hg
VACUUM OUTPUT
Unregulated
0.2 to 29.9 in. Hg
LOWEST REGULATED VACUUM
Unregulated
3 in. water
REGULATOR ACCURACY
Unregulated
0.1% (20-turn dial)
REGULATOR REPEATABILITY
Unregulated
0.03 in. Hg
GAUGE ACCURACY
None
3% at full scale
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
INPUT CONNECTOR
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing)
OUTPUT CONNECTOR
Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing)
CONTROLManual
Manual
VENT AtmosphereAtmosphere
CONNECTIONS INCLUDED
INPUT KIT
OUTPUT KIT
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
POWER
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
10-ft nylon tubing (0.25-in. OD, 1000 psi), one 1⁄2-inch female NPT adapter
Two PicoNozzle assemblies, each consisting of one MPH6S pipette holder, 60-in. of PVC tubing (200 psi), and a luer-fitted aluminum handle.
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
17 x 3.5 x 9.5 in. (43 x 9 x 24 cm)
11 lb (5 kg)
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
17 x 5.25 x 9.5 in. (43 x 13 x 24 cm)
14 lb (6.3 kg)
Miniature Vacuum Pump
●●
●●
●●
●●
●●
●●
●●
MINI VAC SPECIFICATIONS
Power Source
Motor Type
Power
Free Flow
At -100 mbar
Maximum Pressure
Maximum Vacuum
Pump Head Construction
Diaphragm
Valves
Dimensions
Weight
Oil free
Maintenance free
Minimal vibration
Low noise
Extremely long life time
Compact (18 x 7 x 7cm)
Durable aluminum exterior
This miniature vacuum pump is durable and accurate, ideal for any application
requiring a small, reliable pump that provides vacuum pressure up to 250 mbar.
The industrial-strength aluminum exterior, neoprene diaphragm and neoprene/
silicone valves ensure this pump will stand up to daily use.
801566
801963
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
230 (50 Hz)
Vibrating
4.0 W
4.0 L/min.
2.0 L/min.
–
–250 mbar
120 (60 Hz)
4.0 W
3.0 L/min.
1.5 L/min.
–
–250 mbar
Aluminum
CR-neoprene
CR-neoprene/FPM (Viton)/Silicone
185 x 72 x 72 mm
850 g
Mini Vacuum Pump (110V)
Mini Vacuum Pump (220V)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
173
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Microinjection System
Zebrafish, C. Elegans, Drosophila, Xenopus Oocytes
System shown here: 5052 Steel base plate, M10 Magnetic stand,
M3301L Micromanipulator, 5430-ALL PicoNozzle kit with a µTip,
FD35-100 Fluorodish, PZMIII Microscope with optional lighted base,
E210 Micropipette storage jar, 504156 Regine tweezers #5, 14003
Vannas spring scissors, glass capillaries, 77020 glass tweezers, REG10
Regal 10µL pipetter, PV820 Pneumatic PicoPump and 801566
(801963) Miniature Vacuum Pump.
Z
ebrafish (Danio Rerio) are rapidly gaining in popularity as
bio-medical research subjects because of the ability to
generate high resolution, in vivo images of the embryos.
Zebrafish are easy to maintain and produce a large number of
offspring. Additionally, the embryos have a nearly transparent
skin, making their development easily visible. These fish are
used for a variety of disciplines, including neuroscience,
genetics and aging studies.
The PV820 and PV830 Pneumatic PicoPumps were designed to
simplify intracellular injection. You get repeatable microinjection in
volumes ranging from picoliters to nanoliters. PV820 offers eject and
hold pressure. The hold pressure prevents backfilling of the pipette
by capillary action. In addition, the PV830 also has vacuum pressure
which allows you to securely hold a cell with one pipette while you
inject it with another. The volume injected is controlled by the inside
diameter of the glass tip, the pressure and the time.
Serving scientist for over 45 years, WPI offers a variety of
instruments for microinjection including pumps, pipetters,
microscopes and more. One of our most popular pumps for
microinjection is the PV820 Pneumatic PicoPump.
Recently, WPI introduced its customizable Microinjection
System with everything you need to get started. The basic
system is shown here. Starting below, you will find many
options and accessories to customize your system.
Options for Customizing Your System
INJECTOR
lPV820 Pneumatic PicoPump with
Hold Pressure
lPV830 Pneumatic PicoPump with
Hold Pressure and Vacuum
lUMPIII UltraMicroPump
lNanoliter2010
174
Designed to simplify intracellular injection and a variety of
other micro­in­jec­tion tasks, WPI's PicoPumps use carefully
regulated air pres­sures for se­cur­ing cells and injecting
them with fluid. Injected volumes range from picoliters to
nanoliters.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
The versatile UMP3
injector uses
microsyringes to deliver
picoliter volumes.
Microprocessorcontrolled
Nanoliter 2010
uses direct pis­ton
dis­place­ment.
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Complete system for microinjection
MICROSCOPE
lPZMIII Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope on Track
Stand
lPZMIV Precision Stereo Zoom on Track Stand
l504928 LED Lighted Microscope Stand, 12.5"
l504929 LED Lighted Microsccope Stand, 10.5"
l504596 Halogen Lighted Microscope Stand
PZMIII Precision Stereo Zoom
Microscope on Track Stand
504928 LED Lighted
Microscope Stand
PUL-1000 is a microprocessor controlled
horizontal puller for making glass micropipettes
or microelectrodes used in intracellular recording,
microperfusion or microinjection. It offers
programmable sequences of up to four steps
with heating, force, movement and cooling time.
This allows graduated cycles for applications like
patch clamp recording.
lPUL1000 Microprocessor-controlled
4-Step micropipette puller
l Nanofil Microliter syringes
lMicroFil for backfilling glass needles
l Glass capillaries
l Pipetters
lMicroTip pre-pulled pipettes
lE2XX Micropipette Storage Jar
Nanofil is the world's smallest dead
volume injection syringe. (26 ga.
to 36 ga. syringes) Custom needle
shapes are available — blunt, sharp,
beveled.
Use the E2XX jars to store up
to 30 micropipettes, filled or
unfilled, up to three inches in
length.
MANIPULATOR
Weighing just 550 grams,
the M3301 is a well-built
micro­manip­u­la­tor that
outsells all oth­ers world­
wide for high precision
experiments where mag­
ni­fi­ca­tion is in the range of
up to 250×.
lM3301 Manual Micromanipulator
lKITE Manual Micromanipulator
lMMJ Joystick-Controlled
Micromanipulator
lDC3001 Motorized
Micromanipulator
lSN-PCZ-50 Miniature Piezo
Micromanipulator with controller
The MMJ is specially adapted for use
with the Nanoliter Injector for oo­cyte
in­jec­tion and similar applications, this
joystick-controlled mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor
al­lows an easy “steer­ing” motion that
translates normal hand move­ment
into smooth sub­mil­li­me­ter shifts.
ACCESSORIES
LIGHTS
lZ-LITE-186 Fiber Optic Illuminator
with (500186) Bifurcated Light
Guides
lLED-Lite Modular LED Light
Source with Exchangeable LEDS
LED-lite is a power supply for
WPI’s ELS LED modules for
monochromatic light excitation.
l801566/801963 Vacuum Pump for
use with the PV830
lFluorodish Optical glass bottom
dishes
l504134 LED Ring Light
lM10 or M-3 manipulator base
lZ-MOLDS Microinjection and
Transplantation Molds
The Z-LITE Fiber Optic Il­lu­mi­na­
tor provides reli­able highl Many surgical instruments, including:
intensity light for micro­scopes.
77020 Glass tweezers
500342 Dumont Tweezers #5
504507 Fine pointed Swiss tweezers
14003 Vannas spring scissors
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
Z-MOLDS Microinjection
and Transplantation
Molds create grooves in
agarose gel. Pipette the
embryos into the grooves.
The embryos self-align.
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
175
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
PULLERS
504596 Halogen Lighted
Microscope Stand
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Microinjection and Transplantation Molds
Are you looking for a simplier method for handling zebrafish embryos?
To speed up your process and accuracy, try
Z-MOLDS. Mold your agarose, pipette in your
embryos, and watch them auto aligning in the
grooves.
Z-MOLDS Microinjection and Transplantation
Molds (4 per kit) are designed for zebrafish
research. Using the molds is easy.
Turn the molds up-side down (ridged side
down) and place them in liquid agarose gel.
Z-MOLDS
Proteomics and Large Screening
This mold is designed for injecting many embryos-up to 1000. The grooves made by the mold
in the agarose gel enable the embryos to self align.
Xenograft and Larval Injection
This mold is designed for larval injections. The sloped ridges make perfect angles in the agarose
gel, which then makes it easier to do microinjections in the larvae.
Allow the agarose to solidify. Then, remove the
mold.
Transplantation
This mold is designed for increasing the speed of doing microinjections. Simply turn the petri
dish as you are injecting.
Pipette your embryo eggs into the grooves
formed by the Z-MOLDS. The embryos selfalign.
Standard Microinjection
This mold is designed for blastomere transplantation.
It's truly that easy. Now you are ready for
microinjection.
See the video: www.wpiinc.com/z-molds
Z-MOLDS
176
Microinjection & Transplantation Molds
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
145
$
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Nanoliter Injector
For oocyte injection and applications in the 2 to 70 nanoliter range
NANOLITER 2010
Included: 1 vial 3.5 in. capillaries
(300); replacement “O” rings; Allen
wrench; MicroFilTM MF34G backfilling
needle; and two sample µTip™ prepulled mi­cropi­pettes.
WPI rec­om­mends the following equipment for a complete sys­tem,: PZMIII ste­reo mi­cro­scope • MMJ
joystick mi­cro­ma­n­ip­u­la­tor • M10 magnetic base • µTip™ mi­cropi­pettes.
NANOLITER2010 Nanoliter 2010
NL2010MC4Nanoliter Injector & Micro4 Controller (small controller not included)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13142
Footswitch for Nanoliter 2010
15867
Footswitch for Micro4 Controller
4878
Replacement 3.5-in. glass capillaries (300)
4879
Replacement 7-in. glass capillaries (300)
TIP10XV119
Micropipettes for Nanoliter Injector (10)
SYS-MICRO4
Micro4 Controller, Four-Channel
300033
Adapter for Micro4
300521
Replacement O-rings (five)
500778
Replacement Nanoliter Injector Universal Adapter
500299
Pistons, 5-pack
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
177
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
INJECTION VOLUME
Variable
REMOTE CONTROL
Yes
GLASS OD
1.14 mm
GLASS ID
0.5 mm
STEP
12.7 µ/step
INJECTION SPEED
Slow
23 nL/sec
Fast
46 nL/sec
FILL SPEED
Slow
23 nL/sec
Fast
46 nL/sec
EMPTY SPEED
92 nL/sec
VARIABLE VOLUME RANGE
2.3 - 69.0 nL
SMALLEST VOLUME
2.3 nL
TO CHANGE VOLUME
Set switch
INJECTIONS PER FILLING, MAX. 100 injections
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lb. (1.1 kg)
By setting the DIP switch, the
injection vol­ume can be changed
from 2.3 to 69.0 nL in 16 steps. Up
to 100 injections may be triggered
per filling. Since the volume of a
normal Xenopus oo­cyte is about
500 nL, the instrument has the
capability to inject from less than
1% to over 10% of the total volume
of the oocyte in one preset step
increment.
Smart Controller: Mi­cro4, an optional microprocessor-based con­trol­ler,
can provide an “in­tel­li­gent” and easy-to-use interface to up to four Nanoliter
Injectors. Operating pa­ram­e­ters are set with the mem­brane key­pad and LCD
display. From the key­pad the user can set pump to in­fu­
sion or with­draw­al mode, enter the vol­ume
to be in­fused or with­drawn,
and rate of de­liv­ery,
as well as syn­chro­
nize the start­ing and
stopping of a com­bi­na­
tion of Injectors. User
parameters can be
stored in the device’s
“non-vol­a­tile” mem­o­ry
for in­stant re­call when
the unit is powered on. An
optional footswitch can be
plugged into a connector
on the rear of the controller
Optional smart controller for
for “hands free” start/stop
Nanoliter 2010
operation. An RS-232 port on the rear of the controller can be used to
con­nect it to a computer for use with computer control pro­grams.
Micromanipulator not included.
NANOLITER 2010
SPECIFICATIONS
WPI’s microprocessor-controlled
Nanoliter 2010 uses direct pis­ton
dis­place­ment. By either push­ing
the injection button on the control
box or press­ing on the optional
footswitch, a calibrated volume will
be smooth­ly injected. The pro­cess
is quiet and vibra­tion free. Capillary
filling and injection speeds are
23 nL/sec and 46 nL/sec (emptying
speeds are 92 nL/sec and 230 nL/
sec). Maximum flu­id ejec­tion is
5 µL. Each unit comes with suffi­
cient glass to pull at least 300 tips.
Glass is 1.14 mm O.D. (nominal) and
0.5 mm I.D.
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
NanoFil™
Sub-microliter injection system for small animal research
ferrule: ø 8 mm
glass barrel: ø 7 mm
l The world's smallest dead volume injection syringe
l Comes with various needle sizes from 26 ga. to 36 ga.
l Versatile research applications — RPE and IO Kits
l Custom needle shapes available — blunt, sharp, beveled
l Compatible with WPI's UMP3 and PV800 series microinjection systems
NanoFil is a specially designed 10 microliter
syringe developed in response to customer
requests for improved microinjection in mice
and other small animals. It makes quantitative
nanoliter injection much easier and more
accurate than any other method currently in use.
NanoFil's low dead volume eliminates the need
for oil backfilling, a messy process which risks
contamination of the injected sample.Injection
is now simpler, and less messy, and there is
no possibility of oil contamination in critical
applications such as ophthalmology research
(see the Retinal Pigment Epithelial (RPE) and Intra
Ocular (IO) injection kits listed below).
When the inner tip diameter of a conventional
syringe is reduced to less than 100 micron,
it is very difficult to backfill the solution at a
reasonable speed. NanoFil solves this problem
by using a tip coupling mechanism that makes
it possible to change the syringe tip during the
experiment. Simply load the sample using
a larger tip, such as the 26 gauge needle
provided with the syringe, and then replace
it with a micro tip for sample injection. On a
conventional 10 microliter syringe, a solid ring or
bushing is permanently bonded to the tubing.
Replacing the tip in middle of the experiment
is not practical. With the NanoFil, tips can be
exchanged by a simple twist of the brass lock,
gently pulling out the tip, and replacing with
the desired new tip. To secure the tip, NanoFil
uses an olive shaped silicon gasket that is
similar to, but much sturdier than, some of
the microelectrode holders used for electro
physiology recording. The silicone gasket makes
it possible to hold not only metal tips but also
glass and quartz tubing. Many types of tubing
NANOFIL
NanoFil Syringe, 10 microliter
NANOFIL-100
NanoFil Syringe, 100 microliter
NanoFil syringe does not contain any injection tips, those must be purchased separately.
It does include a 26 gauge beveled needle for backfilling.
REPLACEMENT BACKFILL NEEDLES
NF26BV-2
26G Beveled Needle, 460 µm nominal diameter (package of 2)
Using NanoFil in different configurations
Direct injection by hand: This is the simplest and most economical
way to inject. Any of our tips can be inserted directly into the
NanoFil syringe. Even the SilFlex tubing can be inserted to switch
from hand injection to the other methods listed below. The
limitation of this method is the difficulty achieving sub microliter
resolution.
Installed on WPI’s UMP-III microsyringe pump: This will allow the
user to achieve nanoliter resolution and reproducibility. For
neural system injection, mount the UMPII on a stereotaxic frame.
SilFlex tubing and holder: The needle is mounted on a small
plastic holder that is connected to the NanoFil by a 35 cm length
of flexible tubing. The NanoFil is mounted on the UMP II pump.
This configuration allows the user to hold the animal in one hand
and insert the needle with the other. When the needle reaches
the desired location, activate the pump using the footswitch
and the pre-programmed injection volume will be delivered.
This configuration gives a nanoliter level of accuracy and
reproducibility. It is best suited for applications such as the RPE
and IO injection.
178
can be easily connected to the syringe as long
as the outer diameter (OD) is close to, but
not more than, the inner diameter (ID) of the
inside barrel. Flexible quartz capillaries used
in Gas Chromotography (GC) and Capillary
Electrophoresis (CE) can also be easily coupled
to the syringe.
Specially designed tips as small as 36 gauge
(110 micron OD) are offered in both blunt and
beveled styles. Our studies have shown that
these tips will cause less trauma to the tissue
than any other form of micro syringe currently in
use. NanoFil has a unique coupling mechanism
that allows many different forms of small tubing
and tips to be coupled with the syringe barrel.
Selecting the correct tip for your application
The replaceable needles used with the NanoFil are available with either
blunt or beveled tips. The blunt tip is used for injection into soft tissue
and when a uniform solution distribution is needed. The beveled style is
used for applications that involve the penetration of a tough tissue.
One of the main factors that limit the resolution and accuracy of
conventional micro syringes to the upper tens of nanoliters range is
diffusion in the large tip ID. When the tip ID is equal or larger than 100
micron, the error caused by tip diffusion is in the nanoliter range level
[(100 micron)3 = 1 nanoliter]. With a 36 gauge needle installed on the
NanoFil, the error caused by diffusion will be reduced to the subnanoliter level, making accurate injection of a nanoliter possible.
All of WPI’s beveled tips have a unique 25 degree tri-surface bevel
that is optimized for microinjection. A 10 degree single-surface beveled
tip penetrates better than one with a 25 degree angle, however the
distance between the upper opening to the tip (the dimension “F” in the
drawing above) is longer. As a result, it requires a deeper penetration of
the tip to achieve the same level of liquid delivery. Deeper penetration
means more tissue damage. WPI’s unique 25 degree beveled tip solves
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
“E”
“D”
“C”
“A”
“F”
A
“B”
Tip
Order
Number
33 gauge: This tip is similar to Hamilton’s
7762 and 7803 series removable needles in
both tip length and outer diameter. However,
our beveled tip version is shorter, more
durable, and penetrates better due to the
special tri-surface grinding technique. In the
past, 33 gauge tips were the smallest size sold
by other manufacturers and were frequently
cited in literature. However, our new 35 gauge
tip is much better for injections involving
small animals, especially mice. Compared
with Hamilton’s 33 gauge, 10 degree beveled
tip, our 35 gauge 25 degree beveled tip can
reduce the depth of penetration by almost
80%. The distance between the tip and the
upper rim of the opening (dimension F on
the drawing) is 348 microns for the 33 gauge
tip. The distance for our 35 gauge tip is only
230 microns. In addition, the smaller tip size
significantly reduces the required penetration
force. In nearly all applications, a 33 gauge
tip can be replaced with our 35 gauge tip and
produce better results.
34 gauge: This is a transitional size between
the 33 gauge and 35 gauge. If the 35 gauge is
too weak and the 33 gauge is too large, this
makes a good alternative.
35 gauge: This was the most popular and
preferred tip of most scientists during our field
trial. The combination of its strength, length,
durability, and clogging resistance creates
a balance with very little compromising of
the individual properties. It is much smaller
than the 33 gauge tip offered by other
Total
Shank Bevel
O.D.
Length Dead
“E”
“F”
Volume
Tip
Material
NF33BV-2
210 μm
115 μm
10 mm
40 mm
460 μm
≈348 µm
0.416 µL
Stainless Steel
NF34BV-2
185 μm
85 μm
5 mm
35 mm
460 μm
≈290 µm
0.199 µL
Stainless Steel
NF35BV-2
135 μm
55 μm
5 mm
35 mm
460 μm
≈204 µm
0.435 µL
Stainless Steel
NF36BV-2
110 μm
35 μm
3 mm
33 mm
460 μm
≈156 µm
0.340 µL
Stainless Steel
NFQ34-5
160 μm
100 μm
55 mm
75 mm
460 μm
n/a
0.589 µL
Quartz
NF33BL-2
210 µm
115 µm
10 mm
34 mm
460 µm
≈348 µm
0.416 µL
Stainless Steel
NF34BL-2
185 µm
85 µm
5 mm
29 mm
460 µm
≈290 µm
0.199 µL
Stainless Steel
NF35BL-2
135 µm
55 µm
5 mm
29 mm
460 µm
≈204 µm
0.435 µL
Stainless Steel
NF36BL-2
110 µm
35 µm
3 mm
27 mm
460 µm
≈156 µm
0.340 µL
Stainless Steel
Silflex
NF26BV-2
Available Tips
Tip
Total
Tip O.D. Tip I.D.
Length Length
“A”
“B”
“D”
“C”
100 µm
460 µm
110 µm
35 cm
3 mm
2.749 µL
40 mm
manufacturers. It is only slightly larger than
the 36 gauge tip but is much stronger and
less likely to be clogged. Samples can be
directly loaded with this tip. Its 5 mm length
is sufficient enough for almost all injection
applications in mice.
36 gauge: This is the smallest tip that is
commercially available. The tip is so small that
it can be inserted into the opening of the 33
gauge needle tip. Because this is pushing the
limits of what current technology can produce,
there are some limitations to consider before
using. Its thin diameter makes it necessary
to limit its length to 2.5 to 3 mm in order to
maintain a usable strength. Since the tip ID is
in the 25 to 50 micron range, it is very easily
clogged. Therefore, only well filtered solutions
can be used. Depending on the viscosity of the
460 µm
0.380 µL
sample, the user might also need to pre-load
the syringe with a regular tip before switching
to this tip for injection. We recommend using
the 35 gauge tip instead of the 36 gauge
unless it is absolutely necessary.
Flexible Quartz Tubing: The flexible quartz
tubing tip is made of 160 micron OD polyimide
coated quartz tubing with a special adapter
sleeve mounted at the end. It is designed for
filling glass capillary electrodes or pipettes, just
like WPI’s traditional MF34G Microfil. However,
unlike the traditional MicroFil, which has about
50 microliters of dead volume in its luer hub,
the dead volume of this tip is less than 0.4
microliters. It is useful for loading electrodes
with solutions that have a limited volume or
are too expensive to waste.
NANOFIL NEEDLES
NF33BL-2
33 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF34BL-2
34 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF35BL-2
35 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF36BL-2
36 G blunt NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF33BV-2
33 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF34BV-2
34 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF35BV-2
35 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF36BV-2
36 G beveled NanoFil needle (pkg of 2)
NF33-36BL
Assortment of 4 blunt NanoFil needles
NF33-36BV
Assortment of 4 beveled NanoFil needles
REPLACEMENT PARTS & ACCESSORIES
NFINHLD
NanoFil Injection Holder
SILFLEX-2
SilFlex tubing 35 cm long (pkg of 2) (dead volume = 2.74 µL)
NFGSK-5
Spare Silicone Gasket for NanoFil & Holder (pkg of 5)
NFQ34-5
34 Gauge Flexible Quartz Tubing for filling (pkg 5)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
179
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
this problem with two extra beveled surfaces.
The tip of a single surface beveled tip is
actually a blade instead of a point. It dulls very
quickly. In contrast, the tri-surfaced tip has a
real point. It not only penetrates much better
but is also much more durable. Our tests
show that our 33 gauge, 25 degree beveled
tip penetrates easier and lasts longer than
other manufacturers’ 33 gauge, 10 degree
single beveled tips. With a 35 gauge tri-surface
beveled tip, the resistance to the penetration
becomes even less. Each of our tips undergo a
penetration test before leaving the factory to
guarantee the best results for our customers.
DETAIL A
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
NanoFil
Application Kits
The optional UMP3 stand in the photo below includes the small base (503084), openside clamp (14073-4) and 25cm rod (503070).
Holder assembly for RPE-KIT.
These kits are specially designed for eye research for injecting retinal
pigment epithelium (RPE) and intraocular (IO) in addition to brain
injection in mice. They need to be used with a NanoFil syringe and
UMP3 to achieve accurate, repetitive, and oil free injection in the
submicroliter range. Each kit includes two pieces of Silflex tubing (one
for a spare), a holder assembly, spare gaskets, and an assortment of
four tips — blunt for the RPE kit and beveled tips for the IO kit. Each kit
comes with one each of 33, 34, 35 and 36 gauge tips so that first time
users can find the best size for their application.
The Silflex tubing is the most critical component of the kit. This
35 cm long, flexible tubing has a very precise outer diameter for airtight
fitting with the syringe. It also has a small inner diameter for minimum
dead volume, and is very durable when handled correctly. The SilFlex
180
is coupled to the injection tip with a mechanism similar to that of the
NanoFil. The dead volume of the entire kit (including the tubing) is less
than 3 microliters. All of the components in the kit are constructed of
inert, solvent resistant materials for easy cleaning after viral injection.
RECOMMENDED ACCESSORIES
RPE-KIT
Retinal Pigment Epithelium (RPE) injection kit (SilFlex
tubing, gasket, holder, and blunt tip mix)
IO-KIT
Intraocular (IO) injection kit (SilFlex tubing, holder,
gasket, and beveled tipmix)
503207
Stand & Clamps
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Manual Microsyringe Pump
DMP & MMP SPECIFICATIONS
Travel Distance
25 mm
Advances Resolution
0.001 mm for DMP and 0.01 mm for MMP
Syringe Size
10 µL to 1 mL gas tight luer tip syringe
Tubing
1.5 m of PTFE tubing with 0.5 mm ID
Pipette Holder
0.24" x 5.2"
Pipette Holder Fits
1.0 to 1.5 mm OD pipette
solid stainless
steel frame
and durability. The piston of the micrometer can be slid across the rail to the
syringe's plunger position. Small diameter PTFE tubing is used to improve the
accuracy and solution compatibility. The unique design of the pipette holder can
securely hold any pipette with an outer diameter of between 1.0 mm and 1.5
mm. All necessary accessories for removing air and filling the syringe and tubing
with liquid are included. The system comes complete with a 100 µL gas tight
syringe and other syringe sizes can be purchased.
MMP
Manual Microsyringe Pump
DMP
Manual Microsyringe Pump with Digital Display
ACCESSORIES
MMP-KIT
Injection Assembly Parts Kit
Not including valve—see #14057-10, page 97)
Pressure Manometer
For measuring hydrostatic pressures
SYS-PM01D
Pressure Manometer (1 psi)
Hand-held and battery
SYS-PM01R
Pressure Manometer (1 psi), Rechargeable*
operated, PM Series
SYS-PM015D Pressure Manometer (15 psi)
pressure manometers
SYS-PM015R Pressure Manometer (15 psi), Rechargeable*
monitor vac­u­um and
SYS-PM100D Pressure Manometer (100 psi)
pressure in nonaqueous
SYS-PM100R Pressure Manometer (100 psi), Rechargeable*
fluids. An integral
CBL102
Mini-Phone-to-BNC Cable
transducer and dig­i­tal
Specify line voltage
display allow easy and
*Rechargeable
versions
come
with nickel/cadmium battery and charger
accurate pressure readings.
Three
ver­sions
PRESSURE MANOMETER SPECIFICATIONS
measure
PM01
PM015
PM100
pressures in
PRESSURE RANGES
±1 psi (±52 mm Hg)
±15 psi (±775 mm Hg)
±100 psi (±690 kPa)
the range of
MAX. PRESSURE
20 psi (1035 mm Hg) 30 psi (1550 mm Hg)
150 psi (1035 kPa)
±1 psi, ±15 psi
RESOLUTION
0.001 psi (0.1 mm Hg) 0.01 psi (1 mm Hg)
0.1 psi (1 kPa)
or ±100 psi.
OUTPUT
1 V/psi 100 mV/psi 10 mV/psi
A range switch
OUTPUT RANGE
±1.0 V
±1.5 V
±1.0 V
allows measurement in
LINEARITY
0.5% full-scale
units of psi or kPa for the 100 psi
TEMPERATURE EFFECT
1.0% full-scale (0-70°C)
version, and psi or mmHg for the 15 psi version.
ZEROScrewdriver-adjust
Pres­sure can be read on the built-in LCD display
RESPONSE TIME
30 ms
or relayed to a chart recorder, os­cil­lo­scope, or
POWER
Nine-volt battery
BATTERY LIFE
Alkaline, 200 hours; rechargeable, 25 hours
computer.
RECORDER OUTPUT
Mini-phone jack, 0.141 inch (3.5 mm)
PM Series pressure manometers come with 4 feet
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
1 kΩ
of 1⁄8-inch ID soft vinyl tub­ing. A mini-phone-to-BNC
PNEUMATIC CONNECTORS
Barbed, for 1/8-inch or 3/16-inch ID soft tubing
cable for the recorder output is also available (Part
DIMENSIONS
3 x 6 x 1 inches (8 x 15 x 4 cm)
#CBL102). Standard versions are equipped with a
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lb (1.4 kg)
nine-volt alkaline battery.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
181
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
The MMP and DMP are convenient tools for
precise manual injection of fluid using glass
pipettes or similar injection devices. The design
allows visual feedback of flow at the pipette tip.
They can also be used as a manual micro syringe
pump for perfusion or withdrawal of liquids.
The resolution of the injection volume can be
continuously varied from 10 nanoliters to the
microliter range, depending on the syringe used.
Either oil or air can be used as the transfer media
to assist the injection of fluid. The DMP comes
with an exclusive digital micrometer that will
allow the reading of piston advancement easily
with a 0.001-millimeter resolution. The optional
software and cable kit can transmit advancement
data directly into computer. Model MMP has the
traditional mechanical micrometer head with a resolution of 10 microns per
division and advances 500 micrometers per revolution. The entire frame body
of the injector is constructed with polished stainless steel for excellent stability
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Microfluidic Pumps
ExiGo is a precision syringe pump based on the 5-phase stepper motor
drive that has more microsteps per revolution of the lead screw vs.
standard syringe pumps on the market. ExiGo has 250,000 microsteps/
revolution and even at low rotational speed / low flow rates, it has a very
low pulsation and high accuracy. When coupled with the flow sensor and
active PID feedback; this results in very fast response times for changing
flow rates. A standard syringe pump typically has a smaller number of
microsteps and so usually the only way a standard “microfluidic” pump
can achieve pulse-free flow control is to use small syringes; e.g. 0.5μL;
1μL; 5μL etc. to achieve non-pulsatile stable flow rates in the nanolitre/
minute range. By comparison, the ExiGo pump with the flow sensor can
use a standard 250μL glass syringe to produce stable non-pulsatile flow
rates of 10nL/min – 1ml/min; or a 5mL plastic syringe to produce stable
non-pulsatile flow rates of 100nL/min – 20mL/min. ExiGo can be used
in conjunction with expandable (flexible) element and fluidic resistance
in order to dampen any pulsation occurring during the stepper motor
operation. As it employs active feedback, the response time of the pumps
still remains fast.
Mirus is a precision syringe pump, which uses the combination of the
expandable (flexible) element and fluidic resistance in order to dampen
the pulsation of the syringe pump stepping. The main difference is that
the ExiGo has feedback control; the Mirus does not. Because the Mirus
does not have feedback control, it also does not have a fast reaction time
and so takes a long time to change flow rates. Conversely due to the
expandable element, the Mirus has a very stable flow profile.
Additionally, Mirus is equipped with 3-way valve allowing automatic
recharging and washout of syringe. Mirus is also provided with an
8-way flow splitter, allowing multiple executions(8 parallel experiments)
simultaneously.
Kima pump is a microfluidic pump designed to aid cell culture (e.g.
endothelial cells) under physiological conditions (shear flow) in various
biochips and flow chambers, including Cellix’s Vena8 Endothelial+
biochips where it is possible to culture 8 cell monolayers simultaneously
over 24–48 hours. The pump is a solenoid pump and so it is not pulsefree. This pump delivers a preset volume of liquid as programmed.
ExiGo
CX-EXIGO-PFS Microfluidic syringe pump with precise flow control
Flow rate: 50 nL/min – 10 mL/min ±0.5%
Includes: iPad mini which can control/program up
to 4 pump modules independently
CX-E1000
Microfluidic syringe pump with precise flow
control. For customers who have bought ExiGo Pro
1.0 and already have iPad mini.
DOES NOT INCLUDE IPAD MINI.
Microfluidic syringe pump with precise flow
control. Includes: iPad mini which can control/
program up to 4 pump modules independently
$
CX-E2000
Microfluidic syringe pump with precise flow control
with active feedback via integrated flow sensor.
$
5,042
4,090
Pump only — for customers who have bought
ExiGo Pro 1.0 and already have iPad mini.
Kima
CX-MIRUS-P
Microfluidic syringe pump for shear flow studies.
Includes: tubing kit, VenaFlux Assay Software PC
control and MultiFlow8
CX-M1000
Microfluidic syringe pump for shear flow studies.
Includes: tubing kit, VenaFlux Assay Software PC
control and MultiFlow8. Not included: MultiFlow8.
$
MultiFlow8 attachment for Mirus Evo
Nanopump: for higher throughput enabling
8 assays in parallel in the microfluidic
biochips.
$
182
4,917
$
CX-EXIGO-P
Mirus
CX-M8000
5,870
$
with active feedback via integrated flow sensor.
14,983
$
9,244
CX-KIMA-P
Microfluidic pump for continuous cell culture
under shear flow mimicking physiological flow in
the human vasculature. Includes: iPod Touch and
controller.
$
CX-K1000
Microfluidic pump for continuous cell culture under
shear flow mimicking physiological flow in the
human vasculature. KIMA pump only.
$
6,363
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
4,208
1,866
Biochips
Vena8 Fluoro+
Vena8
Endothelial+
VenaT4
Vena8 Glass Coverslip
Vena Delta
Low Flow Rates
High Flow Rates
Y1
Y2
Dimensions
0.04
0.08
0.08
0.16
0.08
0.008
0.008
Channel height, h (cm):
0.01
0.012
0.01
0.016
0.008
0.012
0.012
Channel length, L (cm):
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
Channel volume (cm3):
0.00112
0.00269
0.00224
0.00717
0.00179
0.00269
0.00269
Channel volume (μL):
1.12
2.69
2.24
7.17
1.79
2.69
2.69
Thickness of bottom substrate (mm)
0.17
0.5
0.17
0.17
0.5
0.5
8
8
4
8
8
4
4
40/80
40/80
40
80
80
40
40
Pack of 5
CX-002
$
768
CX-004
$
768
Pack of 10
CX-001
$
1532
CX-003
$
1532
CX-005
$
1532
CX-009
$
1532
CX-010
$
1532
CX-007
$
1532
CX-008
$
1532
Brightfield, phase contrast &
immunostaining
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Confocal microscopy
✓
✓
✓
Cell types: whole blood (human,
animal); PRP; platelets; PBMC;
monocytes; T-cells (primary & cell
lines); eosinophils; neutrophils etc.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cell types: adherent cells e.g.
endothelial – HUVECs; HMVECs etc.;
HepG2; stem cells; muscle cells etc.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Protein coatings: collagen,
fibronectin, fibrinogen, vWF, VCAM,
ICAM, selectins, MadCAM etc.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
# of channels / chip
# of assays / pack
PUMPS, MICROINJECTION
Channel width, b (cm):
Specifications
Applications
Platelet adhesion, aggregation &
thrombi formation; Leukocyte rolling,
adhesion & migration; Thrombosis;
Immunology (Inflammation);
Infectious diseases (e.g. Malaria);
Sickle cell disease; Respiratory
(Asthma & COPD)
✓
Cell adhesion and culture under
perfusion / shear flow; Leukocyte
cell-cell rolling, adhesion & migration;
Oncology (Melanoma, Breast Cancer
etc.); Cardiovascular (Atherosclerosis,
Drug eluting stents); Immunology
(Inflammation); Respiratory (Asthma
& COPD)
✓
Biofilm assays, microbe seeding
& culturing; Biochips with glass
coverslips (attached / not attached;
treated / non-treated); Biochips for
the attachment of coupons for biofilm
studies
Chemotaxis, transmigration and
invasion assays; 2D and 3D
cell culture; Mimicking tumour
microenvironment with gels (ECM gel,
hydrogel, matrigel, collagen gel)
✓
All biochips are:
• Disposable plastic; some with glass coverslips.
• Require no assembly; unlike many standard perfusion chambers / flow chambers.
• Require no luer lock connections which increase dead volume. Cellix’s biochips have a unique plug & play
connection with tubing connections which are autoclaveable and reuseable.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
183
Optical Detection Systems
Bio Photometric Detection System
2
spectrophotometer
Absorbance @ 260nm [AU]
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Choose the wavelength data you want to see. In many
nutrient, water purity and process applications, full
spectrum analysis is not required. With LEDspec you
can eliminate the extraneous data and focus on those
wavelengths you need to see. You can conduct flow
analysis and single-scan applications with high precision
over a large dynamic range.
● Affordable spectroscopy
● Dynamic range and baseline noise outperform CCD
and photodiode array based spectrometers
● LED light source eliminates costly replacement lamps
● Integrated reference channel eliminates signal drift
● Full computer control
● Integrated math functions allow for baseline
correction at a second wavelength, signal ratio and
more
● Simplified display with just the data you want to view
Two models are available: 2-channel and 4-channel.
LEDspec-2 (2-channel) comes with your choice of three
LED modules (wavelengths). LEDspec-4 (4-channel) also
includes your choice of three LED modules, however, up
to four additional wavelengths can be added, if desired.
R 2 = 0.9927
1
0.5
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
DNA [µg/mL]
DNA Calibration Curve using WPI's V-Vette combined with a LEDspecUV
and pharmaceutical compliant spectrophotometer.
LEDspec
l Measures visible wavelengths
l Sample cells: LWCC, Fiber Optic Cuvette Holders, V-Vette
l Wavelength range (nm): 400, 450, 540, 560, 600, 650, 700,
custom
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
LEDspec
2 µL sample volume
l Applications include:
● Your choice of three wavelengths included
184
R 2 = 0.9981
1.5
Environmental/Oceanography
Ammonia at 650nm
Iron at 560nm
Nitrite/Nitrate at 540nm
Phosphate at 700nm
Pharmaceutical
Process Control
Semiconductors
Water purity, trace metal analysis (Fe, Pd, Cu, U)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Data You Want to See
Many biochemistry applications require
information at specific, important wavelengths,
instead of a full spectrum analysis. For example,
the Bradford, BCA and Lowry assays for protein
analysis rely on specific wavelengths.
LEDspec is ideally suited for oceanographic
applications such as detecting nM concentrations of nitrite/
nitrate, phosphate and iron using WPI’s LWCC sample cells.
Two or four independent channel FIA detection systems can be
assembled using a LEDspec-2 or LEDspec-4, respectively.
LEDspec is a stand-alone LED-based bio-photometric detection
system designed to give you the information you want to see.
Now you can conduct flow analysis and single-scan applications
with high precision and a large dynamic range.
LEDspec can be equipped with up to 7 LEDs of different
wavelengths.
Its noise (< 0.1 mAU peak to peak) and drift performance (<0.5
mAU/h) exceeds that of a CCD or photodiode array detection
system at a fraction of the cost.
LEDspec uses dual–beams to reduce light source drift.
Conventional single beam spectrometers notice baseline drift
caused by warm up, temperature stability and bulb aging. An
internal reference channel in the LEDspec corrects for baseline
while you make sample measurements.
Data Collection and Analysis
LEDSPEC SPECIFICATIONS
OPTICAL BASICS
LED-based multiple wavelength detector
with build-in reference channel
CHANNELS
2 or 4
DETECTOR Photodiode
SPECTRAL BANDWIDTH (FWHM)
10 nm (LEDs >400nm)
4 nm (260, 280, 340nm LEDs)
DYNAMIC RANGE
0-3 AU
DETECTOR RESOLUTION
24 Bit
NOISE (PEAK TO PEAK)
< 0.1 mAU
WARMUP TIME
Instant
FIBER OPTIC INPUT
600 μm
DRIFT
< 0.5 mAU/h
DIGITAL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
8/8
ANALOG OUTPUT +/- 10 V, scaleable output
DIMENSIONS (W*H*D)
290 x 80 x 250 mm (11.4” x 3.2” x 9.9”)
WEIGHT
2 kg (2.2 lbs)
INTERFACE
USB 2.0
MAINS
100 – 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Now, you can analyze output data with LEDspec's easy-to-use
software and export chromatographs directly to your PC (via
USB) in Microsoft® Excel format. Software provides:
l Full computer control of LEDspec
l Continuous flow or single-shot analysis of up to four
independent channels simultaneously or sequentially.
l Immediate calibration and analysis (mean and
standard deviation) of up to four channels
INTRODUCTORY PRICE
LEDSpec-2
LEDspec biophotometric detection system, 2 channel, 3 VIS LED modules (choose when ordering)
LEDSpec-4
LEDspec biophotometric detection system, 4 channel, 3 VIS LED modules (choose when ordering)
89273
UV LED module, 260 nm
89272
UV LED module, 280 nm
89274
UV LED module, 340 nm
89245
VIS LED module, 400 nm
89246
VIS LED module, 450 nm
89247
VIS LED module, 540 nm
89248
VIS LED module, 560 nm
89275
VIS LED module, 600 nm
89276
VIS LED module, 650 nm
89249
VIS LED module, 700 nm
PERIPRO-4LS Peri-Star Pro, 4-channel, low rate, small tubing (see page 162)
MINISTAR
Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel (see page 164)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
185
Optical Detection Systems
UltraPath™
A unique multiple long pathlength sample cell for absorbance spectroscopy
Appearance of instruments presently in these systems differ from those pictured here.
UltraPath™ is a unique high-performance spectrophotometer system
offering user-selectable optical path lengths of 2, 10, 50 and 200 cm. The
instrument operates in the wavelength range of 250 to 730 (UPUV) or
380 to 730 nm (UPVIS) and has an exceptional dynamic range. Designed
for the detection of low absorbing species in aqueous solutions,
UltraPath is an ideal tool for any study requiring precise and highly
sensitive spectroscopic determination of analytes, either in the lab or in
the field.
Background
UltraPath was developed by WPI under a collaborative agreement
with NASA (Stennis Space Center) for the spectroscopic determination
of colored dissolved organic matter (CDOM) in seawater and fresh
water environments. It can be used in the laboratory and in the field
(i.e., at sea). CDOM concentrations vary significantly between open
ocean samples with low CDOM (e.g., 0.007 m-1 at 380 nm), and high
CDOM freshwater environments (e.g., 10-20 m-1 at 380 nm). To address
these problems the design requirements of UltraPath mandated the
development of a rugged portable system capable of high sensitivity
measurements across a wide dynamic range. The UltraPath system
meets these stringent design criteria and enables reliable measurement
of CDOM in the range of 0.002 m-1 to 200 m-1 (250 to 730 nm).
substances to the cell wall. In particular, the design greatly minimizes the
problems commonly found with flow cells of long optical pathlengths:
the risk of trapping dust particles, fibers or particulate matter inside the
cell. The UltraPath system includes a low noise photodiode array-based
spectrometer module (TIDAS I: FWHM = 5 nm, noise <0.2 mAU) and a
light source (D4H with UPUV; FO6000 with UPVIS) to measure sample
absorption. Light is coupled from the light source to the sample cell
and from the sample cell to the detector via two fused silica fibers. A
peristaltic pump (PeriPro-4LS) is utilized to draw the sample into the
UltraPath sample cell.
35
Absorption [1/m]
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
l Process Control & Oceanography l Rugged system for laboratory and
onboard measuring l Portable & easy to use l User-selected optical path
lengths: 2, 10, 50 & 200 cm l Highly sensitive and stable
186
30
Sarasota Bay
25
Pond
20
15
10
5
0
-5
250
Design
UltraPath has four optical pathlengths contained within a single sample
cell (i.e., 2 cm, 10 cm, 50 cm and 200 cm). The pathlengths are userselectable, offering a very high sensitivity and an extended dynamic
range for UV and VIS absorbance measurements. The fluid path of the
sample cell is optimized to produce a laminar flow that is virtually free
of interference from trapped air bubbles and adherence of dissolved
350
450
550
650
750
Wavelength [nm]
Fig. 1 — Two typical absorption spectra measured using UltraPath. The
sample labeled “Sarasota Bay” is a CDOM sample with 34 PSU salinity
collected from Sarasota Bay (Nov. 2007), and the sample labeled “Pond” is a
highly concentrated CDOM sample collected from a local pond in Sarasota,
Florida (Nov. 2007).
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Sarasota Bay & Pond CDOM
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Mayagüez Bay CDOM
Mayagüez Bay
0.07
0.05
“System Analyzes Water Samples at Sea”, NASA Aerospace Technology
Innovation, 2001, 9 (5). http://nctn.hq.nasa.gov/innovation/innovation95/3techtrans2.html
R. L. Miller and E. D’Sa. “Evaluating the influence of CDOM on the remote
sensing signal in the Mississippi River Bight”. In Eos Transactions AGU Ocean
Sciences, 2002. Honolulu, HI, p. 171.
0.03
0.01
-0.01
380
480
580
680
Wavelength [nm]
Fig. 2 — CDOM Sample “Mayagüez Bay” was collected from the high salinity
oligotrophic waters of Mayagüez Bay on the west coast of Puerto Rico (2001).
Data courtesy of NASA Stennis Space Center.
E. D’Sa, R.L. Miller and R. Trzaska. “Aparent Optical Properties in Waters
Influenced by the Mississippi River”, Proceedings of the Seventh Thematic
Conference, Remote Sensing for Marine and Coastal Environments, 2002, 6
pg, Miami, FL.
R. L. Miller, C. Hall, C. Del Castillo, B. McKee and M. Dagg. “Bio-optical
Properties of the Mississippi River Plume and Adjacent Shelf.” ASLO Aquatic
Sciences, Albuquerque, NM, 2001.
R. L. Miller, M. Belz and S. Y. Liu, “Measuring the absorption of CDOM in the
field using a multiple pathlength liquid waveguide system”, Ocean Optics XV,
paper 1308, Monaco, October 2000.
A standard PC or laptop (not included) is connected to the TIDAS E via a
RJ-45 Ethernet interface. For spectrometer requirements and software
options, see TIDAS-E.
Ponceau S measured with 200 cm pathlength
0.025
baseline
0.02
Absorbance
Mobility
The system is designed for mobility. The components of the UltraPath
system are designed to function over a broad range of laboratory and
field environments.
100
0.7 nM
0.015
0.01
1.8 nM
75
3 nM
50
25
0.005
Samples
0
0
400
550
600
650
700
UltraPath Specifications
DYNAMIC RANGE
5 μAU/cm to 1 AU/cm 0.002 m-1 to 200 m-1
WAVELENGTH RANGE
250 nm – 730 nm (UPUV) 380 nm – 730 nm (UPVIS)
WAVELENGTH RESOLUTION (FWHM) 5 nm
NOISE (PEAK TO PEAK)
< 0.2 mAU
DRIFT < 1 mAU/h
OPTICAL PATHLENGTH
2, 10, 50 & 200 cm (user selectable)
SAMPLE CELL INNER DIAMETER
2 mm
CELL VOLUME
10 mL (at 200 cm pathlength)
SAMPLE INLET / OUTLET1/8”
Reference
R. L. Miller, M. Belz, C. Del Castillo, R. Trzaska,
500
Fig. 3 – Ponceau S absorption measured with UltraPath (200 cm cell).
Ponceau S was dissolved in Millipore water.
Particulate absorption can be measured by the well established
Quantitative Filter Technique (QFT). WPI now offers a fiber optic filter
holder for Glass Fiber Filters (QFT1, page 206) which can be used with
the spectrometer (TIDAS E) and light source (D4H or FO6000) supplied
with the UltraPath. With this accessory, particulate absorption can be
measured on site, avoiding loss of spectral information due to freezing
and shipping particulate samples to a laboratory.
V. Kitidis, A. P. Stubbins, G. Uher, R. C. Upstill
Goddard, C. S. Law, E. M. S. Woodward, “Variability
of chromophoric organic matter in surface waters
of the Atlantic Ocean”, Deep Sea Research Part II:
Topical Studies, Vol. 53, Issue 14-16, 2006, p. 16661684.
450
Wavelength [nm]
Particulate Absorption
N. B. Nelson, D. A. Siegel, C. A. Carlson, C. Swan, W.
M. Smethie Jr. and S. Khatiwala. 2007. Hydrography
of chromophoric dissolved organic matter in the
North Atlantic. Deep-Sea Res. I. 54: 710 – 731.
-25
-0.005
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Two typical absorption spectra recorded with an UltraPath (UPUV)
of a seawater and a fresh water sample collected in November 2007
are shown in Fig. 1. Due to their high absorbance, both samples were
analyzed in the 10 cm pathlength. The CDOM sample labeled Mayagüez
Bay in Fig. 2 is from oligotrophic, low productive waters with high
salinity collected off the west coast of Puerto Rico in the Mayagüez
Bay. Special attention should be drawn to the exceptional sensitivity of
UltraPath enabling detection of CDOM absorption below 0.03 m-1. To
exemplify the performance of the UltraPath in Laboratory Chemistry and
Process Control, Ponceau S absorbance was measured with the 200 cm
pathlength of an UltraPath. Normalizing the Ponceau absorbance graph
to AU/cm, the range of this measurement is 150 μAU with a noise level
below 2 μAU peak to peak. Sub-nanomolar concentration of this dye can
clearly and reliably be detected, which is a novelty in absorbance based
spectroscopy.
125
µAU/cm
Absorption [1/m]
0.09
“Determining CDOM Absorption Spectra in Diverse Coastal Environments
Using a Multiple Pathlength, Liquid Core Waveguide System”, Continental
Shelf Research, July 2002, 22:9, p 1301-1310.
FIBER INPUT/OUTPUT
600 μm
SOLVENT RESISTANCE
Most organic and inorganic solvents
SHIPPING WEIGHT
UPUV: 44 lb (20 kg) UPVIS: 33 lb (15 kg)
UPVIS Ultrapath System, Visible Light
UPUV Ultrapath System, Ultraviolet & Visible Light
The UltraPath system includes: Multiple pathlength cell, Tidas E with TidasDAQ/SpectraView
software, FO-6000 light source (UPVIS) or D2H light source (UPUV), two FO-600-SMA1M optical
fibers, PeriStar Pro peristaltic pump, silicone tubing, sample injector and Waveguide Cleaning Kit.
Specify line voltage
501609
KIT-UPVIS-STARTUP
KIT-UPUV-STARTUP
89575
Waveguide Cleaning Kit
FO-600-SMA1M, 501609, 72100, 800120, 15807
FO-600-SMA1M, 501609, 72100, D2H-DB, D2H-HB, 15807
QFT1, Fiber Optic Holder for Glass Fiber Filters
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
187
Optical Detectors
● Photodiode array
spectrometer module
● Low noise detection
(<0.1 mAU peak to
peak)
● Wavelength range
190 nm to 720 nm
● Fiber optic design
Tidas E
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
High performance fiber optic spectrometer systems
WPI’s Tidas E is a high end photodiode array-based spectrophotometer
including a light source, a cuvette holder and fiber optic coupling. Its
companion is the TIDAS E Base, a fiber optic spectrometer module
with a fiber optic connector for modular spectrometer systems.
The Tidas family of spectrophotometers and spectrometer modules
outperforms conventional bench-based spectrophotometers and CCDbased spectrometer modules, when it comes to high precision fiber
optic sampling. It relies on a monolithic optical bench made by Zeiss,
which is optimized for fiber optic applications. Most cuvette-based
standard spectrometers lose more than 90% of light through expensive
prism decoupling. The Tidas E is designed for fiber optic sampling cells.
Using suitable light sources and sample cells, spectral detection in the
wavelength range of 190 to 720 nm can be performed at noise levels
<0.04 mAU peak to peak.
Applications
Software
The Tidas E is ideally suited for WPI’s fiber optic sampling equipment.
High sensitivity detection systems for flow analysis can be assembled
using WPI’s Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells (LWCC) with effective
pathlengths ranging from 50 to 500 cm. These setups are frequently
used in fluid injection analysis systems for nutrient analysis (nitrite,
nitrate, phosphate, iron) in oceanographic applications. Microliter
sampling systems for UV/VIS applications can be assembled using WPI’s
V-Vette or DipTip™ dipping probes.
Wavelength Range
Resolution
Wavelength
Accuracy
TidasDAQ 3 software is included with each instrument for data
collection and data analysis. TidasDAQ is used to run the spectrometer
module, collect spectra in either single or continuous mode, control the
digital I/Os, save the experimental data to disk, and analyze the data.
Further, TidasDAQ can export data directly into GRAMS/AI, a feature very
useful for advanced data analysis for pharmaceutical applications and
requirements.
TIDAS E
BASE
Light
Source
TIDAS E
Light
Source
UV 190-390 nm
< 3 nm
±1 nm
504717
no
504720
UV
UV/VIS 190-720 nm
< 7 nm
±1 nm
504718
no
504721
UV / VIS
VIS/NIR 300-1100 nm
< 10 nm
< 3 nm
504719
no
504722
VIS
Integrated Cuvette Holder
no
Number of Pixels
256
Dimensions
260 x 150 x 140 mm
Weight
2.5 kg
Power Supply
100 - 240 VAC / 47 - 63 Hz
Digital I/O
2 x IN / 2 x OUT
Optical Fiber Connection
SMA 905
yes
Includes power supply, TIDAS DAQ software, RJ-45 cable, and manual
188
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
TidasDAQ: Data Collection & Instrument Control
Figure 1: TIDASDAQ acquisition window, showing an absorbance
baseline.
With TidasDAQ, high precision intensity, absorbance, transmittance
or normalized spectra can be obtained in less than a second. Only a
few parameters need to be adjusted to obtain spectral data. Sampling
of single scans, continuous full spectra scans or triggered scans is
possible. Chromatograms can be displayed and logged to disk at up to
four wavelengths. Data Export of 2D and 3D Spectrograms, as well as
Chromatograms is supported in ASCII, Spectralys/SpectraView, Excel and
Grams/AI formats. Light sources and other sampling instrumentation can
be controlled via the TTL level digital outputs, as well as data collection
can be triggered by TTL leveled external inputs of the TIDAS E.
Spectra can be recorded in 2D and 3D view. Mathematical computation,
Derivation, Smoothing, Quantification and other functions are available
to work with your data. The Quantification module allows single point
and multiple point analysis, multiple linear regression, partial least
square and principle component analysis. Data can be exported out of
a 3D analysis file into separate scans. Further, chromatograms as well as
spectrograms can be copied directly into Excel for further data analysis.
The TIDAS E Optical Path
TIDAS E SPECIFICATIONS
OPTICAL BASICS
Monolithic Spectrometer Module; Concave Aberration Corrected
Holographic Grating; Fiber optic cross section converter for
increased light throughput; 2nd order multilayer filter
DETECTOR ARRAY
Hamamatsu photodiode array, 256 pixel
DETECTOR RESOLUTION
16 Bit
NOISE (PEAK TO PEAK)*
< 0.04 mAU @ 254 nm
WAVELENGTH ACCURACY
<1 nm
WAVELENGTH REPRODUCIBILITY
< 0.1 nm
FIBER OPTIC INPUT
600 μm
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Windows XP, 7, 8
SOFTWARE (INCLUDED)
TIDASDAQ
DIMENSIONS (WxHxD)
260 mm × 150 mm × 140 mm
5.9" × 5.5")
WEIGHT
2.5 kg (5.5 lb)
INTERFACE
External (RJ-45)
POWER100 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz
The light radiates from the internal
light source, and is conducted from the
redirected mirror, through the cuvette
holder, into the correct detector. The
measuring sample can be located in
the second cuvette chamber.
From the internal light source,
radiated light passes through the
cuvette holder and illuminates through
the external measuring cell. The light is
redirected through the cuvette holder
and channelled through the detector.
The light from the external light source
is coupled over the cuvette holder and
redirected over the mirror cuvette to
the detector; thereby the sample in
the standard cuvette chamber can be
measured.
The light from the external light source
is coupled over the cuvette holder and
redirected over the mirror cuvette to
the detector.
(10.25" ×
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
189
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Figure 2: Spectra can be displayed and analyzed in 2D and 3D format.
This allows the user to conveniently interpret “time acquisition” data
typically done with a TIDAS-E-BASE-LWCC flow system.
With help of the patented cuvette holder and the mirror cuvette, various
measurement setups are possible in conjunction with either internal
or external light source. The patented cuvette holder and the external
measurement setup can be simultaneously used. The flexibility of the
design of TIDAS E is manifested below in various possible options of
measurements using different optical paths formed by combinations of
cuvette holder, mirror cuvette, optical fiber and light sources.
Biofluorometer
t for:
Perfec tric
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Now more reliable, simplified and affordable
The new SI-BF100 is an LED-based fluorometer
for life science applications. It is ideally suited
for ratiometric calcium detection (FURA-2) and
ATPase detection (via NADH fluorescence).
With up to seven LED modules (wavelengths),
the SI-BF100 covers many fluorometric
applications in neuroscience and cell biology.
Recent advancements in optics and LED
technology simplify ratiometric calcium imaging,
making this equipment more affordable. A
breakthrough in WPI patented technology
allows the SI-BF100 to use wavelengths below
380nm and produce more light in those
spectra. This technology significantly cuts the
cost of photometric calcium imaging without
sacrificing resolution or quality.
LED light sources require less power, give off
less heat and are more compact and
affordable
Sampling rates up to 1kHz (1,000 ratios/
second maximum). At lower speeds, signal
averaging is used for noise reduction.
Two auto ranging photomultiplier inputs allow
you to monitor multiple wavelengths
from a single emission output that can be
comprised of any wavelength of light for
which an LED module is available
Using a separate reference channel, ultrastable, continuous ratio calculations
automatically compensate for LED
intensity drift. This ensures less noise and
produces more accurate measurements.
Application-specific probes are available for
existing tissue baths and cuvette systems.
How it Works
Up till now, calcium imaging systems have been
required to compensate for errors and noise
introduced by the complexity of their design.
The systems require mechanical filters and
use expensive xenon or mercury light sources.
The beauty of the SI-BF100 is its simplicity.
The elegance of its design reduces the noise
introduced into the system and the errors
inherent in traditional systems.
output to one or two photomultiplier inputs
on the front of the SI-BF100, which are
independently filtered for specific wavelengths.
This design allows you to monitor multiple
wavelengths from a single emission output.
The LED light source in the WPI design makes
this ratiometric fluorometer more compact,
energy efficient and affordable. As added
benefits, the low-power light source produces
much less heat, and it warms up in less than
one minute!
Monochromatic LED light sources using WPI
patented technology eliminate the need for
complex and expensive white light
This incredible design is not limited to calcium
sources and filter wheels.
imaging either. By simply replacing
Because the LED
the 510nm emission filters
modules can
Unique fiber optic coupling probe allows
in front of the
for highly efficient transfer of light and
be pulsed,
photomultipliers
ease of placement. Custom probes fit
sampling
with the desired
your existing systems.
frequencies up
wavelength filters,
to 1,000 cycles per
your SI-BF100 becomes
second are possible.
a general purpose fluorometer for any
The LED light source emits specific excitation
frequencies which travel through the probe.
The excitation light can be comprised of any
wavelength of light for which an LED module is
available. The probe returns a single emission
application you can imagine. Changing a filter
involves removing the two screws that hold
the filter carriage on the face of the SI-BF100,
swapping the filter and reinstalling the integral
SMA/filter carriage.
SI-BF-100
Biofluorometer
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS
M3301
Manual Manipulator for securing the probe
M10
Magnetic Base
Ratio noise is <0.05 peak to peak, drift is less
than 0.1 unit/hour
SI-BF100 Specifications
The warm up time of less than one minute is a
dramatic improvement over the common
20–60 minutes required by xenon or
mercury light sources
Replace the emission filter easily or change the
LED modules to transform the SI-BF100
into a general purpose fluorometer for
many other applications
190
e
Ratiomum &
Calci ase
ATP
CALL FOR APPLICATION
FIBER OPTIC LIGHT INPUT/OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . SMA terminated
BANDWIDTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 ratios/second
RATIO NOISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.1 peak to peak
ANALOG OUTPUT RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0–10V (continuous, equivalent to a ratio 0–10)
ANALOG OUTPUT IMPEDANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100W
POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VDC, 0.5A, (universal power supply, 110/240VAC)
WARM UP TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 minute
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5"H x 17"W x 13"D (88 x 431 x 330 mm)
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Excitation and Emission fibers in a single probe
Single and dual emission configurations available for both the small probe and the tissue probe
This probe has a
rectangular fiber
pattern, optimized for
muscle strips, where
the middle fibers are
used for excitation and
the surrounding fibers
are used for detection.
94650
All probes use fibers with a 300µm core diameter. Excitation fibers have
1000 micrometer SMA connectors for Excitation and Double Emission
Probes and 1500 micrometer SMA connectors for Single Emission Probes.
A smaller probe, optimized for use with small tissues like trabecula or in
multi-well plates, is in development.
94650
94689
Single Emission, Small Tissue Probe
Dual Emission, Small Tissue Probe
World’s Smallest
Fiber Optic
Dipping Probe
10 mm light pathlength
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
5 mm light pathlength
2 mm light pathlength
for UV/Vis Spectroscopy
Mini DipTip features smaller
handle, shorter cable, greater
efficiency!
DIPTIP Specifications
DIP-UV-MINI
TIP DIAMETER
1.5 mm
LIGHT PATHLENGTH
Mini DipTip™ is a miniature transmission probe for microliter
spectroscopic sampling. Mini DipTip’s tip diameter is only 1.5 mm—
the size of a 17-gauge needle. It will fit into all micro centrifuge tubes
on the market and is a useful tool for measuring protein and DNA
samples. It can also be used for a dissolution system.
Microliter samples can be analyzed cost effectively when you combine
the Mini DipTip with one of the following:
● The Fiber optic-based spectrometer (Tidas I) and a light source
(D4H and FO-6000)
● WPI’s biophotometric detection system (LEDspec)
The Mini DipTip is ideal for multi-channel applications.
● Compatible with many standard spectrophotometers (600µm
fiber optic coupler connections)
WAVELENGTH RANGE (nm)
200-1000
SAMPLE VOLUME REQUIRED
20-50 µL
DISTANCE FROM TIP TO UPPER EDGE OF SAMPLE
WINDOW
7 mm
FIBER LENGTH
1.0 m
FIBER OPTIC CONNECTION
SMA 905
LAUNCH FIBER BUNDLE (7 x 200µm)
680 µm*
RETURN FIBER BUNDLE (7 x 200µm)
680 µm*
*Circular packaging of the fiber bundle results in an active area equivalent
to a fiber with a core diameter of 680 µm. Using a 600 µm connection is
recommended and will result in negligible light loss.
DIP-UV-MINI-2
DIP-UV-MINI-5
DIP-UV-MINI-10
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
2, 5, 10mm
Mini DipTip™ for UV/VIS/NIR (2mm path)
Mini DipTip™ for UV/VIS/NIR (5mm path)
Mini DipTip™ for UV/VIS/NIR (10mm path)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
191
Light Sources
Deuterium halogen light source
with integrated TTL shutter
Replacement Deuterium
Lamp 503847
The D4H is a combined deuterium and halogen light source for UV/
VIS and NIR applications. This light source is ideally suited to work with
WPI’s spectrometer modules and sample cells. It supplies a continuous
spectrum in the UV, VIS and NIR range from 200 nm to 1100 nm. The
D4H is equipped with an integrated electrical shutter, which can be
controlled by a switch or a TTL signal.
FO-6000
200—1100 nm
380—1700 nm
DEUTERIUM LAMP LIFE
2000 hr
NA
TUNGSTEN/HALOGEN LAMP LIFE
2000 hr
3000* hr
1-2 mAU/h
<0.5 mAU/h
STABILITY
Deuterium
Halogen
Deuterium + Halogen
40000
D4H
UV/VIS/NIRVIS/NIR
SPECTRAL RANGE
D4H Spectrum
50000
LIGHT SOURCE SPECIFICATIONS
APPLICATION
60000
Intensity [counts]
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Replacement
Halogen Lamp
503848
POWER CONSUMPTION
140 W
6W
POWER REQUIREMENTS
110/240V, 50-60Hz, 1A
12VDC/1A
SHUTTER/TTL TRIGGERYes Yes
MAX. FIBER OUTPUT
1000 µm
CONNECTIONS
30000
SHIPPING WEIGHT
20000
DIMENSIONS (W/H/L) 10000
1000 µm
SMASMA
13.2 lb (6 kg) 1.3 lb (0.6 kg)
7 x 6.2 x 9.8 in.
(17.8 x 15.7 x 25 cm) 4.8 x 2.8 x 7.5 in.
(12 x 7 x 19 cm)
*Lamp life is dependent upon internal power settings.
0
200
300
400
500
600
700
Wavelength [nm]
D4H
503848
503847
192
Deuterium Halogen Light Source (200 nm-1100 nm)
Halogen Replacement Lamp for D4H
Deuterium Replacement Lamp for D4H ( > 215 nm)
Replacement Lamps for Tidas II
TIDAS-D2 Replacment Deuterium Lamp
TIDAS-H
Replacment Halogen Lamp (Type 1)
TIDAS-H2 Replacment Halogen Lamp (Type 2)
Replacement Lamps for D2H
D2H-DB
Replacment Deuterium Lamp
D2H-HB
Replacment Halogen Lamp
D2H-HBER Replacment Deuterium Lamp, Extended Range
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
FO-6000
LED-Lite ™
High color temperature
tungsten light source
Modular LED Light source with
exchangeable LEDs
The LED-lite is a power supply for WPI’s ELS LED modules for
monochromatic light excitation. Each ELS module has an SMA bulk head
fitting and allows direct attachment of SMA terminated fibers.
ELS module
Normalized Intensity [cts]
FO-6000-FILT
The FO-6000-FILT inline filter
holder directly attaches to the
FO-6000 light source. This allows
a virtual light loss free insertion of
optical filters with outer diameters
from 8 to 25.4 mm and thickness
ranging from 2 to 10 mm into the
light path of the FO-6000. With this
filter holder and an optical filter, a
highly stable monochromatic light
source can be assembled.
ELS Spectral Distributions
Color
UV
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue-Green
Green
Yellow
Orange
Red
λmax
Spectral Line
Half Width
Estimated
Output
370 nm
430 nm
450 nm
470 nm
495 nm
525 nm
590 nm
623 nm
660 nm
12 nm
65 nm
70 nm
20 nm
35 nm
40 nm
13 nm
15 nm
35 nm
85 µW
15 µW
119 µW
140 µW
227 µW
80 µW
60 µW
114 µW
275 µW
Estimated output is after light has passed through a 1 mm fiber.
LED-LITEELS Power Supply (requires ELS module)
Includes transformer and AC adapter.
Specify line voltage
ELS-xxx
ELS-370
300051
300052
External Light Source Module (specify wavelength)
ELS Module (370 nm)
Fiber Optic Collimator (SMA)
Fiber Optic Collimator (ST)
To order ELS, use wavelength as suffix to
part number (e.g. ELS-430).
FO-6000
Fiber Optic Light Source
FO-6000FILT Inline Filter Holder Adapter for FO-6000
800120
Replacement Lamp for FO-6000
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
193
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
This new miniature
FO-6000 Spectrum
tungsten light source has
been developed for high
1. 0
precision portable and
0. 8
low-power spectroscopy
0. 6
applications. Its advantage
lies in its high light power
0. 4
output, its effective color
0. 2
FO-6000
temperature of 6000K
2760 K Tungsten Lamp
0. 0
and its exceptionally low
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
drift below 0.5 mAU/h. The
Wavelength [nm]
FO-6000 is a light source
for the extended visible
part of the light spectrum (380 nm – 1700 nm). It has a SMA type output
connector. Both shutter and lamp can be operated via TTL external
triggering. This light source offers a wide assortment of field applications
in analytical chemistry as well as environmental and life science.
A significant problem with tungsten light bulbs is their inherent low light
output at wavelengths below 430 nm. The FO-6000 was developed
to overcome this limitation. The light intensity of a tungsten light bulb
(2760K) drops below 10% at 420 nm wavelength. However, using
FO-6000, the light intensity drops below 10% at 370 nm, where the
intensity of the conventional tungsten light bulb is at approximately 2%
relative light output. The inherent low noise and low drift of the FO-6000
makes it particularly suitable for
low-noise detection systems.
Flow Cells
See Mini★Star
on page 155
See LEDspec
on page 182
Improved UV
Transmission
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells (LWCC) are
fiber optic cells that combine an increased
optical pathlength (50–500 cm) with small
sample volumes (125–1250 µL). They
can be connected via optical fibers to a
spectrophotometer with fiber optic capabilities.
Ultra-sensitive absorbance measurements can
be performed in the ultraviolet (UV), visible (VIS)
and near-infrared (NIR) to detect low sample
concentrations in a laboratory or process
control environment. According to Beer’s
Law the absorbance signal is proportional
to chemical concentration and light path
length. Compared with a standard 1 cm cell,
a 1 mAU signal is enhanced fifty-fold with a
50 cm cell to 50 mAU, using WPI’s patented
aqueous waveguide technology*. The LWCC
can be connected directly to a pump or can
even be filled using a syringe. Based on fiber
optics, the LWCC is designed for use with WPI’s
LEDspec photometric detector (see page 182).
LWCC Key Features
Pathlength, internal volume, and wavelength range (measured
with ultrapure water and a Tidas II spectrophotometer
Pathlength
[cm]
Internal Volume
[µL]
LWCC-3050
50
125
230-800
100
250
230-730
LWCC-3250
250
625
250-730
LWCC-3500
500
1250
280-730
LWCC specifications
50
WAVEGUIDE MATERIAL
Fused silica tubing coated with a low refractive index polymer
40
OPTICAL PATHLENGTH
50-500 cm
30
INNER DIAMETER 550 µm
INTERNAL VOLUME
≈ 125 - 1250 µL
LWCC-3050
LWCC-3100
LWCC-3250
20
10
0
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Wavelength (nm)
These spectra show the optimal detection limits for LWCCs of varying pathlength.
194
Wavelength Range [nm]
measured with Tidas II
LWCC-3100
Typical Efficiency Curves for LWCC
Percent Transmission (%T)
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
SAMPLE INLET/OUTLET COMPRESSION FITTING 1/16”, 1/32”
FIBER INPUT
SMA, ID = 400 µm
MINIMUM PRESSURE*
1.5 - 3 PSI
SOLVENT RESISTANCE
Most organic & inorganic solvents
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1.4 kg (3 lb)
*A one-meter Type II waveguide of 550 µm ID requires about 1.5 PSI
for water flow of 1 mL/min.
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Ultra-sensitive Microliter UV/Vis Spectroscopy with 2 to 500 cm optical pathlength!
Mote Marine Laboratories in Sarasota, Florida
has partnered with WPI, using the Company’s
waveguide technology. WPI customized the LWCC
installed in the instrument package inside these
AUV’s (Autonomous Underwater Vehicles). The
LWCCs are used to monitor the color of seawater
in the Gulf of Mexico. One of the primary interest
areas of this research is red tide algae blooms.
Further, modular spectrophotometric sample
systems can be assembled using a TIDAS E
spectrometer and a UV/VIS light source such as
D4H and FO-6000 (see pages 190-191).
Applications
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
LWCCs have been used in a variety of
applications, such as liquid chromatography,
stopped-flow and colormetric detection,
drinking water analysis, as well as
environmental and oceanographic monitoring
systems (see References on www.wpiinc.com).
WPI’s Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells are
made of fused silica tubing with an outer
coating of a low refractive index polymer. This
results in high signal stability and easy removal
of air bubbles trapped in the sensor cell due to
the hydrophilic character of the cell wall.
Waveguide Cleaning Kit (#501609), above,
includes the most commonly needed cleaning
solutions for the LWCC waveguides. The LWCC
Start-up Kit (#KITLWCC), at right, includes two
fiber optic cables (#FO-600-SMA1M), Sample
Injector Assembly (#58006), MiniStar™ Peristaltic
Pump, and WaveGuide Cleaning Kit (#501609).
LWCC Injection System
For flow analysis, including simple fluid
injection analysis (FIA) setups, add WPI’s LWCC
injection system (WPI #89372). A selection
valve provides baseline or cleaning solutions
to the sample stream. The injection valve
injects a sample into the stream, avoiding the
introduction of air bubbles or changes of flow
rate.
LWCC-3050
LWCC-3100
LWCC-3250
LWCC-3500
LWCC-4010
LWCC-4050
LWCC-4100
*
A sample injector assembly can be used to conveniently fill an LWCC with sample solution using a peristaltic pump. Please note
that the LWCC requires two optical fibers to connect to spectrophotometer system. Choose between anti-solarized 400 micron
core or UV-enhanced cables (may be ordered in 1 or 3 meter lengths).
Related Patents
Micro Chemical Analysis Employing Flow Through
Detectors, 1995, U.S. Patent No. 5,444,807.
Aqueous Fluid Core Waveguide, 1996, U.S. Patent No.
5,507,447.
Long Capillary Waveguide Raman Cell, 1997, U.S.
Patent No. 5,604,587.
Chemical Sensing Techniques Employing Liquid-Core
Optical Fibers, U.S. Patent No. 6,016,372
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 50 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 100 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 250 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 500 cm Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 10 cm
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 50cm, 2mm ID
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, pathlength = 100cm, 2mm ID
ACCESSORIES
89372
58006
PERIPRO-4LS
MINISTAR
FO-600-SMA1M
501609
KITLWCC
58450
LWCC Injection System
Sample Injector Attachment
Peri-Star™ Pro Peristaltic Pump (see page 162)
Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel (see page 164)
Fiber Optic cable, 1m, SMA, 600 µm core, UV-enhanced
Waveguide Cleaning Kit (available only in USA)
LWCC Start-up Kit*
Kit, Adapter Syringe, LWCC
*includes FO-600-SMA1M (two), 58006, MINISTAR, 501609
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
195
Optical Glass and Quartz Cuvettes for
● High Quality Glass Cuvettes
● Standard Quartz Cuvettes
● Now offering an expanded line of standard, self-masking, and flow
cuvettes!
packaged, glass cuvettes are shipped in
manufacturing tolerances. Typical transmission
WPI’s glass and synthetic quartz cuvettes
packages of 10 cuvettes. These economic
curves of glass and synthetic quartz cuvettes
are ideal for UV/VIS/NIR absorbance or
quartz and glass cuvettes are ideal for
are shown in Fig. 1 (cuvettes were empty,
fluorescence experiments.
precision measurements because of their
thickness 1.25 mm x 2, including surface
Synthetic quartz can be used in deep UV
high quality materials used and their low
reflections, measured with a TIDAS II against air
applications and is recommended for
as reference).
fluorescent applications, as it does not exhibit
A complete transmission spectrum
background fluorescence. Quartz
from 190 nm to 4 mm is shown
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
cuvettes (absorbance, fluorescence
in Fig. 2 (cuvettes were empty,
and flow) are shipped individually
Cuvette Material Spectral Range
Transmission Difference thickness 1.25 mm x 2, including
( >80% )
Between Different Cuvettes
surface reflections).
Optical Glass
350 – 2500 nm
Less than 1%
Synthetic Quartz 200 – 2500 nm
Less than 1%
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Transmission [%]
100
80
60
40
20
Synthetic Quartz
Glass
0
200
400
600
800
1000
Wavelength [nm]
Fig. 1—Transmission curves of Glass and
Synthetic Quartz Cuvettes
Style A
Style B
Style C
Style E
Style F
Fig. 2—Complete transmission curves of Glass
and Synthetic Quartz Cuvettes
Style D
196
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Spectrophotometry and Fluorometry
WPI PN
Style
material
Polished
windows
path
[mm]
Dimensions [mm]
volume
[mL]
Beam
width
[mm]
Price per
cell
standard rectangular cuvettes
CUV2101-1*
CUV2102-1*
CUV2011-1*
CUV1022-10
B
Quartz
2
1
3.5x12.5x45
0.35
10
B
Quartz
2
2
4.5x12.5x45
0.7
10
B
Quartz
2
5
7.5x12.5x45
1.7
10
C
Optical
Glass
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
3.5
10
CUV2012-1
C
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
3.5
10
CUV2105-1
C
Quartz
2
20
22.5x12.5x45
7
10
CUV2106-1
C
Quartz
2
30
32.5x12.5x45
10.5
10
CUV2107-1
C
Quartz
2
40
42.5x12.5x45
14
10
CUV2108-1
C
Quartz
2
50
52.5x12.5x45
17.5
10
*89341
*89342
*89337
pack of 10
Cuvette spacer for 1-mm cuvettes (part CUV2101-1)
Cuvette spacer for 2-mm cuvettes (part CUV2102-1)
Cuvette spacer for 5-mm cuvettes (part CUV2011-1, CUV2023-1, CUV2063-1)
Self masking Semi micro Cell Cuvette
CUV2023-1*
D
Quartz
2
5
7.5x12.5x45
0.7
4
CUV2031-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
1.4
4
CUV2025-1
D
Quartz
2
20
22.5x12.5x45
2.8
4
CUV2028-1
D
Quartz
2
50
52.5x12.5x45
7
4
CUV2032-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
1
3
CUV2033-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.7
2
CUV2034-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.35
1
Self masking continuous flowthrough cell
CUV2063-1*
E
Quartz
2
5
7.4x12.5x45
0.035
∅3
CUV2061-1
E
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.07
∅3
E
Quartz
2
20
22.6x12.5x45
0.14
∅3
E
Quartz
2
30
32.6x12.4x45
0.21
∅3
CUV2062-1
F
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.48
4x12
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
CUV2065-1
CUV2066-1
Self masking continuous flow through cell, small input, large output Z=8.5mm
CUV2614-1
H
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x35.6
0.03
∅2
Micro Cell with black walls
CUV2674-1
J
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.05
2
CUV2051-1
A
Quartz
4
10
12.5x12.5x45
3.5
10
CUV2052-1
A
Quartz
4
10
12.5x12.5x45
1.4
4
Quartz
2
100
102.5 x 22 ∅
28
19
Fluorescence
Long Path Cuvette
CUV2071-1
G
Style G
Style H
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Style J
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
197
Accessories
Z-Dimensions Are Not Created Equal
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
Cuvettes come in a variety of shapes and sizes, but one of the
most important specifications of a cuvette is its Z-dimension. The
Z-dimension of an instrument (cuvette holder or spectrometer) is the
distance from the bottom of the cuvette chamber floor to the center
of its light beam (see image). A cuvette’s Z-dimension must match the
Z-dimension of the instrument with which it will be used.
Each manufacturer designs its instruments with a specific
Z-dimension. Common Z-dimensions include 8.5 and 15mm, and
sometimes 20mm. When purchasing small volume cuvettes, the
correct Z-dimension becomes critical. Matching the Z-dimension of
the cuvette to the Z-dimension of the instrument ensures that the
light beam passes through the center of small samples. The table
below shows the standard Z-dimension of the spectrometer sample
compartments for many manufacturers.
Z-Dimension
Manufacturer
Agilent® 15 mm
Avantes® 15 mm
Beckman® 8.5 mm
Bio-Rad® 8.5 mm
Cecil® 15 mm
Eppendorf® 8.5 mm
Hewlett – Packard® 15 mm
8.5 mm
Hitachi® Jasco® 11 mm
J & M® 8.5 mm
Ocean Optics® 15 mm
Perkin – Elmer® 15 mm
15 mm
Pharmacia® Shimadzu® 15 mm
Spectronics® 8.5 mm
Stellarnet® 15 mm
Turner® 8.5 mm
Varian ® 20 mm
WPI
15mm
Fiber Optic Collimator
WPI’s Fiber Optic Collimator can be used for both collimating a light beam
emitted by an optical fiber or coupling light from a collimated light beam into
an optical fiber. The numerical aperture of the collimator is optimized for
maximum coupling efficiency into typical fused silica fibers. The collimator
can, for example, be used to guide a parallel light beam through a sample
cuvette or an optical filter with virtually no optical losses. In this application,
one collimator collimates the light into a parallel beam 5 mm in diameter,
enabling it to pass a long distance without losing the energy. After the light
passes the sample media, a second collimator can be used to collect the
beam into the receiving fiber. A unique design feature of this collimator is that
the distance between the lens and the optical fiber can be easily adjusted.
This permits it to be used as a focusing device or for fine-tuning the color
balance when coupling light from a light source into multimode fibers.
COLLIMATOR Specifications
LENS DIAMETER 5 mm
LENS FOCAL DISTANCE
10 mm
LENS MATERIAL
1)
Ultraviolet grade synthetic fused silica (KU-
WAVELENGTH RANGE
220 nm-2 µm
MOUNTING THREADS
3/8-24 UNF
DIVERGENCE
< 0.1 rad for 1 mm core fiber
FIBER CONNECTOR INTERFACE
SMA or ST
300051
300052
Fiber Optic Collimator (SMA)
Fiber Optic Collimator (ST)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
13395
SMA Bulkhead Feedthru connector/coupler, D-hole
13370
SMA half-length Bulkhead coupler/connector
CC-3-UV
Cosine Corrector
To determine the Z-dimension of a cuvette holder:
l Use strips of heavy paper that will fit neatly into a cuvette (for
example, 12mm x 50mm) and not allow light to pass through the
cuvette.
l Poke a tiny hole in each paper “sample.” For example, one paper
sample could have a hole at 8.5mm, one at 15mm, one at 20mm.
CC-3-UV
13395
l One at a time, insert the paper samples into the cuvette and place
the cuvette into the cuvette holder. The paper sample with the pin
hole at the instrument’s Z-dimension will allow light to pass. The
other paper samples will not allow light to pass.
If you have an instrument that is not on the list and need to
know its Z-dimension, please contact WPI at 941-371-1003 or
[email protected]
198
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
13370
Filter Holder
for Glass
Fiber Filters
QFT1
Simple measurements for
particulate absorption
other CCD, PDA or scanning type spectrometer with fiber
optic capabilities.
WPI’s filter holder for particulate absorption
measurements is specially designed for field
use. It is rugged and portable. It performs as
well as a laboratory based spectrophotometer.
It can be directly connected to WPI’s line of fiber
optic spectrometers and light sources. Instead
of collecting your samples, transporting them to
a laboratory, and accepting the loss of spectral
information associated with it (Sosik, 1999),
particulate absorption can now be measured on
site.
Performance
A significant advantage of the filter holder is its large
beam diameter of 5 mm, resulting in “averaging out” of
larger non-organic particles frequently found on the filter
pad when using natural samples. The removable filter
fixture allows simple filter alternation and cleaning.
Specifications
GF/F Filter Diameter 25 mm
Wavelength Range
280-730 nm *
Fiber Optic Connection
∅ 600 μm / SMA
Material in contact with filter padDelrin
Weight ......................................0.5 kg (1 lb)
How does it work ?
Particulate absorption of fresh and seawater can be determined by
filtering a known amount of sample through a Glass Fiber Filter (GF/F) and
measuring the particulate absorption coefficient ap(λ) concentrated on the
filter. This technique is called quantitative filter technique (QFT) and corrects
for the pathlength amplification, an effect of scattering. The correction of the
pathlength amplification and the correction of the non-linear relationship
between the optical density of samples on a Whatman GF/F filter and in
suspension are discussed in Mitchell (1990).
* Using a TIDAS E spectrometer and D4H UV/VIS light source.
Detector and light source requirements
M. Belz, K. Larsen, K.-F. Klein, “Fiber optic sample cells for polychromatic
detection of dissolved and particulate matter in natural waters”, Proc. SPIE,
Vol. 6377, Oct 2006, 63770X
In-Line Fiber
Optic Filter Hold­er
Mitchell, B. G., “Algorithms for Determining the Absorption Coefficient of
Aquatic Particles Using the Quantitative Filter Technique (QFT)”, SPIE Vol. 1302
Ocean Optics X (1990), 137-148.
Sosik, H. M., “Storage of marine particulate samples for light-absorption
measurements”, Limnol. Oceanogr., 44(4), 1999, 1139-1141
89575
QFT1, Fiber Optic Holder for Glass Fiber Filters
This In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder allows the insertion of optical
filters within a fiber optic pathway. The connectors of the filter holder
assembly are com­pat­ib
­ le with WPI’s range of fiber optic jumper
cables and can be coupled using SMA or ST connectors.
Filters with outer diameters from 8 to 25.4 mm and thick­ness­es
from 2 to 10 mm can be accomodated. The design lim­its lateral and
axial movement of the filter when secured in the holder.
Two fiber optic collimators are internally mounted in the holder to
pass collimated light through the filter and then refocus the filtered
light into the aperture of the out­put fiber. Spectral range will be
largely limited by the bandpass of the optical fibers (from UV to near
IR using WPI UV-enhanced ca­bles).
56200
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder (SMA)
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
199
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
The optical throughput of QFT1 equipped with a classical GF/F filter is very
low and requires a matched light source / spectrometer system. WPI’s
TIDAS E in combination with WPI’s FO-6000 tungsten light source or D4H
deuterium/halogen light source can be used in the 380–730 nm and 280–730
nm wavelength range, respectively. The QFT1 can also be interfaced to any
References
V-Vette
Sample holder for spectroscopic
analysis of microliter volume samples
l 2 microliter sample
l 1 mm pathlength
l No moving parts
l Baseline repeatability < 2 mAU
l Patent pending
V-Vette is a fiber optic sample cell with a pathlength of 1 mm
for spectroscopic analysis of microliter volume samples. Light is
coupled into and out of the sample cell via optical fibers. A 2 μL
sample droplet can be conveniently placed into the v-shaped
sample compartment from a pipetter. Absorbance of the
sample is measured between the input and output fiber after a
cover is placed on the sample compartment to minimize stray
light. The sample can be picked up and reused or removed by
blowing it off with dry air or wiping it off.
V-VETTE
V-VETTE SPECIFICATIONS
FUNCTIONALITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Absorbance
COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Included
PATHLENGTH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mm
WAVELENGTH RANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 – 1000 nm
FIBER CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 μm (SMA)
SAMPLE VOLUME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 µL
BASELINE REPEATABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 2 mAU peak to peak
V-Vette Microliter Sample Holder SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
MicroLWCC
Low volume flow cell for FIA, HPLC
and Process Analysis
MicroLWCC is a new fiber optic low volume flow cell for UV/VIS/NIR
absorbance analysis. Based on WPI’s established liquid core waveguide
technology, the analyte solution functions as the core of a fluid filled
light waveguide. Wetted parts in the sample cell light path are PEEK,
fused silica and PTFE. Optical fibers are used to transport light to and
from the sample cell. The cell can be used in biochemistry for DNA,
RNA & protein quantification, colorimetric nutrient and trace metal
analysis, drug discovery and dissolution testing, process control, and
HPLC analysis.
LWCC-M SPECIFICATIONS
LWCC-M-10 LWCC-M-50LWCC-M-100
OPTICAL PATHLENGTH
10 mm
50mm
100mm
INTERNAL VOLUME
2.4 µL
12 µL
24 µL
< 7 mAU
< 15 mAU
< 30 mAU
REFRACTIVE INDEX @ 280 nm** WAVELENGTH RANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 – 1000 nm
FIBER CONNECTION [µm] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 (SMA)
TRANSMISSION @ 254 nm *. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 40%
MAXIMUM PRESSURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 1000 psi
WETTED MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PEEK, Fused Silica, PTFE
* Reference: 2 * 600 µm Fiber, butt-coupled
** Measured using ASTM E 685 - 93
WPI U.S. Patents: 5,444,807; 5,570,447; 5,604,587; 6,603,556; 6,385,380.
200
LWCC-M-10
Low Volume Flow Cell, 10 mm pathlength
LWCC-M-50
Low Volume Flow Cell, 50 mm pathlength
LWCC-M-100 Low Volume Flow Cell, 100 mm pathlength
References
M. Belz, “Simple and sensitive protein detection system using UV LEDs
and liquid core waveguides”, Advanced Environmental, Chemical, and
Biological Sensing Technologies V, Optics East, Oct 2007, Proc. SPIE,
Vol. 6755, 675505
M. Belz, F. A. Klein, H. S. Eckhardt, K. Klein, D. Dinges, K. T. V. Grattan,
“Optical Detection Techniques and Light Delivery with UV LEDs and
Optical Fibres”, Third International Conference on Optical and Laser
Diagnostics, Proc. IOP, City University, London, UK, May 2007.
M. Belz, P. Dress, A. Sukhitskiy, S. Liu, “Linearity and effective optical
pathlength of liquid waveguide capillary cells”, Part of the SPIE
Conference on Internal Standardization and Calibration; Architectures
for Chemical Sensors, Boston Massachusetts, September 1999, SPIE
Vol. 3856, 271-281.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Optical Fibers
Bifurcated Fiber
Optic Assemblies
UV/VIS
Use to combine similar intensity light from
differing sources or to split a light source into
two fibers. For use with a dual spectrometer
as a reference.
BIF22
BIF44
BIF41
BIF62
BIF66
Split or combine similar intensities (200/200)
Split or combine similar intensities (400/400)
Combine UV (400) + VIS (100)
Combine UV (600) + VIS (200)
Split or Combine Similar Intensities (600/600)
WPI can build custom fiber optic assemblies for many
UV/VIS/NIR applications. Call for more information.
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables
More flexible than glass fibers, these
inexpensive PMMA plastic fibers can be used
for illumination and scientific applications. They
are excellent for light transfer between 350 nm
and 1000 nm. Their maximum temperature
should be kept below 80° C.
PLASTIC FIBER OPTIC CABLES (NON UV), 400 TO 1000 NM
FOP1-SMA
Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, SMA connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
FOP1-SMA/ST
Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, ST/SMA connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
FOP1-ST
Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, ST connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
UV-enhanced fiber optic cables
Features
● Broad UV/Vis spectral range ● Laser damage
resistant ● High core to clad ratios ● Broad
temperature range ● Bio-compatible materials
● Radiation resistant ● Sterilizable by ETO and
gamma radiation ● Higher transmission than
PCS between 180‑nm and 300 nm
Properties
● Multimode • Pure silica core • Numerical
aperture: 0.22 ± 0.02 (standard)
● Standard prooftest: 70 kpsi • Minimum bend
radius: 100x clad radius (momentary), 600x
clad radius (long term)
Anti-Solarization
The transmission of conventional UV-enhanced
silica/silica fiber decreases rapidly at
wavelengths below 240 nm when exposed to
high intensities of a deuterium lamp. This effect
is called “UV-solarization” and results from the
Over 20,000 hours
with less than 5%
degradation!
Attenuation
dB/km
1000—
100—
Transmission/m 99%
10—
99.9%
1—
200
300
400
Wavelength, nm
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
UV-ENHANCED FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 230 – 1000 NM
FO-50-SMA1M
Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 50 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-50-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 50 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-100-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 100 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-100-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 100 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-200-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-200-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-400-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-400-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-400SMA/ST
Fiber Optic cable, 1 m, SMA/ST connector, 400 µm core, UV-Enhanced
FO-600-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-600-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-1000-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 1000 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
FO-1000-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 1000 µm Core, UV-Enhanced
ANTI SOLARIZATION FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 190 – 1000 NM
FO-200AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
FO-400AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
FO-600AS-SMA Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, Anti-Solarization
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
201
SPEC­T ROS­C O­P Y
generation of color centers in the fiber material.
The lifetime of such a fiber, defined by the 1/e
reduction in transmission at 240 nm, is normally
less than 200 minutes. This effect renders them
unsuitable for UV spectroscopy below 240 nm.
Anti-solarization fibers suitable for deep
UV spectroscopy solve this problem. These
fibers stabilize to less than 5% degradation
over a period of 20,000 hours after an initial
transmission “burn-in” loss of less than 25%.
Additionally, this anti-solarization characteristic
will not degrade over time.
Product Index
Item
Page
PRODUCT INDEX
Symbols
1B100-3................................... 112
1B100-4................................... 112
1B100-6................................... 112
1B100F-3.................................. 112
1B100F-4.................................. 112
1B100F-6.................................. 112
1B120....................................... 112
1B120-4................................... 112
1B120-6................................... 112
1B120F-3.................................. 112
1B120F-4.................................. 112
1B120F-6.................................. 112
1B150-3................................... 112
1B150-4................................... 112
1B150-6................................... 112
1B150F-3.................................. 112
1B150F-4.................................. 112
1B150F-6.................................. 112
1B200-4................................... 112
1B200-6................................... 112
1B200F-4.................................. 112
1B200F-6.................................. 112
2B150F-4.................................. 114
2B150F-6.................................. 114
3B120F-4.................................. 114
3B120F-6.................................. 114
5B120F-4.................................. 114
5B120F-6.................................. 114
7B100F-4.................................. 114
7B100F-6.................................. 114
7B120F-4.................................. 114
260............................................. 77
705............................................. 69
705PF......................................... 69
711P.................................... 77, 120
712P..................................... 70, 71
715P..................................... 70, 71
773............................................. 70
900A........................................... 79
900AP......................................... 79
900APP....................................... 79
1300M..................................... 120
1350M..................................... 120
1358......................................... 101
1571..................................... 94, 97
1965......................................... 114
1966......................................... 114
1967......................................... 114
2026-10.................................... 101
2478......................................... 120
2479......................................... 120
2505......................................... 109
2541........................................... 69
2547..................................... 68, 71
2851......................................... 101
2932.................................. 103, 172
2933.................................. 103, 172
2935......................................... 103
3161......................................... 101
3259........................................... 88
3260......................................... 172
3294......................................... 101
3316......................................... 172
3414........................................... 75
3417-10.................................... 101
3484......................................... 103
3485..................................... 85, 86
3491......................................... 101
3492......................................... 101
3508......................................... 101
202
Item
Page
3517......................................... 101
3531......................................... 120
3551......................................... 120
3578.................................. 101, 106
3579-20...................................... 85
3669........................................... 85
3670......................................... 101
3742-20...................................... 99
3955........................................... 85
3960........................................... 85
3993........................................... 81
4878......................................... 177
4879......................................... 177
4886........................................... 94
4898..................................... 94, 97
5052......................................... 138
5153........................................... 85
5210........................................... 85
5233........................................... 85
5361........................................... 85
5362........................................... 85
5371......................................... 101
5372......................................... 101
5373......................................... 101
5374......................................... 101
5375......................................... 101
5377................................ 51, 54, 61
5378................................ 51, 54, 61
5385......................................... 101
5399..................................... 52, 61
5430......................................... 172
5430-12.................................... 172
5430-15.................................... 172
5430-20.................................... 172
5430-ALL.................................. 172
5435..................................... 51, 52
5436..................................... 51, 52
5440......................................... 115
5444......................................... 109
5447........................................... 74
5464.......................... 129, 132, 135
5468............................ 77, 104, 120
5469......................................... 104
5470......................................... 104
5475......................................... 147
5479......................................... 138
5482......................................... 104
5483......................................... 104
5489........................................... 74
6820..................................... 94, 97
7128..................................... 94, 97
7325..................................... 51, 52
7326................................ 51, 54, 61
7335..................................... 94, 97
7341..................................... 94, 96
7342..................................... 94, 96
7357........................................... 52
7465-20...................................... 99
7521........................................... 52
13024....................................... 103
13025....................................... 103
13142........................ 117, 119, 177
13156-100.................................. 99
13157-100.................................. 99
13158-100.................................. 99
13159-100.................................. 99
13160-100.................................. 99
13161-100.................................. 99
13162-100.................................. 99
13163-100.................................. 99
13316................................... 94, 97
13324....................................... 101
Item
13338................................ 143, 147
13347.................................. 61, 101
13370....................................... 198
13388....................................... 101
13395....................................... 198
13451....................................... 101
13555....................................... 101
13620....................................... 101
13685................................ 101, 167
13740......................................... 30
13776....................................... 101
13822-10.................................... 99
13834....................................... 122
13854....................................... 101
13962....................................... 167
14003......................................... 20
14003-G..................................... 20
14011......................................... 98
14012......................................... 98
14034-40.................................... 99
14035-10.................................... 99
14036-15.................................... 99
14038-10.................................... 99
14039-10.................................... 99
14040-50.................................... 99
14041-60.................................... 99
14042-100.................................. 99
14044-5...................................... 99
14045-20.................................... 99
14047-10.................................... 99
14048-20.................................... 99
14051-100.................................. 99
14054-10.................................... 99
14055-2...................................... 99
14057-10.................................... 99
14058-10.................................... 99
14059-2...................................... 99
14061-60.................................... 99
14073-4.................................... 102
14095......................................... 17
14097......................................... 17
14098......................................... 17
14104....................................... 127
14106....................................... 127
14109......................................... 23
14109-G..................................... 23
14119......................................... 27
14119-G..................................... 27
14122......................................... 20
14122-G..................................... 20
14124-G..................................... 20
14125......................................... 20
14125-G..................................... 20
14126......................................... 20
14192......................................... 23
14192-G..................................... 23
14218......................................... 22
14218-G..................................... 22
14219......................................... 22
14219-G..................................... 22
14226......................................... 18
14226-G..................................... 18
14254....................................... 101
14342......................................... 30
14393......................................... 22
14393-G..................................... 22
14394......................................... 22
14394-G..................................... 22
14404......................................... 29
14405......................................... 29
15590....................................... 151
15623................................ 101, 167
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Page
Item
Page
15810........................ 52, 53, 54, 55
15867................................ 171, 177
15873........ 128, 129, 132, 134, 135
15914......................................... 18
15914-G..................................... 18
15915......................................... 18
15915-G..................................... 18
15920......................................... 18
15920-G..................................... 18
15921......................................... 18
15921-G..................................... 18
15922......................................... 22
15922-G..................................... 22
15923......................................... 22
15923-G..................................... 22
15934....................................... 121
15975....................................... 101
15976....................................... 101
40500....................................... 171
48000....................................... 121
48014....................................... 121
48014-05.................................. 121
48014-10.................................. 121
48014-30.................................. 121
48015....................................... 121
48015-10.................................. 121
48015-30.................................. 121
48025....................................... 121
48200....................................... 121
48300....................................... 121
56200....................................... 199
58006....................................... 195
58450....................................... 195
75040................................ 117, 119
75050................................ 117, 119
75090....................................... 117
75122-110................................ 172
75122-210................................ 172
75122-310................................ 172
75122-410................................ 172
77020....................................... 113
89245....................................... 185
89246....................................... 185
89247....................................... 185
89248....................................... 185
89249....................................... 185
89272....................................... 185
89273....................................... 185
89274....................................... 185
89275....................................... 185
89276....................................... 185
89337....................................... 197
89341....................................... 197
89342....................................... 197
89575................................ 187, 199
91580......................................... 53
91736......................................... 81
91750......................................... 81
94689....................................... 191
98727....................................... 151
98728....................................... 151
100042................................. 51, 54
100084....................................... 51
300033..................................... 177
300040..................................... 101
300051.............................. 193, 198
300052.............................. 193, 198
300102................................ 75, 104
300276..................................... 151
300305....................................... 58
300443....................................... 38
300521..................................... 177
Item
Page
500023....................................... 25
500023-G................................... 25
500028..................................... 141
500075....................................... 26
500076....................................... 26
500077....................................... 26
500085....................................... 17
500086....................................... 20
500121....................................... 29
500162..................................... 146
500184..................................... 101
500186..................................... 120
500191..................................... 169
500192..................................... 169
500193..................................... 169
500194..................................... 169
500195..................................... 169
500196..................................... 169
500197..................................... 169
500198..................................... 169
500199..................................... 169
500200..................................... 169
500216....................................... 22
500216-G................................... 22
500217....................................... 22
500217-G................................... 22
500224....................................... 24
500224-G................................... 24
500227....................................... 24
500227-G................................... 24
500233....................................... 17
500234....................................... 17
500236....................................... 27
500236-G................................... 27
500239-500248.......................... 27
500240....................................... 27
500255....................................... 29
500256..................................... 101
500257..................................... 101
500258..................................... 101
500259..................................... 101
500260....................................... 20
500260-G................................... 20
500261..................................... 141
500262..................................... 141
500264..................................... 141
500266..................................... 141
500280....................................... 96
500292.............................. 117, 119
500299..................................... 177
500329..................................... 117
500341....................................... 17
500342....................................... 17
500343....................................... 27
500344....................................... 27
500345....................................... 27
500346....................................... 27
500348-500356.......................... 27
500349....................................... 27
500350....................................... 27
500351....................................... 27
500352....................................... 27
500353....................................... 27
500354....................................... 27
500355....................................... 27
500356....................................... 27
500475.............. 132, 133, 134, 135
500476.............. 132, 133, 134, 135
500778..................................... 177
500828..................................... 145
500871..................................... 136
500890....................................... 98
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Item
Page
Page
501715....................................... 18
501715-G................................... 18
501725....................................... 24
501725-G................................... 24
501743....................................... 23
501743-G................................... 23
501753-G................................... 23
501754-G................................... 23
501755....................................... 23
501755-G................................... 23
501756....................................... 23
501756-G................................... 23
501757....................................... 23
501757-G................................... 23
501758....................................... 22
501758-G................................... 22
501759....................................... 22
501759-G................................... 22
501778....................................... 20
501839....................................... 20
501842....................................... 28
501846....................................... 27
501850-501858.......................... 28
501851....................................... 28
501852....................................... 28
501853....................................... 28
501854....................................... 28
501855....................................... 28
501856....................................... 28
501857....................................... 28
501858....................................... 28
501860-501864.......................... 28
501862....................................... 28
501863....................................... 28
501864....................................... 28
501913....................................... 29
501914....................................... 29
501915....................................... 29
501923....................................... 25
501985....................................... 17
501986....................................... 96
501989....................................... 24
502000..................................... 141
502001..................................... 141
502004.............................. 141, 143
502005.............................. 141, 143
502006.............................. 141, 143
502007.............................. 141, 143
502009.............................. 141, 143
502010..................................... 141
502011..................................... 141
502012..................................... 141
502013..................................... 141
502015.............................. 141, 147
502016..................................... 141
502017..................................... 141
502018..................................... 141
502019..................................... 141
502040..................................... 155
502041..................................... 155
502053....................................... 47
502054....................................... 47
502055....................................... 47
502056....................................... 47
502060....................................... 46
502062....................................... 46
502063....................................... 46
502067....................................... 47
502068....................................... 47
502070....................................... 47
502102..................................... 126
502105..................................... 132
502109..................................... 160
502110..................................... 160
502120....................................... 63
Item
502122....................................... 63
502123....................................... 63
502124....................................... 63
502125..................................... 160
502157....................................... 97
502163.............................. 141, 143
502190..................................... 102
502191..................................... 102
502193-4.................................. 102
502201................................ 47, 171
502204....................................... 46
502210....................................... 47
502213................................. 46, 47
502224....................................... 47
502225....................................... 47
502226....................................... 46
502227....................................... 45
502228....................................... 45
502229....................................... 45
502230....................................... 45
502231....................................... 45
502232....................................... 45
502233....................................... 45
502234....................................... 45
502235....................................... 47
502236....................................... 47
502237................................. 28, 47
502241....................................... 46
502242....................................... 47
502243....................................... 47
502244....................................... 47
502245....................................... 47
502257....................................... 43
502258....................................... 43
502259................................. 43, 46
502261....................................... 43
502262....................................... 43
502300....................................... 44
502303....................................... 44
502350....................................... 44
502353....................................... 44
502600....................................... 42
502603....................................... 42
502610....................................... 43
502612....................................... 43
502614....................................... 43
502616....................................... 43
502650....................................... 42
502653....................................... 42
503022..................................... 159
503023..................................... 159
503041..................................... 102
503042..................................... 102
503049..................................... 159
503050..................................... 159
503051..................................... 143
503067....................................... 40
503070..................................... 102
503071..................................... 102
503072..................................... 102
503073..................................... 102
503075..................................... 102
503076..................................... 102
503077..................................... 102
503078-4.................................. 102
503079-4.................................. 102
503080-4.................................. 102
503081-4.................................. 102
503082-4.................................. 102
503083..................................... 102
503084..................................... 102
503085..................................... 102
503086..................................... 102
503097..................................... 153
503098..................................... 153
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Page
Item
Page
503099..................................... 153
503102..................................... 143
503110....................................... 63
503120.............................. 157, 159
503121..................................... 157
503122..................................... 157
503219....................................... 24
503235....................................... 17
503259....................................... 22
503260....................................... 22
503301..................................... 171
503390....................................... 25
503391....................................... 25
503505..................................... 155
503506..................................... 155
503507..................................... 155
503509..................................... 155
503510..................................... 144
503511..................................... 144
503512..................................... 144
503513.............................. 119, 145
503529..................................... 103
503530..................................... 103
503531..................................... 103
503532..................................... 103
503536.............................. 101, 152
503537..................................... 103
503538....................................... 63
503567....................................... 47
503568..................................... 138
503569..................................... 138
503570..................................... 138
503571..................................... 138
503573....................................... 38
503598................................. 28, 47
503599................................. 28, 47
503666....................................... 22
503667....................................... 22
503668....................................... 22
503669....................................... 22
503670....................................... 22
503671....................................... 22
503737....................................... 30
503738....................................... 30
503739....................................... 30
503740....................................... 24
503741....................................... 24
503763....................................... 94
503843....................................... 87
503844....................................... 87
503847..................................... 192
503848..................................... 192
504045....................................... 31
504046....................................... 31
504047....................................... 31
504048....................................... 31
504049....................................... 31
504122....................................... 87
504123.............................. 141, 143
504128..................................... 143
504129..................................... 143
504134..................................... 147
504136..................................... 153
504137..................................... 153
504138..................................... 153
504141....................................... 87
504142....................................... 87
504164..................................... 155
504165..................................... 155
504166..................................... 155
504187....................................... 29
504188....................................... 29
504221..................................... 145
504278....................................... 50
504279....................................... 50
Item
Page
504280....................................... 50
504281....................................... 50
504282....................................... 50
504283....................................... 50
504284..................................... 146
504285..................................... 146
504286..................................... 146
504287..................................... 146
504416..................................... 145
504417..................................... 145
504443..................................... 145
504444..................................... 145
504445..................................... 145
504459....................................... 28
504539....................................... 27
504540....................................... 27
504550....................................... 27
504551....................................... 27
504552....................................... 27
504553....................................... 27
504554....................................... 27
504555....................................... 27
504556....................................... 27
504570..................................... 152
504574..................................... 152
504576.............................. 164, 165
504577.............................. 164, 165
504578.............. 162, 163, 164, 165
504588..................................... 169
504589..................................... 169
504590..................................... 169
504591..................................... 168
504596..................................... 141
504597..................................... 141
504606..................................... 145
504608....................................... 47
504713..................................... 101
504714..................................... 101
504715..................................... 101
504716..................................... 101
555001FT................................... 19
555005FT................................... 19
555007FT................................... 19
555009FT................................... 19
555041FT................................... 19
555047FT................................... 19
555402NT................................... 25
555403NT................................... 25
555406NT................................... 25
555407NT................................... 25
555408NT................................... 25
555500S..................................... 21
555524S..................................... 21
555530S..................................... 21
555540S..................................... 21
555560S..................................... 21
555562S..................................... 21
555583S..................................... 21
555584S..................................... 21
600009....................................... 95
600011................................. 51, 54
600012................................. 51, 54
600015....................................... 51
600016....................................... 51
800100....................................... 67
800120..................................... 193
800292..................................... 119
801566..................................... 173
801963..................................... 173
µTip.......................................... 116
A
A300 Pulsemaster....................... 89
A310 Accupulser......................... 88
A320D........................................ 90
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
203
PRODUCT INDEX
500895....................................... 98
501218....................................... 23
501218-G................................... 23
501219....................................... 23
501219-G................................... 23
501220....................................... 23
501220-G................................... 23
501221....................................... 23
501221-G................................... 23
501222-G................................... 23
501232....................................... 20
501234....................................... 20
501234-G................................... 20
501241....................................... 18
501241-G................................... 18
501273-501286.......................... 31
501274....................................... 31
501275....................................... 31
501277....................................... 31
501278....................................... 31
501279....................................... 31
501280....................................... 31
501281....................................... 31
501282....................................... 31
501283....................................... 31
501284....................................... 31
501285....................................... 31
501286....................................... 31
501288....................................... 18
501288-G................................... 18
501291....................................... 18
501291-G................................... 18
501312....................................... 24
501321....................................... 97
501336....................................... 26
501352..................................... 143
501353..................................... 143
501369..................................... 143
501370..................................... 143
501371..................................... 143
501372..................................... 143
501373..................................... 143
501375..................................... 143
501376..................................... 143
501377..................................... 143
501378..................................... 143
501379..................................... 143
501381..................................... 143
501601....................................... 97
501607..................................... 129
501608....................................... 48
501609.............................. 187, 195
501622...................... 126, 128, 129
501623...................... 126, 128, 129
501624..................................... 126
501635....................................... 97
501636..................................... 146
501637..................................... 146
501641....................................... 62
501642....................................... 62
501643....................................... 62
501644................................. 62, 63
501651..................................... 138
501652..................................... 138
501653..................................... 138
501656....................................... 62
501656-C.................................... 62
501656-F.................................... 62
501657....................................... 62
501658....................................... 62
501658-F.................................... 62
501705....................................... 18
501705-G................................... 18
501714....................................... 18
501714-G................................... 18
Item
PRODUCT INDEX
Item
Page
A320R......................................... 90
A362..................................... 90, 93
A365D........................................ 91
A365R......................................... 91
A382........................................... 92
A385........................................... 92
A385R......................................... 92
A385RC....................................... 92
A395........................................... 93
A395D........................................ 93
A395R......................................... 93
A395RC....................................... 93
Accupulser™ Signal Generator... 88
Adhesives............................. 94, 95
ADPT2 Footswitch..................... 161
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells..................... 106
Agricola Retractor....................... 27
AGT0525................................... 107
AGT1010................................... 107
AGT1025................................... 107
AGT1510................................... 107
AGT1530................................... 107
AGT05100................................. 107
AGT10100................................. 107
AGTxxxx.................................... 107
AGW0530................................. 107
AGW1010................................. 107
AGW1030................................. 107
AGW1510................................. 107
AGW1530................................. 107
AGW2010................................. 107
AGW2030................................. 107
AGW4010................................. 107
AGWxxxx.................................. 107
AirTherm SMT.......................... 151
AL1000..................................... 161
AL-1000HP............................... 161
AL2000..................................... 161
AL-4000.................................... 161
AL-8000.................................... 161
Aladdin Syringe Pumps............. 161
allodynia.................................... 34
Alumina Abrasive...................... 120
Amplifier Selection Guide.. 9, 10, 13
Analgesia.................................... 35
Analgesia Meter................... 36, 37
Anatomy Kit.............................. 155
Anesthesia.................................. 32
Anesthesiometer........................ 34
Angled Electrode Holder........... 132
Animal Temperature Controller.. 38
anti-oscillation unit....................... 8
APEH1...................................... 108
APEH1xx................................... 109
APEH2...................................... 108
APEH2xx................................... 109
Articulated Arm.................. 141, 143
ATC2000..................................... 38
Autoclave.................................... 29
Automated TEER Measuring System.
80
AUW201................................... 107
AUWxxxx.................................. 107
B
Ball Bearing Boom Stand... 141, 143
Ball-joint holder attachment..... 133
Ball Joint, Magnetic.................. 136
Barb-to-Tubing Coupler.............. 98
Barraquer Needle Holder........... 25
Base......................................... 102
Base, Magnetic......................... 137
base plate................................ 138
BAT-10R/LOP.............................. 48
BAT-10R/LOP220........................ 48
204
Item
Page
BAT-12R...................................... 48
BAT-12R-220............................... 48
Bath, Circulating......................... 87
Battery Charger.................... 90, 92
Battery, NiMH............................ 75
Beam splitter............................ 146
BEECAL....................................... 64
Beetrode.................................... 64
Beveler, Micropipette............... 120
Biaxial Test System..................... 14
BIF22........................................ 201
BIF41........................................ 201
BIF44........................................ 201
BIF62........................................ 201
BIF66........................................ 201
Bifurcated Fiber........................ 201
Bifurcated Light Guide.............. 147
Bio-amplifier.............................. 74
BioClave Mini............................. 29
Biofluorometer............................. 6
Bio Photometric Detection System....
184
BioTester.................................... 14
Bipolar Electrodes.................... 104
bipolar stimulation................... 104
Blood Pressure Monitor............. 40
Blood Pressure System............... 39
BLPR2......................................... 40
Boom Stand...................... 141, 143
Borosilicate............... 112, 114, 116
Botanical Kit............................. 155
BP1............................................ 40
BPCABLE2................................... 40
Brain Matrices............................ 87
Bruce Clarke Needle Holder....... 24
BT-1............................................ 49
Buffer Solutions......................... 65
Bulldog Clamps.......................... 27
C
C3005....................................... 107
Cables and Connectors............. 100
CAL900A..................................... 79
CALBUF-1................................... 65
CALBUF-2................................... 65
Calcium Calibration Solutions..... 65
Calcium Electrode....................... 66
CALICELL-12............................... 82
Caliper, Digital............................ 97
camera....................................... 10
Cannula, Micro.................... 40, 116
Cannulas.................................... 50
Carbon Epoxy............................. 97
Carbon fiber microelectrodes..... 59
Carbon Wire............................. 107
cartridge electrodes.................... 86
Castroviejo Curved Scissors........ 21
Castroviejo Straight Scissors....... 21
cautery electrode........................ 31
CBL100..................................... 101
CBL102.............................. 101, 181
CC-3-UV.................................... 198
CCD camera................................ 10
Cell culture cups......................... 82
Cell Tester System........................ 2
CF10-100.................................... 59
CF10-250.................................... 59
CF10-500.................................... 59
CF30-50...................................... 59
CF30-100.................................... 59
CF30-500.................................... 59
CF30-1000.................................. 59
CFN10-50................................... 59
CFN10-100................................. 59
CFN10-250................................. 59
Item
CFN30-50................................... 59
CFN30-100................................. 59
CFN30-250................................. 59
CFN30-500................................. 59
CFN30-1000............................... 59
Chamber, Measurement............ 67
CHM1......................................... 85
CHM2......................................... 85
CHM3......................................... 85
CHM4......................................... 85
CHM5......................................... 85
CHM5M12.................................. 85
CHM6......................................... 85
CHM7......................................... 85
CHM8......................................... 85
Circulation Reservoirs................. 85
clamp....................................... 133
Clamps..................................... 102
Clip Applier................................ 27
Clips and Clamps........................ 27
closed loop............................... 151
CMF20GxxL.............................. 115
CMF22GxxL.............................. 115
CMF23GxxL.............................. 115
CMF26GxxL.............................. 115
CMF28GxxL.............................. 115
CMF31GxxL.............................. 115
CMF34GxxL.............................. 115
CMF35GxxL.............................. 115
CMF90UxxL.............................. 115
C-Mount Eyepiece Adapters..... 153
coaxial cables, micro................ 107
COLCAM-HD............................. 153
COLCAM-HD1080P................... 153
COLLIMATOR............................ 198
Color Video Camera................. 153
Compact Magnetic Stand.......... 138
Compression.............................. 15
Concentric Bipolar Electrodes... 104
constant load.............................. 11
Cover Slips............................... 155
Crile-Wood Needle Holder......... 24
CS-BIOTESTER............................. 14
CS-MECHANO-FX........................ 15
CS-MECHANO-SYS...................... 15
CS-MECHANO-T6........................ 15
CS-MICROSQUISHER.................. 15
CS-USTRETCH............................. 14
Current Clamp............................ 86
Current Electrode....................... 86
Current Generator...................... 77
Current Sources.......................... 91
CUV1022-10............................. 197
CUV2011-1............................... 197
CUV2012-1............................... 197
CUV2023-1............................... 197
CUV2025-1............................... 197
CUV2028-1............................... 197
CUV2031-1............................... 197
CUV2032-1............................... 197
CUV2033-1............................... 197
CUV2034-1............................... 197
CUV2051-1............................... 197
CUV2052-1............................... 197
CUV2061-1............................... 197
CUV2062-1............................... 197
CUV2063-1............................... 197
CUV2065-1............................... 197
CUV2066-1............................... 197
CUV2071-1............................... 197
CUV2101-1............................... 197
CUV2102-1............................... 197
CUV2105-1............................... 197
CUV2106-1............................... 197
CUV2107-1............................... 197
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Page
Item
CUV2108-1............................... 197
CUV2614-1............................... 197
CUV2674-1............................... 197
Cuvettes................................... 197
Cyanoacrylate............................. 50
D
D2H-DB.................................... 192
D2H-HB.................................... 192
D2H-HBER................................ 192
D4H.......................................... 192
Dam50....................................... 74
Dam80....................................... 75
DAM80P..................................... 75
DAM Series Bioamplifiers........... 74
DC3001L................................... 129
DC3001R.................................. 129
DC3314L................................... 129
DC3314R.................................. 129
DCAP.......................................... 28
DCAP-L....................................... 28
DCAP-M...................................... 28
DC heater................................... 38
Deuterium halogen light........... 192
Deuterium Lamp...................... 192
Differential Electrometer............ 68
diffraction................................... 10
Digital Caliper............................. 97
Digital Micrometer Head.......... 126
Digital Microscope Camera....... 152
diode......................................... 10
Dipping probe.......................... 191
DipTip...................................... 191
Disposable Scalpel..................... 27
Dissecting Kit.............................. 26
Dissecting Pad Kit....................... 96
Dissecting Scissors...................... 22
Dissolved oxygen meter.............. 61
DMF1000................................. 118
DMF1000-1.............................. 119
DMF1000-2.............................. 119
DMF1000-H5............................ 119
DMF1000-M1........................... 119
DMF1000-M2........................... 119
DMP......................................... 181
DRIREF-2.................................... 65
DRIREF-2SH................................ 65
DRIREF-5.................................... 65
DRIREF-5SH................................ 65
DRIREF-450................................ 65
DRIREF-L..................................... 65
Dri-Ref™.................................... 65
Driven guard shield.............. 69, 71
DRL............................................ 91
Dry Sterilizer............................... 29
Dual Microiontophoresis Current
Generator.................................. 77
Dual Microprobe System............ 70
Dual Tool-Holder Micromanipulator.
135
DUMC22..................................... 50
DUMC26..................................... 50
Dummy Load Resistor Kit............ 91
Duo 773..................................... 70
E
E210......................................... 114
E212......................................... 114
E215......................................... 114
E220......................................... 114
Ear Bars, Stereotaxic................... 47
Ear Punch................................... 26
Economy Manual Micromanipulator
132
EHB1................................. 108, 109
Page
EHBF................................. 108, 109
EJA............................................ 147
EK1....................................... 85, 86
EKC....................................... 85, 86
EKE........................................... 147
EKV....................................... 85, 86
Electro 705................................. 69
electrochemical measurements.. 68
Electrolyte, ISO2......................... 61
Electrolyte, ISO-NO..................... 52
electromagnetic radiation........... 38
Electrometer......................... 68, 69
Electrosurgical Unit..................... 31
Elgiloy Microelectrodes............ 104
ELS-370.................................... 193
ELS-xxx..................................... 193
ENDOHM-6................................ 83
ENDOHM-12.............................. 83
ENDOHM-24SNAP...................... 83
Endohm™.................................. 83
Entomology Kit......................... 155
EP1........................................... 106
EP2........................................... 106
EP4........................................... 106
EP05......................................... 106
EP08......................................... 106
EP12......................................... 106
Epithelial Voltohmmeter............. 81
Epoxy................................... 94, 97
Euthanex Lids............................. 33
EVC3........................................... 86
EVC4000..................................... 86
EVC4000-1.................................. 86
EVC4000-2.................................. 86
EVC4000-3.................................. 86
EVC4000-4.................................. 86
EVOM2....................................... 81
EXT-6.......................................... 48
Extracellular recording................ 74
Eyepiece Adapter, SLR.............. 153
Eyepieces.......................... 141, 143
EZ-103A...................................... 33
EZ-104A...................................... 33
EZ-107A...................................... 33
EZ-109........................................ 33
EZ-177........................................ 33
EZ-178........................................ 33
EZ-179........................................ 33
EZ-211........................................ 33
EZ-212........................................ 33
EZ-320........................................ 33
EZ-330........................................ 33
EZ-830........................................ 33
EZ-1130...................................... 33
EZ-1785...................................... 33
EZ-7000...................................... 32
EZ-20027.................................... 33
EZ-20027G.................................. 33
EZ-20028.................................... 33
EZ-20028G.................................. 33
EZ-20029.................................... 33
EZ-20030.................................... 33
EZ-20030G.................................. 33
EZ-20032.................................... 33
EZ-20032G.................................. 33
EZ-20034.................................... 33
EZ-20034G.................................. 33
EZ Anesthesia............................. 32
EZ-B800...................................... 32
EZ-E25000.................................. 33
EZ-E27000.................................. 33
EZ-E28000.................................. 33
EZ-FF900..................................... 32
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Item
Page
F
G
Gaskets for PicoNozzle.............. 172
GC22.......................................... 50
GC24.......................................... 50
GC26.......................................... 50
Glass Cuvettes.......................... 196
Glass Handling Forceps............ 113
glass micropipettes................... 116
glass rod................................... 114
Glue Gun................................. , 97
Page
GN-NET7.................................. 161
GN-NET25................................ 161
GN-PC7.................................... 161
GN-PC25.................................. 161
GN-TTL..................................... 161
GO1-100.................................. 109
GO2-100.................................. 109
GO3-100.................................. 109
GO4-100.................................. 109
Gold-plated pins, sockets......... 104
Gold wire................................. 107
Gold Wire................................. 107
GR100-4................................... 114
GR100-6................................... 114
Grip Strength Meter................... 35
GSNO......................................... 67
GSNO-50.................................... 67
GSNO-100.................................. 67
g-SPIN...................................... 103
G-SPIN6................................... 103
G-SPIN6-220............................ 103
Guide Cannula........................... 50
Guillotine................................... 28
H
Half-Cells.................................. 108
Halogen Lamp.......................... 192
Heater Controller...................... 151
Heating Filament............... 117, 119
Heating Plate.............................. 38
high throughput screening......... 80
Horizontal Tissue Bath.................. 5
Hot Plate Analgesia Meter.......... 37
hot spots.................................... 38
HS6.......................................... 134
HS6-3....................................... 129
HS6-3M.................................... 129
HT-1........................................... 49
HT-2........................................... 49
Humidity Probe........................ 151
Hydrogen Electrode.................... 66
Hydrogen Peroxide Sensors. 51, 54
Hydrogen Sulfide Sensor............ 51
Hydrostatic pressure................. 181
I
IE010.......................................... 66
IE190.......................................... 66
IE200.......................................... 66
IGS100....................................... 55
II-39........................................... 37
II-336T........................................ 37
II-336TG..................................... 37
II-390......................................... 37
II-390G....................................... 37
II-520MR.................................... 35
II-600MR.................................... 36
II-2200........................................ 35
II-2390........................................ 34
II-2391........................................ 34
II-2392........................................ 34
II-2393........................................ 34
II-2394........................................ 34
II-2395........................................ 34
II-2396........................................ 34
II-2397........................................ 34
II-2400........................................ 34
II-2500........................................ 35
II-2888........................................ 34
II-23931...................................... 34
II-MRBP-M................................. 39
II-MRBP-R................................... 39
II-PE34........................................ 36
ILS005LT................................... 171
ILS010LT................................... 171
Item
ILS025LT................................... 171
ILS gas-tight syringes................ 171
implantable probe..................... 62
IMPLANTABLE PROBES......... 38, 49
INC22......................................... 50
INC24......................................... 50
INC26......................................... 50
Incapacitance Meter................... 36
Incremental Hot Cold Plate Analgesia
Meter......................................... 36
Induction Chambers................... 33
Infusion Pump................... 166, 167
Infusion/Withdrawal Pump...... 167
injector.............................. 170, 174
inline filter holder.................... 193
installation............................... 151
Internal Cannula......................... 50
Intracellular Amplifier........... 69, 70
intracellular injection................ 170
INV-101.................................... 144
Inverted Trinocular Microscope. 144
in vitro fertilization.................... 170
IO-KIT....................................... 180
ion selective electrodes.............. 66
iontophoresis............................. 77
Iridium Microelectrodes........... 104
Iris Forceps................................. 18
Iris Scissors........................... 21, 22
IRM23E01KT............................. 105
IRM23E10................................. 105
IRM23E15................................. 105
IRM23E20KT............................. 105
IRM23E25................................. 105
IRM23E25KT............................. 105
IRM23E30................................. 105
IRM23E30KT............................. 105
ISO2........................................... 61
ISO2 Filling Solution................... 61
ISO-80........................................ 76
ISO-80P...................................... 76
ISO-H2S-2.................................. 51
ISO-HPO-2............................ 51, 54
ISO-HPO-100.............................. 54
ISO-HPO-100-L........................... 53
Isolated Bioamplifier.................. 76
Isolated Differential Amplifier..... 76
ISO-NOP............................... 51, 52
ISO-NOP007............................... 53
ISO-NOP30L............................... 53
ISO-NOP70L............................... 53
ISO-NOP3005............................. 53
ISO-NOP3020............................. 53
ISO-NOPF100............................. 53
ISO-NOPF200............................. 53
ISO-NOPF200-L10...................... 53
ISO-NOPF500............................. 53
ISO-NOPNM............................... 52
ISO-NOP Rejuvenator................. 67
ISO-OXY-2............................. 51, 54
Isostim....................................... 90
ISO-TEMP-2................................ 54
IT-1E..................................... 38, 49
IT-14........................................... 49
IT-18..................................... 38, 49
IT-18EXLONG.............................. 49
IT-21........................................... 49
IT-23..................................... 38, 49
IV-ECU-H5................................ 150
IV-ECU-HC................................ 150
IV-ECU-HCP.............................. 150
IV-ECU-HOC.............................. 150
J
Joystick control.................. 128, 134
JUV............................................. 67
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Page
Item
K
Kelly Hemostatic Forceps............ 18
KG Transducers.......................... 13
KITE-L....................................... 132
KITE-R....................................... 132
KITE-TB-L.................................. 132
KITE-TB-R.................................. 132
KITLWCC................................... 195
KIT-PHYSIO-I............................... 26
KIT-UPUV-STARTUP................... 187
KIT-UPVIS-STARTUP................... 187
KWIK-2....................................... 66
KWIKCAL-2................................. 66
Kwik-Cast.................................... 94
KWIK-CAST.................................. 95
Kwik-Cast™................................ 95
KWIKGARD................................. 94
Kwik-Gard™............................... 94
KWIKGLUE.................................. 94
KWIKGUN................................... 94
KWIKH-2..................................... 66
KWIKMIX.................................... 94
KWIKPOT-2................................. 66
Kwik-Sil...................................... 94
KWIK-SIL.................................... 95
Kwik-Sil™................................... 95
Kwik-Tip™.................................. 66
KWIKTPP-2................................. 66
KZ1101................................ 40, 116
KZ1106....................................... 40
L
Lancets, Animal.......................... 27
Lapping Film, Alumina; ............ 121
Lapping Film, Diamond; .......... 121
laser........................................... 10
LED light source........................ 193
LED-Lite.................................... 193
LED-LITE................................... 193
LED Ringlight............................ 147
LEDspec.................................... 184
LEDSpec-2................................ 185
LEDSpec-4................................ 185
Light guides.............................. 147
Light Sources............................ 193
Linear Motor Control.................. 12
Linear Stimulus Isolator.............. 93
Liquid Ion Exchangers................ 66
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell. 194
Live cell imaging....................... 151
L-shaped sensors....................... 53
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler.............. 98
Luer Valve Kit.............................. 98
LWCC....................................... 194
LWCC-3050....................... 194, 195
LWCC-3100....................... 194, 195
LWCC-3250....................... 194, 195
LWCC-3500....................... 194, 195
LWCC-4010.............................. 195
LWCC-4050.............................. 195
LWCC-4100.............................. 195
LWCC-M-10.............................. 200
LWCC-M-50.............................. 200
LWCC-M-100............................ 200
M
M1........................................... 137
M1L.......................................... 137
M2.................................... 133, 135
M-3........................... 127, 132, 135
M4C.......... 129, 132, 133, 134, 135
M5............................ 133, 135, 137
M6.................................... 133, 135
M7........................................... 138
M8........................................... 137
Page
M9........................................... 136
M10......................................... 136
M10L........................................ 136
M11......................................... 136
M325....................................... 135
M3301..................................... 132
M3301EH.. 128, 129, 132, 134, 135
M3301L.................................... 132
M3301-M3-L............................ 132
M3301-M3-R............................ 132
M3301R................................... 132
Macro sensors............................ 51
Magnetic Ball Joint................... 136
Magnetic Holding Devices. 136, 138
Manometer.............................. 181
Manual Micromanipulator....... 132
Manual Microsyringe Pump..... 181
Mask, Gas Anesthesia................. 47
MAX3820.................................. 107
MAX4020.................................. 107
Mayo-Hegar Needle Holder. 23, 25
MB2......................................... 137
MBMPH5-7....................... 108, 109
MBS......................................... 121
MCL3-HS6................................ 129
MCL3-SM325........................... 128
McPherson Forceps.................... 19
McPherson-Vannas Scissors....... 20
Mcpherson-Westcott Scissors..... 21
Mcpherson-Westcott Stitch Scissors.
21
MD4L....................................... 135
MD4-M3-L................................ 135
MD4-M3-R............................... 135
MD4R....................................... 135
mechanical allodynia.................. 34
MechanoCulture........................ 15
megohm meter.......................... 77
MEH1F45................................. 108
MEH1F45xx.............................. 109
MEH1R..................................... 108
MEH1RF................................... 110
MEH1RFxx................................ 109
MEH1Rxx.................................. 109
MEH1S..................................... 110
MEH1SF................................... 110
MEH1SFxx................................ 109
MEH1Sxx.................................. 109
MEH2R..................................... 110
MEH2RF................................... 110
MEH2RFW................................ 110
MEH2RFWxx............................. 109
MEH2RFxx................................ 109
MEH2RW.................................. 110
MEH2RWxx.............................. 109
MEH2Rxx.................................. 109
MEH2S..................................... 110
MEH2SF................................... 110
MEH2SFW................................ 110
MEH2SFWxx............................. 109
MEH2SFxx................................ 109
MEH2SW.................................. 110
MEH2SWxx............................... 109
MEH2Sxx.................................. 109
MEH3F45................................. 110
MEH3F45xx.............................. 109
MEH3FW45.............................. 110
MEH3FW45xx........................... 109
MEH3R..................................... 110
MEH3RF................................... 110
MEH3RFW................................ 110
MEH3RFWxx............................. 109
MEH3RFxx................................ 109
MEH3RW.................................. 110
MEH3RWxx.............................. 109
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
205
PRODUCT INDEX
FD35-100................................. 154
FD35PDL-100........................... 154
FD223A....................................... 68
FD223AP..................................... 68
FD3510-100.............................. 154
FD5040-100.............................. 154
fiber optic cables...................... 201
Fiber Optic Cables.................... 201
Fiber Optic Collimator.............. 198
Fiber Optic Filter Holder........... 199
Fiber Optic Illuminator........... , 120
Filling Solution........................... 51
Filter Holder............................. 199
Filter Holder, Inline.................. 193
Fire-Polished............................ 112
Five-barrel glass....................... 114
Flexible NO Sensor..................... 53
FLEXREF...................................... 65
flow analysis............................. 185
Flow Cell, Low Volume............. 200
Flow Cells................................. 195
FLOX-PATCH................................ 60
FLOX-PROBE............................... 60
Fluorescence-based optical sensor...
60
FluoroDish................................ 154
FO-50-SMA............................... 201
FO-50-SMA1M.......................... 201
FO-100-SMA............................. 201
FO-100-SMA1M........................ 201
FO-200AS-SMA......................... 201
FO-200-SMA............................. 201
FO-200-SMA1M........................ 201
FO-400AS-SMA......................... 201
FO-400-SMA............................. 201
FO-400-SMA1M........................ 201
FO-400SMA/ST......................... 201
FO-600AS-SMA......................... 201
FO-600-SMA............................. 201
FO-600-SMA1M................. 195, 201
FO-1000-SMA........................... 201
FO-1000-SMA1M...................... 201
FO-6000................................... 193
FO-6000-FILT............................ 193
FOIMPH............................. 108, 109
FOIMPH-LF........................ 108, 109
Footswitch (OmniDrill35)........... 28
FOP1-SMA................................ 201
FOP1-SMA/ST........................... 201
FOP1-ST................................... 201
Forceps...................................... 18
force transducers....................... 78
Force Transducers...................... 13
FORT10g..................................... 78
FORT25....................................... 78
FORT100..................................... 78
FORT250..................................... 78
FORT1000................................... 78
FORT5000................................... 78
FORT transducers....................... 78
Frame Clamp............................ 102
FrameWorks............................. 102
Free Radical Analyzer.................. 56
Item
PRODUCT INDEX
Item
Page
MEH3Rxx.................................. 109
MEH3S..................................... 110
MEH3SBW................................ 111
MEH3SBWxx............................ 109
MEH3SF................................... 111
MEH3SFW................................ 111
MEH3SFWxx............................. 109
MEH3SFxx................................ 109
MEH3SW.................................. 111
MEH3SWxx............................... 109
MEH3Sxx.................................. 109
MEH3W45................................ 111
MEH3W45xx............................. 109
MEH6RF................................... 111
MEH6RFW................................ 111
MEH6RFWxx............................. 109
MEH6RFxx................................ 109
MEH6SF................................... 111
MEH6SFW................................ 111
MEH6SFWxx............................. 109
MEH6SFxx................................ 109
MEH7....................................... 111
MEH7W.................................... 111
MEH7Wxx................................ 109
MEH7xx.................................... 109
MEH8....................................... 111
MEH8xx.................................... 109
MEH145................................... 108
MEH145xx................................ 109
MEH345................................... 110
MEH345xx................................ 109
MEH900R................................. 111
MEH900Rxx.............................. 109
MEH900S................................. 111
MEH900Sxx.............................. 109
MES......................................... 120
Metal Microelectrodes............. 104
MF28G-5.................................. 115
MF28G67-5.............................. 115
MF34G-5.................................. 115
MF200-1.................................. 117
MF200-2.................................. 117
MF200-H2................................ 117
MF200-H3................................ 117
MF200-H4......................... 117, 119
MF200-M1............................... 117
MF200-M2............................... 117
MF200 Microforge.................... 117
MICRO4.................................... 171
Micro4 Controller.............. 171, 177
MicroBeveler............................ 121
MicroC....................................... 58
Micro Cannula..................... 40, 116
Micro-Cautery............................ 31
Microcentrifuge........................ 103
Microcentrifuge tube,............... 103
MICROC-P.................................. 58
Microdialysis Pumps................ 166
Microelectrode Beveler............ 120
Microelectrodes....................... 104
MicroFil.................................... 115
MicroFlow.................................. 62
Microforge........................ 117, 118
MicroImplant............................. 62
Microiontophoresis.................... 77
Microliter Sample Holder......... 200
MicroLWCC.............................. 200
Micromanipulator..... 128, 129, 132
Micromanipulators................... 124
Micrometer.............................. 145
Micrometer Head..................... 126
Micrometer Slide Micromanipulator.
135
Micro Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder...
24
206
Item
Page
Micro pH Electrodes................... 64
Micropipette Beveler................ 120
Micropipette Calibration.......... 118
Micropipette Holders............... 108
Micropipette Storage................ 114
Micropositioner........................ 130
Micropressure System................ 79
Microprobe Thermometers........ 48
Micro-Reference Electrode......... 65
Micro-Scale Compression........... 15
microscope slides..................... 155
microscope stage...................... 133
Microscope Stage Adapter........ 133
Micro Sensors............................ 51
MicroSquisher............................ 15
MicroTip..................................... 62
Microvolume Syringes.............. 171
Millivolt & megohm meter.......... 77
Miniature Micropositioners...... 131
Miniature Peristaltic Pump....... 157
Mini DipTip.............................. 191
MiniFlow.................................... 62
MiniFoil...................................... 62
Mini-Iris Scissors........................ 22
MINISTAR.................. 157, 185, 195
MiniTip....................................... 62
MM1........................................ 131
MM1-....................................... 131
MM1-ALL................................. 131
MM1-C..................................... 131
MM3........................................ 131
MM3-3..................................... 131
MM3-A..................................... 131
MM3-ALL................................. 131
MM3-C..................................... 131
MMJL....................................... 134
MMJR....................................... 134
MMP........................................ 181
MMP-KIT.................................. 181
Mobile Workstations.................. 33
Mosquito Hemostatic Forceps.... 18
Motorized Micromanipulator.. 128,
129
Mouse Kit................................... 26
MOUSEKIT.................................. 26
MPH1....................................... 111
MPH1xx.................................... 109
MPH3....................................... 111
MPH3xx.................................... 109
MPH4....................................... 111
MPH4xx.................................... 109
MPH6P..................................... 111
MPH6Pxx.................................. 109
MPH6R.............................. 111, 172
MPH6Rxx.................................. 109
MPH6S.............................. 111, 172
MPH6Sxx.................................. 109
MPH8....................................... 127
MPM10.................................... 127
MPM20.................................... 127
MPS-2...................................... 160
MS314..................................... 129
MT-4.......................................... 49
MT-23/3............................... 38, 49
MT-23/5..................................... 49
MT-23/8..................................... 49
MT-26/2..................................... 49
MT-26/4..................................... 49
MT-26/6..................................... 49
MT-29/1............................... 38, 49
MT-29/2..................................... 49
MT-29/3..................................... 49
MT-29/5..................................... 49
MT-D.................................... 38, 49
Multi-Barrel Glass.................... 114
Item
Page
Multi-barrel micropipette coupling..
115
Multichannel Perfusion System. 160
Multi-Channel Stimulator........... 89
Multipipette Puller................... 123
muscle hyperalgesia................... 35
Muscle Research System.............. 4
N
NANOFIL.................................. 178
NANOFIL-100........................... 178
NanoFil Application Kits............ 180
Nanoliter 2010.................. 174, 177
NANOLITER2010....................... 177
Nanoliter Injector..................... 177
NanoSensor............................... 52
Needle Holders.......................... 23
NEEDLE MICROPROBES........ 38, 49
Neurotransmitter Detection........ 58
NF26BV-2................................. 178
NF33-36BL............................... 179
NF33-36BV............................... 179
NF33BL-2................................. 179
NF33BV-2................................. 179
NF34BL-2................................. 179
NF34BV-2................................. 179
NF35BL-2................................. 179
NF35BV-2................................. 179
NF36BL-2................................. 179
NF36BV-2................................. 179
NFGSK-5................................... 179
NFINHLD.................................. 179
NFQ34-5................................... 179
Nitric Oxide Sensor Guide.......... 52
Nitric Oxide Sensors................... 51
NL2010MC4............................. 177
NMPH1...................................... 64
NMPH2...................................... 64
NMPH2B.................................... 64
NMPH3...................................... 64
NMPH3L..................................... 64
NMPH5...................................... 64
NOCHM-4.................................. 67
NOCHM-P.................................. 67
Non-Rotating Micrometer......... 126
NSA-3......................................... 67
O
O2 Sensor.................................. 60
Octyl cyanoacrylate..................... 96
Olsen-Hegar Needle holder........ 24
Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder....... 25
Omega-Tip-Z............................... 77
OMEGA-Z.................................... 77
OmniDrill35................................ 28
Oocyte injection........................ 177
Open Circuit Potential................ 86
Operating Scissors...................... 23
Optical Detection Systems. 185, 187
Optical Detectors...................... 189
Optical Fibers........................... 201
Optical Transducer Amp......... 9, 11
O Ring...................................... 120
O-rings..................................... 177
OXELP......................................... 61
oxygen dipping probe................ 62
oxygen electrode........................ 61
Oxygen Regulators...................... 33
oxygen sensing system............... 60
Oxygen Sensors.................... 51, 54
OXY-MICRO-AOT......................... 62
OXY-MINI-AOT............................ 62
P
Parallel Rail................................ 45
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Item
Page
Patch Clamp............................. 113
Paw Pressure Meter................... 35
Paw Volume Meter..................... 35
PB150F-4.................................. 114
PB150F-6.................................. 114
perfusion chambers................... 84
Perfusion System...................... 160
PERIPRO-2HS............................ 159
PERIPRO-4HS............................ 159
PERIPRO-4LS............. 159, 185, 195
PERIPRO-8LS............................ 159
Peristaltic pump....................... 158
Peri-Star Pro............................. 158
PE Tubing, Flexible..................... 50
PG10150-4............................... 113
PG10165-4............................... 113
PG52151-4............................... 113
PG52165-4............................... 113
pH Meter.................................... 63
pH Meter, Fiber Optic................. 63
pH mini sensors......................... 63
PH-OPTICA-MICRO...................... 63
PH-OPTICA-MINI......................... 63
pHOptica™................................. 63
PHYSIO-II.................................... 26
Physiology Kit I........................... 26
Physiology Kit II.......................... 26
PicoNozzle Kit........................... 172
PID............................................. 38
Piezo Micromanipulator........... 125
Piezo-Translator........................ 127
Piggyback................................. 114
PI-MC2010................................. 31
Pipetter Stand.......................... 168
Pipette Tips.............................. 169
Planachromatic Objective......... 141
Plantar Test................................ 37
Platinum-iridium Microelectrodes....
104
Platinum / Iridium Teflon Wire. 107
Platinum / Iridium Wire........... 107
Platinum Wire.......................... 107
Plethysmometer......................... 35
PM01....................................... 181
PM01D..................................... 181
PM01R..................................... 181
PM5.................................. 127, 129
PM6......................................... 127
PM7......................................... 127
PM015..................................... 181
PM015D................................... 181
PM015R................................... 181
PM100..................................... 181
PM100D................................... 181
PM100R................................... 181
PMP-107.................................. 123
PMP-107Z................................. 123
PM Series................................. 181
Pneumatic PicoPump............... 172
Polishing Patch Pipettes............ 119
PolyFil...................................... 115
Post.......................................... 102
Post Stand................................ 143
Potassium Electrode................... 66
Potentiostat................................ 58
Power Frame Enclosure................ 8
Preamplifier............................... 86
Precision Current Sources.......... 91
Precision SurgioScope.............. 146
Pre-polarizer.............................. 67
Pressure Manometer................ 181
Pressure Pod.............................. 79
Programmable Filter Module..... 11
Programmable Syringe Pump... 161
PSMB5..................................... 146
Item
Page
PSMT5...................................... 146
PT0110..................................... 107
PT0203..................................... 107
PT0402..................................... 107
PTM3CC02INS.......................... 105
PTM23CC001NON.................... 105
PTP201..................................... 107
PTP401..................................... 107
PTP406..................................... 107
PTPxxx...................................... 107
PTT0110................................... 107
PTT0203................................... 107
PTTxxxx..................................... 107
PTxxxx...................................... 107
PUL-1000................................. 122
Puller, Programmable.............. 123
pulse generator.................... 88, 89
Pulsemaster™Multi-Channel Stimulator........................................... 89
Pumps & Fluid Handling........... 156
Push-Pull Pump........................ 167
PV820....................................... 173
PV830....................................... 172
PZMIII....................................... 142
PZMIII-AAC................................ 142
PZMIII-BS................................. 142
PZMIV....................................... 140
PZMIV-BS.................................. 140
PZMTIII..................................... 142
PZMTIII-AAC.............................. 142
PZMTIII-BS................................ 142
PZMTIII-BS-DIG50..................... 142
PZMTIII-BS-LWD-DIG50............ 142
PZMTIII-DIG50.......................... 142
PZMTIV..................................... 140
PZMTIV-BCS; PZMTIV-BS........... 140
PZMTIV-BS-DIG50..................... 140
PZMTIV-BS-LWD-DIG50............ 140
PZMTIV-DIG50.......................... 140
Q
QFT1......................................... 199
Quartz Cuvettes........................ 196
Quattro....................................... 34
R
R-8-8-WPI01...................... 141, 147
Rackmounting Hardware.......... 103
Randall Selitto Paw Pressure Meter..
35
Rat Kit......................................... 26
RATKIT........................................ 26
RBMA-200C................................ 87
RBMA-200S................................ 87
RBMA-300C................................ 87
RBMA-300S................................ 87
RBMA-600C................................ 87
RBMA-600S................................ 87
RBMS-200C................................ 87
RBMS-200S................................ 87
RBMS-300C................................ 87
RBMS-300S................................ 87
RBMS-600C................................ 87
RBMS-600S................................ 87
RC1.......................................... 106
RC1T......................................... 106
RC2.......................................... 106
RC2F......................................... 106
RC3.......................................... 106
RC6.......................................... 106
RECTAL PROBES.......................... 49
rectal temperature probe........... 38
Rectangular Base...................... 102
Reference Electrodes.................. 65
Reflex Clip.................................. 27
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Item
Page
Reflex Clip Applier...................... 27
REG2........................................ 168
REG5K...................................... 168
REG10...................................... 168
REG10K.................................... 168
REG20...................................... 168
REG50...................................... 168
REG100.................................... 168
REG200.................................... 168
REG1000.................................. 168
REGAL Pipetters........................ 168
REGS5...................................... 168
REGS6...................................... 168
REGS7...................................... 168
REMS-24.................................... 80
REMS-96.................................... 80
REMS AutoSampler.................... 80
Replacement Electrode Holder. 132
Replacement Needles.............. 171
Replacement Sleeves.................. 51
Replacement Tubing................. 159
RET-2.......................................... 49
RET-3.......................................... 49
Retractors................................... 27
Ring Light................................. 147
Ring Light Adapter.................... 147
Ring Light Guide....................... 147
RN001...................................... 171
RN0005.................................... 171
RN010...................................... 171
RN025...................................... 171
Rodent Brain Matrices................ 87
Roger Wirecutting Scissors......... 97
RPE-KIT..................................... 180
RTD sensor................................. 38
RTV Coating................................ 97
RTV Prime Coat,.......................... 97
RTV Sealant................................ 97
Page
SI-KG2B...................................... 13
SI-KG4........................................ 13
SI-KGxx....................................... 13
SILFLEX-2.................................. 179
Silicone RTV................................ 97
Silicone Tubing.................. 157, 159
Silver Epoxy................................ 97
Silver Wire................................ 107
SI-MKB......................................... 4
SI-MKBM-OXY............................... 4
SI-MKB-OXY.................................. 4
SI-MOTDB.................................. 12
SI-MOT-MKB.............................. 12
SI-MOT-MT................................. 12
Single Barrel............................. 112
SI-PF100..................................... 11
SI-SARCAM........................... 10, 12
SI-TCM2..................................... 10
SI-TM1....................................... 13
SI-TM2....................................... 13
SI-TM3....................................... 13
SI-TM4....................................... 13
SI-TM5....................................... 13
SI-TM6....................................... 13
SI-TM7....................................... 13
SI-TM8....................................... 13
SI-TM9....................................... 13
SI-TM10..................................... 13
SI-TM11..................................... 13
SM325..................................... 128
SM325-M................................. 128
SNAP.......................................... 67
SNAP25...................................... 67
SNAP50..................... 52, 53, 57, 67
SNAP100.................................... 67
S-nitrosoglutathione................... 67
S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-D,L-penicillamine
67
SN-PCZ-50L.............................. 125
SN-PCZ-50R.............................. 125
SN-PZ-50.................................. 125
SN-PZ-50L................................ 125
SN-PZ-50R................................ 125
SP100i............................... 166, 167
SP100iZ.................................... 167
SP101i............................... 166, 167
SP101iZ.................................... 167
SP120p.............................. 166, 167
SP120pZ................................... 167
SP200i............................... 166, 167
SP200iZ.................................... 167
SP210c.............................. 166, 167
SP210cZ.................................... 167
SP210iw................................... 167
SP210iwZ.................................. 167
SP220i...................................... 167
SP220iZ.................................... 167
SP230iw................................... 167
SP230iwZ.................................. 167
SP250i...................................... 167
SP250iZ.................................... 167
SP260p..................................... 167
SP260pZ................................... 167
spectrometer............................ 188
SPLG100................................... 162
SPLG101................................... 163
SPLG110................................... 163
SPLG200................................... 165
SPLG210................................... 164
SPLG212................................... 164
SPLG270................................... 164
SPLG272................................... 164
SS316xx.................................... 107
SS31614................................... 107
SSM33A20KT............................ 105
Item
Page
SSM33A70................................ 105
SSM33A120.............................. 105
SST30407-50............................ 107
SSTxxxxx................................... 107
Stage Micrometer..................... 145
Stainless Steel Rods.................. 102
Stainless Steel Wire.................. 107
Steel Base Plate........................ 138
Stereotaxic........................... 42, 43
Stereotaxic Accessories............... 46
Stereotaxic Frame....................... 42
Stereo Zoom Microscope... 140, 142
Sterilizer..................................... 29
Sterilizing Trays........................... 29
stimulator............................. 88, 89
Stimulator/Isolator..................... 90
Stimulus Isolator............. 91, 92, 93
STM3........................................ 129
Stopcock..................................... 99
Straight Forceps.......................... 19
STX2........................................... 81
STX3........................................... 81
STX100....................................... 82
STX100C..................................... 82
STX100C96................................. 82
STX100F...................................... 82
STX100M.................................... 82
Sub-microliter injection............ 178
Super Adhesive.......................... 96
SuperCut.................................... 22
SUPER-Dri-Ref............................ 65
Sure-Seal Chambers................... 33
SurgioScope............................. 146
SYLG184..................................... 94
Sylgard....................................... 96
Syringe Pump.................... 162, 164
Syringe Pumps.................. 161, 166
Syringes with Luers................... 171
SYS-260...................................... 77
SYS-705...................................... 69
SYS-773...................................... 71
SYS-900A.................................... 79
SYS-A300.................................... 89
SYS-A310.................................... 88
SYS-A320D.................................. 90
SYS-A320R.................................. 90
SYS-A362......................... 90, 91, 93
SYS-A365D.................................. 91
SYS-A365R.................................. 91
SYS-A382.................................... 92
SYS-A385R.................................. 92
SYS-A385RC................................ 92
SYS-BP1...................................... 40
SYS-DAM50................................ 75
SYS-DAM80................................ 75
SYS-EVC4000.............................. 86
SYS-ISO2.................................... 61
SYS-MICRO4............................. 171
SYS-MICROC............................... 58
SYS-MS314............................... 129
SYS-OMEGAZ....................... 77, 120
SYS-PM01D.............................. 181
SYS-PM01R............................... 181
SYS-PM015D............................ 181
SYS-PM015R............................. 181
SYS-PM100D............................ 181
SYS-PM100R............................. 181
SYS-PV820................................ 172
SYS-PV830................................ 172
SYS-REMS................................... 80
SYS-TBM4M............................... 77
T
Tail Flick Test.............................. 37
TAXIC-300................................... 44
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
Item
Page
TAXIC-350................................... 44
TAXIC-600................................... 42
TAXIC-603................................... 42
TAXIC-650................................... 42
TAXIC-653................................... 42
TB-1.......................................... 132
TBM4M...................................... 77
TBR1025............................... 56, 57
TBR4100..................................... 57
TBR4100-416.............................. 57
TBR4100-424T............................ 57
TBS.................................... 129, 133
TEER measurement......... 80, 81, 83
Temperature Controller.............. 38
Temperature Control Unit........... 10
temperature probe................... 151
Temperature Probes.................. 48
Temperature Sensor................... 54
TGW0515................................. 107
TGW1510................................. 107
TGWxxxx................................... 107
Thin Wall.................................. 112
Three-barrel glass.................... 114
Tidas........................................ 188
TIDAS-D2.................................. 192
TidasDAQ........................... 188, 189
TIDAS-H.................................... 192
TIDAS-H2.................................. 192
Tilt Base............................. 129, 133
Tilt Base Assembly.................... 121
TIP1TW1................................... 116
TIP01TW1F............................... 116
TIP01TW1F-L............................ 116
TIP1TW1-L................................ 116
TIP2TW1................................... 116
TIP02TW1F............................... 116
TIP02TW1F-L............................ 116
TIP2TW1-L................................ 116
TIP03TW1F............................... 116
TIP03TW1F-L............................ 116
TIP04TW1F............................... 116
TIP5TW1................................... 116
TIP05TW1F............................... 116
TIP05TW1F-L............................ 116
TIP5TW1-L................................ 116
TIP5TW1LS01........................... 116
TIP5TW1LS02........................... 116
TIP10TW1................................. 116
TIP10TW1-L.............................. 116
TIP10TW1LS01.......................... 116
TIP10TW1LS02.......................... 116
TIP10XV119........................ 116, 177
TIP30TW1................................. 116
TIP30TW1-L.............................. 116
TIP30TW1LS01.......................... 116
TIP30TW1LS02.......................... 116
TIPCA.......................................... 66
TIPH........................................... 66
TIPK............................................ 66
TIPMIX01-05............................. 116
TIPMIX01-05-L.......................... 116
TIPMIX05-10............................. 116
TIPMIX05-10-L.......................... 116
TIPTPP........................................ 66
Tissue Mounting Hooks.............. 13
Titanium Forceps........................ 19
Titanium wire........................... 107
TM31/33Axx............................. 105
TM31/33AxxKT......................... 105
TM31A10.................................. 105
TM31A10KT.............................. 105
TM31A20.................................. 105
TM31C05.................................. 105
TM33A05.................................. 105
TM33A10.................................. 105
Item
Page
TM33A10KT.............................. 105
TM33A20.................................. 105
TM33B01.................................. 105
TM33B01KT.............................. 105
TM33B05.................................. 105
TM33B05KT.............................. 105
TM33B10.................................. 105
TM33B10KT.............................. 105
TM33B20.................................. 105
TM33BxxKT............................... 105
TM33C05.................................. 105
TM33C10.................................. 105
TM33CCINS.............................. 105
TM33CCNON............................ 105
TM53CCINS.............................. 105
TPP Electrode............................. 66
Transbridge................................ 77
Transducer Amplifier.................. 77
Transmission probes................ 191
Trio............................................. 34
Troutman Needle Holder........... 25
TST33A001KT............................ 105
TST33A05KT.............................. 105
TST33A10KT.............................. 105
TST33A20KT.............................. 105
TST33AxKT................................ 105
TST33C05KT.............................. 105
TST53A10KT.............................. 105
TST150-6.................................. 114
TTL Control Module........... 157, 159
Tubing Cartridge....................... 159
tungsten light source................ 193
Tungsten Microelectrodes........ 104
Tungsten Wire.......................... 107
TW100-3................................... 112
TW100-4................................... 112
TW100-6................................... 112
TW100F-3................................. 112
TW100F-4................................. 112
TW100F-6................................. 112
TW120-3................................... 112
TW120-4................................... 112
TW120-6................................... 112
TW120F-3................................. 112
TW120F-4................................. 112
TW120F-6................................. 112
TW150-3................................... 112
TW150-4................................... 112
TW150-6................................... 112
TW150F-3................................. 112
TW150F-4................................. 112
TW150F-6................................. 112
Two-barrel glass....................... 114
U
UBATH........................................ 30
UltraMicroPump III................... 170
UltraPath.................................. 186
Ultrasonic Cleaner...................... 30
UMP3................................ 170, 171
UMP3-2.................................... 171
UMP3-3.................................... 171
UMP3-4.................................... 171
UMS......................................... 126
Uniaxial Tissue Tester................. 14
Universal Focus Mount............. 143
Universal Manipulator Stand.... 126
Universal Pipette Tips............... 169
UPUV........................................ 187
UPVIS....................................... 187
USBCAM33............................... 152
USBCAM50............................... 152
USBCAM133............................. 152
USBCAM152............................. 152
USBCAM202............................. 152
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
207
PRODUCT INDEX
S
sample cell............................... 186
Sample holder, Microliter........ 200
Sarcomere Spacing Module....... 10
Scalpel Blades............................ 27
Scalpel Handle........................... 27
Scissors...................................... 20
Scotch-Weld............................... 94
Screwdriver Set.......................... 97
SDR2.......................................... 65
Sensor Guide............................. 51
Septum Theta........................... 114
Seven-barrel glass.................... 114
SGE001RN................................ 171
SGE0005RN.............................. 171
SGE010RNS.............................. 171
SGE025RN................................ 171
SGE050RN................................ 171
SGE050TLL............................... 171
SGE100RN................................ 171
SGE100TLL............................... 171
SGE250TLL............................... 171
SGE syringes............................. 171
SI-BAM21-LC................................ 9
SI-BAM21-LCB.......................... 8, 9
SI-BF-100..................................... 6
SI-BMFA....................................... 8
SI-COLUB.............................. 11, 13
SI-CTS200..................................... 3
Signal Conditioning Amplifiers...... 8
Signal Generator........................ 88
SI-HTB2........................................ 5
SI-HTB2M..................................... 5
SI-HTB4........................................ 5
SI-HTB4M..................................... 5
SI-KG2........................................ 13
Item
Item
Page
USS1L.........................................
USS1S........................................
USS2L.........................................
USS2S........................................
USS3L.........................................
USS3S........................................
USS4L.........................................
USS4S........................................
USS5L.........................................
USS5S........................................
USS6L.........................................
USS6S........................................
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
Item
Page
USS7L.........................................
USS7S........................................
USS8L.........................................
USS8S........................................
Ussing System............................
Ussing Tubing Kit........................
85
85
85
85
84
85
V
V503382............................... 23, 25
Vannas Scissors.................... 20, 21
Vaporizer Pole Mount................. 33
Vascular hooks........................... 13
Item
Page
V-Clamp..................................... 47
Ventilator Connection Kit............ 33
Vetbond............................... 94, 96
VFP............................ 126, 128, 129
Vibration-Free Tables............... 139
Vibration Isolation Platform...... 139
Video Camera........................... 153
Voltage Clamp............................ 86
Voltage Electrode........................ 86
von Frey Anesthesiometer.......... 34
von Frey Probe........................... 34
V-Vette...................................... 200
Item
Page
Item
V-VETTE.................................... 200
W
W30 Professional-Grade Microscope
145
W30S................................ 119, 145
W30ST............................... 119, 145
Wall Mount Plate..................... 141
Wall-Mount Plate..................... 143
Waveguide Cleaning Kit..... 187, 195
Wire......................................... 107
Wire Cutters............................... 97
Page
X
xxxxD.......................................... 85
Z
ZBEECAL..................................... 64
Z-LITE...................................... , 120
Z-LITE-186....................... , 120, 147
Z-LITE-Z................................... , 120
Z-LITE-Z186........................ 120, 147
Zoom Microscope.............. 140, 142
Terms & Conditions
WPI values its customers and will make every effort to maintain
the highest professional and ethical standards. However, WPI
regards as invalid any special terms and conditions set forth by
any other party, including purchasing, quotations, warranties or
other statements. WPI’s response to a quotation, purchase order
or inquiry shall not be construed as acceptance of any conditions
stated therein.
Packaging and Shipping
Credit Terms
Shipping and handling expenses, including adequate insurance
Net 30 days from date of invoice to customers with satisfactory
credit references.
PRODUCT INDEX
Standard Equipment & Ac­ces­so­ries
applicable license or contract number and be prepared to furnish
necessary exemption certificate.
Equipment is shipped in adequate commercial packing. All
packages should be checked thoroughly before being discarded.
coverage, are paid by the customer.
Claims and Returns
Inspect all shipments upon receipt. Missing cartons or obvious
To insure against misunderstandings or delays, always include
model num­ber, name, and significant spec­if­i­ca­tions of systems and
ac­ces­so­ries when ordering. Also specify any op­tions desired. WPI
retains the right to change spec­i­fi­ca­tions or discontinue products
without prior notice and with­out re­spon­si­bil­i­ty for in­cor­po­rat­ing
such changes into equipment pre­vi­ous­ly sold. Please state the
desired operating line voltage and frequency.
damage to cartons should be noted on the delivery receipt before
Warranty
save damaged or pilfered cartons until claim is settled. In some
WPI strives to maintain the highest quality standards in all products.
We warranty these products against defects in workmanship or
materials, and all WPI products retain a warranty that is stated in
the product’s manual. (Typically, one year for parts and labor except
for consumable items such as electrodes, glass, etc., for which
warranty varies from 30 days to six months.) However, WPI hereby
specifies that no use or application of any product may be suitable
or successful for a specific application and therefore waives all
liability in that regard. It is the sole responsibility of the buyer/user
to apply the product in a manner consistent with its intended use.
WPI products are not approved for human use unless specifically
stated in writing with accompanying FDA (or applicable) documents.
WPI assumes no liability or legal, moral, ethical, or fiduciary
responsibility for a use of any product in the WPI catalog in treating
or studying humans.
Prices
the carrier and an inspection requested. All claims for shortage or
damage must be made within ten (10) days after receipt of ship­
ment. Claims for lost shipments must be made within thirty (30)
days of receipt of invoice or other notification of shipment. Please
instances, photographic documentation may be required. Some
items are time-sensitive; WPI assumes no extended warranty or any
liability for use beyond the date specified on the container
Do not return any goods to us without obtaining prior approval
and instructions from our Returns Department. Goods returned
unauthorized or by collect freight may be refused. Goods accepted
for restocking will be exchanged or credited to your WPI account
and are subject to a restock fee of up to 25%. Goods returned
which were ordered by customers in error are subject to a 25%
restock fee. Equip­ment which was built as a special order cannot
be returned.
Repairs
Contact our Returns Department for assistance in the repair
WPI maintains competitive world wide pricing. Prices listed for
standard items as described are net and subject to change
without notice. Prices (in U.S. dollars) do not include shipping
charges. Formal quo­ta­tions are valid for a period of 30 days unless
otherwise specified. Pur­chas­es may be charged to your VISA,
MasterCard, or American Express account.
Taxes
of ap­pa­ra­tus. Do not return goods until instructions have been
received. Returned items must be securely packed to prevent
further damage in transit. The Customer is re­spon­si­ble for
paying shipping expenses, including adequate insurance on all
items returned for repairs. Identification of the item(s) by model
number, name, serial number and proof of purchase (packing slip
number or invoice number) as well as complete description of the
We reserve the right to add any taxes required by local law or or­di­
nance. Institutions operating under tax-free conditions must state
208
signing. Concealed loss or damage should be reported at once to
difficulties experienced should be written on the RMA request form
and a copy of the form must be included with the item.
World Precision Instruments
UK: Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]
www.wpiinc.com
Germany: Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 • [email protected]
US: Tel: 941-371-1003 • [email protected]
Ordering Information
Orders from North America should be directed to WPI’s main office:
World Precision In­stru­ments, Inc.
175 Sarasota Center Boulevard
Sarasota, Florida 34240-9258
Telephone: 941-371-1003 (collect calls not accepted). Facsimile
copies of purchase orders, inquiries or other cor­re­spon­dence may be
transmitted to WPI’s Fax number: 941-377-5428. When sending written
pur­chase orders to confirm a telephone order, please clearly mark
“CONFIRMING” on the order to avoid it being shipped a second time.
Our Sales Department’s e–mail address is: [email protected]
North American customers may also order many products on-line
through WPI’s Web site — www.wpiinc.com. All customers may use the
on-line Quote Request Form and on-line Purchase Order Form.
Orders from Belgium, Denmark, Eire, Finland, Luxembourg,
Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland (FR) and the
United Kingdom should be directed to
WPI UK: 1 Hunting Gate
Hitchin, Hertfordshire SG4 0TJ England
Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 Fax: +44 (0)1462 424701
E-mail: [email protected]
Customers in France may call +33 (0)970 44 9000 or e-mail
[email protected]‑europe.com.
Orders from Austria, Germany, Greece, Italy, Malta,
Netherlands, Russian States, Switzerland (DE) and Turkey
should be directed to
WPI Distributors
Argentina
Summit Research S.A
Rodrigo de Ibarrola 3140, 1D
C1419CGB Ciudad de Buenos Aires,
Argentina
Telefono: (5411)-4566-8246
Fax: (5411) 4638-5049
E-mail: [email protected]
Australia, New Zealand
Coherent Life Sciences Pty. Ltd.
116 Sir Donald Bradman Dr.
Hilton, SA 5033
Tel: (61) 8-8150-5200
Fax: (61) 8-8352-2020
E-mail: [email protected]
Brasil
SanBio Científica Ltda.
Av. Mauro Krepski nr. 107 –
CEP. 13140-542 - Jardim Ype
Paulinia - SP
Fone: 19 3884-1293
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: Sanbiocientifica.com.br
Chile
Equilab Ltd
DíazYCompañía Ltd.
El Quillay 627 sitio 96
Empresarial Valle Grande, Santiago
Chile
Tel: (56-2)437-0217
Fax: (56-2)465-0066
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.equilab.cl
Contact: Leonardo Martinez
Hungary, Poland
MDE Heidelberg
Altrottstrasse 31
Walldorf 69190 Germany
Tel: +36-87-703-001
Fax: +36-87-703-002
Website: www.experimetria.com
E-mail: [email protected]
This Distributor also covers:
Albania, Belarus, Bosnia, Bulgaria,
Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia,
Herzegovina, Latvia, Lithuania,
Republic of Makedonija, Romania,
Serbia and Montenegro, Slovakia,
Slovenia
India
Labindia Instruments Pvt. Ltd.
Head Office: 201, Nand Chambers,
L B S Marg, Near Vandana Cinema,
Thane 400 602
Tel.: 022 – 2598 6062
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.labindia.com
Other Labindia offices: Chandigarh,
Delhi, Gurgaon, Lucknow, Guwahati,
Baroda, Bhopal, Kolkata, Pune,
Hyderabad, Bangalore, Chennai, and
Thiruvananthapuram
Israel
NBT NewBiotechnology Ltd.
Uri Schechter, Managing Director
3 Mekor Haim St.
P.O. Box 8662
Jerusalem 91086
Tel: 972-2-6732001
Fax: 972-2-6731611
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.nbtltd.com
WPI Germany: Zossener Strasse 55-58
D-10961 Berlin, Germany
Tel: +49 (0)30-6188845 Fax: +49 (0)30-6188670
E-mail: [email protected]
Orders from China, Hong Kong and Taiwan should be directed to
WPI China: WPI Shanghai Trading Co., Ltd., Rm 20a
No8 Dong Fang Rd., Lu Jia Zui Financial District
Shanghai PRC
Tel: + 86 688 85517
Email: [email protected]
Orders from Brazil should be directed to
WPI Brazil:
Av: Conselheiro Nebias, 756 sala 2611
Santos - Sao Paulo - Brasil
CEP: 11045-002
Fone: +011 55 13 40629703
Email: [email protected]
Orders from the countries listed below should be directed to the
appropriate WPI distributors. All other international orders should be
directed to WPI’s main office and factory in Sarasota, Florida.
To expedite shipment of orders outside North America (other than
to areas served by the international offices above), payment must be
made in advance via wire transfer, check payable in U.S. dollars, or
charged to a credit card. Proforma Invoices will gladly be furnished
upon request. Please specify proper electrical current for your order.
Japan
LMS Co., Ltd.
Tanaka Bldg.
3-6-7 Hongo
Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo 113-0033
Tel: 03-5842-4171
Fax: 03-3818-7095
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.lms.co.jp
Physio-Tech Co., Ltd.
1-6-3 Iwamoto-cho, Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo 100-0032
Tel: 81-3-38642781
Fax: 81-3-38642787
E-mail: [email protected]
Korea
Scitech Korea Inc,
RM 801, 74 Gangbuk Electronics
Industrial Complex,
Deongneung-ro 40-gil, Gangbuk-gu,
Seoul 142-705, Korea
Tel : +82 2 986 4413~5
Fax : +82 2 986 4429
Email : [email protected]
México
Alta Tecnologia en Laboratorios
S.A. de C.
Sucursales:
GUADALAJARA, JAL.
Av. Inglaterra #2588
Col. Arcos Vallarta
Guadalajara, Jalisco C.P. 44150
Telefono: 52 (33) 36 16 52 04 52 (33) 36 16 24 69
Fax: 52 (33) 36 16 97 30
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.atlsadecv.com.mx
MEXICO D.F.
Comoporis #43, Col el Caracol
Coyoacan, Mexico D.F. C.P. 04739
Telefono: 52 555 606 24 69 Y 52 04
Fax: 52 555 665 79 68
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.atlsadecv.com.mx
Singapore, Malaysia,
Indonesia, Thailand &
Pakistan
Prime Bioscience Pte Ltd
Block 196 Pandan Loop #07-02
Pantech Business Hub
Singapore 128384
Tel: + 65 6364 0391
Fax: + 65 6269 0745
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.primebioscience.com
South Africa
Axiology Labs
Johannesburg, South Africa
Tel.: +27 82778 5889
E-mail: [email protected]
Web: axiologylabs.com
Axiology also includes: Kenya,
Rwanda, Uganda, Tanzania,
Zambia, Mozambique, Zimbabwe,
Botswana, Namibia, Nigeria, Ghana
UAE & GCC
Laboratory Automation Services
Middle East FZ-LLC
Dubai Biotechnology and Research
Park (DuBiotech)
PBU No. D025, P.O.Box 345806
Dubai,
United Arab Emirates
Tel: 971-(0)4-8180 700
Fax: 971-(0)4-8180 790
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.las-me.com
GCC also includes: Qatar, Oman,
Bahrain, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia
Labgulf FZC
P.O.Box 9668
Saif Zone
Sharjah, United Arab Emirates
Tel.: +9716 5579893
Fax: +9716 5579894
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.labgulf.com
Instrumenting scientific ideas
International Edition
Visit us online at www.wpiinc.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement